h 


liiiil!. 


!!!!  il 


:l';i'i!|| 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementaprimafirOOwliitricli 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


©  Underivood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Akcus  Titi  Imperatoris 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

THE  FIRST  ELEMENTS 
OF  LATIN 


By 

LUTHER  DENNY  WHITTEMORE,  A.M.,  Lirr.D. 

Washburn  College,  Topeka.  Kansas 
WITH   THE    EDITORIAL   COLLABORATION   OF 

GEORGE  D.  HADZSITS,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

AND  ;    ;  ;', 

LAURA  L.  EWING,  A.M! 

High  School,  Topeka,  KANi^s    ... 


Elementa  velint  ut  discere  prima. 

— Horatius 


THE    JOHN    C.   WINSTON    COMPANY 
CHICAGO  PHILADELPHIA  Toronto 


Copyright,  1920,  by 
'^'he  John  C.  Winston  Company 

Entered  at  Stationers'  Hall,  London 


All  Rights  Reserved 


PRESS  OP 

THE  JOHN  C.  WINSTON  COMPANY 

PHILADELPHIA,  PA.,  TJ.  S.  A. 


PREFACE 

.  The  underlying  purpose  in  the  preparation  of  this  book  is 
suggested  by  the  lines  of  Horace  from  which  the  quotation  on 
the  title-page  and  the  title  itself  have  been  taken: — 

Ridentem  dicere  verum 
quid  vetat?    ut  puerls  olini  dant  crustula  blandi 
doctores,  elementa  velint  ut  discere  prima. 

What  is  there  to  prevent  the  teaching  of  Latin  in  an  allur- 
ing manner  so  that  the  young  student  may  be  not  only  willing, 
but  eager,  to  put  forth  the  effort  required  in  learning  the  first 
principles  of  the  language?  At  best  the  study  of  a  foreign 
language  is  difficult  for  the  beginner  and  the  benefits  to  be 
derived  from  it  seem  remote;  and  for  these  reasons,  if  for  no 
other,  it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  encourage  the  learner  and  to 
ameliorate  the  difficulties  in  his  way  by  employing  a  method  of 
instruction  that  is  both  rational  and  attractive. 

It  should  be  recognized  from  the  very  beginning  that  lan- 
guage is  a  medium  for  the  expression  of  thought  and  not  an 
arbitrary  contrivance  to  illustrate  grammar.  Hence  the  immedi- 
ate object  of  the  study  should  not  be  to  acquire  information 
about  the  language,  but  to  become  acquainted  with  the  language 
itself;  and  it  should  be  self-evident  that  the  portions  of  the 
language  assigned  for  study  should  express  comprehensible  ideas. 
Each  sentence  should  convey  a  meaning  intelligible  to  the 
student  and  the  successive  sentences  should  have  a  logical 
sequence.  In  this  book  the  material  for  study  is  based  on  the 
reading  matter,  all  of  which  has  meaning  connected  from  sentence 
to  sentence;  and  this  applies  to  the  numbered  sentences  in  the 
reading  exercises  as  well  as  to  the  matter  arranged  in  paragraphs. 

In  order  to  attract  the  student's  attention  and  to  sustain 
it  while  he  is  working  out  the  grammatical  details,  some  suitable 
incentive  must  l)e  offered,  which  should  not  be  too  obscure;  and 
the  acquisition  of  grammatical  knowledge  as  such  is  not  sufficient 
for  this  purpose.  The  more  difficult  the  principle  to  be  learned, 
the  more  inviting  should  be  the  manner  of  its  presentation.  In 
accordance  with  the  plan  of  this  book  the  needed  motive  has 

(v) 

464445 


vi      '  PREFACE 

been  supplied  by  the  introduction  of  subject-matter  which  appeals 
directly  to  the  student's  interest.  Illustrations  of  this  are  "Ludus 
Qui  Specto  Appellatur,''  section  85;  the  reading  exercise  in  the 
chapter  on  the  formation  and  comparison  of  adverbs,  section 
353;  "Galllna  Impavida,"  in  the  first  lesson  on  the  subjunctive 
mood,  section  401;  and  "Lupus  Sceleratus,"  illustrating  the 
different  forms  of  conditional  sentences,  section  449.  Incidentally 
such  material  is  by  far  the  most  effective  means  of  demonstrating 
the  fact  that  the  study  of  Latin,  even  in  the  first  lessons,  may  be 
much  more  than  its  analysis  as  an  example  of  a  ''dead"  language 
valuable  from  the  historical  point  of  view  only. 

Aside  from  its  grammatical  relations,  the  reading  in  Latin 
should  be  profitable.  That  is,  the  content  should  have  substance 
so  that  the  reading  itself  may  not  be  a  waste  of  time.  In  this 
book,  after  the  first  few  introductory  chapters,  the  reading 
lessons  are  based  largely  on  stories  from  Roman  history  taken 
from  the  first  book  of  Livy  and  "Viri  Romae,"  modified  to  suit 
the  requirements  of  graded  lessons.  Thus  the  objectionable  use 
of  matter  taken  from  Caesar  in  anticipation  of  the  work  of  the 
second  year  is  avoided,  and  the  student  is  brought  into  contact 
with  Roman  ideas  as  well  as  with  Latin  words.  In  addition  to  this 
the  graded  reading  exercises  not  only  express  connected  ideas, 
but  they  frequently  contain  information  of  real  value  apart  from 
their  grammatical  purpose.  For  example,  section  60  gives  a 
simple  outline  of  the  life  of  the  poet  Horace;  section  148  describes 
some  of  the  principal  features  of  the  city  of  Rome;  and  section 
316  explains  the  Roman  calendar.  A  few  fables  have  been  used, 
which  have  some  literary  value;  and  a  few  lines  of  Horace  and 
Vergil  have  been  introduced  to  show  the  adaptability  of  Latin  to 
the  use  of  poetry.  Towards  the  end  of  the  book  there  is  an 
introduction  to  the  life  of  Julius  Caesar,  which  is  intended  to  aid 
in  the  transition  from  the  first  year  to  the  second. 

In  an  elementary  textbook  in  any  subject,  and  particularly 
in  a  book  designed  as  a  guide  in  the  studj^  of  a  language  new  to 
the  student,  it  is  essential  that  the  contents  should  be  teachable. 
There  are  two  processes  involved  in  learning:  instruction  and 
original  effort.  Instruction  is  necessary  to  prevent  the  learner 
from  misdirecting  his  efforts  and  to  set  the  problems  clearly 
before  him;  but  something  must  lie  left  for  the  student  to  dis- 
cover for  himself.  Instruction  that  is  limited  to  telling  and 
study  that  is  confined  to  memorizing  are  only  partially  effective. 


PREFACE  vii 

Opportunities  for  investigation  and  occasions  for  reasoning,  both 
by  induction  and  deduction,  must  be  provided. 

Tliese  desirable  objects  have  been  attained  in  this  book  in 
part  by  the  arrangement  of  the  matter  in  the  successive  chapters. 
The  first  section  in  each  chapter  gives  the  instruction  needed  for 
the  study  of  the  subject  assigned  and  includes  such  explanations 
as  a  skilful  teacher  would  give  in  preparation  for  the  pupil's  study. 
The  second  section  directs  the  pupil  how  to  proceed  in  his  attack 
upon  the  lesson  material.  Throughout  the  book  this  plan  is 
consistently  followed,  instruction  and  directions  for  independent 
study  being  given  alternately,  with  emphasis  on  one  or  the  other 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  subject-matter.  The  various 
forms  and  constructions  are  first  presented  in  the  reading  matter 
in  anticipation  of  the  explanations  which  follow.  Thus  the 
explanations  follow  rather  than  precede  the  matter  to  be  explained, 
and  the  mind  of  the  student  is  prepared  in  advance  for  the  tech- 
nical matter,  which  is  not  introduced  until  the  occasion  for  it  has 
been  made  clear. 

All  of  the  reading  matter  has  been  carefully  graded ;  and  the 
exercises,  while  considerably  more  extensive  than  those  ordinarily 
provided  in  books  for  beginners,  are  not  too  difficult  for  rapid 
reading.  This  permits  much  practice  in  reading  and  translation 
and  enables  the  student  to  become  acquainted  with  w^ords,  idioms, 
and  grammatical  constructions  in  their  connection,  not  as  isolated 
facts,  thus  enlisting  the  aid  of  association  throughout  the  study. 

Neither  in  the  reading  exercises  nor  in  the  longer  paragraphs 
is  there  any  violation  of  the  Latin  idiom.  There  is  a  logical 
subject,  expressed  or  understood,  for  every  verb,  and  an  anteced- 
ent for  every  pronoun.  Conjunctions  and  adverbs,  also,  are 
employed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  their  correct  use  familiar. 
Thus  the  student  can  not  fail  to  acquire  a  feeling  for  the  correct 
use  of  the  language,  which  is  one  of  the  most  desirable  results  of 
language  study. 

The  rules  of  syntax  are  stated  concisely  and  are  illustrated 
by  sentences  taken  from  the  preceding  lessons  so  that  the  student's 
previous  acquisitions  may  be  used  to  the  fullest  extent  in  the 
assimilation  of  new  matter.  The  translations  of  the  illustrative 
sentences  are  designed  as  models  to  be  observed  by  the  student. 
Each  chapter  closes  with  an  exercise  in  Latin  composition  in 
which  the  principles  presented  are  still  further  applied. 

An  important  feature  of  this  book  is  the  treatment  of  the 


viii  PREFACE 

derivation  of  English  words.  This  is  introduced  for  formal 
study  in  connection  with  the  review  lessons  so  that  the  attention 
may  not  be  too  much  diverted  from  the  new  material  which 
requires  concentration  when  unfamiliar  words,  forms,  and  prin- 
ciples are  under  consideration.  The  subject  of  derivation  is  first 
introduced  in  a  simple  way  with  a  minimum  of  explanation. 
As  the  study  proceeds,  however,  the  typical  processes  of  Latin 
word-formation  and  English  derivation  are  explained  and  illus- 
trated by  numerous  examples.  All  of  this  study  is  based  on 
words  used  in  the  regular  lessons.  An  alphabetical  list  of  all  the 
Latin  words  used  for  this  purpose,  together  with  their  English 
equivalents,  will  be  found  beginning  on  page  365  (section  572). 
This  study  may  be  extended  indefinitely  by  the  aid  of  an  English 
dictionary;  but  the  examples  given  in  the  text  are  sufficient  to 
demonstrate  the  principles  involved,  and  are,  perhaps,  as  many 
as  can  profitably  be  included  in  the  first  year's  work. 

In  addition  to  the  methods  mentioned  above,  this  book 
employs  repetition  to  an  unusual  extent.  This  applies,  first,  to 
the  repeated  use  of  words  as  such;  second,  to  the  copious  illus- 
trations of  the  forms  of  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs 
in  the  reading  exercises;  and  third,  to  the  introduction  of  numer- 
ous examples  of  grammatical  principles  in  all  the  reading  matter. 
In  addition  to  this,  it  has  been  the  author's  definite  purpose  to 
give  new  matter  a  familiar  setting  so  that  the  student's  mind 
may  naturally 'single  out  the  item  which,  for  the  moment,  requires 
concentrated  attention.  The  effect  of  this  repetition  is  to  cause 
the  feeling  of  strangeness  and  newness  to  disappear  as  quickly 
as  possible  after  a  new  word,  form,  or  construction  has  appeared. 
As  a  simple  example  of  this  principle,  which  is  characteristic  of 
the  method  throughout  the  book,  the  first  and  third  sentences  in 
the  first  reading  exercise  (section  3)  may  be  mentioned.  In  the 
first  sentence,  Roma  est  antiqua  urbs,  the  words  are  arranged  in 
the  normal  English  order;  in  the  third  sentence,  Roma  est  urbs 
piilchra,  the  only  new  word  is  the  adjective  pulchra  the  position 
of  which,  following  its  noun,  can  not  possibly  escape  observation. 
Every  such  discovery,  made  by  the  student  without  the  teachers' 
aid,  may  be  set  down  as  gain.  It  will  encourage  the  student, 
increase  his  confidence  in  his  own  power,  and  will  help  materially 
to  make  his  progress  certain. 

The  amount  and  variety  of  the  reading  matter  make  it  con- 
venient and  desirable  to  employ  a  vocabulary  which  is  somewhat 


PREFACE  ix 

larger  than  that  used  in  some  other  books  for  beginners.  How- 
ever, it  is  not  supposed  that  the  student  will  be  required  to 
commit  to  memory  all  of  the  Latin  words  in  the  book  any  more 
than  a  child  when  learning  to  talk  is  expected  to  memorize  all  of 
the  words  which  he  hears.  There  is  in  both  cases  a  distinct 
advantage  in  contact  with  a  rather  full  vocabulary,  including 
some  synonyms,  even  if  some  of  the  words  are  heard  or  read 
only  once  or  rarely.  The  working  vocabulary,  however,  has  been 
duly  restricted  and  a  Hst  of  600  words  has  been  selected  for 
memory  drill.  These  words  have  been  arranged,  not  in  a  single 
alphabet,  but  in  groups  corresponding  to  the  portions  of  the 
text  covered  by  the  review  lessons.  In  each  group  except  the 
first  the  words  are  not  arranged  alphabetically  but  in  the  order 
of  their  first  occurrence.  Thus  the  drill  on  the  essential  vocabu- 
lary may  be  commenced  at  any  time  and  may  keep  pace  with 
the  advancement  of  the  class. 

Acknowledgment  for  many  excellent  suggestions  is  due  to 
Mr.  Ralph  L.  Ward,  head  of  the  Latin  department  in  the  Kan- 
sas City,  Kansas,  high  school,  and  to  other  Latin  teachers  who 
have  examined  the  manuscript. 

The  author  wishes  also  to  express  his  great  appreciation  of 
the  assistance  given  by  Principal  J.  Edward  Banta,  Training 
School  for  Teachers,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.;  Mr.  Walter  Eugene  Foster, 
Stuyvesant  High  School,  New  York  City;  Dr.  Henry  W.  Rolfe, 
Chesham,  N.  H.,  formerly  of  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University; 
Professor  Frank  L.  Clark,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio;  and 
Principal  H.  L.  Miller,  University  High  School,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  all  of  whom  have  taken  an  interest  in  the  original 
features  of  the  book  and  have  assisted  in  its  production  by  reading 
page  proofs  and  by  other  valuable  contributions. 

Permission  for  the  reproduction  of  a  number  of  original 
photographs  has  very  courteously  been  given  by  Mr.  Henry  V. 
Stearns,  Washburn  College,  Topeka,  Kansas,  and  Miss  Mary 
A.  Grant,  Ph.D.,  Topeka,  Kansas. 

Whether  the  revival  of  interest  in  the  study  of  Latin  is  due 
to  the  introduction  of  more  rational  methods  of  teaching  or  not,  it 
is  certain  that  it  can  be  sustained  and  promoted  only  by  methods 
which  appeal  more  directly  to  the  students'  and  this  book  is 
offered  as  a  contribution  elementa  velint  ut  discere  prima. 

L.  D.  W. 
Topeka,  Kansas. 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS 

In  order  that  the  best  results  may  be  secured  from  the  use 
of  this  book,  it  is  desirable  that  the  directions  given  in  the  text 
should  be  carefully  observed.  This,  however,  should  not  prevent 
the  teacher  from  using  any  original  methods  which  may  seem 
promising,  for  the  book  is  intended  to  stimulate  originahty  and 
initiative  on  the  part  of  pupils  as  well  as  teachers.  By  all  means 
dull  and  mechanical  methods  should  be  avoided  and  a  certain 
amount  of  freedom  and  vivacity  should  be  cultivated. 

The  provision  made  for  notebook  work  is,  of  course,  only 
suggestive;  and  this  may  be  varied  according  to  circumstances; 
but  if  the  notebook  work  is  commenced  at  the  beginning  and 
faithfully  continued  throughout  the  study,  the  pupil's  effort  will 
yield  ample  returns. 

The  chapter  and  section  numbers  are  not  intended  to  indi- 
cate divisions  into  daily  lessons.  The  amount  which  should  be 
assigned  for  a  single  lesson  varies  with  different  teachers  and 
classes  so  greatly  that  definite  limits  can  not  be  arbitrarily  fixed. 
It  is  generally  better  to  assign  a  comparatively  small  amount 
for  intensive  study  than  to  attempt  to  cover  too  much  ground 
superficially. 

The  observing  teacher  will  discover  that  much  of  the  intro- 
ductory Latin  reading  matter  in  the  various  chapters  is  very 
simple  and  suitable  for  sight  reading  and  rapid  work  in  recitation. 
The  teacher's  judgment  will  enable  him  to  decide  whether  to 
use  speed  or  deliberation. 

In  some  classes  it  may  not  be  possible  to  complete  the  book 
in  a  single  year;  but  the  portion  omitted  will  provide  for  a  profit- 
able review  of  essentials  and  will  be  an  excellent  introduction  to 
Caesar  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  year;  and  no  time  will  l)e 
lost  eventually  if  this  book  is  completed  before  any  advanced 
study  is  undertaken. 

A  suitable  stopping  place  for  the  middle  of  the  year  is  at 
the  end  of  chapter  XXXI, 


(X) 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

Introduction xxiii 

1.    Pronunciation. — Syllables. — Quantity. — Accent. 

— Composition 1 

11,  The  First  Declension:  The  Nominative,  Accu- 
sative, and  Vocative  Cases. — Syntax. — The  Sub- 
ject OF  A  Finite  Verb. — The  Direct  Object  of 
A  Transitive  Verb. — The  Person  Addressed.  .       6 

III.  The  First  Declension  (continued):     The  Geni- 

tive, Dative,  and  Ablative  Cases. — The  Geni- 
tive Qualifying  Another  Noun. — The  Indirect 
Object. — The  Ablative  of  Means  or  Instru- 
ment      II 

IV.  The   First  Declension    (continued):     Gender. — 

The  Arrangement  of  Words. — Paradigms. — 
Typical  Noun. — Predicate  Noun  or  Ad.iective. 
— The  Locative  Case 16 

V.  The  Second  Declension,  Masculine  Nouns:  The 
Nominative,  Accusative,  and  Vocative  Cases. — 
The  Genitive,  Dative,  and  Ablative  Cases. — 
Typical  Nouns 23 

VI.    Neuter    Nouns    of   the    Second    Declension. — 

Gender. — Typical  NOun 31 

VII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions. 
— Typical  Adjectives. — Agreement  of  Adjec- 
tives.— The  Dative  with  Ad.iectives 34 

VIII,    Review. — English  Words  Derived  from  Latin. — 

Word  List. — Apposition 39 

IX.  Verbs:  Personal  Endings  of  the  Active  Voice. — 
Agreement  with  Subject. — Conjugation  of 
sum,  do,  etc 47 

(xi) 


xii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

X.    The   Present   Indicative   Active,    Four   Conju- 
gations.— Selections  for  Reading. — Aeneas  in 
italiam     Venit. — The     Present     Stem. — Conju- 
^/_       gation. — The  Use  of  the  Present  Indicative.  .     51 

XI.  The  Present  Indicative  Passive. — Ludus  Qm 
"Specto"  Appellatur. — Romulus  et  Remus  in 
Tiberim  Mittuntur. — Conjugation. — The  Agent 
with  Passive  Verbs 57 

XII.  The  Third  Declension,  Stems  in  c,  d,  g,  p,  and  t. 
—  Pastor  Pueros  Invenit.  —  Typical  Nouns. — 
Place  to  Which. — Place  in  Which. — Place 
from  Which 62 

XIII.  The  Third  Declension,  Stems  in  1  and  r. — Remus 

a  Praedatoribus  Est  Captus. — Typical  Nouns. — 
The  Ablative  of  Time. — The  Ablative  of 
Accompaniment 68 

XIV.  The    Third    Declension,    Stems   in   n. — Numitor 

Remun  Nepotem  Agnoscit. — Typical  Nouns. — 
Two  Accusatives 72 

XV.  The  Past  (Imperfect)  Indicative  Active. — Con- 
jugation OF  sum,  do,  AND  timed. — Four  Conju- 
gations.— Conjugation. — The  Use  of  the  Past 
Tense 76 

XVI.  The  Past  Indicative  Passive. — Romulus  Urbem 
Romam  Vocat. — Conjugation. — Voice. — Transi- 
tive AND  Intransitive  Verbs 82 

XVII.  The  Third  Declension,  Stems  in  s.— Incolae  Urbi 
Novae  De-erant.— Typical  Nouns.— The  Geni- 
tive OK  Quality 86 

XVIII.     The    Third    Declension,    Stems    in   i. — Romulus 

Societatem  Populo  Novo  Petit.— Typical  Nouns    90 

XIX.  Review  of  the  Third  Declension. — Classifi- 
cation OF  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension. — 
English  Derivatives  from  Latin  Nouns. — 
Latin  Nouns  with  English  Derivatives 95 


CONTENTS 


xm 


CHAPTER 

XX. 
XXI. 


PAGE 

The  Future   Tense. — Conjugation  of  sum,   do, 
ETC. — The  Use  of  the  Future  Tense 102 


The  Future  Indicative  Active,  Four  Conju- 
gations.— Romani  Virgines  Sabindrum  Rapitmt. — 
Conjugation. — The  Dative  with  Certain  Com- 
pound Verbs 105 

XXII.    The   Future   Indicative   Passive,    Four   Conju- 
gations.— Sabini    Tarpeiam    Scutis     Obruunt. — 
Conjugation. — Conjunctions. — Coordinate 
Conjunctions. — Subordinate  Conjunctions.  . . .   109 

XXIII.  Verbs  in  -io  of  the  Third  Conjugation. — Conju- 

gation OF  capio 114 

XXIV.  The  Present  Infinitive. — The  Present,  Past,  and 

Future  of  possum. — Ad  Certamen  Utrimque 
Procedimt. — The  Present  Infinitive  of  Typical 
Verbs. — Conji  (jation  of  possum. — The  Comple- 
mentary Infinitive. — ^I^he  Infinitive  as  Sub- 
ject.— The  Infinitive  as  Object. — The  Time 
Denoted    by    the    Present    Infinitive. — The 

Subject  of  an  Infinitive 116 

XXV.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension. — The 
Present  Participle  and  the  Present  Imper- 
ative.— luppiter  Romams  Terrorem  Demit. — 
Typical  Adjectives. — Declension  of  the  Pres- 
ent Participle. — Conjugation  of  the  Present 
Imperative. — The  Present  Stem. — The  Use  of 
THE  Participle. — The  Use  of  the  Imperative. — 

The  Dative  with  Verbs  of  Separation 122 

XXVI.    Numerals. — Adjectives  with  Genitive  in  -ius. — 
Mulieres    inter   Tela    Veniunt. — Declension    of 

Numerals. — The  Accusative  of  Extent 130 

XXVII.  The  Perfect  Indicative  Active. — Conjugation 
OF  siun,  do,  ETC. — The  Perfect  Tense  in  the 
Four  Conjugations. — Duces  Foedus  Faciunt. — 
The  Perfect  Stem. — Principal  Parts  of  Verbs. 
— Conjugation. — The  Use  of  the  .  Definite 
Perfect. — The  Use  op  the  Indefinite  Per- 
fect.— The  Ablative  of  Cause. — The  Dative 
Denoting  Possession 136 


xiv  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

XXVIII.  The  Past  Perfect  Indicative  Active. — Conju- 
gation.— The  Use  of  the  Past  Perfect  Tense  144 

XXIX.  The  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active. — Temp- 
estas  ab  Terns  Romulum  Aufert. — Conjugation. 
— The  Use  of  the  Future  Perfect  Tense  ....   147 

>XXX.  The  Perfect  Active  Infinitive. — Typical  Verbs. 
— The  Infinitive  with  Verbs  of  Saying. — The 
Time  Denoted  by  the  Perfect  Infinitive 152 

XXXI.  Review  of  Nouns. — Gender. — Filia  Salutem  Dicit 
Matri  Comeliae. — Gender  in  the  First,  Second, 
AND  Third  Declensions. — Formation  of  Latin 
Nouns.  —  English  Derivatives  from  Latin 
Nouns 155 

XXXII.  Pronouns,  Personal,  Reflexive,  and  Possessive. 
— Declension. — The  Use  of  Personal  Pro- 
nouns.— Use  of  the  Reflexive  Pronoun. — 
Use  of  Possessive  Pronouns. — Adjectives  as 
Nouns. — The  Objective  Genitive. — The  Geni- 
tive of  the  Whole 162 

XXXIII.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  hie,  iste,  and  ille. — 

The  Intensive  ipse. — Numae  Pompilio  Regimm 
Datur. — Declension. — Use  of  Demonstrative 
Pronouns. — Duration  of  Time 168 

XXXIV.  The  Demonstrative  is  and  the  Relative  qui. — 

Tullus  Hostilius  Rex  Creatur. — Declension. — 
The  Use  of  is. — Agreement  of  the  Relative 
Pronoun 173 

XXXV.  The  Perfect  Passive  Participle.— Inter  Albanos 
et  Romanos  Bellum. — Principal  Parts  of  Verbs. 
— Typical  Verbs. — Use  of  the  Perfect  Pas- 
sive Participle. — The  Ablative  Absolute 177 

XXXVI.    The  Fourth  Declension. — Trigemini  Arma  Capiunt. 

Typical  Nouns. — The  Dative  of  Purpose 184 

XXXVII.  The  Perfect,  Past  Perfect,  and  Future  Perfect 
Indicative  Passive. — Unum  Horatium  Tres  Curi- 
atii  Circumstant. — Conjugation. — Verbs  Used 
Impersonally. — The  Ablative  of  Manner 189 


w 


CONTENTS  XV 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

XXXVIII.  The  Fifth  Declension. — Rdmani  Horatium  Vic- 
torem  Accipiunt. — Typical  Nouns. — The  Ab- 
lative OF  Specification 194 

XXXIX.  Interrogative  Pronouns,  quis  and  qm. — Pater 
cum  Filio  Loquitur. — Movet  Horatiiun  Complo- 
ratio  Sororis. — Declension  of  quis. — Interrog- 
ative Words 198 

XL.  Comparison  of  Adjectives. — Horatius  apud  ludices 
Condemnatus  Est. — Comparison  of  Typical  Ad- 
jectives.— Declension  of  the  Comparative. — 
The  Ablative  with  a  Comparative. — The 
Ablative  of  Degree. — The  Ablative  of  Sepa- 

,  RATION 202 

r 

XLI.  Superlatives  in  -limus  and  -rimus. — Roma  Crescit 
Albae  Ruinis. — Special  Forms  of  Comparison. — 
Special  Meanings  in  Comparison 207 

XLII.  Irregular  Comparison. — Comparison  of  Irreg- 
ular Adjectives. — Adjectives  Denoting  a  Part  211 

XLIII.  Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs. — For- 
mation OF  Adverbs. — Comparison  of  Adverbs. — 
The  Use  of  Adverbs 214 

XLIV.  The  Supine  Stem. — Ancus  Marcius  Rex  Creatur. — 
Typical  Verbs. — The  Perfect  Passive  In- 
finitive.— The  Future  Active  Participle. — 
The  Future  Active  Infinitive. — The  Supine. — 
The  Future  Passive  Infinitive. — The  Use  of 
THE  Future  Active  Participle. — The  Time 
Denoted  by  the  Future  Infinitive. — The  Use 
OF  THE  Supine 218 

XLV.  Deponent  Verbs. — Latinis  Belltmi  Est  Indicttmi. — 
Principal  Parts  of  Deponent  Verbs. — The 
Ablative  with  Deponent  Verbs. — Idioms 224 

XLVI.  Irregular  Verbs. — De  Rustic©  Mure  atque  Mure 
Urbano  Fabula  Horati  Poetae. — Conjugation. — 
Negative  Commands 229 


XVI 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

XLVII.  Review  of  Verbs. — Urbs  atque  Ager  Finesque 
Crescunt. — The  Formation  of  Latin  Verbs. — 
English  Words  Derived  from  Latin  Verbs. — 
Classification  of  the  Tenses. — The  Use  of 
the  Tenses  of  the  Indicative. — The  Tenses 
of  the  Infinitive  and  the  Participle 233 

XLVIII.  The  Sub.iunctive  Mood. — Present  and  Past 
Tenses. — Final  Clauses. — The  Subjunctive  in 
A  Subordinate  Clause. — The  Form  of  the 
Present  and  Past  Subjunctive. — The  Trans- 
lation OF  the  Subjunctive. — Gallina  Impavida. — 
Tarquinius  Romam  Commigrat. — Conjugation. — 
The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose. — The  Use  of 
the  Present  and  Past  Subjunctive. 241 

XLIX.    Consecutive  Clauses. — Vulpes  et  Leo. — Tarquinius 

Regnum  Petit. — The  Subjunctive  of  Result.  ..   249 

L.  The  Subjunctive  Perfect  and  Past  Perfect. — 
Mures. — Magister  cum  Discipulo  Loquitur. — Tar- 
quinius Novacula  Cotem  Secat. — Conjugation. — 
Indirect  Questions. — The  Use  of  the  Perfect 
AND  Past  Perfect  Subjunctive. — Sequence  of 
Tenses. — Substantive   Clauses 255 

LI.  Clauses  with  cum. — Agricola  et  Filii. — Anci  Filii 
Regi  Insidias  Parant. — Temporal  Clauses  with 
cum,  Indicative. — Temporal  Clauses  with  cum, 
Subjunctive. — Casual  and  Concessive  Clauses 
with    cum 262 

LIL  The  Subjunctive  in  Independent  Clauses. — ^Leo. 
— The  Volitive  Subjunctive.— The  Optative 
Subjunctive. — The  Potential  Subjunctive  ....  266 


LIII.  Conditional  Sentences. — Lupus  Sceleratus. — Ser- 
vius  TuUius  Regnat. — Conditional  Sentences, 
First  Class. — Second  Class. — Third  Class. — 
The  Dative  with  Special  Verbs 270 


CONTENTS  xvii 

CHAPTKU  PAGE 

LIV.  The  Future  Passive  Pauticiple. — The  Geuundive 
AiNTD  the  Gekund. — Tubiccii. — Vicus  Sceleratus. — 
Typical  Verbs. — The  Use  of  the  Gerundive. — 
The  Use  of  the  Gerund 276 

LV.    The      PERirnRASTic      Conjugations.  —  Tarquinius 
Superbus  Regnum  Occupat. — Conjugation. — The 
Active    Periphrastic   Conjugation. — The   Pas- 
sive  Periphrastic   Conjugation. — The   Dative 
^     OF  the  Agent. — The  Subjective  Genitive 283 

LVI.  idem  and  the  Indefinite  Pronouns. — Rege  Ex- 
pulso  Consules  Sunt  Creati. — Declension. — The 
Use  of  Indefinite  Pronoi^ns. — The  Ablative 
OF  Origin 287 

LVII.  Indirect  Discourse. — Libri  Sibyllini. — Main  Verbs 
in  the  Indirect  Discourse. — Dependent  Verbs. 
— Questions. — The  Ablative  of  Price. — The 
Ablative  of.  Quality  or  Description 291 

LVIII.  Reading  and  Translation. — Review  of  Nouns, 
Adjectives,  and  Pronouns. — Senex  et  Mors. — 
Parsing. — Models  for  Parsing. — Formation  of 
Latin  Adjectives. — English  Derivatives  from 
Latin  Adjectives. — The  Genitive  with  Verbs 
OF  Feeling 297 

LIX.  Reading  and  Translation. — Review  of  Verbs. — 
Lars  Porsena  Romam  Infesto  Exercitu  Venit. — 
Horatius  Codes  Pontem  Defendit. — Models  for 
Parsing  Verbs. — Latin  Word-formation  and 
English  Derivation. — Prefixes. — Ne  and  ut 
with  Verbs  of  Fearing. — The  Omlssion  of  ut. 
— The  Subjunctive  by  Attraction 302 

LX.  Review  of  Indirect  Discourse. — Marcus  Regulus 
Redit  Carthaginem.  —  Regulus.  —  Formation  of 
Compound  Words  and  English  Derivatives.  . .  312 

LXI.  Review  of  Participles. — Scipio  Africanus  Hanni- 
balem  Vincit. — English  Words  from  Latin 
Participles. — Review  of  Syntax 317 


xviii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTEll  PAGE 

LXII.  General  Review. — Gaius  lulius  Caesar. — Defec- 
tive Verbs. — Review  of  Forms  and  Syntax. — 
Review   of  Word-formation  and  Derivation.   322 

LXIII.    Metrical  Reading. — Artes  Romanae 329 

Pronunciation 331 

-^  Tables 334 

/    \  References  to  Rules  of  Syntax 362 

\               List  of  Latin  Words  with  English  Derivatives  365 
/  Vocabulary  Drill 377 


./ 


Latin-English  Vocabulary 388 

English-Latin  Vocabulary 430 

Index 449 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Arcus  TiTi  Imperatoris Frontispiece 

PAGE 

Marcus  Aurelius,  Imperator Facing  1 

Roma  Antiqua 3 

Flumen  Tiberis  et  Insula 5 

Via  Angusta  Urbis  Pompeiorum 8 

Amphitheatrum  quod  Colosseum  Appellatur 10 

Templum  Castoris  et  Pollucis 11 

Statua  Deae  Dianae 13 

Statuae  in  Museo  Vaticano ^  15 

Roma  Antiqua  (Map) Facing  16 

Minerva,  Dea  Sapientiae 17 

Puellae  Coronas  Facientks 18 

Ara  Romana 19 

Statua  Deae  Veneris .  21 

luNo,  RegIna  Dearum 22 

Homines  in  Via  Appia  • 24 

ludus  puerorum 26 

PuER  ET  Liber 26 

His  Rebus  Roman!  ScrIbebant 27 

hortus  romanus  ut  hodie  videtur 30 

Villa  Romana 32 

CoLUMNA  in  Foro  Traiano 33 

Castra  Romana  in  Britannia  Vallo  Fossaque  Munita  ....  38 

Doctor  et  Discipuli  in  Urbe  AthenIs 41 

Athenae,  Urbs  Graeciae  Clarissima 43 

Parthenon,  Templum  Pulcherrimum  Orbis  Terrarum 44 

Plaustrum 46 

CuRRUs  et  EquT 48 

Via  Appia  non  Longe  ab  Urbe  Roma 50 

Aeneas  cum  Patre  et  FTlio 54 

"Specto" 58 

Flumen  Tiberis  super  Ripas 59 

MiLiTEs  Roman!  in  Itinere 63 

Casa  Ant!qua 64 

Pastor 67 

(xix) 


XX  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 
TemPLUM  FORTUNAE   UT  DiCITTTR -. 71 

Urbs  et  Flumen 73 

Cfrrus  Cybelae  ab  Leonibus  IunctIs  Tractus 75 

Pantheum,  Templum  Iovis 79 

Interior  Pars  Panthei gj 

MURUS  ROMULI 83 

LUCERNA 85 

Leo  atque  Homines  in  Arena 87 

Ampulla  Olearia 89 

Statua  Lupae 90 

Pugil,  Vir  Qui  in  Ludis  Caestu  Pugnat 92 

Certamen  inter  NavIs  Longas 94 

Forum  Romanum  et  Templum  Saturnium • 95 

Colosseum  et  Arcus  Tit! 97 

PucfNA  Gladiatorum 100 

Balneae  Romanae  in  Britannia 101 

Frenum 104 

Templum  Rotundum 105 

Platea  PopulI 108 

Anuli 110 

Armilla 110 

Rupes  Tarpeia Ill 

Armillae  ex  Aere  Factae 113 

HORTUS 117 

Forum  Romanum  ut  Quondam  Erat 118 

Poculum  Graecium 121 

Augustus  Caesar,  Imperator 123 

luppiTER  Optimus  Maximus , 124 

Porta  AntIqua 125 

DoMUS  Tiber!  in  Palatio 129 

COLUMNAE   OCTO   TeMPLI   SaTURNI! 131 

Forum  Romanum 132 

Acus  Eburne A 135 

Urbs  Roma  ut  Nunc  Videtur 138 

Thermae  Caracallae 143 

Certamen  Curruum  in  Circo 148 

CaPitolium  ut  Hodie  Est 149 

Porta  Romana  Sebastiana  Vocata 156 

Ora  Italiae 157 

P'lumen  et  Pons  . 159 

Amphitheatrum  Pompexanum  et  Mons  Vesuvius 163 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  xxi 

PAGE 

Lebes  Aeneus 167 

Arcus  IanI,  Locus  Mercatorum 169 

Arcus  ConstantInI 170 

MoNTEs  SabInI  atque  Via  ad  Villam  Horati 172 

Miles  cum  Scuto  et  Hasta. 173 

MoNTEs  IN  Etruria 176 

Turris  et  Murus  in  Hispania 179 

Italia  (Map) Feeing  180 

\'iA  Triumphalis  IN"  MoNTiBuS  AlbanIs 182 

PORTUS   NeaPOLIS    ET    MoNS   VESUVIUS 183 

Piraeus,  Portus  Athenarum 185 

Arx  Athenarum  et  Templum  Theseum 188 

Gallus  Moriens 193 

Cicero 198 

Vergilius 199 

Titus  Livius 199 

PalOdamentum 200 

HoRAtlUS,  POETA 203 

Homerus 203 

LTctores 203 

Templum  Castoris  et  Pollucis  in  Sicilia 206 

Columnae  Parthenonis,  Templi  PulcherrimI 208 

Antiquum  Cereris  Templum 211 

Papyrus  in  Ripa  Fluminis 217 

CiVIS  ROMANUS . 219 

Aquaeductus  Claudianus  ab  Via  Appia  VIsus. 221 

DoMus  ViRGiNUM  Vestalium 223 

Catapulta,  Machina  (^[ia  Roman!  Pugnabant 224 

Navis  Longa 226 

Ckna 229 

Lkctus 230 

Mensa 230 

Rkgio  Rustica  Italiae 232 

Conspectus  ab  Monte  Ianiculo 235 

Mare  Inferum  non  Longe  ab  Ore  Tiberis 240 

Clavis  Aerea 241 

Carpentum 246 

CuRRUs  Etruscus .w. 248 

Magistratus  Romanus  .. ,. 252 

Vicus  IN  Italia  Hodieuna 254 

Tintinnabula 256 


xxii  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

Augur 261 

Templum  Apollinis,  Pompeii 261 

Arcus  ConstantInI  et  Mons  Palatinus 262 

Secures 264 

Regia  Caesarum  Imperatorum 266 

Imago  Aena  PuerI  RomanI 269 

DoMUS  Marci  Lucreti  in  Urbe  Pompeiis 272 

Impluvium — Interior  Pars  Aedium 273 

TuBAE 277 

ViCUS   SCELERATUS 279 

Media  Rotae  Pars  cum  Capite  Medusae 282 

Templum  Concordiae  in  8icilia 286 

Junius  Brutus,  Consul 288 

Platea  Montis  CapitolInI  et  Statua  Marci  Aureli 290 

Sibylla 293 

FocuLus 293 

Templum  Sibyllae 295 

Sibylla  Cumaea  cum  LibrIs  SibyllInTs 296 

Horatius  Pontem  Defendit 304 

Agricola  et  Aratrum 306 

Speculum  Argenteum 311 

Forceps  Ignifer 311 

Aquaeductus  Claudianus 313 

Aquaeductus  Neronis 315 

Amphora  cum  Imagine  Herculis .316 

Hannibal ' 317 

SciPio  Africanus 317 

Hannibal  Exercitum  trans  Alpes  Ducit 318 

MiLITES  PuGNANTES — IMAGINES  IN  ArCU  CoNSTANTTNI  FiCTAE  .  .    321 

Gnaeus  Pompeius 322 

C.  luLius  Caesar 322 

Via  Appia  ab  Roma  ad  Brundisium 323 

Marcus  Brutus,  Conspirator 324 

Antonius  Orationem  de  Caesare  Mortuo  Habet 327 

In  Hoc  Loco  Antonius  Orationem  Habuit 328 

MoNlLE  EX  AuRO  ET  Amethystis 328 

FoNS  Trium  Viarum 330 


INTRODUCTION 

The  study  of  the  elements  of  a  foreign  language,  like 
the  study  of  any  other  branch  of  knowledge  which  the 
student  approaches  for  the  first  time,  is  both  easy  and 
difficult.  It  is  easy  because  the  elementary  facts  are  com- 
paratively simple  and  readily  comprehended;  it  is  difficult 
because  the  elements,  although  simple,  are  fundamentally 
important.  In  acquiring  the  knowledge  of  a  language 
every  word  which  the  student  adds  to  his  vocabulary,  every 
grammatical  principle  learned,  every  inflected  form  remem- 
bered, and  every  idiom  mastered  becomes  a  part  of  the 
material  by  means  of  which  further  progress  is  made.  Thus 
advancement  depends  upon  the  thoroughness  with  which 
the  work  is  done.  If  the  elementary  principles  are  really 
mastered  and  if  a  vigorous  mental  effort  is  made  not  only 
to  remember  but  to  understand  the  matter  presented  in  the 
successive  lessons,  the  student  will  surely  be  conscious  of 
increasing  mental  power  and  will  enjoy  the  satisfaction 
which  always  comes  as  a  result  of  successful  endeavor. 

Throughout  the  study,  and  particularly  in  the  begin- 
ning, the  directions  which  accompany  each  lesson  should 
\ye  faithfully  observed;  and  by  continual  repetition  and 
review  the  material  presented  for  study  should  be  well 
organized  and  thoroughly  assimilated,  so  that  each  forward 
step  may  be  a  positive  and  permanent  advance. 

The  illustrations,  also,  should  be  used  to  help  the  pupil 
visualize  the  Roman  scenes  and  objects  referred  to  in  the 
text;  for  the  purpose  of  the  study  should  be  not  only  to 
acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  Latin  language,  but,  as  far  as 
possible,  to  gain  acquaintance  Wm  the  Roman  people  and 
their  life. 

(xxiii) 


©  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Marcus  Aureijus,   Imperator 


CHAPTER  I 
PRONUNCIATION 

1.  Constant  practice  is  the  only  way  by  which  the 
coiTect  pronunciation  of  Latin  can  be  acquired.  The 
sounds  of  the  letters,  the  quantity  of  the  vowels,  the  division 
of  the  words  into  syllables,  and  the*  proper  placing  of  the 
accent  may  be  learned  by  a  careful  study  of  the  explanatory 
matter  in  sections  536  to  542;  but  imitation  of  one  who 
reads  and  speaks  correctly  will  be  of  the  greatest  assistance 
to  the  beginner.  For  this  reason  the  teacher  should  be  sure 
that  his  own  •  pronunciation  is  correct  and  should  take 
occasion  to  read  aloud  frequently  in  the  hearing  of  the  class 
so  that  a  perfect  model  may  be  constantly  before  the  pupils. 
The  Latin  exercises  and  selections  should  be  read  aloud  by 
the  pupil  also,  with  sufficient  repetition  to  make  the  sound 
of  the  Latin  words  familiar.  It  is  important  that  the 
student  should  become  accustomed  to  the  muscular  move- 
ments of  the  vocal  organs  in  pronouncing  the  words  and  in 
reading  the  sentences.  At  the  very  beginning  of  the  study 
correct  habits  of  pronunciation  should  be  insisted  on  until 
they  are  firmly  established. 

2.  The  sentences  in  the  reading  exercise  in  section  3  con- 
tain all  the  letters  of  the  Latin  alphabet  except  K,  Y,  and  Z, 
which  are  not  often  used.  They  also  contain  examples  of  all  the 
long  and  the  short  vowels  and  all  varieties  of  accent. 

Let  the  sentences  in  section  3  be  read  aloud,  first  by  the 
teacher  and  then  by  the  pupil,  with  careful  attention  to  the 
sound  of  the  letters,  the  quantity  of  the  vowels,  the  proper  plac- 
ing of  the  accent,  and  the  expreslKre  grouping  of  the  words. 
Do  not  pause  between  connected  words  but  read  the  sentences 
so  as  to  express  the  meaning. 

(1) 


i  .      .        ; :  elteMenta  prima 

Find  the  meanings  of  the  words  in  the  special  vocabulary, 
section  573,  page  377,  and  translate  the  sentences  into  English. 
In  translating  read  the  Latin  sentence  first  and  then  give  the 
English  equivalent.  Translate  also  from  dictation  as  the  Latin 
sentences  are  read  by  the  teacher  or  by  some  member  of  the 
class.  Then  from  the  written  English  translation,  or  from  the 
dictation  of  the  English  by  the  teacher,  let  the  pupil,  with  closed 
book,  repeat  and  write  the  sentences  in  Latin.  In  written  Latin 
the  quantity  of  the  long  vowels  should  be  indicated  as  it  is  in 
the  text. 

The  English  article,  a,  an,  the,  has  no  exact  equivalent  in 
Latin.  It  is  either  omitted  or  is  represented  by  a  demonstrative 
pronoun.  The  article  may  be  supplied  in  translating  whenever 
it  seems  to  be  needed. 

READING   EXERCISE 

3.  1.  Ro'ma  est  an-tl'qua  urbs.  2.  Urbs  Ro'ma  est 
in  I-ta'li-a.  3.  Ro'ma  est  urbs  pul'chra.  4.  Urbs  Ro'ma 
lon'ge  ab  nos'tra  pa'tri-a  ab'est.  5.  Flu'men  Ti'be-ris  est 
in  I-ta'li-a.  6.  Flu'men  Ti'be-ris  per  ur'bem  Ro'mam  flu 'it. 
7.  In  fiti'mi-ne  Ti'be-rl  est  mag'na  m'su-la.  8.  Ro'ma  est 
pa'tri-a  Ro-ma-no'rum.  9.  Rex  I-ta'li-ae  est  in  ur'be. 
10.  Re-gi'na  quo 'que  est  in  ur'be.  11.  Rex  et  re-gl'na  sunt 
in  ur'be.  12.  In  an-ti'quis  ur'bi-bus  e'rant  vi'ae  an-gus'tae. 
13.  Mag'ni  la'pi-des  in  vi'is  an-ti'quis  vi-den'tur.  14.  Lin'- 
gua  Ro-ma-no'rum  est  lin'gua  La-ti'na.  15.  Mul'ti  ho 'mi- 
nes lin'guam  La-ti'nam  a'mant.  16.  Lin'gua  La-ti'na  est 
lin'gua  pul'chra.  17.  Pu'e-ri  et  pu-el'lae  lin'guam  La- 
tl'nam  in  hoc  li'bro  vi'dent.  18.  In  hoc  li'bro  mul'ta  de 
Ro'ma  an-ti'qua  sunt  scrip 'ta. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  What  letters  does  the  Latin  alphabet  contain? 

b.  In  a  wjord  of  two  syllables  which  syllable  is  accented? 

c.  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables  what  syllable  is  accented 
if  the  penult  is  long?     What  syllable  is  accented  if  the  penult  is  short? 

Note. — The  questions  and  notes  following  the  reading  exercises 


©  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Roma  AntIqua  et  Forum  RoMaNUM 


4">       .    ,  \.    •  :  KLEMENTA  PRIMA 

are  exceedingly  important  and  should  be  used  to  the  fullest  extent  both 
in  study  and  in  notebook  work. 

SYLLABLES 

4.  A  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels 
or  diphthongs.  The  last  syllable  is  called  the  ultima;  the 
next  to  the  last,  the  penult;  the  syllable  before  the  penult, 
the  antepenult. 

A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  is  pronounced 
with  the  second;  as,  Ro'ma,  La-ti'na. 

In  combinations  of  two  or  more  consonants  the  last 
consonant  is  generally  pronounced  with  the  following  vowel; 
as,  an-ti'qua. 

The  combinations  br,  tr,  gu  and  qu  are  pronounced 
with  the  following  vowel;  as,  li'bro,  pa'tri-a,  lin'gua,  quo'que. 

QUANTITY 

5.  A  syllable  is  long  or  short  in  quantity  according  to 
the  time  required  in  its  pronunciation.  A  syllable  is  long 
if  it  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong;  as,  Ro'ma^  caelo. 

A  syllable  is  long  also  if  its  vowel,  whether  long  or 
short,  is  followed  by  a  consonant  in  the  same  syllable.  Thus 
the  first  syllable  is  long  in  lin'gua,  ur'be  stel'la;  but  short 
in  pa'tri-a.  In  this  book  the  long  vowels  are  marked. 
The    quantity   of   syllables   is  explained  in  section  541. 

ACCENT 

6.  Words  of  two  syllables  arc  accented  on  the  first 
syllable.  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables  the  penult  is 
accented  if  it  is  long  in  quantity;  if  the  penult  is  short,  the 
antepenult  is  accented. 

COMPOSITION 

7.  Write  the  following  sentences  in  Latin  and  repeat  them 
orally,  using  words  found  in  the  preceding  Latin  exercises. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  5 

The  Latin  words  may  be  found  in  the  Enghsh-Latin  vocabulary, 
page  428;  but  the  vocabulary  should  not  be  consulted  until  an  effort 
has  been  made  to  recall  the  proper  word. 

1.  Rome  is  an  ancient  city.  2.  Rome  is  in  Italy.  3. 
The  river  Tiber  flows  through  the  city.  4.  The  river  Tiber 
is  far  away  from  om-  country.  5.  The  native  city  of  the 
Romans  is  Rome.    6.  Many  people  are  in  the  city  (of)  Rome. 


4. 

ft»^.i^ 

^id.'^l   -£ar  ■A.,.^^^.:i^^  -■ 

■/  -k^^mmim^^^^- 

jSwi!-'-"*"-- ■■*     ;                    1 

^\,-^^ 

^^^L.L^L-vf^.AHr  ...-I 

}r"  m 

K 

■m 

©  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Flumen  Tiberis  et  Insula 

7.  Boys  and  girls  are  seen  in  the  streets.  8.  The  Latin 
language  is  the  language  of  the  Romans.  9.  The  king  and 
queen  of  Italy  love  the  Latin  language.  10.  The  Latin 
language  is  in  this  book. 

Note. — The  exercises  for  composition  offer  an  effective  means 
of  measuring  the  pupil's  progress.  The  sentences  for  translation  into 
Latin  are  based  on  the  exercises  which  have  previously  been  used  for 
study  and  for  translation  into  English;  and  these  should  be  taken  as 
models.  The  best  preparation  for  writing  in  Latin  is  turning  back  into 
Latin  the  sentences  which  have  been  translated  from  Latin  into  Enghsh. 


CHAPTER  II 

THE   FIRST  DECLENSION 

The  Nominative,  Accusative,  and  Vocative  Cases 

8.  Some  of  the  nouns  and  adjectives  used  in  section 
3  have  two  or  more  forms;  for  example, 

Lingua  Latina  est  lingua  Romanorum,  the  Latin  language  is 
the  language  of  the  Romans. 

Mulli  homines  linguam  Latinam  amant,  many  -people  love  the 
Latin  language. 

In  the  first- sentence  lingua  Latina  is  used  as  the  subject 
of  the  verb  est;  in  the  second  sentence  linguam  Latinam  is 
used  as  the  direct  object  of  the  verb  amant.  These  forms 
are  different  cases  which  appear  in  the  declension  of  Latin 
nouns  and  adjectives,  and  they  correspond  to  the  variation 
in  the  form  of  certain  words  in  Enghsh;  for  example,  he, 
nominative;  him,  objective.  The  case  of  any  noun,  pronoun, 
or  adjective,  in  both  Latin  and  EngUsh,  depends  upon  its 
use  in  the  sentence. 

Three  cases  are  introduced  for  study  in  section  10:  the 
Nominative,  used  Uke  the  EngUsh  nominative  as  the  subject 
of  a  verb  or  as  a  predicate  noun;  the  Accusative,  used  like 
the  Enghsh  objective  as  the  direct  object  of  a  verb  or  with 
a  preposition;  and  the  Vocative,  used  in  direct  address. 

These  cases  are  distinguished  from  each  other  partly  by 
the  position  and  use  of  the  words  in  the  sentences  and 
partly  by  the  forms  of  the  words,  or  the  letters  in  which  the 
words  end.  In  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative 
cases,  singular  and  plural,  the  endings  of  nouns  and  adjectives 
of  the  first  declension  are  as  follows: 

(6) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  7 

Singular  Plural 

Nominative^  -a  Nominative,  -ae 

Accusative,     -am  Accusative,     -as 

Vocaiive,        -a  Vocative,        -ae 

The  nominative  and  the  vocative  cases  are  alike. 

9.  Read  aloud  the  sentences  in  section  10,  repeating  them 
until  all  the  words  are  famiHar.  Consult  sections  536  to  542 
for  directions  on  pronunciation.  While  reading  in  Latin  observe 
carefully  the  form  and  use  of  each  noun  and  adjective  ending  in 
-a,  -am,  -ae,  or  as,  and  determine  the  case  and  number.  The 
adjective  is  always  in  the  same  case  and  number  as  the  noun 
which  it  modifies. 

With  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary,  section  573,  page  377,  trans- 
late into  Enghsh,  and  from  the  dictation  of  the  EngHsh  write 
and  recite  the  sentences  in  Latin. 

Pronounce  ae  like  ai  in  aisle-,  au  like  ou  in  out. 

READING  EXERCISE 

10.  1.  Lu'na  est  puPchra.  2.  Lu'na  ple'na  ter'ram  il- 
lus'trat.  3.  Pu-ePla  par'va  lu'nam  puPchram  vi'det.  4. 
Lu'na  ple'na  est  in  cae'lo.  5.  StePlae  cla'rae  quo 'que  sunt 
incae'lo.  6.  A-gri'co-lalu'nample'nam  vi'det.  7.  Nau'tae 
lu'nam  ple'nam  et  stePlas  cla'ras  vi'dent.  8.  StePlae  nau'- 
tis  (to  sailors)  vi'am  mon'strant.  9.  Pu-ePlae  par'vae 
stePlas  muPtas  in  cae'lo  vi'dent.  10.  StePlae  puPchrae  pu- 
ePlas  parVas  de-lec'tant.  11.  U'bi,  pu-ePla  par'va,  est 
lu'na?  12.  U'bi,  pu-ePlae  par'vae,  sunt  stePlae  cla'rae? 
13.  Non'nelu'na,  a-gri 'co-la,  ter'ram  il-lus'trat?  14.  Non'ne 
stePlae,  nau'tae,  vi'am  mon'strant?  15.  Lu'na  ter'ram  il- 
Itis'trat  et  stePlae  nau'tis  vi'am  mon-strant.  16.  Nau'tae 
mul'tas  stePlas  sci'unt.  17.  Castor  et  Pollux  sunt  duae 
stellae.  18.  Hac  stellae  nau'tis  vi'am  mon-strant.  19.  Lux 
stel-la'rum  (of  the  stars)  in  ter'ram  ve'nit.  20.  Lux  lu'nae 
(of  the  moon)  a-gri'co-lae  (to  the  farmer)  vi'am  mon'strat. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  nouns  a,jid  adjectives  in  this  exercise- 
which  nro  in  the  nominative  singular,  the  nominative  plural,  the  accusa- 


8 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


tivc  singular,  the  ticcusativc  plural,   the  vocative  singular,  and  the 
vocative  plural. 

b.  What  is  the  ending  of  nouns  and  adjectives  in  the  nominative 
singular?  in  the  accusative  singular?  in  the  vocative  singular?  in  the 
nominative  plural?  in  the  accusative  plural?  in  the  vocative  plural? 


©   Publishers'  Photo  Service,  N.  Y. 

Via  Angusta  Urbis  Pompeiorum 

SYNTAX 
11.  One  of  the  most  important  things  to  be  considered 
in  the  study  of  the  Latin  language  is  the  use  or  construction 
of  words  in  sentences.  The  discussion  of  this  subject  belongs 
to  the  division  of  grammar  which  is  called  syntax.  The 
rules  of  syntax  have  been  derived  from  the  study  of  Roman 
literature  and  are  convenient  statements  of  the  ways  in 
which  words  were  used  by  Roman  writers.  In  many 
respects  the  syntax  of  the  English  language  is  similar  to 
Latin  syntax;  and  this  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  the  study 
of  Latin  helps  so  much  in  the  understanding  of  EngHsh. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  1) 

For  convenience  the  rules  of  syntax  are  numbered  con- 
secutively by  numljers  in  parentheses.  They  are  arranged 
by  titles  in  the  same  order  in  section  571,  page  362. 

The  Subject  of  a  Finite  Verb 

12.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  nominative 
case.     (1) 

Roma  est  urbs  antiqua,  Rome  is  an  ancient  city. 

The  Direct  Object  of  a  Transitive  Verb 

13.  The  direct  object  of  a. transitive  verb  is  in  the 
accusative  case.     (2) 

Luna  terram  illustrat,  the  moon  lights  up  the  earth. 

The  Person  Addressed 

14.  The  name  of  the  person  (or  thing)  addressed  is  in 
the  vocative  case.     (3) 

Nonne  stellae,  nauta,  viam  monstrant?  Do  not  the  stars  show  the 
way,  0  sailor? 

COMPOSITION 

15.  Write  the  sentences  in  Latin  and  repeat  them  orally,  using 
words  found  in  the  Latin  reading  exercise  in  section  10. 

Great  care  should  be  taken  to  use  the  proper  case  forms,  and  the 
adjective  should  always  be  in  the  same  case  and  number  as  the  noun 
which  it  modifies, 

Mark  the  quantity  of  the  long  vowels. 

1.  The  moon  is  full  and  the  stars  are  bright.  2,  The 
full  moon  and  the  bright  stars  are  in  the  sky.  3.  The  farmer 
sees  the  full  moon  and  the  bright  stars.  4.  The  moon  lights 
up  the  earth.  5.  The  stars  show  the  way.  6.  The  beauti- 
ful stars  please  the  little  girls.  7.  The  full  moon  pleases  the 
sailors.  8.  The  little  girls  see  the  sailors  in  the  streets  (in 
vils).  9.  Little  girl,  where  are  the  sailors?  10.  Do  not 
(nonne)  the  bright  stars  please  the  sailors,  little  girls? 

3 


Amphitheatrum  quod  Colosseum  Appellatur 


CHAPTER  III 


THE   FIRST  DECLENSION    (Continued) 


The  Genitive,  Dative,  and  Ablative  Cases 

16.  The  cases  which  are  presented  for  study  in  this 
chapter  are  the  Genitive,  the  Dative,  and  the  Ablative. 

The  genitive  case  is 
equivalent  to  the  Enghsh 
possessive  or  to  the  ob- 
jective with  the  preposi- 
tion of. 

Fflia      agricolae,      the 

(iniKihlcr  of  the  farvier,  the 
farmer's  daughter;  coronae 
puellarum,  the  girls^  wreaths; 
urbs  Italiae,  a  city  of  Italy. 

The  dative  is  the 
case  of  the  indirect  ob- 
ject. It  is  used  to  denote 
some  of  the  relations 
which   are   expressed   in 

English  by  the  prepositions  to  and  for,  and  is  thus  used 
frequently  with  adjectives. 

Stellae  nautis  viam  monstrant,  the  stars  point  out  the  way  to  sailors 
(show  sailors  the  way);  luna  agricolae  grata  est,  the  moon  is  pleasing  to 
the  farmer. 

The  ablative  case  is  used  with  certain  prepositions. 

Ab  Italia,  from  Italy;  a  nautis,  by  the  sailors;  cum  agricola,  loilh 
the  farmer;  in  viis,  in  the  streets. 

(11) 


Templum  Castoius  et  Pollucis 


12  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

The  preposition  a  is  used  before  words  beginning  with 
a  consonant;  ab  is  used  before  vowels  or  consonants. 

"The  ablative  case  may  also  be  used  without  a  preposi- 
tion in  Latin ;   it  is  then  generally  translated  with,  hy,  etc. 

Urbs  statuis  omatur,  the  city  is  adorned  with  statues;  terra  luna 
et  stellis  illustratur,  the  earth  is  lighted  up  hy  the  moon  and  stars. 

In  the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative  cases,  singular  and 
plural,  the  endings  of  nouns  and  adjectives  of  the  first 
declension  are  as  follows: 

Singular  Plural 

Genitive,  -ae  »  Genitive,  -arum 

Dative,     -ae  Dative,     -is 

Ablative,  -a  (long  a)  Ablative,  -is 

Dea,  goddess,  and  filia,  daughter,  have  -abus  in  the  dative  and 
ablative  plural. 

The  genitive  and  dative  singular  are  alike  and  have  the 
same  form  as  the  nominative  plural.  The  dative  and 
ablative  plural  also  are  alike.  Whenever  two  or  more  cases 
have  the  same  form,  the  case  of  the  noun  in  any  given  sen- 
tence is  determined  by  its  use. 

17.  Read  the  following  sentences  aloud,  with  frequent 
repetition.  Observe  the  form  of  each  noun  and  adjective  and 
point  out  those  which  are  in  the  genitive,  the  dative,  or  the 
ablative  case. 

Translate  into  English,  and  from  the  dictation  of  the  English 
translation  or  from  the  written  translation  write  and  recite  the 
sentences  in  Latin. 

The  article  and  the  possessives,  his,  her,  their,  and  your, 
may  be  supplied  where  the  sense  requires  them. 

READING   EXERCISE 

18.  1.  In  I-ta'h-a  sunt  a-gri'co-lae  et  nau'tae.  2.  A- 
gri 'co-la  ter-ram  a 'rat;   nau'tae  a 'rant  a'quam.     3.  Ter'ra 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


13 


a-gri'co-lae  pe-cu'ni-am  dat.  4.  A 'qua  nau'tis  di-vi'ti-as 
dat.  5.  Ter'ra  a-gri-co-lae  gra'ta  est.  6.  A 'qua  nau'tis  est 
gra'ta.  7.  Fi'li-a  a-gri'co-lae  sil'vam  a'mat.  8.  Fi'li-ae 
nau-ta'rum  lu'nam  et  stel'las 
a'mant.  9.  Sil'va  fl'li-ae 
a-gri'co-lae    gra'ta    est. 

10.  Stel'lae  fi-li-a^us  nau- 
ta'rum    sunt      gra'tae. 

11.  Lu'na  ter'ram  il-lus'trat. 
,12.  Stel'lae     nau'tis     vi'am 

mon'strant.  13.  Fl'li-a 
a-gri'co-lae  men'sam  ro'sis 
or'nat.  14.  Ro'sae  sunt 
a-gri'co-lae  et  fi'li-ae  gra'tae. 

15.  Fi'li-ae  nau-ta'rurn 
naVem     co-ro'nis     or'nant. 

16.  Co-ro'nae  nau'tis  et 
fi-li-a'bus  gra'tae  sunt. 

17.  Di-a'na  est  de'a  sil- 
va'rum.  18.  Lu'na  est  re- 
gl'na  stel-la'rum.  19.  In 
ur'be  est  sta'tu-a  Di-a'nae. 

20.  Pu-el'lae  sta'tu-am  Di- 
a'nae   co-ro'nis  or'nant. 

21.  Sta'tu-a  Di-a'nae  a  pu- 
el'lls  a-ma'tur.  22.  Sunt'ne 
co-ro'nae,  pu-el'lae,  de'ae 
gra'tae?  23.  Ho'mi-nes 
mul'tas  sta'tu-as  de-a'rum 
in  ur'be  vi'dent.  24.  Sunt'ne  sta'tu-ae  et  co-ro'nae,  Di-'ana, 
gra'tae  de-a 'bus?  25.  Ab  a-gri 'co-la  sil'vaa-ma'ur;  a  nau 'tis 
stel'lae  a-man'tur.  26.  A-gri 'co-la  in  sil'va  cum  fi-li-a'bus 
est.  27.  Pu-el'lae  in  sil'va  cum  a-gri 'co-la  sunt.  28.  Fi'li-ae 
nau-ta'rurn  lu'nam  cum  stel'lis  in  cae'lo  vi'dent. 


Photo  lirown  Brothers,  N.  Y. 

Statua  Deae  Dianae 


14  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjectives  used  above  which 
are  in  the  genitive  singular,  the  genitive  plural,  the  dative  singular, 
the  dative  plural,  the  ablative  singular,  and  the  ablative  plural. 

b.  What  is  the  ending  of  these  nouns  and  adjectives  in  the 
genitive  singular?  in  the  dative  singular?  in  the  ablative  singular? 
in  the  genitive  plural?  in  the  dative   plural?  in  the  ablative  plural? 

c.  What  case  denotes  possession?  What  case  is  used  as  the 
indirect  object?  What  case  is  used  with  the  prepositions  a,  ab,  cum, 
in?     What  case  is  translated  by  the  preposition  loithf 

d.  Point  out  the  nouns  and  adjectives  in  section  18  which  are 
in  the  nominative,  the  accusative  and  the  vocative  cases,  singular  and 
plural. 

e.  W>ite  out  and  repeat  orally  all  of  the  cases  of  nauta  and 
Stella,  singular  and  plural.  Arrange  in  the  following  order:  Nomina- 
tive, Genitive,  Dative,   Accusative,  Vocative,  Ablative. 

SYNTAX 
The  Genitive  Qualifying  Another  Noun 

19.  A  noun  used  to  qualify  another  noun,  and  not 
denoting  the  same  person  or  thing,  is  in  the  genitive  case.  (4) 

Diana  est  dea  silvarum,  Diana  is  the  goddess  of  the  woods. 
a.    This     qualifjnng    genitive    frequently    denotes    possession. 
Pecunia  agricolae,  the  farmer's  wealth. 

The  Indirect  Object 

20.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative  case. 

(5) 

Stellae  nautis  viam  monstrant,  the  stars  shoiv  (to)  sailors  the  way. 

The  Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument 

21.  The  means  or  the  instrument  by  which  or  with 
which  anything  is  done  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  case.     (6) 

Puellae  statuam  coronis  omant,  the  girls  adorn  the  statue  with 
garlands. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


15 


COMPOSITION 

22.  Write  the  following  sentences  in  Latin,  observing  the  di- 
rections given  in  sections  7  and  15. 

1.  Diana  is  the  goddess  of  the  forest.  2.  The  forest  is 
pleasing  to  Diana.  3.  The  streets  of  Rome  are  adorned  with 
statues.  4.  Rome  is  adorned  with  the  statues  of  goddesses. 
5.  Are  statues  pleasing  to  goddesses?  6.  The  statue  of 
Diana  is  adorned  with  garlands.  7.  The  statue  is  adorned 
by  the  little  girls.  8.  Are  the  garlands  of  the  little  girls 
pleasing,  Diana?  9.  Diana  loves  the  forests.  10.  Do  god- 
desses love  (amantne)  Httle  girls? 


Statuae  in  Museo  Vaticano 


CHAPTER   IV 
THE  FIRST  DECLENSION    (Continued) 

23.  The  change  in  the  form  of  a  noun,  pronoun,  or 
adjective  to  denote  case  and  number  is  called  declension. 
Nouns,  pronouns,  and  adjectives  are  regularly  declined  in 
the  six  cases  which  have  been  discussed  in  the  two  preceding 
chapters. 

Nouns-  are  declined  in  five  different  ways,  which  are 
known  as  the  First,  the  Second,  the  Third,  the  Fourth,  and  the 
Fifth  Declensions.  The  nouns  whose  endings  have  thus  far 
been  considered  belong  to  the  First  Declension. 

24.  In  addition  to  the  cases  previously  described,  a 
few  nouns  have  a  form  called  the  locative  case,  which  is 
used  to  denote  place  or  location.  In  the  first  declension  the 
locative  case  has  in  the  singular  the  same  form  as  the  genitive, 
and  in  the  plural  the  same  form  as  the  ablative. 

Romae,  in  Rome;  militiae,  in  war,  in  military  service;  Athenis, 
in  Athens. 

25.  In  the  following  exercise  observe  closely  the  forms  of 
all  the  nouns  and  adjectives  which  belong  to  the  first  declension, 
and  determine  the  case  and  number  as  indicated  by  the  endings 
and  by  the  use  of  the  nouns  in  the  sentences. 

Translate  the  sentences  into  English  and  apply  the  rules  of 
syntax.  ^ 

In  the  general  Latin-English  vocabulary  (section  574, 
page  388)  the  nominative  case  of  each  noun  is  followed  by  the 
ending  of  the  genitive  case.  The  ending  -ae  (plural,  -arum) 
shows  that  the  noun  belongs  to  the  first  declension. 

READING  EXERCISE 

26.  1.  Roma  antiqua  erat  in  Italia.  2.  Troia  quoque 
erat  urbs  antiqua.     3.  Troia  antiqua  erat  in  Asia.     4.  Troia 

(16) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


17 


longe  ab  Roma  aberat.  5.  Nou  loiige  ab  oris  Troiae  eraiit 
insulae  multae,  6.  Nautae  ab  oris  Troiae  ad  Insulas  veiiiunt. 
7.  Incolae  insularum  nautae  et  agricolac  sunt.  8.  Aqua 
nautis  pecuniam  dat.  9.  Agricolae  divitias  ex  terra  agricul- 
tui'a  petunt.  10.  Unde,  agri- 
cola,  pecunia  tua  venit?  11. 
Unde,  nautae,  divitiae  tuae 
veniunt? 

12.  Incolae  Italiae  et 
Graeciae  deas  multas  hab- 
ent.  13.  Diana  est  dea 
silvarum;  Minerva  dea 
sapientiae  est.  14.  luno  et 
Venus  erant  quoque  deae 
antiquae.  15.  luno  incolas 
Graeciae  amabat;  Venus 
amabat  incolas  Troiae.  16. 
Inter  has  deas  magna  dis- 
cordia  venit.  17.  Propter  dis- 
cordiam  dearum  erant  in 
oris  Troiae  pugnae  multae 
et  magnae.  18.  Denique 
Troia  deleta  est.  19.  Vir- 
clarus  Troiae  erat  Aeneas. 
20.  Venus  dea  erat  mater 
Aeneae.     21.  Aeneas  cum 

multis  Troiae  incolis  ex  oris  Asiae  in  Italiam  venit.  22.  Mater 
dea  et  stellae  nautis  et  Aeneae  viam  monstrant.  23.  Aeneas 
et  nautae  stellls  et  deae  gratias  dant.  24.  Romae  et  Athenis 
multae  dearum  statuae  sunt.  25.  Arae  dearum  coronis 
ornantur.   26.  Suntne  arae  et  coronae  deabus  gratae? 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Tell  the  case  and  number  of  each  noun  and  adjective  of  the 
first  declension  as  used  in  this  exercise. 


Photo  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 

Minerva,  Dea  Sapientiae 


18 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


b.  Write  out  in  full  and  repeat  orally  the  declension  in  the 
singular  of  aqua,  sapientia,  Roma  antiqua;  and  in  the  singular  and 
plural  of  ora,  incola,  and  insula  magna.  Give  the  names  of  the  cases 
as  well  as  the  forms  of  the  Latin  words,  and  arrange  the  cases  in  the 
following   order:     Nonmiative,  Genilive,    Dative,    Accusative,    Vocative, 

Ablative. 

c.  Write  out  the  declen- 
sion of  Aeneas  and  dea. 
See  section  548,  page  338. 

d.  Give  the  rule  of 
syntax  which  applies  to  each 
of  the  following:  Roma  (1), 
incolae  (12):  pecuniam  (8), 
deas  (12);  agricola  (10), 
nautae  (11);  Asiae  (21), 
insulanmi  (7);  Aeneae  (22), 
stellis  (23);  agricultura  (9), 
coronis  (25). 


PuELLAE  Coronas  Facientes 


GENDER 

27.  Latin  nouns  are  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter. 
The  gender  of  Latin  nouns  is  best  learned  by  observation 
since  the  grammatical  gender  does  not  always  correspond 
with  the  natural  gender.  In  the  general  vocabulary  the 
gender  of  each  noun  is  indicated  by  the  letter  ni.,  /.,  or  n. 
Most  nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  feminine;  as,  Stella, 
aqua,  sapientia :  but  nouns  which  denote  males  are  mascu- 
line; as,  nauta,  agricola^  incola. 

THE  ARRANGEMENT   OF  WORDS 

28.  In  a  Latin  sentence  the  arrangement  of  the  words 
differs  somewhat  from  the  English  order.  The  subject  is 
usually  placed  at  the  beginning  and  the  verb  at  the  end  of 
the  sentence.  The  indirect  object  generally  precedes  the 
direct  object  and  the  adjective  follows  the  noun  which  it 
modifies.  Considerable  variety  in  the  arrangement  of  words 
is  possible  in  Latin  because  the  use  of  words  is  denoted  by 
their  form  as  well  as  by  their  position  in  the  sentence. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  19 

Notice  the  variation  in  the  following: 

Stellae  clarae  nautis  viam  monstrant. 
Nautis  stellae  clarae  viam  monstrant. 
Viam  stellae  clarae  monstrant  nautis. 
Monstrant  nautis  viam  clarae  stellae. 

Each  word  has  the  same  construction .  or  use  in  all  of 
these  sentences;  e.  g.,  stellae  is  the  subject,  viam  is  the 
direct  object,  and  nautis  is  the  indirect  object.  In  the  first 
sentence  the  words  are  arranged  in  the  normal  or  usual  order. 
The  effect  of  placing  any  word  except  the  subject  first  is  to 
give  that  word  more  emphasis  than  it  would  have  in  its 
usual,  position.  Thus  the  third 
sentence  means,  The  bright  stars 
show  the  way  to  sailors.  The  adjec- 
tive is  generally  emphatic  when  it 
precedes  its  noun.  Thus  the  fourth 
sentence  above  may  be  translated, 
The  stars  when  bright  show  sailors  the 
way. 

The  Roman  writers  display  great  t      ^         ^ 

,  ,„  .  •       .1  1  .  Ara  Romana 

skill  m  arrangmg  the  words  so  as  to 

produce  artistic  effects,  and  the  beauty  of  Latin  style 
is  due  in  part  to  the  pleasing  variety  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  words. 

The  best  way  to  overcome  the  apparent  difficulty  due 
to  the  unfamiliar  arrangement  of  words  is  continued  practice 
in  reading  the  Latin  aloud  or  silently  with  a  definite  effort 
to  get  the  meaning  of  the  Latin  words  as  they  are  read  in 
the  Latin  order,  without  first  making  the  transposition 
which  is  necessary  in  translating  into  Enghsh.  Practice 
of  this  kind,  continued  until  the  Latin  order  seems  famil- 
iar, will  develop  an  appreciation  of  the  Latin  arrangement 
which  will  be  an  invaluable  aid  in  all  subsequent  study  of 
the  Latin  language  and  literature. 


20  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

PARADIGMS 

29.  The  tables  of  declension  and  conjugation  are  called 
paradigms.  These  should  be  learned  as  they  are  introduced 
and  this  work  should  be  done  with  absolute  thoroughness 
and  accuracy.  The  student  should  commit  the  paradigms 
to  memory.  He  should  recite  them  orally  and  write  them 
out  repeatedly  until  the  form  of  each  inflected  word  and  its 
meaning  can  be  recognized  without  the  slightest  hesitation. 
Whatever  time  and  effort  may  be  necessary  should  be  given 
in  order  that  the  forms  may  be  completely  mastered.  The 
faithful  observance  of  these  directions  will  result  in  much 
economy  of  time  and  will  cause  increasing  satisfaction  as  the 
work  proceeds. 


TYPICAL 

NOUN 

30. 

Nominative, 

Stella ; 

genitive,    stellae;    feminine 

gender;  star. 

Case 

Declension 

Case-ending 

Meaning 

Sing.  Nom. 

Stella 

-a 

a  (the)  star 

Gen. 

stellae 

-ae 

of  a  (the)  star 

Dal. 

stellae 

-ae 

to,  for  a  (the)  star 

Ace. 

stellam 

-am 

a  (the)  star 

Voc. 

Stella 

-a 

0  star 

AM. 

Stella 

-a 

ivith,  from,  by  a  (the)  star 

PL      Nom. 

stellae 

-ae 

(the  )  stars 

Gen. 

stellarum 

-arum 

of  (the)  stars 

Dal. 

stellis 

-is 

to,  for  (the)  stars 

Ace. 

Stellas 

-as 

(the)  stars 

Voc. 

stellae 

-ae 

0  stars 

Abl. 

steUis 

-is 

with,  from,  by  (the)  stars 

a.  Base  and  stem.  The  base  of  a  noun  is  that  part  which  is  the 
same  in  all  the  cases;  or,  it  is  that  part  of  the  noun  to  which  the  case- 
endings  are  joined.  Thus  the  base  of  Stella  is  stell-.  In  the  first 
declension  the  case-endings  include,  sometimes  in  a  modified  form, 
the  characteristic  vowel  a,  which  added  to  the  base  gives  a  form  which 
is  called  the  stem.  Thus  the  stem  of  stella  is  stella-.  The  first  de- 
clension is  sometimes  called  the  a-declension, 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


21 


h.  Special  forms.     Dea,  goddess,  and  fflia,  daughter,  in  the  dative 
and  ablative  plural  have  the  forms  deabus  and  ffliabus. 

c.  Locative  case.  In  the 
singular  the  locative  case  has  the 
same  form  as  the  genitive;  in  the 
plural  it  has  the  same  form  as  the 
ablative.  Romae,  in  Rome;  mili- 
tiae,  in  war;  Athenis,  in  Athens. 

d.  The  ending  of  the  genitive 
singular  is  given  in  the  vocabulary 
to  indicate  the  declension  to  which 
a  noun  belongs.  If  the  noun  has 
no  singular  form,  the  ending  of 
the  genitive  plural  is  given.  Thus 
pecunia,  -ae,  and  divitiae,  -arum, 
belong  to  the  first  declension  and 
are  declined  respectively  like 
Stella,  -ae,  and  stellae,  -arum. 

e.  Learn  the  declension  of 
Stella,  giving  careful  attention  to 
the  case-endings  and  to  the  quan- 
tity of  the  vowels. 

/.  Make  a  similar  table  for 
the  noun  nauta. 

g.  Dechne  puella,  corona, 
Clara;  decline  together  puella 
parva.  Practice  the  declension  of 
nouns  of  the  first  declension  until 
the  declension  of  any  noun  or 
adjective  can  be  given  orally  or 
in  writing  without  hesitation  and 
with  absolute  accuracy. 

SYNTAX 


Photo  Brown  Bros,,  N,  Y. 

Statua  Deae  Veneris 


Predicate  Noun  or  Adjective 

31.  A  predicate  noun  or  adjective  belonging  to  the 
subject  agrees  with  the  subject  in  case.     (7) 

Incolae  insulraiun  sunt  nautae  et  agricolae,  the  inhabitants  of  the 
islands  are  sailors  and  farmers ;  arae  et  coronae  deabus  sunt  gratae, 
altars  and  garlands  are  acceptaJjle  to  the  goddesses. 


22 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


The  Locative  Case 

32.     The  locative  case  of  a  few  nouns  is  used  to  denote 
the  place  where.     (8) 

Romae  et  Athenis  multae  deariun  statuae  sunt,  in  Rome  and  in 
Athens  there  are  many  statues  of  goddesses. 

COMPOSITION 

33.  1.  Ancient  Troy  was 
in  Asia.  2.  Rome  was  far 
away  from  Troy.  3.  Not  far 
from  the  shores  of  Asia  are 
many  islands.  4.  The  inhabi- 
tants of  the  islands  are  sailors. 

5.  Sailors  obtain  (petunt) 
wealth    from    the    water. 

6.  Whence,  O  farmer,  do  your 
riches  come  (veniunt)?  7. 
Minerva  was  the  goddess  of 
wisdom.  8.  Discord  came 
(venit)  between  two  (duas) 
goddesses.  9.  On  account  of 
the  quarrel  of  the  goddesses 
Troy  was  destroyed.  10. 
Aeneas  comes  from  the  shores 
of  Troy  to  Italy.  11.  A  god- 
dess shows  (to)  Aeneas  the 
way.  12.  Stars  show  sailors 
the  way.      13.  The  stars  are 

pleasing  to  the  sailors'  daughters.  14.  In  Rome  and  in 
Athens  there  are  many  statues  of  goddesses.  15.  The  in- 
habitants (of)  Greece  love  the  ancient  statues.  16.  The 
city  of  Rome  is  adorned  with  many  statues.  17.  Do  you 
like  (amasne)  the  beautiful  statues? 


UNO   Re(;Ina   Deauum 


CHAPTER  V     . 

THE   SECOND   DECLENSION 

Masculine  Nouns 
THE  NOMINATIVE,   ACCUSATIVE,   AND   VOCATIVE   CASES 

34.  In  the  second  declension  the  endings  of  mascuUne 
nouns  in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  cases  are 
as  follows: 

Singular  Plural 

Nominative,  -us,  -er,  -ir  Nominative,  -i 

Accusative,    -um  Accusative,    -6s 

Vocative,       -e,  -er,  -ir  Vocaiive,       -i 

Nouns  whose  nominative  ends  in  -us  have  the  ending 
-e  in  the  vocative  singular,  but  filius,  son,  has  the  vocative 
fili,  0  son,  my  son;  and  proper  nouns  ending  in  -ius  in  the 
nominative  singular  have  the  ending  -i  in  the  vocative. 
Cassius  (nom.)  Cassius;  Cass!  (voc.)  0  Cassius.  In  the 
singular  of  all  other  nouns,  and  always  in  the  plural,  the 
vocative  case  has  the  same  ending  as  the  nominative.  On 
account  of  this  similarity  the  vocative  case  may  be  omitted 
from  the  paradigms. 

Many  adjectives  have  the  endings  of  the  first  and  the 
second  declensions.  An  adjective  used  with  a  feminine 
noun  has  the  forms  of  the  first  declension;  an  adjective  used 
with  a  masculine  noun  has  the  forms  of  the  second  declen- 
sion. Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  will  be  discussed  in 
ccnnection  with  nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

35.  Read  aloud  the  sentences  in  the  following  exercise  and 
translate  into  English.  From  the  English  translation,  either 
written  or  dictated,  write  and  recite  the  sentences  in  Latin. 

(23) 


24 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Study  the  nouns  and  adjectives  and  determine  the  case  of 
each  noun  from  its  use  in  the  sentence.  Observe  the  endings  of 
the  nouns  in  the  nominative,  the  accusative,  and  the  vocative 
cases. 

In  the  vocabulary  the  nominative  singular  of  each  noun  is 
given,  or  the  nominative  plural  if  the  singular  is  lacking,  and  the 
ending  of  the  genitive.  If  the  ending  of  the  genitive  singular  is 
-ae,  the  noun  belongs  to  the  first  declension;  if  the  genitive 
ending  is  i,  the  noun  belongs  to  the  second  declension. 


HoMiNfis  IN  Via  Appia 


READING  EXERCISE 

36.  1.  In  urbe  Roma  est  dominus.  2.  Dominus  est 
bonus.  3.  Dominus  bonus  malum  servum  habet.  4.  Servus 
malus  dominum  bonum  habet.  5.  Dominus  est  agricola. 
6.  Dominus  et  nauta  sunt  amici.  7.  Agricola  et  nauta  sunt 
viri  validi.  8.  Agricola  validus  validum  filium  habet.  9. 
Filius  agricolae  et  malus  servus  sunt  amici.  10.  Filius 
agricolae  est  puer  malus.  11.  Puer  malus  malos  amicos 
habet.       12.   AgrI    agricolae    non    longe    ab    urbe    absunt. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  25 

13.  Dominus  flliuin  ot  scTVum  in  agios  niiltit.  14.  Fuvrl 
mail  non  in  agios  scd  in  urbeni  voniunt.  15.  Puer  malus  et 
serviis  miser  sunt  saepe  in  vils.  16.  Ubi,  serve,  est  filius 
agricolae?  17.  Filius,  domine,  est  in  via.  18.  Ubi,  fill,  est 
servus?  19.  Serviis  est  in  via.  20.  Cassius  est  nomen 
domini.  21.  Erant-ne,  CassI,  pueri  in  agrls?  22.  Non  in 
agris  sed  in  viis  pueri  erant.  23.  Laudat-ne  dominus,  pueri, 
malum  filium  et  servum  malum?  24.  Malos  pueros  dominus 
non  laudat.     25,  Mali  servi  dominos  bonos  non  amant. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjectives  of  the  second 
declension  used  in  this  exercise  which  are  in  the  nominative  singular, 
the  nominative  plural,  the  accusative  singular,  the  accusative  plural, 
the  vocative  singular,  and  the  vocative  plural. 

h.  What  nouns  are  used  as  the  subjects  of  verbs?  as  direct  objects 
of  verbs? 

c.  Tell  the  case  and  number  of  each  noun  of  the  first  declension 
found  in  this  e.xercisc. 

THE   GENITIVE,   DATIVE,   AND   ABLATIVE   CASES 

37.  The  endings  of  the  genitive,  the  dative,  and  the 
ablative  cases  in  the  second  declension  are  as  follows: 

Singular  Plural 

Genitive,   -i  Genitive,   -drum 

Dative,      -6  Dative,      -is 

Ablative,  -6  Ablative,  -is 

The  endings  of  the  dative  and  ablative  cases  are  the 
same;  and  in  the  plural  these  cases  have  the  same  endings 
as  in  the  first  declension.  In  any  sentence  if  a  noun  has  a 
case-ending  which  belongs  to  two  different  cases,  the  case 
is  determined  by  the  use  of  the  noun  as  in  English. 

For  the  use  of  the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative  cases, 
see  sections  19,  20,  and  21. 

4 


26 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


38.     Read  aloud  the  sentences  in  section  39  and   translate 
into  English.      From  the  written  English  translation  or  from 
dictation  write  and  recite  the  sentences  in  Latin,  testing  the 
accuracy  of  the  forms  by  the  Latin  original.    Imitate  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  words  in  the 
Latin  sentences. 

Review  the  first  de- 
clension of  nouns  and 
compare  the  endings  of 
the  first  declension  with 
those  of  the  second  in  each 
case.  Review  also  the 
nominative,  accusative, 
and  vocative  cases  of  the 
second  declension,  sections 
34,  35,  and  36. 

READING  EXERCISE 

39.  1.  Marcus  est 
agricola  Romanus. 
2.  Marcus  hortum 
pulchrum  habet.  3.  Liberi 


Photo  Brown  Brothers,  N.  Y. 
LUDUS    PUERORTJM 


Marci  in  horto  cum  amicis  ludunt. 
amicis  amantur.     5.  Ludi    liberorum 

6.  Liberis  quoque  ludi  sunt   grati. 

7.  Ludi  a  llberis  amantur.  8.  Filii 
domini  non  semper  ludunt  ;interdum 
in  horto  laborant.  9.  Servi  in  agris 
domini  laborant.  10.  Dominus 
magnum  servorum  numerum  habet. 

11.  Servi  non  semper  laborant; 
interdum  cum  llberis  domini  ludunt. 

12.  Ludi  servis  grati  sunt.  13.  Boni 
servi  a  domino  laudantur. 
14.  Dominus  bono  servo  praemium 
dat.     15.  Magister  discipulis  libros 

dat.     16.  A  multis  pueris  boni  libri  amantur. 


4.  Liberi   Marci  ab 
Marco    sunt    grati. 


PuER  ET  Liber 


17.  Pueri  et 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


27 


puellae  libros  bonos  amant.  18.  Magister  magnum  librorum 
bonorum  numerimi  habet.  19.  Liber  Latinus  a  magistro 
discipulo  bono  datur  (is  given).  20.  Hie  liber  est  bonus. 
21.  Latina  lingua  est  in  hoc  libro.  22.  In  libris  poetarum 
boni  viri  laudantur. 


NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  tlie  nouns  and  adjectives  of  the  second 
declension  in  these  sentences  which  are  in  the  genitive  singular,  the 
genitive  plural,  the  dative  singular,  the  dative  plural,  the  ablative 
singular,  and  the  ablative  plural. 

h.  Tell  the  case  and  number  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjectives  of 
the  first  and  second  declensions  which  are  found  in  this  exercise. 

c.  Write  and  repeat  orally  all  of  the  cases  of  servus,  puer,  and 
liber  (book).  Find  the  genitive  singular  in  the  vocabulary.  Arrange 
the  cases  in  the  same  order  as  in  section  30. 


His  Rebus  Romani  Scribebant 


28 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


GENDER  IN  THE   SECOND   DECLENSION 

40.     Nouns  of  the  second  declension  ending  in  -us,  -er, 
and  -ir  are  masculine. 


TYPICAL   NOUNS 

41.  Nom.,  amicus;  gen.,  amici;  m.;  friend. 

Nom.,  puer;  gen.,  pueri;  m.;  hoy. 

Nom.,  liber;  gen.,  libri;  m.;  hook. 

Nom.,  vir;  gen.,  viri;  m.;  man. 

Singular 


Nom. 

amicus 

puer 

liber 

vir 

-us,- 

Gen. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

-i 

Dal. 

amico 

puero 

libra 

viro 

-6 

Ace. 

amicum 

puerum 

librum 

vinrni 

-um 

Voc. 

amice 

puer 

liber 

vir 

-e,  — 

Abl. 

amico 

puero 

P] 

libro 

LUKAL 

viro 

-6 

Nom. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

-i 

Gen. 

amicorum 

puerorum 

librorum 

virorum 

orum 

Dat. 

amicis 

pueris 

libris 

viris 

-is 

Ace. 

amicos 

pueros 

libros 

viros 

-OS 

Voc. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

-i 

Abl. 

amicis 

pueris 

libris 

viris 

-is 

a.  The  stems  of  nouns  of  the  second  declension  end  in  o ;  amico-, 
puero-,  libro-,  viro-.  The  final  vowel,  o,  of  the  stem  is  modified  by 
the  letter  following  and  in  some  cases  it  seems  to  have  disappeared. 
In  its  modified  form  it  is  included  in  the  case-ending.  It  is  supposed 
that  originally  the  nominative  singular  was  formed  by  adding  -s  to 
the  stem,  and  the  accusative  by  adding  -m  to  the  stem;  nom.,  amicos; 
ace,  amicom.  On  account  of  the  tendency  to  substitute  easier  sounds 
for  those  more  difficult  the  nominative  finally  became  amicus,  and  the 
accusative  amiciun. 

b.  Special  forms.  Filius,  son,  and  proper  nouns  whose  nomina- 
tives end  in  -ius  form  the  genitive  singular  with  -i  instead  of  -ii; 
fili  for  filii;  Cassi  for  Cassii.  These  nouns  also  have  the  ending  -i 
instead  of  -ie  in  the  vocative  singular:    fill  for  filie ;  Horati  for  Horatie. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  29 

The  accent  is  retained  on  the  same  syllable  as  in  the  nominative; 
Hora'tius  (nom.),  Hora'ti  (gen.).  Such  changes  are  called  phonetic 
changes.  They  are  due  to  the  tendency  to  substitute  easier  sounds 
for  those  which  are  more  difficult  to  pronounce. 

c.  For  the  declension  of  deus,  god,  see  section  548. 

d.  Locative.  The  noun  domus,  home,  whose  declension  is  irreg- 
ular (section  548),  has  the  locative  form  domi,  at  home. 

e.  In  nouns  like  puer,  stem  puero-,'  the  nominative  singular  is 
formed  by  dropping  the  final  o  of  the  stem;  but  in  nouns  like  liber, 
stem  libro-,  the  vowel  e  is  developed  before  r  in  the  nominative  singular. 
The  vowel  e  is  more  easily  pronounced  than  any  other  before  r,  and 
for  this  reason  it  is  said  to  be  the  favorite  vowel  before  the  consonant  r. 

/.  The  genitive  singular  of  all  nouns  of  the  second  declension 
ends  in  -i,  and  this  ending  is  given  in  the  vocabulary  as  a  guide  to  the 
declension. 

g.  Learn  the  declension  of  amicus,  puer,  liber,  and  vir,  giving 
careful  attention  to  the  case-endings  and  to  the  quantity  of  the  vowels. 
WTiat  vowels  in  the  case-endings  are  marked  long?  What  cases  have 
the  same  endings  as  the  corresponding  cases  of  the  first  declension? 

h.  Decline  dominus,  hortus,  and  magnus  like  amicus;  miser 
(gen.,  miseri)  like  puer;  ager  (gen.,  agri),  magister  (gen.,  magistri), 
and  pulqher  (gen  ,  pulchri)  like  liber.  Decline  together  liber  Latinus, 
vir  bonus,  servus  miser,  hortus  pulcher,  validus  agricola,  and  ludus 
gratus. 

COMPOSITION 

42.  Write  the  following  sentences  in  Latin  and  recite  them 
orally,  using  the  words  and  con.structions  which  have  been  introduced 
in  the  preceding  exercises. 

Consider  the  gender  of  nouns.  All  of  the  nouns  of  the  first  declen- 
sion used  thus  far  are  feminine  except  agricola,  nauta,  and  poeta. 
All  nouns  of  the  second  declension  used  thus  far  are  masculine. 

Adjectives  must  bo  in  the  same  case,  number,  and  gender  as  the 
nouns  which  they  modify.  If  an  adjective  is  used  with  a  masculine 
noun,  it  has  the  endings  of  the  second  declension;  if  it  is  used  with  a 
feminine  noun,  it  has  the  endings  of  the  first  declension. 

Review  the  declension  of  typical  nouns  of  the  first  and  the  second 
declensions,  sections  30  and  41. 

Review  the  rules  of  syntax,  sections  12,  13,  14,  19,  20,  21,  31, 
and  32. 

In  writing  mark  the  long  vowels. 


30  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

1.  The  farmer's  son  has  a  bad  friend.  2.  The  boy's 
friend  is  a.  bad  slave.  3.  The  boy  and  the  slave  are  friends. 
4.  The  boy  and  (his)  friend  are  often  in  the  streets.  5. 
Books  are  not  pleasing  to  the  farmer's  bad  son.  6.  The 
bad  boy  does  not  please  the  farmer.  7.  The  master  (domi- 
nus)  does  not  praise  the  bad  slave. 

8.  The  strong  sons  of  Marcus  work  in  the  fields.  9.  The 
boys  work  in  the  fields  with  the  slaves.  10.  The  boys  play 
in  the  garden  with  (their)  friends.  11.  The  master's  children 
love  sports.  12.  The  master  is  delighted  with  the  sports  of 
(his)  children.  13.  The  master  sees  the  slaves  in  the  field. 
14.  The  sports  of  the  slaves  are  not  pleasing  to  (their) 
master. 

15.  The  master  (magister)  gives  good  books  to  (his) 
pupils.  16.  Master,  do  the  pupils  like  their  books?  17.  (My) 
friend,  the  books  are  pleasing  to  the  pupils.  18.  Children, 
where  are  the  master's  books?  19.  The  master  has  the 
books  at  home  (domi),  Cassius.  20.  My  son,  the  master's 
book  is  good.  21.  The  master  loves  the  Latin  language. 
22.  In  (their)  books  the  poets  praise  the  city  (urbem)  Rome. 


HORTUS    ROMANUS    UT    HoDIE    ViDETUR 


CHAPTER  VI 
NEUTER    NOUNS    OF    THE    SECOND    DECLENSION 

43.  Neuter  nouns  and  adjectives  of  the  second  declen- 
sion have  the  same  endings  as  mascuHne  nouns  except  in 
the  nominative  and  vocative  singular,  where  the  ending  is 
-um;  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative 
plural,  where  the  ending  is  -a. 

In  all  neuter  nouns  the  nominative,  accusative,  and 
vocative  cases  are  alike;  and  in  the  plural  these  three  cases 
end  in  -a. 

44.  Read  the  sentences  aloud  and  translate  into  English. 
Then  turn  the  sentences  back  into  Latin,  verifying  the  forms  by 
comparison  with  the  Latin  text. 

Remember  that  the  adjective  always  has  the  same  case 
and  number  as  its  noun. 

Review  the  first  declension,  section  30,  and  masculine  nouns 
of  the  second  declension,  section  4L  Review  also  all  the  rules 
of  syntax  which  have  been  given. 

READING   EXERCISE 

45.  L  Luna  et  stellae  sunt  in  caelo.  2.  Caelum  est 
clarum.  3.  Nautae  semper  caelum  vident.  4.  Caelum  est 
super;  Infra  est  terra.  5.  Aqua  de  caelo  in  terram  venit. 
6.  Frtimentum  mattirum  est  in  agris.  7.  Agricolae  frtimen- 
tum  in  oppida  portant.  8.  Copia  frumenti  mox  in  oppidis 
erit.  8.  Aurum  est  in  terra.  9.  Argentum  quoque  est  in 
terra.     10.  Est-ne  in  oppido  argenti  et  auri  copia? 

11.  Pater  filio  praemium  dat.  12.  Domini  servis  dona 
dant.  13.  A  magistro  praemium  discipulo  datur.  14.  Dona 
dominorum  servos  delectant.     15.  Discipulus  praemio  magis- 

(31) 


32 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


tii  delcctatur.  10.  Libii  Latini  discipulos  delcctant.  17. 
Liberi  ludls,  donis  servi  delectantur.  18.  Ludi  liberos,  dona 
servos  delcctant.  19.  Pater  Horati  villani  in  Apulia  habebat. 
20.  Horatius  villain  pulchram  et  agros  pulchros  amabat. 


Villa  Romana 

Singular 

Nam. 

donum 

-um 

Gen. 

doni 

-i 

Dal. 

dono 

-6 

Ace. 

doniun 

-um 

Voc. 

donum 

-um 

AM. 

dono 

-6 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.     Write  and  recite  the 
declension  of  caelimi   in  the 
singular,  and  of  oppidum  in 
the  singular  and  plural. 

GENDER 

46.  Nouns  of  the 
second  declension  whose 
nominative  ends  in  -um 
are  neuter.  Caelum, 
argenttun,  donum. 

TYPICAL   NOUN 

47.  Nom.,  donum; 
gen,,  dom;  neuter;  gift. 

Plural 

Nom.  dona  -a 

Gen.  donorum  -drum 

Dat.  donis  -is 

Ace.  dona  -a 

Voc.  dona  -a 

Ahl.  donis  -is 


a.  The  stem  ends  in  o;  dono-. 

b.  Nouns  whose  nominative  ends  in  -ium  have  the  genitive 
ending  in  -i  instead  of  -ii,  with  the  accent  on  the  syllable  which  is 
accented  in  the  nominative  case.  Inge'nium,  nom.,  inge'ni  (for  ingenii), 
gen. 

c.  The  neuter  of  all  adjectives  of  the  second  declension  is  declined 
like  dontmi. 

d.  In  the  same  way  decline  oppidtim,  magnum,  and  praemixmi 
gratum. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


33 


COMPOSITION 

48.     Write  the  sentences  in  Latin  and  recite  them  orally. 

1.  Tliere  are  many  large  (many  and  large)  towns  in  Italy. 

2.  In  the  towns  of  Italy  there  are  many  beautiful  temples. 

3.  The  master  (of  slaves)  is  in  the  town  to-day.  4.  Marcus 
the  farmer  brings  grain  into  the  town.  5.  The  farmers 
bring  grain  into  the  towns.  6.  The  men  bring  gold  and 
silver  into  the  towns.  7.  Gold  and  silver  are  in  the  earth. 
8.  The  master  (teacher)  gives  many  gifts  to  his  son.  9. 
Marcus  gives  a  large  reward  to  his  servant.  10.  Beautiful 
gifts  are  pleasing  to  boys  and  girls.  11.  The  sailors  see  the 
stars  in  the  sky.  12.  Water  copaes  down  from  the  sky  upon 
the  earth. 


CoLUMNA    IN   FOIIO  TrAIANO 


CHAPTER  VII 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND   SECOND 
DECLENSIONS 

49.  If  an  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declensions 
is  used  with  a  masculine  noun,  it  is  declined  like  amicus, 
puer,  or  liber  (section  41);  if  the  adjective  is  used  with  a 
feminine  noun,  it  is  declined  like  Stella  (section  30) ;  if  the 
adjective  is  used  with  a  neuter  noun,  it  is  declined  like 
donum  (section  47). 

An  adjective  is  always  in  the  same  case,  number,  and 
gender  as  the  noun  which  it  modifies,  but  it  does  not  always 
have  the  same  case-ending;  for  example,  agricola  bonus, 
nom.,  sing.,  masc;  servus  miser,  nom.,  sing.,  masc; 
nautam  validum,  ace,  sing.,  masc. 

50.  Read  the  following  exercise  aloud  in  Latin  and  translate 
into  English;  then  from  the  English  translation  recite  and  write 
the  sentences  in  Latin,  verifying  the  accuracy  of  the  work  by 
comparison  with  the  Latin  text. 

Study  the  forms  of  the  adjectives  and  observe  the  agreement 
of  adjectives  with  the  nouns  which  they  modify. 

When  looking  for  a  noun  in  the  vocabulary  always  observe 
the  gender  as  indicated  by  the  letter  m.,  f.,  or  n. 

READING   EXERCISE 

51.  1.  Roma  antiqua  est  urbs  pulchra.  2.  Populus 
Romanus  urbem  Romam  amat.  3.  Poetae  Roman!  urbem 
Romam  laudant.  4.  In  Italia  sunt  multa  oppida.  5.  Fru- 
mentum  maturum  in  oppida  portatur.  6.  Agricolae  frumen- 
tum  maturum  ex  agrls  portant.  7.  Marcus  agricola  est 
vir  vahdus.  8.  Agricola  vahdus  hortum  pulchrum  habet. 
9.  In  horto  pulchro  servus  miser  laborat.     10.  Malus  servus 

(34) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


35 


est  miser  quod  laborat.  11.  Boni  servi  miseri  sunt  non 
quod  laborant  sed  quod  non  liberi  sunt.  12.  Validus  vir 
et  validus  puer  quod  laborant  laeti  sunt.  13.  Validus 
agricola  filios  validos  habet.  14.  Multi  viri  validi  et 
laeti  sunt.  15.  Ego  sum  laetus  et  validus.  16.  Tu  quoque 
es  laetus  et  validus.  17.  Ego  et  tti  sumus  laeti  et  validi. 
18.  Tu  et  amicus  tuus  laeti  et  validi  estis. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Tell  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  each  noun  and  adjective 
found  in  this  exercise,  and  point  out  the  noun  which  each  adjective 
modifies. 

b.  Dechne  together  amicus  bonus,  oppidum  magnum,  vir  liber, 
hortus  pulcher,  servus  miser,  puer  parvus,  puella  pulchra,  nauta 
validus. 


52. 


TYPICAL  ADJECTIVES 

Bonus, 

bona,  bonimi ;  good. 

Singular 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

bonus 

bona 

bonimi 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

Dat. 

bono 

bonae 

bono 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

Voc. 

bone 

bona 

bonimi 

AM. 

bono 

bona 
Plural 

bono 

Nom. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonds 

bonas 

bona 

Voc. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Ahl 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

a.  Bonus  is  declined  like  amicus,  bona  like  stella,  and  bonum  like 
donum.     The  stems  are  bono-,  bona-,  and  bono-. 


36 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


53. 

Miser, 

misera,  misenim ; 

Singular 

unhappy. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Norn. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Gen. 

miseii 

miserae 

miseri 

Dat. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Ace. 

miserum 

miseram 

miseriim 

Voc. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Abl 

misero 

misera 
Plurat, 

misero 

Norn. 

miseri 

fhiserae 

misera 

Gen. 

miseronim 

miserarum 

miseronun 

Dat. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

Ace. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Voc. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

AM. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

a.  Miser  is  declined  like  puer,  misera  like  stella,  miserum  like 
donum.     The  stems  are  misero-,  misera-,  and  misero-. 


54. 

Pulcher, 

pulchra,  pulchrum ; 
Singular 

beautiful. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Gen. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchri 

Dat. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Ace. 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchriun 

Voc. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Abl. 

pulchro 

pulchra 
Plural 

pulchro 

Nom. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen. 

pulchronim 

pulchranun 

pulchronmi 

Dat. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace. 

pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Voc. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

AM. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

a.  Pulcher  is  declined  like  liber,  pulchra  like  stella,  pulchrum  like 
ddnum.     The  stems  are  pulchro-,  pulchra-  and  pulchro-. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  37 

SYNTAX 
Agreement  of  Adjectives 

55.  An  adjective  agrees  with  its  noun  in  case,  number, 
and  gender.     (9) 

Populus  Romanus,  the  Roman  people;  liber  bonus,  a  good  book; 
stellae  clarae,  bright  stars;  donis  pulchris,  with  beautiful  gifts. 

The  Dative  with  Adjectives 

56.  With  adjectives  denoting  quahty  the  dative  is  used 
to  denote  the  person  or  thing  towards  which  the  quaUty  is 
directed.     (10) 

Ludi  liberis  grati  stmt,  sports  are  pleasing  to  children. 

COMPOSITION 

57.  \\'ritc  and  recite  in  Latin. 

1.  The  full  moon  is  in  the  clear  sky.  2.  The  sailor  sees 
the  full  moon  and  the  bright  stars.  3.  The  city  of  Rome  is 
praised  by  the  Roman  poets.  4.  The  poets  love  the  language 
of  the  Roman  people.  5.  The  language  of  the  Roman  people 
is  the  Latin  language.  6.  The  books  of  the  Roman  poets 
are  pleasing  to  the  master.  7.  The  farmer  gives  his  son  a 
large  field.  8.  The  field  is  pleasing  to  the  farmer's  son. 
9.  Healthy  boys  love  the  fields.    10.  The  sick  boy  is  unhappy. 

11.  A  good  friend  gives  a  beautiful  gift  to  the  sick  boy. 

12.  The  beautiful  gift  is  acceptable  to  the  sick  boy.  13. 
Strong  boys  are  entertained  with  many  sports.  14.  You 
are  well  and  happy.  15.  I  am  well  and  happy  also.  16.  We 
are  happy  because  we  are  well. 

Note. — The  utmost  attention  should  be  given  to  the  correct  use 
of  adjectives.  Accuracy  or  the  lack  of  accuracy  in  this  one  particular 
will  make  or  mar  the  excellence  of  the  pupil's  work  and  will  help  or 
hinder  his  future  progress. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
REVIEW 

English  Words  Derived  from  Latin 

58.  The  matter  presented  in  the  preceding  chapters 
should  be  learned  with  absolute  accuracy.  Future  progress 
will  be  far  easier,  more  rapid,  and  much  more  satisfactory 
if  these  preliminary  chapters  are  completely  mastered;  but 
if  there  is  any  degree  of  uncertainty  in  the  mind  of  the 
student,  progress  will  be  slow  and  difficult,  and  it  will  be 
necessary  continually  to  interrupt  the  work  and  to  go  back 
to  the  beginning  in  order  to  fix  clearly  in  the  mind  the  forms 
and  principles  which  have  been  slighted. 

59.  In  the  following  outline  the  points  are  specified  which 
should  be  the  basis  for  a  thorough  review  before  a  further  advance 
is  attempted. 

(1)  Reading  and  'pronunciation.  The  exercises  should  be 
read  with  sufficient  repetition  to  enable  the  student  to  pronounce 
all  the  Latin  words  correctly  and  to  read  the  Latin  sentences 
mthout  hesitation  and  with  appropriate  expression.  In  pro- 
nouncing words  of  more  than  one  syllable  attention  should  be 
given  to  the  placing  of  the  accent  with  precision. 

(2)  Vocahidary.  It  should  be  possible  for  the  student  to 
give  readily  the  English  equivalent  of  any  Latin  word  or  sentence 
found  in  the  preceding  pages,  and  also  to  translate  at  sight  or 
hearing  simple  original  sentences  composed  by  the  teacher  or  by 
the  members  of  the  class.  In  order  that  the  memory  of  a  con- 
siderable number  of  Latin  words  in  common  use  may  be  made 
definite  and  certain,  a  list  of  600  words,  selected  from  this  book, 
has  been  prepared  for  vocabulary  drill.  This  list  will  be  found 
in  section  573,  page  377,  where  the  words  are  arranged  by  groups 
in  the  order  of  their  first  occurrence  in  this  book.     Thus  the  drill 

(39) 


40  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

iiKiy  be  commenced  early  in  tlic  .study  and  may  be  continued  at 
convenient  intervals.  Ordinarily  only  one  English  equivalent  of 
each  Latin  word  is  given,  and  that  the  most  characteristic,  but 
other  meanings  may  be  supplied.  The  entire  list  should  be 
thoroughly  learned  before  the  study  of  this  book  is  completed. 

With  each  noun  should  be  associated  the  declension  to  which 
it  belongs  and  the  gender.  Let  the  student  give  the  English 
definition  when  the  Latin  word  is  pronounced,  and  the  Latin 
word  on  hearing  the  English.  By  covering  each  column  alter- 
nately each  member  of  the  class  may  profitably  drill  himself  on 
the  vocabulary. 

(3)  Translation.  The  meaning  of  the  Latin  sentences  should 
be  represented  clearly  and  correctly  in  the  English  translation; 
but  it  is  not  always  possible  nor  desirable  to  reproduce  the  Latin 
constructions.  The  pupil  should  cultivate  original  and  expres- 
sive ways  of  translating,  and  should  avoid  awkward  and  ungram- 
matical  English  phraseology. 

(4)  Declension.  The  paradigms  should  be  memorized  so 
that  the  declension  of  nouns  and  adjectives  may  be  repeated 
rapidly  and  written  without  errors.  The  case,  number,  and 
gender  of  any  noun  or  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declen- 
sions should  be  recognized  at  sight  and  the  proper  case  supplied 
in  a  rapid  test  on  the  forms  which  have  been  learned. 

(5)  Quantity.  As  a  guide  to  the  pronunciation  the  quantity 
of  the  vowels,  particularly  of  the  vowels  in  the  case-endings, 
should  be  definitely  learned.  In  ^vritten  exercises  the  long  vowels 
should  be  marked. 

(6)  Syntax.  The  uses  of  words  as  explained  in  the  rules  of 
syntax  should  be  fully  understood ;  and  the  pupil  should  be  tested 
by  questions  on  the  rules  themselves  and  the  illustrative  sentences. 
In  connection  with  each  exercise  there  should  be  sufficient  practice 
in  parsing  to  impress  on  the  mind  the  principles  of  syntax  and 
their  application. 

(7)  Corn-position.  To  some  extent  the  exercises  provided 
for  Latin  composition  are  review  exercises  since  they  furnish  an 
opportunity  for  the  application  of  all  the  knowledge  which  has 
previously  been  acquired.  Latin  composition  will  be  an  interest- 
ing and  attractive  exercise  if  there  is  sufficient  practice  on  sentences 
which  are  not  too  difficult.  It  will  encourage  the  beginner  if 
he  is  permitted  to  attempt  original  composition;  and  rudimentary 
efforts  in  this  direction  should  not  be  too  severely  criticised. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


41 


READING  EXERCISE 

Note. — In  the  study  of  this  exercise  give  particular  attention 
to  the  points  specified  in  section  59.  No  special  attention  need  be 
given  at  this  time  to  the  words  and  expressions  the  translation  of 
which  is  given  in  parentheses. 

60.  1.  In  Italia  antiqua  erat  quondam  puer  parvus 
cuius    (whose)    nomen   erat   Horatius.      2.  Flaccus,    pater 


Doctor  et  Discipuli  in  Urbe  Athenis 


Hora'ti,  quondam  erat  servus.  3.  Postea  Flaccus  erat  liber 
et  agros.  in  Apulia  habebat.  4.  Agri  Flacci  non  longe  ab 
Roma  aberant.  5.  Horatius  agros  latos  et  caelum  darum 
et  silvas  pulchras  amabat.  6.  Diana,  dea  silvarum,  puerum 
amabat  et  curabat.  7.  In  silva  Apuliae  columbae  quondam 
Horatiimi  ludo  fessum  (tired  with  play)  folils  novis  texerunt 
(covered).  8.  Horatius  decem  annos  natus  (ten  years  old, 
at  ten  years  o{  age)  ad  urbem  portatur. 

9.  Pater  ipse  (the  father  himself)  magister  primus  flli 


42  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

erat.  10.  Postea  Flaccus  paeclagogus  crat  ct  fllium  ad  ma- 
gistrum  iterum-que  domum  ducebat  (led,  conducted,  took). 

11.  Saepe  Flaccus  cum  filio  sic  loquebatur  (used  to  talk). 

12.  Hie  vir,  flli,  bonus  est;  ille  (that)  vir  est  malus.  13. 
Hoc  factum  (this  deed)  est  bonum;  illud  (that)  est  malum. 
14.  Haec  (this)  statua  antiqua  est  pulchra;  illud  templum 
novum  non  est  pulchrum.  15.  Haec  doctrina  vera  est;  ilia 
(that)  non  vera  est.  16.  Hie  liber  bonus,  ille  malus  est. 
17.  Hoc  modo  (in  this  manner)  puer  discit  quid  sit  pulchrum 
(what  is  beautiful),  quid  sit  bonum,  quid  sit  verum. 

18.  Horatius  iuvenis  (when  a  young  man)  Athenis  erat 
ibique  optimos  doctores  habebat.  19.  In  ilia  urbe  clarissima 
Parthenonem  templum  pulcherrimum  orbis  terrarum  (of  the 
world)  videbat.  20.  Adultus  (when  grown  to  manhood) 
Horatius  ipse  poeta  iucundus  erat.  21 .  Libri  Hora'ti  poetae 
pueris  et  puellis  grati  sunt.  22.  Discipuli  libiis  poetae 
delectantur. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Recite  and  write  the  declension  of  the  foflowing  nouns  and 
adjectives:  silva,  columba,  sapientia  (sing.),  dea,  statua  pulchra, 
Horatius  (sing.),  filius,  servus  bonus,  puer  parvus,  discipulus,  magister 
primus,  poeta  iucundus,  vir  bonus,  ager  latus,  caelum  clanun  (sing.), 
templimi  pulchrum,  foliiun  novimi. 

h.  Recite  and  write  in  three  genders  the  declension  of  primus,  -a, 
-imi,  pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum;  liber,  libera,  libenmi. 

c.  Tell  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjectives 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions  found  in  the  reading  exercise  above. 

d.  What  is  unusual  in  the  genitive  and  vocative  cases  of  Horatius? 
in  the  genitive  and  vocative  of  filius?  in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural 
of  dea? 

e.  Explain  the  construction  (use)  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjectives 
in  this  exercise  to  which  the  rules  of  syntax  already  given  apply. 

ENGLISH  WORDS  DERIVED  FROM  LATIN 
61.     More  than  one-half  of  the  words  in   the  English 
language  have  been  derived  from  the  Latin.     Some  of  these 


r  1 

^^i^ 

BL 

c^^ 

M^ 

■ 

pi 

I 

* 

1 

^F^ 

% 

1 

1 

1 

j^ 

HHi 

HlHHHiiHH 

HB 

44 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


have  been  transferred  from  Latin  to  English  with  Httle  or 
no  change  in  form  or  meaning;  as,  praemium  (Latin),  pre- 
mium  (Enghsh).  Sometimes  the  resemblance  is  not  quite 
so  obvious  on  account  of  a  change  in  some  of  the  letters 
or  the  dropping  of  a  syllable  or  ending;  as,  clarus  (Latin), 
cZear  (English) ;   templum  (Latin),  temple  (Enghsh).     Other 


Brown  &  Dawson,  N.  Y, 

Parthenon,  Templitm  Pulcherrimum  Orbis  Terrarum 


words  have  come  into  the  English  language  through  the 
French,  into  which  they  were  first  introduced  from  the 
Latin;  as,  lingtia  (Latin),  langage  (French),  language 
(English). 


Even  a  limited  knowledge  of  the  Latin  source  of  English 
words  is  an  invaluable  aid  to  a  proper  understanding  of  the 
English  language;  and  it  will  be  exceedingly  profitable  for 
the  student  to  begin  early  to  observe  the  relationship  between 
those  English  and  Latin  words  whose  resemblance  is  most 
apparent. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  45 

In  connection  with  the  review  lessons  material  is 
provided  to  illustrate  the  derivation  of  EngUsh  words  from 
the  Latin;  and  the  illustrations,  which  are  necessarily 
restricted  in  this  book,  may  be  extended  indefinitely  by  the 
aid  of  an  unabridged  English  dictionary. 

All  the  Latin  words  used  in  this  book  to  illustrate  deriva- 
tion will  be  found  in  an  alphabetical  Ust  with  the  correspond- 
ing English  equivalents  in  section  572,  page  365. 

WORD   LIST 

62.  It  should  be  observed  that  the  English  derivative  is  not 
always  an  accurate  translation  of  the  Latin  original^  but  in  most  cases  it 
is  not  difficult  to  detect  the  common  element  both  in  the  form  of  the 
words  and  in  their  meaning. 

agricultura,  agriculture.  maturus,  mature. 

antiquus,  antique.  miser,  miser. 

clams,  clear.  nimierus,  number. 

corona,  crown.  poeta,  poet. 

discipulus,  disciple.  populus,  people. 

discordia,  discord.  praemium,  premium. 

doctrina,  doctrine.  primus,  prime. 

foliimi,  foliage.  scripta,  script. 

insula,  isle.  statua,  statue. 

lingua,  language.  templum,  temple. 

magister,  master.  validus,  valid. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  To  what  Latin  words  in  the  above  list  may  the  origin  of  the 
following  English  words  be  traced? 

antiquity  maturity  populace 

discipline  misery  primer 

magistrate  peninsula  scripture 

SYNTAX 

63.  Explain  the  construction  (use)  of  all  the  nouns  and  adjec- 
tives in  section  60,  to  which  the  rules  of  syntax  given  apply. 

Quote  the  proper  rule  in  explanation  of  the  case    of    Flaccus 


46 


ELEMENTA  PRBIA 


(section  60,  sentence  3),  agros  (.3),  Apuliae  (7),^oliis  (7),  bonus  (12), 
antiqua  and  novum  (14),  pueris  and  puellis  (21),  fill  (12). 
Does  any  one  of  the  rules  given  apply  to  dea  (6)  ? 

Apposition 

64.  A  noun  used  to  describe  another  noun  and  denoting 
the  same  person  or  thing,  if  not  a  predicate  noun,  is  an 
appositive  and  is  in  the  same  case  as  the  noun  which  it 
describes.     (11) 

Diana,  dea  silvanun,  Diana,  the  goddess  of  the  woods;  libri  Horati 
poetae,  the  books  of  Horace  the  poet. 


COMPOSITION 

65.  Write  the  following  sentences  in  Latin,  justifying  the  form 
of  each  noun  and  adjective  by  reference  to  the  rules  of  syntax. 

1.  The  poet  Horace  was  the  son  of  Flaccus,  a  farmer. 
2.  Flaccus  the  farmer  had  fields  in  ApuHa.  3.  Flaccus  was 
once  a  slave.     4.  The  woods  of  Apulia  were  pleasing  to  the 

boy  Horace.  5.  The 
boy's  wisdom  was  won- 
derful. 6.  Flaccus  came 
(venit)  with  his  son  from 
Apulia  to  the  city  of 
Rome.  7.  Flaccus  gives 
his  son  a  teacher.  8. 
In  Athens  Horace  saw 
many  beautiful  temples. 

9.  The  ancient  temples  are  adorned  with  beautiful  statues. 

10.  My  friend,  does  your  son  like  (amatne)  books?  11.  The 
boy  is  good  but  he  does  not  care  for  (like)  books.  12,  My 
son,  do  you  like  (amasne)  the  books  of  the  poet  Horace? 
13.  1  like  (amo)  books  but  I  like  the  woods  also. 


PlAU STRUM 


CHAPTER   IX 
VERBS 

Personal  Endings  of  the  Active  Voice 

66.  In  Latin  as  in  English  verbs  agree  with  their  sub- 
jects in  person  and  number.  The  person  and  number  of  the 
Latin  verbs  are  indicated  by  terminations  which  are  called 
personal  endings. 

In  all  tenses  of  the  indicatives  mood  except  the  perfect, 
the  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice  with  their  mean- 
ings are  as  follows : 

Singular  Plural 

First  person       -m,  -6  I  -mus    we 

Second  person    -s  you  -tis       you 

Third  person     -t  he,  she,  it  -nt       they 

Sometimes  the  subject  of  a  verb  is  not  expressed  by  a 
separate  word.  The  endmg  of  the  verb  then  tells  whether 
the  subject  is  /,  you  (sing.),  he  {she,  it),  we,  you  (pi.),  or  they. 
The  nominatives  of  the  personal  pronouns  are  regularly  not 
expressed  unless  they  are  emphatic  or  contrasted. 

67.  In  the  reading  exercise  in  section  68  observe  the  form 
of  the  verb  which  is  used  with  each  personal  pronoun  and  with 
subjects  of  the  third  person,  singular  and  plural. 

Notice  the  personal  endings  meaning  /,  we,  you  (sing,  and 
pL),  he,  she,  it,  they. 

Read  the  sentences  aloud  in  Latin  and  translate  into  Eng- 
lish. Then  recite  and  write  the  sentences  in  Latin  from  the 
dictation  of  the  English  or  from  the  written  translation. 

Note. — Too  great  emphasis  can  not  be  given  to  the  importance 
of  reading  aloud  in  the  Latin  as  a  preparation  for  translation.  Let  it 
be  understood  that  such  reading  should  always  precede  translation. 
There  should  be  daily  practice  also  in  reproducing  the  sentences  both 
orally  and  in  writing,  using  the  Enghsh  translation  as  a  basis. 

(47) 


48 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


READING  EXERCISE 
68.  1.  Ego  sum  agricola.  2.  Tu  es  nauta.  3.  Hora- 
tius  est  poeta.  4.  Nos  sumus  amicT.  5.  Vos  estis  amlcl. 
6.  Agricola  et  nauta  sunt  amIcT.  7.  Ego  sum  aeger  sed  tu 
es  validus.  8.  Nos  sumus  aegri  sed  vos  estis  validi.  9. 
Servl  sunt  laeti  quod  dominus  est  benignus. 


CURRUS    ET    EqUI 


10.  Ego  silvam  amo.  11.  Tu  stellas  amas.  12.  Marcus 
ludum  puerorum  amat.  13.  Ego  et  tu  libros  magistri 
amamus.  14.  Tu  et  Marcus  statuas  pulchras  amatis. 
15.  Liberi  Marci  linguam  Romanam  amant. 

16.  Ego  amico  donum  do.  17.  Tu  amlco  donum  das. 
18.  Dominus  servo  praemium  dat.  19.  Nos  amicls  dona 
damus.  20.  Vos  amlcIs  dona  datis.  21.  Patres  liberls  dona 
dant. 

22.  (Ego)  equos  video.  23.  (Tu)  equos  vides.  24. 
Discipulus  equos  videt.  25.  (Nos)  equos  videmus.  26. 
(Vos)    equos  videtis.     27.  Discipuli  equos  vident. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  49 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  forms  of  sum,  amo,  do,  and  video.  Care- 
fully observe  the  terniinations  which  are  used  with  subjects  of  ditTerent 
I)ersons.     Notice  the  quantity  of  the  vowels. 

b.  What  terminations  are  found  with  subjects  of  the  first,  second, 
and  third  persons,  respectively,  singular  and  plural? 

CONJUGATION 

69.  Sum,  /  am;  amo,  /  love;  do,  /  give;  video,  /  see. 

Singular 

sum,       /  am  amo,  /  love        do,  /  give  video,  /  see 

es,  you  are        amas  das  vides 

est,         he  is  amat  dat  videt 

Plural 

sumus,  wc  are  amamus  damus  videmus 

estis,      you  are        amatis  datis  videtis 

sunt,      they  are        amant  dant  vident    ' 

a.  That  part  of  the  verb  which  precedes  the  personal  endings 
remains  unchanged,  or  nearly  so,  throughout  the  conjugation. 

h.  In  the  verb  do  the  vowel  a  is  short  in  the  first  and  second  per- 
sons of  the  plural.  In  this  respect  it  is  irregular  and  differs  from  amo, 
in  which  the  corresponding  vowel  is  long. 

c.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  simi,  amo,  do,  and  video.  Loam 
also  the  personal  endings  with  their  meanings  (section  66). 

SYNTAX 
Agreement  of  Verb 

70.  A  finite  (predicative)  verb  agrees  with  its  subject 
in  person  and  number.     (12) 

Ego  simi  agricola,  /  am  a  farmer;  tu  es  nauta,  you  are  a  sailor; 
Horatius  est  poeta,  Horace  is  a  poet;  nos  simius  aegri,  we  are  sick; 
vos  estis  validi,  you  are  well;  stellae  simt  clarae,  the  stars  are  bright. 

COMPOSITION 

71.  The  exercises  for  composition  should  be  used  for  both  oral 
and  written  translation  into  Latin.  The  words  should  be  arranged 
in  the  Latin  order  and,  in  writing,  the  long  vowels  should  be  marked. 


50 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


1.  I  am  in  the  city  (of)  Rome.  2.  You  are  in  the  field. 
3.  Marcus  is  in  the  garden.  4.  We  are  friends.  5.  You 
(pi.)  are  friends  of  the  master.  6.  The  boy  and  the  slave 
are  friends. 

7.  I  love  the  city  (of)  Rome.  8.  You  love  the  ancient 
temples.  9.  Horace  loves  the  beautiful  temples.  10.  We  love 
the  poet's  books.  11.  You  (pi.)  love  the  statues  of  Diana. 
12.  The  Romans  love  Italy. 

13.  The  master  gives  gifts  to  his  son.  14.  The  little 
girls  give  gifts  to  their  friends.  15.  You  and  I  (I  and  you) 
give  gifts  to  the  little  boys.  16.  You,  masters,  give  books 
to  the  pupils.     17.  I  give  my  friend  a  new  book. 

18.  (I)  see  the  narrow  street  of  the  ancient  town.  19. 
(You)  see  the  beautiful  statue  of  the  goddess.  20.  The  boy 
sees  the  master's  beautiful  garden.  21.  (We)  see  the  broad 
fields.  22.  (You,  pi.)  see  the  master  with  his  children. 
23.  The  children  see  the  full  moon  and  the  bright  stars  in 
the  sky. 


Via  Appia  non  Longe  ab  Urbe  Roma 


CHAPTER   X 
THE   PRESENT   INDICATIVE   ACTIVE 

Four  Conjugations 

72.  There  are  four  types  in  the  conjugation  of  Latin 
verbs,  which  are  designated  as  the  First,  the  Second,  the 
Third,  and  the  Fourth  Conjugations.  These  conjugations 
are  distinguished  from  each  other  chiefly  by  the  vowel  which 
precedes  the  personal  ending  in  the  present  tense.  In  the 
first  conjugation  the  characteristic  vowel  is  a;  in  the  second, 
e;  in  the  third,  e  (i,  u) ;  in  the  fourth,  i  (iu). 

73.  In  the  following  exercise,  verbs  of  the  four  conjuga- 
tions are  given  in  the  present  tense,  indicative  mood,  active 
voice.  Concentrate  the  attention  on  the  verbs  and  notice  par- 
ticularly the  vowel  before  the  personal  ending  in  each  verb,  and 
observe  the  forms  which  are  used  with  subjects  of  the  first,  second, 
and  third  persons,  singular  and  plural. 

When  there  is  no  subject  expressed,  the  personal  ending  of 
the  verb  indicates  of  what  person  the  subject  is.  If  the  subject 
is  a  personal  pronoun  of  the  first  or  the  second  person  (/,  we, 
you),  it  is  frequently  omitted:  but  if  the  verb  is  in  the  third 
person,  the  subject  is  generally  expressed  unless  it  is  readily 
understood  from  the  preceding  sentence. 

READING  EXERCISE 

74.  1.  (Ego)  amo,  video,  mitto,  audio.  2.  (Tu)  amas, 
vides,  mittis,  audls.  3.  (Ille)  amat,  videt,  mittit,  audit. 
4.  (Nos)  amamus,  videmus,  mittimus,  audimus.  5.  (Vos) 
amatis,  videtis,  mittitis,  audltis.  6.  (lUi)  amant,  vident, 
mittunt,  audiunt. 

7.  ''Quid  agis,  fill?"  pater  flHum  rogat.  8.  ''Epistulam 
scribo,"  fllius  respondet.  9.  "Ad  quem  (whom)  epistulam 
scrlbis?"  10.  "Ad  amicum  scribo,  quem  maxime  amo."  11. 
Pater  laetus  est  quod  memoria  amici  in  animum  fili  venit.  12. 

51 


52  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

In  epistula  puer  multa  (many  things)  de  libris  et  de  ludis 
scribit.  13.  Et  ludi  et  libii  puerum  delectant.  14.  Amicus 
pueri  delectatur  quod  epistula  bona  ad  eum  (him)  venit. 

15.  Audis-ne  ventum,  puer?  Timesne  ventum?  16. 
Ventum  audio  sed  non  timeo.  17.  Nonne  ventum,  puellae, 
auditis?  Nonne  ventum  timetis?  18.  Ventum  audimus  et 
timemus.  19.  Num  nautae  ventum  audiunt  et  timent? 
20.  Nautae  semper  ventum  audiunt  atque  maxime  amant. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  out  the  conjugation  of  rogat  (rogo),  timeo,  scribo,  and 
venit  (venio),  imitating  tjie  arrangement  in  section  69.  As  a  guide  to 
the  conjugation  consult  the  forms  of  amo,  video,  mitto,  and  audio,  in 
sentences  1-6. 

h.  What  does  the  verb  end  in  if  the  subject  is  I?  you  (sing.)?  hef 
we?  you  (pi.)?  they? 

SELECTIONS  FOR  READING 

75.  The  student  has  now  proceeded  far  enough  in  the 
study  of  the  simplest  elements  of  the  Latin  language  to  make  it 
profitable  for  him  to  apply  his  knowledge  in  reading  connected 
paragraphs.  Beginning  with  section  77  short  paragraphs  with 
Latin  titles  will  be  introduced  at  intervals,  which  will  furnish 
material  for  reading  and  translation  and  for  the  application  of 
the  principles  which  have  previously  been  presented;  and  they 
will  also  give  the  student  an  opportunity  to  become  acquainted 
with  some  of  the  legends  of  early  Rome  as  they  were  written  for 
the  Romans  themselves  by  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the 
Roman  writers.  Under  the  title  Vin  Romae  the  stories  of  the 
legendary  kings  of  Rome  were  selected  from  the  first  book  of  the 
Roman  historian  Livy,  and  arranged  for  the  use  of  beginners  in 
Latin  by  Charles  Francois  Lhomond,  a  professor  in  the  University 
of  Paris,  who  died  in  1794. 

In  this  book,  Elementa  Prima,  some  of  the  same  stories  are 
used  with  such  modifications  as  are  necessary  to  adapt  them  to 
the  student's  advancement.  For  example,  in  the  first  selection, 
section  77,  all  the  verbs  are  in  the  present  tense  of  the  active 
voice;  and  with  few  exceptions,  the  nouns  and  adjectives  are 
those  which  belong  to  the  first  and  second  declensions.     The 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  53 

constructions,  also,  are  usually  such  as  are  explained  by  the 
preceding  rules  of  syntax  or  by  the  rules  introduced  in  the 
chapter  in  which  the  selection  is  found.  Forms  and  construc- 
tions which  have  not  been  previously  developed  are  occasionally 
introduced,  but  the  attention  of  the  pupil  need  not  be  specially 
directed  to  these.  When  the  proper  place  for  their  discussion 
is  reached,  it  will  be  found  that  the  partial  familiarity,  gained 
incidentally,  has  given  the  mind  a  pre-disposition  to  receive  the 
more  complete  explanation. 

76.  In  preparation  for  the  lesson  it  is  recommended  that 
the  selections  for  reading  and  translation  be  read  aloud  in  Latin 
several  times  before  they  are  translated.  It  is  important  that 
the  learner  become  familiar  with  the  sound  of  the  Latin  words 
and  phrases.  Fluency  and  accuracy  of  speech  depend  largely 
upon  the  readiness  with  which  the  images  of  sound  arise  in  the 
mind ;  and  it  is  not  reasonable  to  expect  freedom  in  the  recita- 
tion unless  the  pupil  has  become  accustomed  to  the  sound  of  the 
words  as  they  are  pronounced  by  his  own  voice. 

Reading  in  Latin  should  also  be  with  proper  expression. 
Connected  words  should  be  grouped  together  and  the  accent  and 
emphasis  should  be  rightly  placed.  Good  Latin  reading  will 
add  much  to  the  pupil's  interest  and  will  help  to  make  his  pro- 
gress certain  and  satisfactory. 

The  passages  for  translation  may  also  be  made  the  basis 
for  review  questions  and  for  drill  on  forms  and  constructions; 
but  this  should  not  be  carried  too  far.  Grammar  is  the  means, 
not  the  end  of  instruction;  and  the  chief  purpose  of  the  reading 
lesson  is  not  to  illustrate  grammar  but  to  awaken  interest  and 
to  arouse  thought. 

AENEAS  IN  ITALIAM   VENIT 

77.  Aeneas,  vir  clarus,  ab  oris  Troiae  in  Italiam  venit. 
Patrem  ex  Troia  in  umeris  portat.  Fllium  Ascanium  secum 
ducit.  Multos  socios  quoque  Aeneas  secum  in  Italiam  ducit. 
Latlnus  in  his  locis  regnat.  Inter  Latinum  et  Aenean  (ace.) 
est  amicitia.  Latlnus  Aeneae  flliam  in  matrimonium  dat. 
Aeneas  ur])em  Lavinium  aedificat.  Postea  Ascanius,  fllius 
Aeneae,  regnum  halxit.  Ille  Albam  Longam  condit.  Ascan- 
ius est  primus  rex  Albanorum. 


54 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Aeneas  cum  Patre  et  FIlio 
a.  For  the  declension  of  Aeneas  see  section  548. 
6.  (Notebook.)     Explain   the  derivation  of  hicTnerus,   malrimony, 
reign  (noun  and  verb). 


THE  PRESENT   STEM 

78.  The  present  stem  is  that  part  of  the  verb  which 
forms  the  basis  of  the  present,  the  past  (imperfect),  and  the 
future  tenses.      The  present  active  infinitive  contains  the 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


55 


present  stem  with  the  characteristic  vowel  unchanged;  and 
therefore  this  form  is  given  in  the  vocabulary  immediately 
following  the  present  indicative  to  designate  the  conjugation 
to  which  the  verb  belongs. 

The  present  stem  may  be  found  by  dropping  the  ending 
-re  of  the  present  active  infinitive. 

The  following  table  contains  the  present  active  indica- 
tive, the  present  active  infinitive,  and  the  present  stem  of 
typical  verbs  of  the  four  conjugations. 


CON.JUGATION 

Present 

Present 

Present 

Indicative 

Infinitive 

Stem 

I. 

amo 

amare 

ama- 

II. 

video 

videre 

vide- 

III.    • 

mitt  6 

mittere 

mitte- 

IV. 

audio 

aiidire 

aiidi- 

a.  What  is  the  characteristic  vowel  of  the  first  conjugation?  of 
the  second?  of  the  third?  of  the  fourth?  What  is  the  quantity  of  each 
of  these  vowels  in  the  present  infinitive? 


CONJUGATION 

79.     Amo, 

/  love;  video,  /  see;  mittd 

,  I  send, 

hear. 

Singular 

amo 

video 

mitto 

audio 

am  as 

vides 

mitt  is 

audis 

amat 

videt 

mittit 
Plural 

audit 

amamus 

videmus           mittimus 

audimus 

amatis 

videtis 

mittitis 

auditis 

amant 

vident 

mittunt 

audiunt 

audio. 


a.  The  personal  endings  are  the  same  in  all  the  conjugations. 
What  is  the  personal  ending  of  each  person,  singular  and  plural? 

h.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  amo  and  mitto  the  characteristic 
stem  vowel  has  di.sappeared  by  uniting  with  the  personal  ending  -o 
(amao,  amo;  mitteo,  mitto).  In  video,  audio,  and  audiunt  the  stem 
vowel  is  shortened.    Before  the  endings  -t  and  -nt  the  vowel  is  always 


56  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

short.  In  the  third  person  {)lural  stern  of  mitto  the  vowel  becomes  u; 
and  before  the  other  endings  in  mitto  the  vowel  i  is  found  instead  of  e. 
These  are  phonetic  changes,  the  effect  of  which  is  to  make  the  words 
easier  to  pronounce  or  more  agreeable  to  hear. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Present  Indicative 

80.  The  present  tense  is  used  (1)  to  represent  an  act 
as  going  on  at  the  time  of  speaking;  (2)  to  express  a  general 
truth;  (3)  like  the  historical  present  in  English,  to  represent 
a  past  event  vividly,  as  if  it  were  present.     (13) 

(1)  Puer  epistulam  scribit,  the  hoy  is  ivriting  (writes)  a  letter: 
(2)  liberi  ludum  amant,  children  love  play;  Aeneas  urbem  aedificat, 
Aeneas  builds  a  city. 

COMPOSITION 

81.  1.  (I)  ask,  reply,  write,  come.  2.  (You,  sing.) 
ask,  reply,  write,  come.  3.  (He)  asks,  replies,  writes,  comes. 
4.  (We)  ask,  reply,  write,  come.  (You,  pi.)  ask,  reply,  write, 
come.     6.  (They)  ask,  reply,  write,  come. 

7.  The  boy  is  writing  (writes)  a  letter.  8.  (He)  sends 
the  letter  to  his  friend.  9.  The  boy's  letter  pleases  his 
friend.  10.  (We)  are  sending^  (send)  gifts  to  our  friends. 
11.  (Our)  friends  see  and  hke  (love)  the  gifts.  12.  You  (pi.) 
are  writing  (write)  many  letters.  13.  The  letters  which 
(quas)  you  (sing.)  write  please  your  friends.  14.  The  boys 
and  girls  are  coming  (come)  home  (domum).  15.  They  are 
bringing  (bring)  their  books.  16.  I  see  the  books  which 
(quos)  the  boys  and  girls  are  bringing  home. 

17.  Ascanius  comes  to  Italy  with  Aeneas.  18.  Many 
companions  of  Aeneas  come  to  Italy.  19.  Latinus  has  a 
kingdom  in  Italy.  20.  Aeneas  leads  his  companions  to 
Italy.  21.  Ascanius,  the  son  of  Aeneas,  builds  the  city  of 
Alba  Longa.  22.  Ascanius  is  the  first  king  of  Alba  Longa. 
23.  Latinus  the  king  gives  his  daughter  Lavinia  in  marriage 
to  his  friend  Aeneas. 


CHAPTER  XI 
THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 

82.  The  present  indicative  passive  is  disting;uished 
from  the  active  by  the  personal  endings,  which,  as  in  the 
active  voice,  are  joined  to  the  present  stem  of  the  verb. 

The  personal  endings  of  the  passive  voice  with  their 
meanings  are  as  follows : 


Singular 

Plural 

First  person        -r 
Second  person    -ris,  -re 
Third  person      -tur 

/ 

you 

he,  she,  it 

-mur     we 
-mini    you 
-ntur     they 

83.  Review  the  conjugation  of  verbs  in  the  present  indica- 
tive active,  section  79,  and  study  the  verbs  in  section  84  which 
are  in  the  passive  voice.  With  the  subject  of  the  verb  as  a  guide 
to  the  person  and  number,  determine  what  is  the  personal  ending 
of  each  person  of  the  verb  in  the  present  indicative  passive. 
Notice  also  the  quantity  of  the  characteristic  stem  vowel  in 
each  form  of  the  verb. 

These  sentences  should  be  read  and  translated  rapidly,  with 
attention  directed  chiefly  to  the  forms  of  the  verbs. 

READING  EXERCISE 

84.  1.  Marcus  amicum  amat  et  ab  amico  amatur. 
2.  Ego  amicum  amo  et  ab  amico  amor.  3.  Tu  amicum 
amas  et  ab  amico  amaris  (or  amare) .  4.  Nos  amicos  amamus 
et  ab  amicis  amamur.  5.  Vos  amicos  amatis  et  ab  amicis 
amamini.     6.  Amici  nos  amant  et  a  nobis  amantur. 

7.  Ego  te  video  et  a  te  videor.     8.  Tu  me  vides  et  a 
me  videris  (videre).     9.  Marcus  amicum  videt  et  ab  amico 
videtur.      10.  Nos  liberos  videmus  et  a  liberis  videmur. 
«  (57) 


58 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


11.  Vos   pueros   videtis   et   a   pucris   videmini.      12.  Pueri 
socios  vident  et  a  sociis  videntur. 

13.  Marcus  ad  Corneliam  servum  cum  epistula  mittit. 
14.  Servus  ad  Corneliam  cum  epistula  mittitur.  15.  Unde 
quo-que,  serve,  mitteris  (mittere)?  16.  A  Marco  domino 
ad  Corneliam  cum  epistula  mittor.  17.  Hoc  in  epistula 
scribitur:  ^'Nuntium  ad  te,  Cornelia,  cum  epistula  mitto." 
18.  Domini  servos  in  agros  mittunt.  19.  Quo,  servi,  mitti- 
minl?  20.  Mittimur  in  agros.  21.  Servi  a  dominis  in  agros 
mittuntur. 

22.  Ventus  nautam  impedit.     23.  Nauta  vento  impedi- 

tur.  24.  Nonne  vento, 
nauta,  impedlris  (impe- 
dire)?  Vento  impedior. 
25.  Venti  nautas  impe- 
diunt.  26.  Nonne  ven- 
tis,  nautae,  impedimini? 
Ventis  impedimur. 

27.  Multi  socii  ab 

Aenea   in   Italiam   du- 

cuntur.       28.    In    oris 

Ttaliae  Latinus  rex  ab  Aeneae  sociis  videtur.       29.  Urbs 

Lavinium   ab   Aenea   aedificatur.      30.  Aeneas   vir   clarus 

habetur.     31.  Ab  Ascanio  Alba  Longa  conditur, 


"  Specto • 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Arrange  all  the  passive  forms  of  amo,  video,  mitto,  and  impedio 
in  tables  of  conjugation  with  section  79  as  a  model. 

b.  In  the  present  indicative  passive  what  is  the  personal  ending 
if  the  subject  is  If  you  (sing.)?  he,  she,  itf  we?  you  (pi.)?  theyf 


LtJDUS    QUI    "SPECTO"   APPELLATUR 
85.     Liberi    ludum   habent    qui    ''Specto"    appellatur. 
Unus  ex  liberis  deligitur  qui  dux  appellatur.     Dux  oculos 
velat  dum  reliqui  discurrunt  atque  se  celant.     Cum  omnes 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


59 


taciti  sunt  dux  clamat,  "IJnus,  duo,  ties!  Me  cavete!  venio! 
Vos  omnes  qui  non  parati  estis  'Ego!'  clamate."  Deinde  si 
nihil  auditur  dux  socios  petit.  Mox  unum  ex  sociis  videt 
at  que  "Te  specto!"  clamat.  Alter  qui  non  videtur  accurrit 
at  que  clamat,  ''Adsum!  Ipse  me  specto!"  Mox  omnes 
aut  spectantur  aut  se  spectant.  Puer  qui  primus  spectatur 
dux  habetur.  Reliqui  iterum  se  celant  et  a  duce  iterum 
petuntur. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Write  out  and  repeat  orally  the  conjugation  of  all  the  verbs 
used  above  in  the  present  indicative  active  or  passive. 

ROMULUS  ET  REMUS  IN  TIBERIM    MITTUNTUR 

86.  Post  multos  annos  Proca  erat  rex  Albanorum. 
Proca  duos  filios  habet,  Numitorem  et  Amulium.  Numitori 
(to  Numitor),  qui  natu  maior  (the  elder)  erat,  regnum  rehn- 
quitur  sed  Amulius  regnum  occupat  atque  filios  fratris  (of 
his  brother)  obtmncat.  Filia  autem  Numitoris  (of  Numitor), 
Rhea  Silvia,   Romulum  et   Remum  geminos  habet.      Filii 


Flumen  Tiberis  super  RiPAS 


60 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Silviae  ab  Amtilio  timentur.  Silvia  in  custodiam  datur 
atque  pueri  parvi  in  Tiberim  mittuntur.  Forte  flumen  erat 
super  ripas.  Aqua  pueros  in  sicco  loco  relinquit.  Ab  lupa 
pueri  audiuntur  et  curantur. 

a.  Tell  the  person,  number,  and  voice  of  each  verb  and  conjugate 
at  least  one  verb  of  each  of  the  four  conjugations  in  the  present  tense, 
active  and  passive:   e.  g.,  obtnmco,  habeo,  relinquo,  audio. 

h.  (Notebook.)     Explain  the  derivation  of  cure,  custody. 

CONJUGATION 
Amor,  /  am  loved;  videor,  /  a7n  seen;  mittor,  /  am  sent; 
audior,  I  am  heard. 


87. 


Singular 


amor 

videor 

mittor 

audior 

a  maris  (-re) 

videris  (-re) 

mitteris  (-re) 

audiris  (-re) 

amatur 

videtur 

mittitur 
Plural 

auditur 

amamur 

videmur 

mittimur 

audimur 

amamini 

videmini 

mittimini 

audimini 

amantur 

videntur 

mittuntur 

audiuntur 

a.  The  first  person  singular  of  the  present  passive  is  formed  by 
adding  r  to  the  first  person  of  the  active  and  shortening  the  vowel  o. 
Video,  /  see;  videor,  /  am  seen. 

b.  Except  in  the  first  person  singular,  the  personal  endings  are 
joined  directly  to  the  present  stem;  but  in  the  third  person  plural  the 
long  stem  vowel  becomes  short,  and  in  the  fourth  conjugation  the 
vowel  u  is  inserted  before  the  ending  -ntur. 

c.  In  the  third  conjugation  the  stem  vowel  becomes  i  in  the  third 
person  singular  and  in  the  first  and  second  persons  plural,  and  becomes 
u  in  the  third  person  plural. 

d.  Write  and  repeat  orally  the  conjugation  of  curat,  timet, 
relinquit,  and  impedit  in  the  present  passive  indicative,  and  review  the 
conjugation  of  these  verbs  in  the  present  indicative  active. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  61 

SYNTAX 

The  Agent  with  Passive  Verbs 

88.     The  agent  or  person  by  whom  anything  is  done, 

if  the  verb  is  in  the  passive  voice,  is  denoted  by  the  ablative 

ease  with  a  or  ab.     Ab  is  used  before  vowels  and  consonants, 

a  before  consonants  only.     (14) 


Sem  a  dominis  in  agros  mittuntur,  the  slaves  are  sent,  into  the 
fields  by  their  7nasters;  Silvia  ab  Amulio  in  custodiam  datur,  Silvia  is 
put  into  custody  by  Amulius. 

a.  Remember  that  the  means  op  the  instrument  by  which  or  with 
which  anything  is  done  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  without  a 
preposition.  Nauta  vento  impeditur,  the  sailor  is  hindered  by  the  wind. 
Animals  personified  may  be  regarded  grammatically  as  persons.  Pueri 
ab  lupa  curantur,  the  boys  are  cared  for  by  a  she-wolf. 


COMPOSITION 

89.  1.  I  am  praised,  feared,  led,  hindered.  2.  You 
(sing.)  are  praised,  feared,  led,  hindered.  3.  He  is  praised, 
feared,  led,  hindered.  4.  We  are  praised,  feared,  led,  hin- 
dered. 5.  You  (pi.)  are  praised,  feared,  led,  hindered. 
6.  They  are  praised,  feared,  led,  hindered. 

7.  Marcus  is  praised  by  his  friend.  8.  Beautiful 
temples  are  seen  in  the  ancient  city.  9.  The  sailors  are 
hindered  by  the  wind.  10.  A  letter  is  sent  by  the  boy 
to  his  friend.  11.  The  friend  is  deHghted  with  the  boy's 
letter.     12.  Good  books  are  written  by  the  Roman  poets. 

13.  Many  companions  are  led  to  Italy  by  the  famous 
Aeneas.  14.  Ascanius  reigns  at  Alba  Longa  (loc).  15. 
Proca  is  king  of  the  Albans.  16.  Amuhus  and  Numitor  are 
sons  of  Proca.  17.  The  kingdom  is  not  left  to  Amulius  but 
Amulius  reigns.  18.  -Silvia  and  her  sons  are  feared  by 
Amulius.  19.  The  twin  sons  are  thrown  (sent)  into  the 
Tilxir  (in  Tiberim).  20.  Romulus  and  Remus  are  heard  and 
cared  for  by  a  she-wolf. 


CHAPTER  XII 
THE   THIRD   DECLENSION 

Stems  in  c,  d,  g,  p,  and  t 

90.  The  nouns  in  sections  92,  93,  and  94,  whose  end- 
ings differ  from  those  of  the  first  and  second  declensions, 
belong  to  the  third  declension.  The  stems  of  these  nouns 
end  in  the  consonant  a,  c,  d,  g,  p,  or  t,  and  the  different  cases 
are  formed  by  adding  the  case-endings  to  the  stem. 

The  case-endings  of  the  third  declension  are  as  follows: 


Singular 

Plural 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nominative, 

-s 

— 

-es 

-a 

Genitive, 

-is 

-is 

-um 

-um 

Dative, 

-i 

-i 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Accusative, 

-em 

— 

-es 

-a 

Vocative, 

-s 

— 

-es 

-a 

Ablative, 

-e 

-e 

-ibus 

-ibus 

91.  The  case  of  a  noun  can  generally  be  determined  by  its 
use  in  the  sentence;  but  after  the  declension  has  been  learned, 
the  case  can  be  recognized  by  the  case-ending  except  in  those  cases 
which  have  the  same  form  as  other  cases.  An  adjective  of  the 
first  and  second  declensions,  which  may  be  used  with  a  noun  of  the 
third  declension,  is  often  a  guide  to  the  case,  number,  and  gender 
of  the  noun  which  the  adjective  modifies. 

By  observing  the  use  of  the  nouns  and  with  the  aid  of  the 
suggestions  made  above,  determine  the  case  of  the  nouns  which 
belong  to  the  third  declension. 

The  nominative  and  the  genitive  cases  of  all  nouns  are  given 
in  the  vocabulary.     The  gender  also  is  indicated. 

Read  and  translate  rapidly,  giving  attention  chiefly  to  the 
nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

r62) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


03 


READING   EXERCISES 

92.     1.  Rex  est  in  urbe  Roma.     2.  Ubi  est  rex?    3.  Rex 

in  ui]:>e  est.      4.  Regis  flliiis  est  in  via.      5.  Ubi  est  filius 

?     0.  Filius  regis  est  in  via.     7.  Agricola  reginae  rosas 

8.  Regi  poeta  libruni  dat.     9.  Quid  pocta  regi  dat? 


regis 
dat. 


MiLiTEs  Roman!  in  Itinere 

10.  Poeta  regi  librum  dat.  11.  Nuntius  regi  et  reginae 
epistulas  dat.  12.  Video  regem  in  via.  13.  lustitiam  tuam, 
magne  rex,  video  et  laudo.  14.  Filius  regis  est  cum  rege 
in  urbe. 

15.  Multi  reges  sunt  in  terra.  16.  Facta  magnorum 
regum  non  semper  sunt  bona.  17.  Boni  viri  regibus  sunt 
grati.  is.  Bonos  reges  homines  semper  amant.  19.  Vic- 
torias vestras,  magni  reges,  laudamus.  20.  Reginas  cum 
regibus  in  viis  videmus. 


NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Arrange  the  forms  of  rex  in  a  table  of  declension. 


64 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


93.  1.  Rex  populi  Roman!  multos  milites  habet.  2. 
Mllites  Romani  ducem  bonum  habent.  3.  Dux  militum 
Romanorum  est  vir  fortis.  4.  Virtus  militum  et  ducis  est 
magna.  5.  Dux  in  capite  pilleum  habet.  6.  Mllites  in 
capitibus  galeas  habent.  7.  Arma  militum  sunt  hastae  et 
scuta.  8.  MlHtes  in  sinistrls  scuta  portant.  9.  Hastae  in 
dextrls  portantur.    10.  Gladius  est  in  dextra  ducis.    11.  Dux 

bono  militi  equum  pulchrum 
dat.  12.  Caput  equi  est  album. 
13.  Equus  mllitis  album  caput 
et  pedes  albos  habet.  14. 
Mllites  qui  equos  habent  equi- 
tes  appellantur.  15.  Equi  qui 
equites  portant  capita  alta 
tenant.  16.  Et  pedites  et 
equites  in  castrTs  cum  duce 
sunt.  17.  Bellum  nunc  a 
militibus  non  geritur.  18.  Pax 
et  militibus  et  populo  est  grata. 
19.  Amulius  est  regis  fiHus.  20.  Ascanius  et  Proca  sunt 
filii  regum.  21.  Fihi  Silviae  ab  Amiilio  rege  timentur. 
22.  Proca  filio  regnum  relinquit.  23.  Romulus  et  Remus 
in  Tiberim  mittuntur.  24..  Ab  lupa  audiuntur  et  curantur. 
25.  Fratres  in  silvis  aetatem  agunt. 


Casa  Antiqua 


NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Tabulate  by  cases  all  the  forms  of  the  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  used  above  and  supply  any  forms  which  are  needed  to  com- 
plete the  declension, 

h.  With  miles  as  a  guide  write  the  declension  of  virtus  (gen., 
virtutis),  aetas  (gen.,  aetatis),  and  pes  (gen.,  pedis). 

c.  What  is  the  case  of  caput  in  sentence  12?  in  sentence  13?  of 
capita  in  sentence  15?  What  three  cases  of  neuter  nouns  are  alike? 
What  is  the  ending  of  all  neuter  nouns  in  the.  nominative,  accusative, 
and  vocative  plural?  What  case  besides  the  nominative  is  given  in  the 
vocabulary?     With  these  suggestions  decline  caput. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


65 


PASTOR  PUEROS  INVENIT 
94.  Faustulus,  pastor  regis,  pueros  cum  lupa  invenit, 
atque  eos  (them)  in  casam  portat  et  Accae  Larentiae  coniugi 
dat.-  Adultl  deinde  Romulus  et  Remus-  inter  pastores 
aetatem  agunt.  Silvas  peragrant  et  latrones  a  rapina  pro- 
hibent.     Apud  socios  illl  (they)  erant  principes. 

a.  {Notebook.)     Explain  the  derivation  of  advlt,  prince,  rapine. 


TYPICAL   NOUNS 


1 

•5.     Nom., 

rex; 

gen. 

,  regis ; 

m.,  king. 

Nom., 

princeps ; 

gen. 

,  principis; 

m.,  chief. 

Nom., 

mfles; 

gen. 

,  militis ; 

m.,  soldier. 

Nom., 

caput; 

gen. 

,  capitis ; 

n.,  head. 

Singular 

Nom. 

rex 

princeps 

miles 

caput 

Gen. 

regis 

principis 

militis 

capitis 

Dat. 

regi 

pnncipi 

militi 

capiti 

Ace. 

regem 

principem 

militem 

caput 

Voc. 

rex 

princeps 

miles 

caput 

Abl. 

rege 

principe 

milite 

capite 

Plural 

Nom. 

reges 

principes 

milites 

capita 

Gen. 

regum 

principum 

militum 

capitum 

Dot.. 

regibus 

principibus 

militibus 

capitibus 

Ace. 

reges 

principes 

milites 

capita 

Voc. 

reges 

principes 

milites 

capita 

Abl. 

regibus 

principibus 

militibus 

capitibus 

a.  For  the 

case-endings  of  nouns  of  the 

third  declension   see 

section  90. 

h.  The  stem  of  any  noun  of  the  third  declension  is  found  by 
dropping  the  case-ending  -is  in  the  genitive  singular;  for  example, 
nom,,  rex;  gen.,  regis;  stem,  reg-.  Sometimes  there  is  a  variable 
vowel  in  the  stem ;   as,  caput,  capit-is ;  miles,  milit-is. 

c.  When  s  is  added  to  g  or  c,  the  two  consonants  unite  and  form 
x;   as,  regs,  rex;    dues,  dux.     When  s  is  added  to  d  or  t,  the  d  or  t 


66  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

disappears  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  sometimes  modified;  as,  mile(t)s, 
militis,  pe(d)s,  pedis. 

d.  In  the  neuter  caput  there  is  no  case-ending  iii  the  nominative, 
accusative,  or  vocative  singular;  and  the  t  of  the  stem  is  retained. 
In  all  other  cases  of  caput  the  vowel  i  is  found  before  the  case-endings. 

e.  Decline  dux  and  aetas,  observing  that  in  aetas  there  is  no 
change  in  the  vowel  a. 

SYNTAX 
The  Place  to  Which 

96.  With  verbs  of  motion,  the  place' to  which  is  regu- 
larly denoted  by  the  accusative  case  with  the  preposition  ad 
or  in.  Domiun,  homeward,  home,  rus,  to  the  country,  and 
names  of  towns  and  small  islands  are  used  in  the  accusative 
without  a  preposition  to  denote  the  place  whither.     (15) 

Milites  ad  oppidum  veniunt,  the  soldiers  come  to  the  town;  Aeneas 
socios  in  Italiam  ducit,  Aeneas  leads  his  companions  to  Italy;  pater 
Horati  fflium  Romam  portat,  the  father  of  Horace  brings  his  son  to 
Rome. 

The  Place  in  Which 

97.  The  place  in  which  is  regularly  denoted  by  the 
ablative  case  with  the  preposition  in.  Domi,  at  home, 
humi,  on  the  ground;  militiae,  in  war,  and  ruri,  in  the  coun- 
try, are  locative  forms.      16 

Dtix  milites  in  oppido  tenet,  the  leader  keeps  the  soldiers  in  the 
town;  Romae  erant  reges,  In  Rome  there  were  kings;  pastores  domi 
milites  militiae  aetatem  agunt,  shepherds  spend  their  time  {life)  at  home; 
soldiers,  in  military  service. 

The  Place  from  Which 

98.  The  place  from  which  is  regularly  denoted  by  the 
ablative  case  with  the  preposition  a,  ab,  de,  e,  or  ex.  Domo, 
from  home,  rure,  from  the  country,  and  names  of  towns  and 
small  islands  are  used  in  the  ablative  without  a  preposition 
to  denote  the  place  whence.     (17) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


67 


Servi  ex  oppido  in  agios  mittuntur,  the  slaves  are  sent,  out  of  the 
town  into  the  fields :  Troia  longe  ab  Italia  abest,  Troy  is  far  away  from 
Italy;  aqua  de  caelo  in  terram  venit,  water  comes  down  from  the  sky 
to  the  earth;  Aeneas  Troia  Romam  venit,  Aeiieas  comes  from  Troy  to 
Rome. 


.      COMPOSITION 

99.     1.  Now  the  leader  of  the  soldiers  is  in  the  town. 

2.  A  messenger  comes  to  Rome  from  the  leader  of  the  soldiers. 

3.  The  king  praises  the  leader 
and  the  soldiers.  4.  The  valor 
of  the  soldiers  is  pleasing  to  their 
leader.  5.  The  son  of  the  king 
is  sent  to  the  camp  as  a  mes- 
senger. 6.  The  brave  leader  is 
in  the  camp  with  the  cavalry 
and  the  infantry.  7.  We  are  at 
home  but  the  soldiers  are  in 
military  service  with  their  leader. 
8.  Peace  is  loved  by  the  leader 
and  the  soldiers. 

9.  A  game  of  Roman  chil- 
dren is  called  "  I  spy."  10.  One  of  the  children  is  the  leader. 
11.  The  eyes  of  the  leader  are  covered.  12.  The  other  chil- 
dren hide  themselves  (se).  13.  Then  (tum)  the  leader  calls, 
"One,  two,  three!  I  am  coming!  "  14.  If  the  children  are 
not  ready,  they  call  out.  15.  When  (cum)  the  leader  sees 
one  of  his  companions,  he  calls,  ^'l  spy  you!"  16.  The 
children  who  are  not  se(Mi  by  the  leader  run  up  and  call 
out,  "  Here  (hic)  we  are." 

17.  Faustulus  is  the  shepherd  of  the  king.  18.  The 
wife  of  Faustulus  is  Larentia.  19.  The  shepherd  Faustulus 
finds  the  little  boys  and  gives  them  (eos)  to  his  wife 
Larentia.  20.  Romulus  and  his  brother  pass  their  life 
(aetas)  in  the  forests. 


Pastok 


CHAPTER  XIII 
THE  THIRD  DECLENSION   (Continued) 

Nominatives  in  /  and  r 

100.  In  nouns  whose  stems  end  in  1  or  r  the  nomina- 
tive and  vocative  singular  have  the  same  form  as  the  stem ; 
as,  nom.,  sol;  gen.,  solis;  stem,  sol-;  nom.,  pastor;  gen., 
pastoris;    stem,  pastor-. 

In  nouns  like  pater  (gen.,  patris;  stem,  patr-)  e  is  de- 
veloped before  r  in  the  nominative  and  vocative,  pater  being 
more  easily  pronounced  than  patr.  Hence  e  is  said  to  have 
been  developed  between  t  and  r  for  the  sake  of  euphony. 

101.  While  reading  in  Latin  observe  the  case  of  each  noun 
of  the  third  declension,  and  recall  also  the  case  forms  of  nouns  and 
adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions.  Notice  the  number 
and  the  gender  of  all  nouns  and  adjectives.  Review  the  conjuga- 
tion of  verbs  in  the  present  tense  of  the  indicative,  both  active 
and  passive.  Apply  all  the  rules  of  syntax  which  are  illustrated 
in  these  exercises. 

READING   EXERCISE 

102.  1.  Luna  et  stellae  sunt  in  caelo.  2.  Sol  quoque 
est  in  caelo.  3.  Videsne  solem  in  caelo?  4.  Calor  solis  est 
magnus.  5.  Calor  de  sole  in  terram  incidit.  6.  Sol  terrae 
lucem  et  calorem  dat.  7.  Aestate  calor  solis  est  maximus. 
8.  Die  solem,  noctu  lunam  et  Stellas  in  caelo  videmus.  9. 
Noctti  solem  videre  non  possumus. 

10.  Quidam  homo  quattuor  llberos  habet;  duo  filii, 
duae  filiae  sunt.  11.  tjnus  ex  filiis  fratrem  unum,  duas 
sorores  habet.  12.  Quaeque  (each)  filia  duos  fratres,  sororem 
unam  habet.      13.  Neque  fratres  nequc  sorores  habeo;    sed 

(68) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  69 

pater  huius  viri  est  mei  patris  filius.     (Quis  est  ''hie  vir"?) 

14.  Pater  et  mater    liberos  amant    et    a  llberis  amantur. 

15.  Liberi  verba  patris  et  matris  audiunt.  16.  Verba  nos- 
trorum  patrum  et  matrum  audire  debemus.  17.  Bona 
facta  liberorum  sunt  patribus  et  matribus  grata  atque  a 
patribus  et  matribus  laudantur.  18.  Memoria  patrum  est 
llberls  cara. 

19.  In  urbe  Roma  a  principio  erant  reges.  20.  Postea 
Romae  (loc.)  erant  consules.  21.  Uno  anno  (in  one  year) 
erant  duo  consules.  22.  Consules  erant  imperatores  militum. 
23.  Nomen  prlmi  consulis  erat  lunius  Brutus. 

24.  Fortima  parvos  pueros  servat  et  coniunx  pastoris 
eos  curat.  25.  Pastores  silvas  peragrant.  26.  Pastorum 
aetas  in  silvis  agitur.  27.  Regnum  Nuniitoii  a  patre 
relincjuitur.  28.  Numitor  erat  Rheae  Silviac  pater.  29. 
Inter  pastores  Romulus  et  Remus  erant  principes.  30. 
Remus  erat  matri  similis. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Tabulate  all  the  forms  of  the  nouns  of  the  third  declension 
which  are  used  above,  and  complete  the  declension  of  sol  in  the  singular 
and  of  pater,  sorer,  and  consul  in  the  singular  and  plural. 

h.  What  is  the  usual  case-ending  of  the  nominative  singular  in 
the  third  declension?  How  does  the  nominative  compare  with  the 
stem  if  the  stem  ends  in  I  or  r ;  How  does  the  nominative  case  differ 
from  the  stem  in  mater,  pater,  and  frater? 

REMUS  A  PRAEDATORIBUS  EST  CAPTUS 
103.  Praedatores  cum  Romulo  et  Remo  in  silvis  pug- 
nant.  Remus  captus  est;  Romulus  armis  se  (himself) 
defendit.  Turn  Faustulus  pastor,  necessitate  compulsus, 
R6mul5  dicit:  ''Numitor  est  tuus  avus;  Rhea  Silvia  est  tua 
mater."   Romulus  statim  pastores  armat  et  Albam  properat. 

a.  Albam,  to  Alha.     See  section  96. 

b.  (Notebook).  Explain  the  derivation  of  arm  (noun  and  verb), 
defend,  necessity,  pastor. 


70 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


TYPICAL   NOUNS 

104.     Nom., 

consul;        gen.,  consulis 

;        m.; 

consul. 

Nom., 

pastor;         gen.,  pastoris 

;        m.; 

shepherd. 

• 

Nom., 

pater;          gen.,  patris; 
Singular 

m.; 

father. 

Nom. 

consul 

pastor 

pater 

— 

Gen. 

consulis 

pastoris 

patris 

-is 

Dat. 

consul! 

pastori 

patri 

-i 

Ace. 

consulem 

pastorem 

patrem 

-em 

Voc. 

consul 

pastor 

pater 

— 

Abl 

consule 

pastSre 

Plural 

patre 

-e 

Nom. 

consules 

pastSres 

patres 

-es 

Gen. 

consulum 

pastorum 

patrum 

-um 

Dal. 

consulibus 

pastoribus 

patribus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

consules 

pastores 

patres 

-es 

Voc. 

consules 

pastores 

patres 

-es 

Ahl 

consulibus 

pastoribus 

patribus 

-ibus 

a.  The  stems  are  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -is  in  the  genitive 
singular.     They  are  consul-,  pastor-,  and  patr-. 

h.  The  genitive  plural  of  sol,  sun,  is  not  found  in  the  classical 
writings,  but  the  omission  may  be  accidental.  Nouns  which  lack 
one  or  more  cases  are  called  defective  nouns. 


SYNTAX 
The  Ablative  of  Time 

105.  The  time  when  or  the  time  within  which  an 
event  occurs  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  case  without  a 
preposition.     (18) 

Aestate  calor  solis  est  magnus,  in  Ihe  summer  the  heat  of  the  sun 
is  great. 

The  Ablative  of  Accompaniment 

106.  Accompaniment  is  regularly  denoted  by  the 
ablative  case  with  the  preposition  cum.     (19) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


71 


Praedatores  cum  Romulo  pugnarit,  the  robbers  Jiyht  with  Romultis. 

a.  The  instrument  or  the  means  with  which  or  by  which  anything 
is  done  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition.  Romulus 
armis  se  defendit,  Romulus  finds  himself  xcith  his  arms.     (See  section 

COMPOSITION 

107.  1.  I  see  the  sun  and  the  moon  in  the  sky.  2.  The 
sun  gives  great  heat.  3.  At  night  we  do  not  see  the  sun. 
4.  In  the  summer  the  heat  of  the  sun  is  greatest.  5.  The 
consul  comes  into  the  city  with  the  soldiers.  6.  The  boys 
see  the  soldiers  with  the  consul  in  the  street. 

7.  Romulus  and  Remus  are  brothers.  8.  The  brothers 
fight  with  the  robbers  in  the  woods.  9.  The  robbers  capture 
(capiunt)  the  brother  of  Romulus.  10.  Rhea  Silvia  is  the 
daughter  of  Numit or  and  the  mother  of  Remus.  11.  Remus 
was  Uke  (to)  his  mother.  12.  The  shepherds  are  armed  at 
once  by  Romulus.  13.  Romulus  leads  the  shepherds  to 
Alba.     14.  The  brothers  are  protected  by  fortune. 


Photo  by  Henry  V.  Steams 

Templum  Fortunae  ut  DTcitur 


CHAPTER  XIV 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  (Continued) 
Stems  in  n 

108.  Many  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  have  the  nominative  ending  in  -6,  with  the 
genitive  singular  ending  in  -onis  or  -inis;  as,  led,  leonis; 
imago,  imaginis.  The  genitive  form  shows  that  the  stem 
ends  in  n,  but  this  letter  does  not  appear  in  the  nominative 
singular.  There  are  many  neuter  nouns  with  stems  in  n 
which  have  the  nominative  in  n  also;  as,  flumen,  fluminis 
(stem,  flumin-). 

109.  Study  the  nominative,  the  genitive,  and  the  gender 
of  each  noun.  From  the  genitive  case  find  the  stem  by  dropping 
the  case-ending,  and  compare  the  stem  with  the  nominative  case. 
Notice  the  omission  of  the  case-ending  and  the  dropping  of  the 
final  letter  of  the  stem  (n)  in  the  nominative  and  vocative  singular. 
Observe  also  the  variation  in  the  vowel  which  precedes  n  in  the 
other  cases. 

Review  the  declension  of  rex,  mfles,  princeps,  and  caput 
(section  95);   consul,  pastor,  and  pater  (section  104). 

READING  EXERCISE 

110.  1.  Homo  magnum  leonem  in  silva  videt.  2.  Leo 
est  rex  bestiarum.  3.  Leo  hominem  timet  et  ab  homine  time- 
tur.  4.  Non  longe  a  silva  est  altum  flumen.  5.  Cotidie  leo 
ad  flumen  venit.  6.  Imaginem  suam  (his  own)  in  aqua  videt. 
7.  Si  leo  videtur,  in  silvam  celeriter  redit.  8.  Timor  homi- 
num  leonem  in  silvam  mittit.  9.  In  silva  leo  aetatem  agit  et 
libertatem  amat.  10.  Cybele,  magna  deorum  mater,  curru 
ab  leonibus  tracto  vehebatur. 

11.  Flumen  non  longe  ab  urbe  Roma  abest.  12.  Nomen 
fluminis  est  Tiberis.      13.  In  Italia  sunt  multa  flumina. 

(72) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


73 


14.  Multos  homines  in  viis  Romae  video.  15.  Multi  hiomines 
sunt  agricolae,  multi  sunt  nautae,  multl  sunt  pastores,  pauci 
sunt  reges. 

16.  Romulus  et  Remus  fratres  in  flumen  Tiberim  ab 
Amulio  rege  mittimtur.  17.  Dum  lupa  saepe  ad  pueros 
venit,  pastor  eos  invenit.  18.  Inter  pastores  fratres  aetatem 
agunt.     19.  Dum  silvas  peragrant,  latrones  cum  pastor ibus 


Underwood  cf-'  Underwood,  N.  F. 


Urbs  et  Flumen 


pugnant.    20.  Remus  captus  est;  Romulus  Albam  properat. 
21.  Facta  Faustuli  pastoris  regis  semper  laudantur. 

a.  (Notebook.)     Write  the  declension  of  leo,  homo,  and  nomen. 

NUMITOR  REMUM    NEPOTEM   AGNOSCIT 

111.     Interea  Remum  latrones  ad  Amulium  regem  per- 

ducunt.     Ita  eum  (him)  accusant:    "Hie  (this  man)  Numi- 

toris    agros    semper    vastat."       Sic    Remus    Numitori    ad 

supplicium  a  rege  datur.     At  Numitoris  in  animum,  dum 


74 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


in  custodia  Remiun  habet,  memoria  nepotuin  veiiit.  Nam 
Remus  matri  similis  erat.  Repente  Romulus  cum  armatis 
pastoribus  venit  ot  fratrem  liberal.  Amulium  legem 
obti-uncat  et  Numitorem  avum  regem  salutat.  Ita  beneficio 
nepotum  Numitor  erat  Albae  rex. 

a.  Write  the  declension  of  rex  and  nepos  (stems  in  g  and  i); 
pastor  and  frater  (stems  in  r) ;  latro  (stem  in  n). 

h.  (Notebook).  Explain  the  derivation  of  accuse,  liberate,  memory, 
salute,  similar. 

TYPICAL   NOUNS 

112.     Nom.,  leo;  gen.,  leonis;  m.;  lion. 

Nom,,  imago;  gen.,  imaginis;  f.;  inage. 

Nom.,  flumen;         gen.,  fluminis;  n.;  riro . 


I 

SlNOULAR 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

leo 

imago 

flumen 

— 

— 

Gen. 

leonis 

imaginis 

fluminis 

-is 

-is 

Dat. 

leoiii 

hnagini 

flumini 

-i 

-i 

Ace. 

leonem 

imaginem 

flumen 

-em 

— 

Voc. 

leo 

imago 

flumen 

— 

— 

Abl. 

leone 

imagine* 

flumine 

-e 

-e 

Plural 

Nom 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

-es 

-a 

Gen. 

leonum 

imaginmn 

fluminum 

-tun 

-um 

Dat. 

leonibus 

imaginibus 

fluminibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

-es 

-a 

Voc. 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

-es 

-a 

Abl. 

leonibus 

imaginibus 

fluminibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

a.  The  stems  are  leon-,  imagin-  and  flumin-. 

b.  In  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  o'f  this  type  the  nominative 
singular  is  regularly  formed  from  the  stem  by  dropping  n  and  changing 
the  preceding  i  to  o.  The  usual  ease-ending  -s  is  omitted.  All  neuter 
nouns  with  stems  ending  in  n  have  -en  in  the  nominative,  which  becomes 
-in  before  the  case-endings.  This  variation  in  the  vowel  is  an  illustra- 
tion of  the  phonetic  changes  which  are  continually  taking  place. 

c.  Like  imago  decline  homo,  gen.,  hominis. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


75 


SYNTAX 
Two  Accusatives 

113.  Verbs  of  making,  calling,  choosing,  regarding,  etc., 
may  take  two  accusatives  denoting  the  same  person"  or 
thing.    The  second  accusative  may  be  an  adjective.     (20) 

Numitorem  regem  salutat,  he  salutes  Numitor  as  king;  Scriptor 
Aenean  clarum  habet,  the  writer  regards  Aeneas  as  famous. 

COMPOSITION 

114.  1.  The  wild  beasts  have  the  lion  as  king.  2. 
The  car  of  Cybele,  the  mother  of  the  gods,  was  drawn  by 
lions, 

3.  Amuhus  is  the  name  of  the.  king.  4.  The  names  of 
the  shepherds  are  Romulus  and  Remus.  5.  The  robbers 
accuse  the  shepherds.  6.  Numitor  recognizes  Remus  as 
his  grandson.  7.  Remus  is  set  free  by  his  brother.  8.  Then 
Numitor  is  saluted  as  king. 


Courtesy  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

CuRRUS  Cybelae  ab  Leonibus  IunctIs  Tractus 


CHAPTER  XV 

THE  PAST    (IMPERFECT)    INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

115.  The  action  of  a  verb  may  be  represented  as 
present,  past,  or  future.  It  may  also  be  represented  as  going 
on  or  as  completed.  In  Latin  the  tense  denotes  both  the 
time  and  the  completeness  or  the  incompleteness  of  the 
action.  Thus  the  present  tense  represents  the  action  as 
incomplete  and  the  time  as  present :  as, 

Liberi  ludunt,  the  children  are  playing  (play). 

The  past  tense  of  the  indicative  represents  the  action 
as  incomplete  and  the  time  as  past;  as, 

Liberi  ludebant,  the  children  were  playing  (played) . 

In  regular  verbs  the  letters  -ba-   (-ba-)  which  appear 
between    the  present  stem  and  the  personal  ending  form 
the  tense-sign. of  the  past  tense  of  the  indicative  mood;  as, 
Lude-ba-nt,  they  were  playing. 

The  past  tense  of  sum  is  eram,  /  was;  eras,  you  were; 
erat,  he  was;  etc. 

The  term  imperfect  tense  was  formerly  used  to  designate 
the  form  which  is  here  called  the  past  tense. 

116.  Study  the  form  of  each  verb  in  the  following  exercise 
and  compare  the  new  forms  with  those  which  have  previously 
been  learned,  and  translate  so  as  to  express  the  meaning  naturally. 

Rapidly  review  the  conjugation  of  verbs  in  the  present  tense, 
and  recall  the  personal  endings  of  the  active  and  the  passive 
(sections  79  and  87). 

READING  EXERCISE     ' 

117.  1.  Hodie  sum  in  agrls;  heri  eram  in  urbe.  2.  Tti 
heri  ubi  eras?     3.  Ubi  erat  Marcus?     4.  Ego  et  Marcus  in 

(76) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  77 

urbe  eramus.  5.  Cur  non  tu  et  Marcus  domi  eratis? 
6.  Patres  nostri  in  urbe  erant;  nos  pueri  cum  iis  (them) 
eramus. 

7.  Quid  herl,  magister,  discipulis  dabas?  8.  Libros 
Latinos  discipulis  dabam.  9.  Magister  discipulis  libros 
Latinos  dabat.  10.  Nonne  ludo,  pueri,  heri  operam  dabatis? 
IL  Non  liido  sed  libris  operam  dabamus.  12.  Heri  fortasse 
pueri  librTs  operam  dabant;  hodie  Itidunt. 

13.  Heri  dum  in  silva  eram,  leonem  vidi  (I  saw)  et 
maxime  timebam.  14.  Tu  leonem  timebas  atque  leo  te 
timebat.  15.  Pater  erat  mecum;  ego  et  ille  ambo  leonem 
timebamus.  16.  Quid!  Num  tu  atque  pater  tuus  leonem 
timebatis?  17.  Venatores  in  silva  erant;  illl  leonem  non 
timebant.  18.  Ego  leonem  non  timeo  si  non  magnus  est. 
19.  Sed  ille  leo  erat  maximus  et  me  maxime  terrebat. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Arrange  all  the  past  forms  of  sum  (eram),  do  (dabam),  and 
timed  (timebam)  in  tables  of  conjugation. 

h.  What  two  letters  are  found  before  the  personal  endings  in  the 
imperfect  tense  of  do  and  timed? 

CONJUGATION 
118.     Eram,  I  was;  dabam,  /  was  giving,  I  gave;  time- 
bam, /  was  fearing,  I  feared. 

Singular 

Tense-sign    Ending 


eram, 

/  was 

dabam 

timebam 

-ba- 

-m 

eras, 

you  were 

dabas 

timebas 

-ba- 

-s 

erat, 

he  tvas 

dabat 

timebat 
Plural 

-ba- 

-t 

oramus, 

we  were 

dabamus 

timebamus 

-ba- 

-mus 

eratis, 

you  were 

dabatis 

timabatis 

-ba- 

-tis 

erant, 

they  were 

dabant 

timebant 

-ba- 

-nt 

a.  The  tense-sign  of  the  past  (imperfect)  tense  of  the  indicative 
mood  is  -ba-,  shortened  to  -ba-  before  -m,  -t,  and  -nt. 


78  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

b.  Sum  is  an  irregular  verb  and  its  forms  ililTer  considerably  from 
the  corresponding  forms  of  other  verbs.  These  forms  occur  very 
frequently  and  should  be  thoroughly  memorized. 

c.  Do  has  a  short  vowel  (a)  before  the  tense-sign  -ba-  and  in 
this  respect  differs  from  the  regular  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation. 

d.  Conjugate  the  past  tense  of  sum,  laudo,  and  video.  Commit 
the  forms  to  memory  so  that  they  may  be  recited  rapidly  and  written 
correctly. 

FOUR  CONJUGATIONS 

119.  The  past  tense  of  the  active  voice,  formed  in  the 
same  manner  in  each  of  the  four  conjugations,  is  composed 
of  three  elements:  (1)  the  present  stem,  with  the  character- 
istic vowel  changed  from  e  to  e  in  the  third  conjugation,  and 
from  i  to  ie  in  the  fourth  conjugation;  (2)  the  tense-sign 
-ba-,  shortened  to  -ba-  before  -m,  -t,  and  -nt;  (3)  the 
regular  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice.  Ama-ba-s, 
vide-ba-t,  mitte-ba-tis,  audie-ba-nt. 

120.  Find  the  present  infinitive  of  each  verb  in  the  vocab- 
ulary and  from  the  ending  of  the  infinitive  determine  to  what 
conjugation  each  verb  belongs. 

Notice  how  the  past  tense  is  formed  in  verbs  of  each  of  the 
four  conjugations  and  translate  each  verb  in  the  past  tense  so 
as  to  represent  the  action  as  incomplete  and  the  time  as  past. 

READING  EXERCISE 

121.  1.  Herl  hbros  ad  magistrum  portabam.  2.  Quid 
trans  viam  heri  portabas?  3.  Nihil  portabam;  ego  cum 
Marco  eram;  ille  rosas  ad  filias  Corneliae  port  aba  t.  4. 
Certe!  hodie  hbros  portamus;  heri  rosas  ad  puellas  porta- 
bamus.  5.  Ego  vos  spectabam;  tu  et  Marcus  rosas  trans 
viam  ad  filias  Corneliae  portabatis.  6.  Portabant  puerl 
rosas  ad  puellas. 

7.  In    antiquis    urbibus    erant  mult  a  templa  deorum. 

8.  Homines    in    templa    deorum    multa    dona    portabant. 

9.  Multas  deorum  imagines  in  templis  pulchrTs  videbamus. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


79 


10.  Multi   liberl  in  viis   ludebant.      U.  Multi  homines  in 
Italia  antlqua  pro  patria  pugnabant. 

12.  Latrones  in  agris  Numitoris  erant.  13.  Cum  latron- 
i]3us  Romulus  et  Remus  saepe  pugnabant.  14.  Romulus 
fortiter    se    armis    defendebat.       15.  Remum    latrones    ad 


Photo  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 

Panpheum,  Templum  loVIft 

Amulium  perducebant.  16.  Ita  eum  accusabant.  17.  ''Regis 
agros  vastabas."  18.  Sic  Rex  Remum  ad  supplicium 
Numitorl  dabat.  19.  Romulus  cum  armatis  pastoribus 
veniebat.  20.  Romulus  magnum  amicorum  numerum 
habebat.     21.  Amid  Romuli  Numitorem  regem  saltitabant. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  What  verbs  are  in  the  past  tense?     Separate  each  past  form 
into  three  elements:   stem,  tense-sign,  and  personal  ending. 


80 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


h.  Write  and  repeat  orally  the  conjugation  of  pugnabant,  habe- 
bant,  ducebant,  and  veniebant  in  the  past  indicative  active. 

CONJUGATION 
122.     Amabam,  /  was  loving,  I  loved;   videbam,  I  was 
seeing,  I  saw;  mittebam,  I  was  sending,  I  sent;  audiebam, 


/  wa^  hearing,  1  heard. 


amabam 

amabas 

amabat 

amabamus 

amabatis 

amabant 


videbam 

videbas 

videbat 


videbamus 

videbatis 

videbant 


Singular 

mittebam 

mittebas 
mittebat 

Plural 

mittebamus 

mittebatis 

mittebant 


audiebam 

aiidiebas 

audiebat 


audiebamus 

audiebatis 

audiebant 


a.  The  vowel  preceding  the  tense-sign  -ba-  is  always  long  except 
in  the  verb  do.     (See  section  118,  c.) 

The  vowel  a  in  the  tense-sign  -ba-  is  long  except  when  it  is  fol- 
lowed by  -m,  -t,  or  -nt.  In  the  fourth  conjugation  the  characteristic 
vowel  h  changed  from  i  to  ie. 


SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Past  Tense 

123.  The  past  tense  represents  action  as  going  on  in 
the  past  and  may  be  called  the  past  descriptive.     (21) 

Fratres  cum  latronibus  pugnabant,  the  brothers  were  fighting 
(foiight)  with  the  robbers. 

a.  The  past  tense  of  the  indicative  is  used  to  describe  particulars 
and  to  represent  habitual  or  attempted  action.  Romulus  cum  pastori- 
bus  veniebat,  Romulus  was  coming  (came)  with  the  shepherds;  cum 
latronibus  saepe  pugnabant,  they  used  to  fight  often  with  robbers;  libris 
operam  dabamus,  we  tried  to  give  {were  giving)  attention  to  our  books. 


124. 


COMPOSITION 
1.  The  leader  was  sending  the  soldiers  into  the 


fields.     2.  The  soldiers  were  bringing  grain  from  the  fields 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


81 


into  the  camp.  3.  The  grain  which  the  soldiers  are  bringing 
into  the  camp  was  in  the  fields.  4.  The  gods  used  to  have 
(were  having)  many  temples  in  the  ancient  city.  5.  People 
(homines)  used  to  see  (were  seeing)  many  images  of  the  gods 
in  the  ancient  temples. 

6.  Robbers  were  fighting  with  Romulus  and  Remus  in 
the  woods.  7.  Romulus  was  defending  himself  with  his 
arms.  8.  Numitor  was  the  grandfather  of  Romulus  and 
Remus.  9.  Numitor  had  Remus  in  custody.  10.  By  the 
kindness  of  the  shepherds  Numitor  was  king. 


Interior  Pars  PantheI 


C^HAPTER   XVI 
THE   PAST   INDICATIVE   PASSIVE 

125.  The  past  indicative  passive  is  formed  from  the 
same  tense  of  the  active  by  changing  the  personal  endings 
from  -m,  -s,  -t,  etc.,  to  -r,  -ris  (-re),  -tur,  etc.  (See  section 
82.)  Before  the  endings  -r  and  -ntur  the  tense-sign  -ba-  is 
shortened  to  -ba-.  This  tense  is  formed  in  the  same  manner 
in  verbs  of  all  the  conjugations. 

Active  Passive 

dabam,  /  was  giving,  I  gave.  dabar,  /  ivas  given. 

timebat,  he  was  fearing,  he  feared.  timebatiir,  he  was  feared. 

mittebamus,  loe  were  sending,  we  mittebamur,  we  were  sent. 

sent. 

impediebant,   they  were  hindering,  impediebantur,  they  were  hindered, 
they  hindered. 

126.  In  reading  tlie  following  exercise  give  attention  chiefly 
to  the  passive  forms  of  the  verbs  in  the  past  tense.  Recall  the  per- 
sonal endings  of  tlie  passive  voice  and  the  tense-sign  of  the  past 
tense. 

Review  the  conjugation  of  the  past  indicative  active,  section 
122.  Review  also  the  conjugation  of  the  present  indicative, 
active  and  passive,  sections  79  and  87. 

The  declension  of  nouns  and  adjectives  should  be  reviewed 
occasionally,  and  also  the  rules  of  syntax. 

Before  the  vocabulary  is  consulted,  an  effort  should  be  made 
to  recall  the  meanings  of  words  previously  used. 

READING   EXERCISE 

127.  1 .  Her!  ego  Itidis  operam  dabam ;  tu  libris  operam 
dabas.  2.  Tu  a  magistro  laudabaris  (-re) ;  ego  a  patre 
culpabar.  3.  Puerl  in  horto  laborabant;  servl  in  agrls 
luflebant.  4.  A  puerTs  labor!,  ludo  a  servTs  opera  dabatur. 
").  ServT  a  domino  videbantur  dum  in  agris  ludebant.      6. 

(S2) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


83 


Posteii  sfi'Vl  in  ]K)eiiain  chibiiiitur;  puori  fi  patribus  in  urlxin 
mittebantur.  7.  Pueri  a  socils  beat!  habebantur  quod  in 
urbem  a  patribus  mittebantur.  8.  Discipull  libros  noctii 
luce  lucernae  legebant;  .9.  .sed  lucerna  lucem  non  clarani 
dabat.  10.  Itaquo  discipuli  in  vias  veniebr.nt  et  in  viis  cum 
amIcTs  ludebant. 

11.  Romus  ad  regcm 
porducebatur.  12.  A  lat- 
ronibus  accusabatur.  13.  Ad 
supplicium  Numitori  da}:a- 
tur.  14.  Repcnte  fratervenit 
ot  eum  (him)  liberat.  15.  A 
pastoribus  armatis  Numitor 
lex  salutabatur.  16.  Beno- 
ficio  nepotum  Numitor  orat 

IQX. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Find  a  verb  in  each  per- 
son of  the  past  ind  icati  ve  pass!  ve. 

h.  Orally  and  in  writiri? 
conjugate dabatur  (dabar), habe- 
bantur (habebar),  ducebantur 
(ducebar),  and  audiebantur 
audiebar). 

c.  What  time  is  denoted  by 
the  past  tense?  Is  the  action 
represented  as  completed  or  as 
incomplete? 


MtJRUS  ROMULI 


ROMULUS  URBEM  ROMAM  VOCAT 
128.  Deinde  Romulus  et  Remus  urbem  aliam  in  Palatio 
condunt.  Sed  inter  fratres  certamen  a  parvo  principlo  erat. 
Uterque  novae  urbi  nomen  dare  (to  give)  volebat.  It^que 
auspicium  constituunt  adhibere.  Remus  prior  sex  vultures, 
Romulus  postea  duodecim  videt.  Sic  Romulus  victor  augurio 
urbem  suo  nomine  Romam  vocat.     Ad  novae  urbis  tutelam 


S4 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


vallum  satis  esse  videbatur.  Remus  angustum  vallum 
inndebat  et  id  (it)  transiliebat.  Propterea  fratrem  iratus 
Romulus  ob:runcat.     Itaque  solus  Romulus  regnabat. 

a.  Suo  nomine,  from  his  own  name;  videbatur,  seemed. 

b.  (Notebook.)     Explain  the  derivation  of  augury,  principle,  sole 
(alone),  victor,  vulture,  wall. 


CONJUGATION 
129.     Amabar,   /   was   (being)  loved; 
(being)  see7i;  mittebar,  /  was  (being)  sent; 
(being)  heard. 

Singular 
amabar  videbar  mittebar 

amabaris  (-re)    videbaris  (-re)     mittebaris  (-re) 
amabatur  videbatur  mittebatur 


videbar,   /   was 
audiebar,  I  urns 


audiebar 
audiebaris  (-re) 
audiebatur 


amabamur 
arnabamini 
aniabantur 


videbamur 
videbamini 
videbantur 


Plural 
mittebamur 
mittebamini 
mittebantur 


audiebamur 
audiebamini 
audiebantur 


a.  The  vowel  preceding  the  tense-sign  -ba-  is  long;  and  the  vowel 
he  tense-sign  -ba-  is  long  except  when  it  is  followed  by  the  ending 


a  in  the  tense-sign 
-r  or  -nttu". 


SYNTAX 
Voice 

130.  The  active  voice  represents  the  subject  of  the 
verb  as  acting  or  being.  The  passive"  voice  represents  the 
subject  of  the  verb  as  acted  upon.     (22) 

Remus  vallum  transiliebat,  Remus  was  leaping  over  the  rampart; 
Remus  ab  irato  fratre  obtruncatur,  Remus  is  killed  by  his  angry  brother. 

Transitive  and  Intransitive  Verbs 

131.  A  transitive  verb  represents  the  action  as  directed 
towards  some  person  or  thing  which  is  called  the  direct 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  85 

object.     An  intransitive  verb  represents  an  action  or  a  state 
which  is  not  directed  towards  a  direct  object.     (23) 

Urbem  aedificat,  he  builds  a  oily;  Romulus  solus  regnat,  Romulus 
reigns  alone. 

COMPOSITION 

132.  1.  Yesterday  I  was  fortunate  because  I  was 
praised  by  my  teacher.  2.  You  were  praised  also  because 
you  were  giving  your  attention  to  your  books.  3.  Marcus 
was  praised  by  his  father  because  he  was  working  in  the 
field.  4.  Books  were  being  read  by  the  pupils  at  night  by 
the  light  of  the  lamp.  5.  You  were  heard  by  your  com- 
panions when  you  were  giving  your  attention  to  play.  6. 
Your  companions  were  unhappy  because  they  were  (being) 
sent  to  the  fields  while  you  were  playing  at  home  (domi, 
locative) . 

7.  Augury  was  employed  by  the  brothers.  8.  Six 
\^ltures  were  seen  by  Remus,  twelve  by  Romulus.  9.  Thus 
the  city  was  called  Rome  from  the  name  of  Romulus. 
10.  Remus  was  laughing  at  the  small  rampart.  12.  On  this 
account  he  is  slain  by  his  angry  brother. 


Courtesy  of  The  Metropolitin  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 
LUCERNA 


CHAPTER  XVII 

THE  THIRD   DECLENSION  (Continued) 
Stems  in  s 

133.  In  most  of  the  nouns  of  the  third  declension  the 
case-endings  are  joined  directly  to  the  stem;  as,  rex  (reg-s); 
milit-is,  consul-em,  soror-es,  etc.  But  in  the  declension  of 
nouns  whose  stems  end  in  s  the  case-ending  is  omitted  in 
the  nominative  singular,  which  therefore  has  the  same  end- 
ing as  the  stem;  and  whenever  the  s  of  the  stem  occurs 
])etween  two  vowels  it  is  changed  to  r,  the  sound  of  which 
in  this  position  is  more  agreeable.  Thus  flos  instead  of 
floss  is  the  nominative,  and  floris  instead  of  flosis  is  the 
genitive  of  flos ;  temporis  instead  of  temposis  is  the  genitive 
of  tempus ;  and  moribus  rather  than  mosibus  is  the  ablative 
plural  of  mos. 

The  declension  of  any  of  these  nouns  can  easily  be 
completed  by  joining  the  usual  case-endings  to  that  form  of 
the  stem  which  appears  in  the  genitive  case. 

134.  Re\iew  the  nouns  of  the  third  declension  found  in 
sections  95,  104,  and  112,  and  study  the  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion found  in  the  following  reading  exercise.  Particularly  observe 
those  nouns  whose  nominatives  and  stems  end  in  s.  Observe 
the  case-endings  and  consider  the  use  of  each  noun,  and  thus 
determine  the  case. 

READING  EXERCISE 

135.  Rosa  est  flos  pulcher.  2.  Color  floris  est  allms. 
3.  Puella  florem  album  habet.  4.  Puella  parva  fiore  pulchro 
delectatur.  5.  Nomina  multorum  florum  puellae  sunt  not  a. 
6.  In  horto  agricolae  sunt  multi  flores.  7.  Flores  multorum 
generum  sunt  in  horto.  8.  Multa  genera  florum  sunt  in 
terra.     9.  Heri  nostra  mensa  floribus  pulchris  ornabatur. 

(86)    . 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


87 


10.  AiitkiuTs  t(nnp()iibiis  multi  homines  vvimi  barban. 
11.  Nostro  tempore  noii  omnes  homines  sunt  m'})am.  12. 
Tempora  patrum  nostrorum  erant  clara.  13.  Nostra  tempora 
sunt  quoque  bona.  14.  Senex  tempora  patrum  laudat; 
nostrum  tempus  culpat.  15.  Romae  antlquls  temporibus 
homines  cum  leonibus  in  arena  pugnabant .  1 6.  Multi  Roma- 
norum  mores  boni  erant,  sed  non  omnes  eorum  mores  lauda- 
mus.     17.  Multa  de  moribus  hominum  antlquorum  audln^jis. 


From  tir  ' 

Leo  atque  Homines  in  Arena 

18.  Roma  in  Palatio  ab  Romulo  et  Remo  condebatur. 

19.  A  Remo  sex,  a  Romulo  duodecim  vultures  videbantur. 

20.  Augurio  Romulus  erat  victor.  -21.  Remus  parvuni 
vallum  novae  urbis  inrldebat.  22,  Propterea  Romulus 
Iratus  fratrem  obtruncat. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  and  recite  the  declension  of  mos,  moris ;  tempus,  tem- 
poris;  and  genus,  generis. 

h.  Decline  all  the  other  nouns  of  the  third  declension  which  arc 
found  in  this  exercise.     For  the  declension  of  senex  see  section  548. 


88 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


INCOLAE  URBi  NOVAE  DE-ERANT 
136.  Romulus  imaginem  urbis  magis  quam  urbem 
habebat;  incolae  de-erant.  Erat  in  proximo  lucus.  In  hoc 
loco  asylum  aperit.  Eo  multitudo  multorum  generum, 
latronum  pastorumque,  liberorum  atque  servorum  venit. 
Id  erat  prmcipium  magnitudinis  populi  Roman!. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Explain  the  derivation  of  asylum,  image,  magnitude,  multitude. 


TYPICAL  NOUNS 

137.     Nom.jflos;  gen.,  floris;  m.;  flower. 

Noin.,  tempus;         gen.,  temporis;  n.;  time. 

Nom.,  genus;  gen.,  generis;  n.;  kind. 

Singular 

tempus  genus 

temporis  generis 

tempori  generi 

tempus  genus 

tempus  genus 

tempore  genere 

Plural 

tempora  genera 

temporum  generum 

temporibus  generibus 

tempora  genera 

tempora  genera 

temporibus  generibus 

a.  The  stems  of  these  nouns  are  found  by  comparing  the  forms 
in  the  nominative  and  genitive  singular.  They  are  flos-,  tempos-, 
and  genus-  (genes-).  The  case-ending  is  omitted  in  the  nominative 
singular,  and  between  two  vowels  the  s  of  the  stem  is  changed  to  r. 
This  is  in  accordance  with  the  general  law  of  phonetic  change,  the  sound 
of  r  being  easier  to  pronounce  between  two  vowels. 

h.  In  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  singular  of  tempus 
and  genus  the  vowel  o  is  weakened  to  u ;  and  in  all  other  cases  of  genus 
o  is  weakened  to  e.  Thus  we  find  tempus  for  tempos,  and  generis  for 
genesis  or  generis. 

c.  Many  neuter  nouns  are  declined  like  tempus  and  genus. 


Nom. 

fios 

Gen. 

floris 

Dai. 

flori 

Ace. 

florem 

Voc. 

flos 

Abl. 

flora 

Nom. 

floras 

Gen. 

florum 

Dat. 

floribus 

Ace. 

flores 

Voc. 

floras 

Abl. 

floribus 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


89 


SYNTAX 
The  Genitive  of  Quality 

138.  A  noun  modified  by  an  adjective  may  be  used  in 

the  genitive  case  to  denote  kind  or  quality.     (24) 

Multitude  multorum  genenim,  a  multitude  of  many  kinds. 

COMPOSITION 

139.  1.  In  Rome  there  are  many  temples  of  the  gods. 
2.  Rome  is  a  city  of  many  temples.  3.  In  the  time  of  the 
ancient    Romans    men 

fought  with  hons  in  the 
arena.  4.  Many  cus- 
toms of  ancient  people 
(men)  were  not  good. 
5.  The  customs  of  our 
fathers  were  of  a  good 
kind.  6.  Our  fathers 
were  people  (men)  of 
good  customs.  7.  Cus- 
toms are  of  many  kinds. 
8.  Many  kinds  of  flow- 
ers are  seen  in  the 
farmer's  garden. 

9.  Romulus  was 
the  first  king  of  Rome. 
10.  The  new  city  did 
not  have  (was  not  hav- 
ing) inhabitants.  11. 
In  the  vicinity  an  asy- 
lum is  opened.  12.  A 
multitude    of   many 

slaves  and  freemen  comes  to  the  new  city.  13.  The  number 
of  the  Roman  people  was  not  large.  14.  The  beginning  of 
Rome  was  small. 


Courtesy  ofihe  Metropolitan  Museurtiof  Art,  N.  Y. 

Ampulla  Olearia 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION   (Continued) 
Stems  in  i 
140.     All  of  the  nouns  of  the  third  declension  whose 
stems  end  in  i  have  the  ending  -ium  in  the  genitive  plural. 


Statua  Lupae 


Broton  Bros.,  N.  Y. 


MascuUne  and  feminine  nouns  with  i-stems  have  either  -es 
or  -is  in  the  accusative  plural,  and  a  few  have  the  ending  -im 
instead  of  -em  in  the  accusative  singular  and  -i  instead  of 
-e  in  the  ablative  singular.  All  neuter  nouns  with  i-stems 
have  -i  in  the  ablative  singular  and  -ia  in  the  nominative, 
accusative,  and  vocative  plural.  These  endings,  which  at 
first  seem  pecuhar,  are  due  to  the  presence  of  the  vowel  i 
in  the  stem. 

(90) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  91 

141.  Continue  the  study  of  the  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion, observing  especially  the  peculiar  endings  which  belong  to 
the  i-stems.  The  position  and  the  use  of  the  noun  in  the  sentence 
and  the  form  of  a  modifying  adjective  are  usually  sufficient  to 
enable  the  student  to  determine  the  case  of  any  noun  although 
its  form  may  be  the  same  in  several  different  cases. 

READING  EXERCISE 

142.  1.  Urbs  Roma  est  in  Italia.  2.  Roma  est  nomon 
antiquae  urbis.  3.  Multae  urbes  sunt  in  Italia.  4.  Roma 
est  maxima  urbium  Italiae.  5.  Hostes  quondam  copias  in 
multas  m-bis  (urbes)  ItaUae  mittebant.  6.  Hostes  popull 
Ron^^ni  multas  navis  habebant.  7.  Milites  hostium  navibus 
veniebant.  8.  Terra  marlque  hostes  magno  cum  numero 
mllitum  veniebant.  9.  Roman!  quoque  navis  longas  in  marl 
habebant.  11.  His  (with  these)  navibus  oras  Italiae  al) 
hostibus  defendebant.  12.  Gives  Romani  cum  hostibus 
pro  patria  pugnabant.  13.  Carthaginienses  erant  hostes 
Romanomm.  14.  Hannibal  erat  dux  hostium.  15.  Trans 
iiiga  Alpium,  montium  altissimorum,  copias  in  Italiam 
diixit  (he  led).  16.  Tandem  erat  finis  long!  belli  et  Romani 
erant  victores. 

17.  ItaHa  est  inter  duo  maria,  quoi*um  (of  which)  Mare 
Inferum  et  Mare  Superum  sunt  nomina.  18.  Flumen 
Tiberis  in  Mare  Infenmi  influit.  19.  In  Italia  sunt  aiti 
montes.  20.  Urbs  Roma  est  in  septem  collibus  sita.  21.  Urbs 
septem  collium  est  Roma.  22.  Mons  laniculum  non  longe 
ab  flumine  Tiber!  aberat.  23.  In  flumen  Tiberim  antiquis 
temporibus  fllii  Rheae  Silviae  mittebantur. 

24.  In  principio  incolae  novae  urbis  erant  pauci, 
25.  Mult!  autem  in  asylum  veniebant.  26.  Latrones  pas- 
toresque  erant  piimi  cives  Romani.  27.  In  principio  urbis 
animalia  quoque  partem  habebant.  28.  Lupa  Romulum 
Remumque  servabat  et  vultures  *Romulo  regnum  dabant. 
29.  Est  in  urbe  statua  lupae. 


92 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  all  the  forms  of  mons,  coUis,  navis,  and  mare  which  are 
found  in  this  exercise  and  complete  the  declension  by  supplying  any 
omitted  forms. 

b.  What  is  the  ending  of  these  nouns  in  the  genitive  plural? 

c.  What  are  the  accusative  and  the  ablative  cases  of  Tiberis? 


ROMULUS    SOCIETATEM 
POPULO   NOVO   PETIT 

143.  Romulus  ipse 
populusque  uxores  non 
habebant.  Itaque  legates 
circa  vicinas  gentes  mit- 
tit.  Societatem  conubi- 
um que  novo  populo  petit. 
Nusquam  benigne  audi- 
tur  legatio.  FinitimT 
novam  urbem  et  sperne- 
bant  et  timebant.  A 
multis  rogabatur,  ''Ctir 
ron  feminis  quoque  asy- 
lum aperis?''  Romulus 
aegritudinem  animi  dis- 
simulans  Itidos  parat . 
IndlcT  (to  be  announced) 
finitimis  spectaculum 
iubet.  Multi  undique 
conveniunt.  Sabinorum 
omnis     multitudo     cum 


Photo  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 
.    PUGIL 
VIR  QUI  IN  LUDIS    CAESTU  PUGNAT 


liberis  ac  coniugibus  venit. 

a.  Explain  the  derivation  of  cotivenc,  legation,  socieiy,  spectacle. 

TYPICAL   NOUNS 
144.     Norn,  urbs;  gen.,  urbis;  f.;  city. 

Nom.,  hostis;         gen.,  hostis; 
Nom.,  navis ;  gen.,  navis ; 

Nom.,  mare;  gen.,  maris; 


m.; 

f.; 

enemi/ 
ship. 

n.; 

sea. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


93 


Singular 

Xom. 

urbs 

hostis 

navis 

mare 

Gen. 

urbis 

host  is 

navis 

maris 

Dnt. 

urbi 

host! 

navi 

mari 

Ace. 

urbem 

host  em 

navem 

mare 

Voc. 

urbs 

hostis  _ 

navis 

mare 

AhL 

urbe 

hoste 

Plural 

navi  (-e) 

marij 

Xom. 

urbes 

hostes 

naves 

maria 

den. 

urbium 

hostium 

navimn 

mariiun 

Dat. 

urbibus 

hostibus 

.  navibus 

maribus 

Ace. 

urbis  (-es) 

hostis  (-es) 

navis  (-es) 

maria 

Voe. 

urbes 

hostes 

naves 

maria 

Abl. 

urbibus 

hostibus 

navibus 

maribus 

a.  The  stems  of  these  nouns  are  urbi-,  hosti-,  navi-,  and  mari-. 

b.  Nouns  like  urbs  are  ^aid  to  have  mixed  stems.  In  the  singular 
they  are  dechned  like  nouns  with  consonant  stems,  but  in  the  phiral 
they  have  the  endings  which  are  characteristic  of  the  i-stems. 

r.   Nouns  ending  in  -es,  gen.,  -is,  are  declined  Hke  hostis. 

d.  Navis  has  -i  or  -e  in  the  ablative  singular. 

e.  Mare  and  all  neuter  nouns  with  stems  in  i  have  -i  in  the  abla- 
tive singular  and  -ia  in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural. 

/.   A  few  nouns  have  -im  in  the  accusative  singular  and  -i  in  the 
ablative.    Tiberis  (ace,  Tiberim;  abl.,  Tiberi)  is  one  of  these. 
g.  Nouns  with  i-stems  are  of  these  three  classes: 

(1)  Nouns  who.se  nominative  ends  in  -es  or  -is  and  whose  genitive 
has  the  same  number  of  .syllables  as  the  nominative.  Hostes,  navis, 
and  nubes,  cloiirL  belong  to  this  class. 

(2)  Neuter  nouns  whose  nominative  ends  in -e, -al,  or -ar.  Mare 
and  animal  belong  to  this  class. 

(3)  Nouns  in  -ns  and  -rs  and  monosyllables  ending  in  -s  or  -x 
following  a  consonant.     Mons,  pars,  and  urbs  are  examples. 


COMPOSITION 
145.  1.  Enemies  were  coming  to  the  cities  of  Italy. 
2.  The  enemies  were  coming  on  the  sea  in  ships.  3.  The 
enemy  had  a  large  number  of  ships.  4.  The  ships  of  the 
enemy  (pi.)  were  being  sent  to  the  shores  of  Italy.  5.  From 
the  mountains  were  seen  the  ships  which  (quae)  were  }:>ringing 


94 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


the  forces  of  the  enemy.  6.  Rome  is  not  far  away  from  the 
sea  into  which  (quod)  the  river  Tiber  flows.  7.  Across  the 
river  Tiber  is  Mount  Janiculum,  and  in  the  river  there  is 
an  island. 


,iS^3l3^^^^BPIp    '" 

I^^^^^H 

iiiSESSlSBi^^B^HBE-*^^9BH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^BI 

^-li*-d5!^^^^^^L      „    1 

Certamen  inter  Navls  Longas 


8.  Bad  people  came  to  the  asylum  of  Romulus.  9.  The 
citizens  of  the  new  city  seemed  (were  seen)  to  be  (esse)  bad 
people.  10.  The  neighboring  tribes  feared  the  inhabitants  of 
the  new  city.  11.  The  inhabitants  of  new  cities  are  not 
always  bad.  12.  The  neighboring  tribes  were  not  giving 
wives  to  the  men  of  the  new  city.  13.  Romulus  concealed 
his  disappointment  (grief  of  mind).  14.  Games  are  pre- 
pared and  announced  to  the  neighbors.  15.  The  wives  and 
children  of  the  Sabines  were  coming  to  the  spectacle. 


CHAPTER   XIX 

REVIEW   OF  THE   THIRD   DECLENSION 

English  Nouns  Derived  from  Latin  Nouns 

146.     Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  classified  in 
groups  according  to  the  endings  of  their  stems.     The  char- 


Uri'lerwood  &  Underuood,  N.  Y. 

Forum  Romanum  et  Templum  Saturnium 

acteristics  of  each  group  have  been  pointed  out  in  connec- 
tion with  the  paradigms  in  sections  95,  104,  112,  137,  and 
144.  The  paradigms  should  be  reviewed  as  often  as  may 
bo  necessary  until  the  student  is  able  to  write  them  readily 

(or,) 


96  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

and  to  repeat  them  without  hesitation ;  and  the  typical  nouns 
should  serve  as  models  for  the  identification  of  the  cases  of 
any  other  nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

147.  In  studying  the  following  exercise  give  attention 
particularly  to  the  nouns  of  the  third  declension.  Find  the 
nominative  and  the  genitive  cases  in  the  vocabulary  and  observe 
the  gender  of  each  noun.  Classify  the  nouns,  according  to  the 
endings  of  the  stems,  in  the  groups  represented  by  the  typical 
nouns  whose  declension  is  given  in  the  paradigms.  A  few  irregular 
nouns  will  be  found  which  will  require  special  consideration,  but 
whose  case  forms  can  easily  be  identified  by  the  aid  of  the  vocab- 
ulary and  the  usual  case-endings. 

Determine  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  each  noun  and 
explain  the  use  of  the  case-  by  reference  to  the  proper  rule  of 
syntax  (section  571,  1-24). 

Read  the  Latin  sentences  aloud,  grouping  the  words  properly 
and  giving  the  right  expression,  and  translate  into  idiomatic 
English. 

READING  EXERCISE 

148.  1.  Roma  est  caput  ItaUae.  2.  Antiquis  tempori- 
bus  Roma  erat  caput  orbis  terrarum.  3.  Flumen  Tiberis 
urbem  in  duas  partes  dividit.  4.  Aqua  fltiminis  flava  est. 
5.  Multi  pontes  super  flumen  sunt.  6.  Urbs  Roma  in 
septem  collibus  est  sita.  7.  Nomina  collium  sunt  haec :  Mons 
Capitolinus,  Palatinus,  Aventinus,  Quirinahs,  Viminahs,  Es- 
quilinus,  CaeHus.  8.  In  monte  Capitollno  Romulus  asylum 
aperit  quod  (because)  incolae  urbi  novae  deerant.  9.  In  hoc 
monte  quoque  erat  arx  atque  templum  lovis.  10.  Ab  una 
parte  huius  montis  erat  rtipes  Tarpeia,  undo  sceleratl  ad  mor- 
tem mittebantur.  11.  Inter  Capitohum  et  Palatium  erat 
forum  Roman um.  12.  In  foro  Romano  ruinae  templorum 
magnorum  videntur.  13.  Columnae  octo  tempi!  Saturnii 
etiam  nunc  a  viatore  videntur.  14.  Non  longe  ab  foro 
est  Colosseum.  15.  In  hoc  loco  antiquis  temporibus  ferae 
cum  hominibus  pugnabant.     16.  Homines  cum  leonibus  et 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  97 

homines  cum  hominibus  contendebant .  17.  Consules  et 
imperatores  ludis  et  spectaculls  populum  delectabant. 
18.  Romani  semper  bellum  et  gloriam  amabant.  19.  Viri 
Romani  erant  magnae  virtutis.  20.  Et  domi  et  mllitiae  virtus 
erat  populo  Romano  cara.  21.  Romani  in  extremas  partes 
orbis  terrarum  terra  marique  milites  miserunt  (sent)  atque 
Itilius  Caesar  milites  etiam  ad  insulam  Britanniam  duxit(led). 


Colosseum  et  Arcus  Titi 

22.  Urbs  Roma  monumentis  gentium  victarum  et  imaginibus 
imperatorum  clarorum  ornatur.  23.  Cum  nos  iter  in  Italiam 
faciemus  (shall  make),  urbem,  fltimen,  pontes,  montes,  forum, 
templa,  Colosseum,  imagines  videbimus  (we  shall  see). 

a.  Tell  the  case,  the  number,  and  the  gender  of  all  the  nouns 
of  the  third  declension  used  in  this  exercise,  and  give  the  nominative 
and  the  genitive  cases  and  the  gender  of  each,  as  well  as  the  ending  of 
the  stem. 

h.  Decline  several  nouns  in  full,  using  the  typical  nouns  declined 
in  the  paradigms  as  models. 

r.  For  the  declension  of  luppiter,  iter,  and  vis  see  .section  .54S. 


98  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

CLASSIFICATION    OF   NOUNS    OF   THE   THIRD 
DECLENSION 

149.  Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  classified  in  the 
following  groups  according  to  the  ending  of  the  stems. 

(1)  Mute  stems  ending  in  c,  g,  d,  t,  or  p.  Dux  fduc-),  rex  (reg-), 
pes  (ped-),  mfles  (milit-),  caput  (capit-),  pnnceps  (princip-). 

(2)  Liquid  stems  ending  in  1  or  r.  Consul  (consul-),  pastor 
(pastor-),  pater  (patr-). 

(3)  Nasal  stems  ending  in  n.  Leo  (Icon-),  imago  (imagin-), 
flumen  (flumin-). 

(4)  Stems  ending  in  s.  Flos  (flos-,  flor-),  tempus  (tempos-, 
temper-),  genus  Cgenos-,  gener-). 

(.5)  .Stems  ending  in  i.  Urbs  (urbi-),  hostis  (hosti-),  navis 
(navi-),  mare  (mari-). 

(6)  Irregular  nouns.     luppiter,  iter,  and  vis  are  examples. 

ENGLISH   DERIVATIVES   FROM   LATIN   NOUNS 
OF   THE   THIRD   DECLENSION 

150.  Many  English  nouns  have  been  derived  from 
Latin  nouns  of  the  third  declension.  These  derivatives  are 
based  on  the  stem  rather  than  on  the  nominative  case,  and 
in  many  instances  they  have  the  form  of  the  Latin  stem 
without  change;  as, 

legatio,  legation-is,  legation. 
pars,  part-is,  part. 

If  the  Latin  nominative  is  the  same  as  the  stem,  the 
English  noun  is  identical  with  the  Latin;  as, 

consul,  consul-is,  consul. 
pastor,  pastor-is,  pastor. 

Some  characteristic  endings  occur  with  great  frequency; 
as,  the  English  -ion  in  legation  from  the  Latin  legatio,  legation- 
is  ;  and  the  English  -ty  for  the  Latin  -tas  in  society  frcm 
societas,  humanity  from  humanitas,  etc. 

Frequently  the  English  ending  shows  th(^  general  ten- 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  90 

dency  to  siinj)lify  woiils  l^y  substituting  sounds  easier  to 
pronounce  for  those  which  are  more  difficuh;  as,  virtue  from 
virtus  (virtut-is),  host  from  hostis,  etc. 

LATIN  NOUNS  AND  ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 
151.  In  the  following  list  are  included  several  Latin  nouns  not 
previously  used  in  this  book,  but  formed  from  Latin  nouns  or  other 
words  which  have  been  used.  This  illustrates  the  process  of  w^ord- 
formation  in  Latin,  which  will  be  described  later,  a  single  word  often 
serving  as  the  basis  for  the  formation  of  several  other  Latin  words  from 
each  of  which  English  words  may  have  been  derived.  EngHsh  deriva- 
tives from  Latin  nouns  include  not  only  nouns  but  verbs  and  adjectives. 

animal,  animal.  infinitas  (in-finis),  infinity. 

civitas  (civis),  dhj.  leo,  leon-is,  lion. 

finis,  fine.  magnitude,  maqnilude. 

hostis,  host  (army).  mons,  mont-is,  mount. 

hostilitas    (hostllis   from  hostis),      navis,  nave  (in  architecture),  navy. 

hostility.  necessitas,  necessity. 
humanitas  (humanus  from  homo),      orbis,  orb,  orbit. 

humanity.  pax,  pacis,  peace. 

imperator,  emperor.   •  sorer,  sorority  (as  if  from  sororitas) . 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a:  Trace  the  following  English  nouns  to  Latin  nouns  of  the  third 
declension. 

art  fraternity  navigation 

charity  image  victor 

florist  liberty  virtue 

Note. — An  unabridged  English  dictionary  will  furnish  additional 
material  for  studies  of  this  kind.  Practice  in  observing  the  connection 
between  Latin  and  English  words  in  the  lists  given  will  develop  an 
intelligent  interest  in  the  subject  of  word-formation  and  will  prepare 
the  way  for  more  extended  study.  This  study  need  not  be  confined  to 
the  review  lessons  but  may  bo  continued  at  convenient  intervals. 

COMPOSITION 
152.     1.  The  capital  of  Italy  is  an  ancient  city.     2.  The 
yellow  Tiber  flows  through  the  city  of  Rome.     3.  Tell  me 
(Die  mihi)  the  names  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.     4.  The 


100 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


pupil  tells  (to)  his  master  the  names  of  the  seven  hills  of 
Rome.  5.  The  Roman  citadel  was  on  the  Capitohne  hill. 
6.  Romulus,  the  first  king  of  Rome,  had  an  asyhim  on  the 
mountain  where  the  temple  of  Jupiter  now  is.  7.  In  ancient 
times  criminals  were  thrown  from  the  Tarpeian  rock.    8.  The 


PUONA     GlADIATORUM 


ruins  of  the  forum  are  seen  between  the  Capitol  and  the 
Palatine.  9.  In  the  temples  the  people  offered  (savie)  gifts 
to  their  gods.  10.  In  the  great  colosseum  the  ancient 
Romans  used  to  see  (were  seeing)  sports  and  exhibitions. 
11.  Men  used  to  fight  in  the  arena  with  wild  beasts.  12.  Ex- 
hibitions were  pleasing  to  the  ancient  Romans.     13.  Armies 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


IC'l 


were  led  by  the  generals  to  the  distant  parts  of  the  world. 
14.  By  their  valor  and  strength  the  Romans  conquered  their 
enemies.  15.  From  distant  places  the  soldiers  came  (venerunt) 
home  by  land  and  sea.  16.  The  Roman  generals  were  (men)  of 
great  valor  both  at  home  and  in  military  service.  17.  We 
call  Rome  the  capital  of  the  world.  18.  Shall  we  not  make 
(Nonne  faciemus)  a  journey  to  Italy  and  see  (videbimus)  the 
monuments  of  the  famous  city? 


Photo  by  F.  Frith  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Reigate, 

Balneal  Romanae  in  Britannia 


CHAPTER  XX 
THE   FUTURE  TENSE 

153.  The  future  tense  has  the  same  significance  in 
Latin  as  in  Enghsh,  but  in  Latin  it  is  used  with  somewhat 
greater  exactness ;  for  example, 

Discipulus  laetus  erit  si  magister  eum  laudabit,  the  pupil  will  he 
happy  if  the  master  shall  praise  (praises)  him. 

In  the  first  and  second  conjugations  the  future  tense  is 
distinguished  by  the  tense-sign  -bi-  (changed  to  -bo-  in  the 
first  person  singular,  and  to  -bu-  in  the  third  person  plural. 

lauda-bi-t,  he  will  praise;    habe-bu-nt,  they  mil  have;  da-bo,  /  will 
{shall)  give. 

The  future  tense  of  siun  is  ero,  /  shall  he;  eris,  you  will  he; 
exit,  he  will  he,  etc. 

154.  Review  the  active  forms  of  the  verbs  which  have 
previously  been  learned:  the  present  tense  (sections  69,  79), 
and  the  past  (imperfect)  tense  (sections  118,  122). 

In  the  following  exercise  study  the  future  forms  and  observe 
how  they  differ  from  the  present  and  the  past  tenses.  Compare 
the  tense-sign  -ba-  of  the  past  tense  with  the  tense-sign  -bi-  of 
the  futui-e,  and  notice  the  modifications  of  the  future  tense-sign 
in  the  first  person  singular  and  the  third  person  plural. 

At  first  it  will  be  well  to  translate  the  Latin  future  literally; 
but  after  its  use  is  thoroughly  understood,  the  Latin  future  may 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  Enghsh  present,  as  in  the  illus- 
trative sentence  above. 

READING   EXERCISE 

155.  1.  Heri  eram  in  agris;  hodie  sum  domi;  eras 
iterum  in  agris  ero.  2.  Ubi  tu  eras  eris?  3.  Ego  cum 
Marco  in  horto  ero.  4.  Eritne  Marcus  tecum?  5.  Ego  et 
Marcus  in  horto  erimus.  6.  Eritisne  tu  et  Marcus  in  horto? 
7.  In  horto  erimus;  amid  nostri  nobiscum  in  horto  erunt. 

(102) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  103 

8.  Hodie  ma^istc^r  cliscipulos  laudat ;  hori  eos  ciilpabat ; 
eras  fortasse  eos  iterum  laudabit.  9.  "Nonno  nos  laudabis," 
discipull  ex  magistro  rogant,  "si  dlligenter  laborabimus?" 
10.  "Libenter  vos  laudabo,"  magister  respondet,  "si  dlli- 
genter laborabitis."  11.  Si  discipull  dlligenter  laborabunt, 
magister  eos  libenter  laudabit. 

12.  Quid,  puer,  in  dextra  habes?  13.  Pilam  nunc  habeo. 
sed  mox  earn  non  habebo.  14.  Cur  non  dititius  pilam  habebis? 
Quis  eam  habebit?  15.  Magister  pilam  mox  habebit.  Me 
in  poenam  dabit  si  non  librum  Latmum  in  dextra  habebo. 
16.  Fortasse  pilam  parvis  pueris  dabo;  magister  non  Tratus 
erit  si  pueri  parvi  pilam  habebunt.  17.  Eritisne  laeti,  pueri, 
si  pilam  habebitis?  18.  "Laeti  erimus,"  pueri  respondent, 
"si  pilam  habebimus." 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Write  out  the  conjugation  of  sum    (ero),  laudo   (laudabo), 
do  (dabo),  and  habeo  fhabebo)  in  the  future  tense,  giving  the  meaning 
of  each  form.     Observe  that  in  dabo  the  vowel  a  is  short. 

CONJUGATION 

156.  Ero,  /  shall  be;  dabc,  /  shall  give;  habebo,  7 
shall  have. 

Singular 

Tense-  Personal 
sign        ending 
ero,        I  shall  be  dabo  habebo  -bo  (-6) 

eris,       you  will  be         dabis  habebis  -bi-  -s 

erit,        he  will  be  dabit  habebit  -bi-         -t 

Plural 

erimus,  we  shall  be         dabimus         habebimus  -bi-  -mus 

eritis,     you  will  be        dabitis  habebitis  -bi-  -tis 

erunt,     they  vrill  be        dabunt  habebunt  -bu-  -nt 

a.  The  tense-sign  -bi  (-bo,  -bu-)  belongs  to  the  first  and  second 


conjugations  only. 


104 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


h.  In  do  the  vowel  a  is  short  before  the  tense-sign.    See  also  118,  c. 

c.  All  the  tense  forms  of  sum  should  be  learned  as  they  are  intro- 
duced, 

d.  Commit  to  memory  the  future  of  sum,  laudo,  do,  and  habeo. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Future  Tense 

157.     The  future  indicative  represents  action  as  going 
on  in  the  future.     (25) 

Romulus  novae  urbi  nomen  dabit,  Romulus  nrill  give  a  name  to 
the  new  city. 


COMPOSITION 

158.     1.  Yesterday  I  was  in  the  forest;  to-day  I  am  at 
home;    to-morrow  I  shall  be  in  the  city.      2.  If  you  are 

(shall  be)  in  the  city  to-morrow, 

^^       I      you  will  see  the  soldiers  in  the 

|i7' I itiTiii r  I  Ij^ffr^^j^^k  streets.     3.  The  general  will  be 

^^  ff      %         in  the  city  with  a  large  number 

^\  1        I        ^^    soldiers.      4.  We    shall    be 

happy  when  we  see  (shall  see) 

our  friends  again.     5.  The  boys 

will  be  happy  if  they  see  (shall 

see)     the    soldiers.       6.  Boys, 

Frenum  shall  you  be  happy  if  you  see 

the  soldiers? 

7.  Who  will  give  a  name  to  the  new  city?     8.  Will  the 

neighbors  give  wives  to  Romulus  and  the  Roman  people? 

9.  The  messengers  of  Romulus  are  sent  to  the  neighboring 

tribes.     10.  The  messengers  ask,  ''Will  you  (pi.)  give  wives 

to  Romulus  and  the  Romans?"      11.  The  neighbors  reply, 

''We  will  not  give  wives  to  the  Romans."     12.  Romulus  will 

conceal   his  disappointment  and  will   prepare  games  and 

exhibitions. 


Courtesy  of  the  Metrojiolitan  Mu- 
seum of  Art,  N.  Y. 


CHAPTER  XXI 


THE  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 
Four  Conjugations 

159.  In  the  first  and  second  conjugations  the  sign  of 
the  future  tense  is  -bi-  (bo,  -bu-) ;  in  the  third  and  fourth 
conjugations  the  tense- 
sign  of  the  future  is  -e- 
(long  e) ,  which  is  changed 
to  -a-  in  the  first  person 
singular  and  to  -e-  (short 
e)  in  the  third  person 
singular  and  plural. 

In  verbs  of  the  third 
and  fourth  conjugations 
the  future  forms  should 
be  carefully  distinguished 
from  the  present.  Mittit, 
he  sends;  mittet,  he  will 
semi.  Venitint,  they  cmne; 
venient,  they  will  come. 


Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 
TEMPLU^f   ROTUNDUM 


160.  Study  the  verbs  in  the  following  exercise.  Find  the 
present  infinitive  in  the  vocabulary  and  from  this  determine  to 
what  conjugation  each  verb  belongs  according  to  the  direc- 
tions given  in  section  78.  Notice  particularly  the  form  of  the 
present  stem. 

Find  all  the  verbs  which  are  in  the  future  tense  and  separate 
them  into  their  elements:  present  stem,  tense-sign,  personal 
ending. 

READING   EXERCISE 

161.  1.  Urbem  Romam  laudo  et  semper  laudalo, 
2.  Numquam,  spero,  hostes  eam  (it)  delebunt.  3.  Multi 
'  (105) 


106  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

homines  Romam  iindique  venient  atquo  i))i  templa  antlqua 
et  imagines  claromm  Romanorum  videbunt.  4.  Aliquand5 
ego  ipse  fortasse  Romam  veniam  et  monumenta  temporis 
antiqui  videbo.  5.  Nonne  tu  aliquando  in  Italiam  venies? 
6.  Fortasse  tu  atque  pater  tuus  una  venietis.  7.  Laeti 
veniemus  si  poterimus   (if  we   shall  be  able,   if  we   can). 

8.  Nonne  ad  me,  dum  in  urbe  Roma  eris,  epistulam  mittes? 

9.  Si  ad  me  tu  scribes,  ad  te  ego  scribam.  10.  Mihi  erit 
gratum  si  ad  me  cotidie  epistulam  mittes. 

11.  In  urbe  quam  Romulus  regebat  erant  pauci  incolae. 
12.  Unde  urbs  incolas  habebit?  13.  Romulus  populusquo 
uxores  non  habebant.  14.  Num  vicinae  gentes  fihas  uxores 
mittent?  15.  Filias  non  mittent  quod  novam  urbem  timent. 
16.  Legati  circa  vicinas  gentes.  mittuntur.  17.  Nusquam 
benigne  auditur  legatio.  18.  Itaque  a  Romulo  Itidi  parantui-. 
19.  Sabini  finitimi  cum  filiis  atque  filiabus  ad  spectaculuni 
veniunt.  20.  Nonne  Romani  filias  Sabinorum  uxores  habc- 
bunt?     Fortasse. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Distinguish  carefully  and  explain  the  difference  between  the 
present  tense  in  the  second  conjugation  and  the  future  tense  in  the 
third.     Habent,  they  have;   mittent,  they  will  send. 

h.  Write  out  the  conjugation  of  paro  (parabo),  deleo  (delebo), 
rego  (regam),  and  audio  (audiam)  in  the  future  indicative  active. 

ROMANi  VIRGINES  SABINORUM  RAPIUNT 
162.  Ubi  spectaculi  tempus  venit  et  in  Itidos  conversae 
mentes  cum  oculis  sunt,  tum  signum  datur  et  Romani  dis- 
currunt  atque  virgines  rapiunt.  Haec  (this)  erat  statim 
causa  belli.  Sabini  enim  ob  virgines  raptas  bellum  adversus 
Romanes  siimunt.  Dum  Romae  appropinquant  Tarpeiam 
virginem  vident,  quae  aquam  extra  muros  petebat.  Tarpeiae 
pater  Romanae  praeerat  arci.  Titus  Tatius,  Sabinorum 
dux,  Tarpeiae  dicit,  "Tibi  optionem  dabo  miineris  si  Sabinos 
in  Capitolium  duces." 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


107 


'I.  Ob  virgines  raptas,  on  accounl  of  the  seized  viaidcns,  on  account 
of  the  .seizing  of  the  maidens:  praeerat  arci,  was  in  command  of  the  citadel. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  capital,  cause,  extra, 
oculist,  option,  sign,  virgin. 

CONJUGATION 
163.     Amabo,  I  shall  love;  videbo,  I  shall  sec;  mittam 
/  shall  send;  audiam,  /  shall  hear. 

Singular 


amabo 

videbo 

mittam 

audiam 

aniabis 

videbis 

mittes 

audies 

ainabit 

videbit 

Plural 

mittet 

audiet 

amabimus 

videbimus 

mitt  emus 

audiemus 

amabitis 

videbitis 

mittetis 

audietis 

amabimt 

videbunt 

mittent 

audient 

a.  In  verbs  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations  the  tense-sign 
-bi-,  is  changefl  to  -bo  in  the  first  person  singular  and  to  -bu-  in  tlio 
third  person  plural.  The  vowel  preceding  b  is  long  except  in  the  verb 
do  (dabo),  and  the  vowel  following  b  is  short  except  6  in  the  first  person 
singular. 

b.  In  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations  the  sign  of  the  future 
tense  is  -e,  which  becomes  -a-  in  the  first  person  singular  and  -e-  before 
the  endings  -t  and  -nt. 

SYNTAX 
The  Dative  with  Certain  Compoimd  Verbs 

164.  The  dative  case  is  used  with  many  verbs  com- 
poiiiKl(d  with  the  prepositions  ad,  ante,  circum,  con,  in, 
inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  or  super.     (26) 

Romae  appropinquant  (ad-propinquant),  they  approach  (to)  Rome; 
Tarpeiae  pater  arci  prae-erat,  Tarpeia's  father  was  in  command  of  the 
citadel. 

COMPOSITION 

165.  The  Sabines  fear  the  inhabitants  of  the  new  city 
l)ut  they  will  come  to  the  sports.     2.  The  Romans  will  have 


108 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


wives  from  the  Sabines.  3.  When  it  is  (shall  be)  time  for 
the  spectacle,  Romulus  will  give  the  signal.  4.  The  Romans 
will  run-to-and-fro.  5.  The  Romans  will  have  the  maidens 
as  wives.  6.  This  (haec)  will  be  a  cause  for  (of)  war.  7.  The 
Sabines  will  undertake  the  war.  8.  They  will  approach  (to) 
the  city.     9.  The  maiden  Tarpeia  was  going-to-fetch  water. 

10.  The   maiden's  father  was  in-command-of  the   citadel. 

11.  The  Sabines  see  Tarpeia  outride  the  walls.  12.  Tarpeia 
will  have  (her)  choice  of  a  reward  if  she  will  lead  the  Sabines 
into  the  city.  13.  Tarpeia,  you  will  not  lead  the  Sabines 
into  the  city,  will  you? 


Plate  A  PopulI 


CHAPTER  XXII 

THE  FUTURE  INDICATIVE   PASSIVE 
Four  Conjugations 

166.  The  passive  forms  of  the  future  tense  differ  from 
those  of  the  active  chiefly  in  the  personal  ending;s. 

Active  Passive 

amabo,        /  shall  love  amabor,  /  shall  be  loved 

tenebit,        hr.  urill  hold  tenebitur,       he  will  he  held 

mittes,         ijou  unll  send  mittens,  you  urill  he  sent 

impedient,  they  will  hinder  impedientur,  they  will  he  hindered 

Any  modifications  in  the  vowel  of  the  tense-sign  are  due 
to  the  laws  of  phonetic  change.  Future  active,  amabis; 
passive,  amaberis  (for  amabiris),  e  being  the  favorite  vowel 
before  r. 

167.  Study  particularly  the  verbs  that  are  in  the  future 
tense.  Compare  each  passive  form  with  the  corresponding 
active,  and  try  to  become  perfectly  famihar  with  the  active  and 
the  passive  forms  of  the  three  tenses  which  have  been  presented, 
the  present,  the  past,  and  the  future.    . 

What  are  the  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice?  of  the 
passive?  What  is  the  tense-sign  of  the  future  tense  in  the  first 
and  tiie  second  conjugations?  in  the  third  and  the  fourth? 
\\'hat  stem  of  the  verb  is  found  in  the  present,  the  past,  and  the 
future  tenses? 

READING  EXERCISE 
167.  1.  Servus  a  domino  ad  flumen  mittetur.  2.  Ex 
flumine  aqua  ad  dominum  portabitur.  3.  In  viis  fortasse 
servus  a  puerTs  mails  impedietur.  4.  Pueri  mail  a  patribus 
in  poenam  dabuntur.  5.  Dum  boni  cum  amIcTs  in  campo 
ludent,  vos,  mail  pueri,  tenebimini  domi. 

G.  Cum  in  ludos  mentes  erunt  conversae,  flliae  Sabfn- 
(109) 


no 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


oriiin  a  Uomanis  rapientur.  7.  lioniaiil  discurrent  atqiio 
virgines  rapient.  8.  Ob  filias  raptas  erit  statim  bellum. 
9.  Bellum  adversus  Romanos  a  patribus  raptarum  flliarum 
sumetur.  10.  Si  Tarpeiae  optio  mtineris  dabitur,  Sabini 
in  Capitolium  dticentur.  11.  Num  dticet  Tarpeia  in  urbem 
Sabjnos?     12.  Quod  mtinus  ad  id  erit  satis? 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Write  and  recite  the  conjugation  of  do  (dabor),  teneo  (tenebor), 
duco  (ducar),  and  impedio  (impediar)  in  the  future  indicative  passive, 
<riving  the  meaning  of  each  form. 


Anili 


SABINi  TARPEIAM  SCUTIS  OBRUUNT 
168.  Tarpeia  petit  quod  (that  which)  Sabini  in  sinistris 
manibus  (in  their  left  hands)  gerebant;  nam  aureos  anulos 
et  armillas  magni  ponderis  gerebant. 
Deinde  Sabinos  in  arcem  perdticit,  ubi 
milites  sciitis  eam  (her)  obruunt.  Nam 
scuta  quoque  in  laevis  habebant. 

Explain    the    derivation    of 


Armilla 


a.     (Notebook.) 
ponder,  fiinifster. 


CONJUGATION 

169.     Amabor,  /  shall  be  loved;  videbor,  /  shall  he  seen; 
mittar,  /  shall  be  sent;  audiebar,  /  shall  be  heard. 


RypEs  Tarpeia 


112 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Singular 

amabor  videbor  mittar  audiar 

amaberis  (-re)        videberis  (-re)         mitteris  (-re)  audieris  (-re) 

amabitur  videbitur  mittetur  audietxir 

Plural 

aniabimur  videbimur  mittemur  audiemur 

amabimini  videbimini  mittemini  audiemini 

amabuntur  videbuntxir  mittentur  audientur 

a.  The  future  passive  contains  the  present  stem,  the  tense-sign 
of  the  future,  and  the  personal  endings  of  the  passive. 

/).  Notice  the  difference  between  mitteris  (present),  you  are  being 
sent,  and  mitteris  (future),  you  tvill  be  sent. 

SYNTAX 
Conjtmctions 

170.  Conjunctions  are  used  to  connect  words,  phi-ases, 
clauses,  and  sentences.     (27) 

Coordinate  Conjunctions 

171.  Coordinate  conjunctions  connect  words  or  expres- 
sions which  are  of  equal  rank  in  the  sentence.     (28) 

Et,  -que,  and;  et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and;  atque,  ac,  and  also, 
and;  neque,  and  not,  nor;  neque  .  .  .  neque,  neither  .  .  .  nor;  sed, 
bid;  nam,  enim, /or;  etc. 

n.  Et  is  a  simple  connective;  -que  is  joined  to  the  second  of  two 
connected  words,  or  to  the  first  word  in  the  second  group  when  two 
groups  of  words  are  connected,  and  denotes  close  relationship  between 
the  parts;  atque  and  ac  often  give  prominence  to  the  word  or  expression 
which  follows  the  conjunction. 

/>.  A  word  attached  to  another  word,  like  -que  in  terra  manque, 
by  land  and  sea,  is  called  an  enclitic. 


Subordinate  Conjtmctions 
172.     Subordinate     conjunctions     connect     dependent 
clauses  with  the  clauses  upon  which  they  depend.     (29) 

Ubi,  where,  when;   dimi,  while;   quod,  because;  si,  if;   ctmi,  when; 
etc. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


113 


COMPOSITION 
173.  1.  If  Tarpeia  shall  ask  for  that  which  (quod)  the 
Sabines  are  bearing  in  their  left  hands,  shields  will  be  given 
to  her  (ei).  2.  The  enemies  of  her  father  (eius  patris)  will 
be  led  by  Tarpeia  to  the  citadel.  3.  The  Sabines  were 
coming  to  the  citadel  and  they  had  (were  having)  shields  in 
their  left  hands.  4.  When  your  reward  is  given  (shall  be 
given),  Tarpeia,  you  will  be  buried  by  the  shields  of  the 
enemy.  6.  For  rings  and  shields  also  are  carried  by  the 
Sabines.  7.  Tarpeia  was  asking  for  gold  rings  and  bracelets, 
but  shields  were  given  to  her. 


Courtesy  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

Armillae  ex  Aere  Factae 


CHAPTER  XXIII 
VERBS   IN   io   OF   THE   THIRD   CONJUGATION 

174.  Many  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  end  in  -io 
in  the  present  indicative  active.  The  ending  of  the  present 
infinitive,  -ere,  shows  that  these  verbs  belong  to  the  third 
conjugation;  but  they  have  forms  similar  to  those  of  the 
fourth  conjugation  wherever  in  a  verb  of  the  fourth  conju- 
gation the  i  of  the  stem  is  followed  by  another  vowel.  With 
this  exception  the  verbs  in  -16  of  the  third  conjugation  are 
conjugated  like  mitto. 

Thus  capere  is  like  mittere,  capit  like  mittit,  capimus 
like  mittimus,  etc.;  while  capio  is  like  audio,  capiunt  like* 
audiunt,  capiebam  like  audiebam,  capiam  like  audiam,  etc. 

175.  Study  the  verbs  that  have  -io  in  the  present  indica- 
tive and  -ere  in  the  present  infinitive  and  observe  their  variation 
from  the  corresponding  forms  of  mitto.  The  present  infinitive  of 
every  new  verb  should  he  learned,  since  this  is  the  form  which 
shows  to  what  conjugation  the  verb  belongs  and  is  the  key  to  the 
conjugation  of  all  the  tenses  in  which  the  present  stem  appears. 
Thus  capio,  capere,  belongs  to  the  third  conjugation;  venid, 
venire,  to  the  fourth. 

READING   EXERCISE 

176.  1.  Latrones  Remum  capiunt.  2.  Remus  a  latron- 
ibus  capitur.  3.  Romulus  imaginem  urbis  magis  quam 
urbem  faciebat.  4.  Roman!  virgines  Sabinorum  rapiunt. 
5.  Virgines  Sabinorum  a  Romanis  rapiuntur.  6.  Filiao 
Sabinorum  rapiebantur.  7.  Legati  ad  viclnas  gentes  mitte- 
bantur.  8.  Legatio  non  benigne  audiebatur.  9.  Tarpeia 
hostes  ad  arcem  ducet.  10.  Capientne  hostes  arcem?  11. 
Hostes  ad  arcem  venient  sed  urbem  non  capient.  12.  Sabini 
cum  Romanis  bellum  gerent  sed  nova  urbs  non  capietur. 

(114) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


115 


NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Write  and  repeat  the  conjugation  of  rapid  in  the  present,  the 
l)ast,  and  the  future  tenses,  active  and  passive,  with  translation. 

CONJUGATION   OF  CAPIO 

Present,  Past,  and  Future  Tenses 


177. 


Capio,  capere ;  take. 


Active 

P. 

Present 

>\SSIVE 

capi6 

capimus 

capior 

capimur 

ca'pis 

capitis 

f-aperis  (-re) 

capimini 

capit 

capiunt 

capitur 

Pa.s/ 

capiuntur 

capiebam 

capiebamus 

capiebar 

capiebamiu" 

o:ij)iebas 

capiebatis 

capiebaris  f-re) 

capiebamini 

ci.piebat 

capiebant 

rai)iebatur 
Future 

capiebantur 

capiam 

capiemus 

capiar 

capiemur 

capies 

rapietis 

capieris  (-re) 

capiemini 

capiet 

capient 

capietur 

capientur 

a.  Capio  is  hke  mitto  except  in  those  forms  in  which  two  vowels 
occur  in  succession.  Wherever  two  vowels  come  together  in  the  endings 
of  the  fourth  conjugation,  the  verbs  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation  are 
conjugated  like  audio. 

6.  In  the  compounds  r,f  capio  and  facio  the  vowel  a  of  the  simple 
verb  is  weakened  to  i ;  «s,  accipio,  concipio,  efficio,  conficio,  perficio,  etc. 

COMPOSITION 
178.  1.  Romulus  and  the  people  seize  the  maidens  of 
the  Sa bines.  2.  When  the  time  of  the  sports  comes,  the 
maidens  are  seized.  3.  This  was  a  cause  of  war  between  the 
fathers  of  the  maidens  and  the  Romans.  4.  The  Romans 
were  doing;  that  which  (id  quod)  was  a  cause  of  war.  5.  The 
Sabines  will  come  to  the  citadel  but  they  will  not  take  the 
city.  6.  Tarpeia  was  doing;  that  which  the  Sabines  wished 
(volebant),  but  the  city  will  not  be  taken.  7.  Thus  the 
Romans  will  keep  (will  have)  the  daughters  of  the  Sabines 
whom  (quas)  they  were  seizing. 


CHAPTER  XXIV 
THE   PRESENT   INFINITIVE 

The  Present,  Past,  and  Future  of  Possum 

179.  The  present  active  infinitive  is  formeci  by  the 
addition  of  the  ending  -re  to  the  present  stem.  It  contains 
the  present  stem  in  its  unmodified  form  and  is  given  in  the 
vocabulary  to  indicate  the  conjugation  to  which  a  regular 
verb  belongs.     (See  section  78.) 

The  present  passive  infinitive  is  formed  in  verbs  of  the 
first,  second,  and  fourth  conjugations  by  adding  -ri  to  the 
present  stem,  and  in  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  by 
changing  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem  to  -i. 

Including  the  stem  vowel,  the  endings  of  the  present 
infinitive,  active  and  passive  in  the  four  conjugations  are  as 
follows : 

CoNJUCATiON  Active  Passive 

I.  -are  -ari 

II.  -ere  -eri 

III.  -ere  -i 

IV.  -ire  -iri 

The  meaning  of  the  present  infinitive  in  Latin  i^  similar 
to  the  meaning  of  the  present  infinitive  in  English. 

180.  Possum,  7  am  able,  I  can,  is  an  irregular  verb 
composed  of  potis,  able,  and  simi,  I  am.  The  present,  past, 
and  future  tenses  are  formed  by  combining  pes-  with  those 
forms  of  stmi  which  ])egin  with  s,  and  pot-  with  the  forms 
of  sum  which  begin  with  a  vowel;  as,  pos-sumus,  pot-estis. 

Possum  is  generally  used  in  connection  with  the  infini- 
tive of  some  other  verb. 

(116) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


117 


Sabini  urbem  capere  non  posstmt,  the  Sabines  can  not  take  the 
city;  arx  capi  non  poterat,  the  citadel  coidd  not  he  taken. 

181.  Study  the  form  and  the  use  of  the  present  infini- 
tive. In  the  following  exercise  find  the  present  infinitive, 
active  and  passive,  of  verbs  of  each  of  the  four  conjugations, 
of  a  verb  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation,  and  of  the  verb  sum. 

In  each  sentence  point  out  the  verb  with  which  each 
infinitive  is  connected  and  study  the  relationship  between 
the  infinitive  and  the  verb  with  which  it  is  used. 

READING  EXERCISE 

182.  1.  In  horto  nostro  arbores  multae  et  pulchrae 
videri  possunt.     2.  Potes-ne  in  ramis  arborum   illas  avis 


HORTUS 

videre?  3.  Avis  ipsas  non  video  sed  carmina  earum  (their) 
audire  possum.  4.  Cotidie  ante  Iticem  audiri  possunt. 
5.  Non  talia  carmina  homines  canere  possunt.  6.  Mihi  est 
gi-atum  avis  in  arboribus  videre  atque  voces,  earum  audire. 
7.  Quid,  tenerae  aves,  pro  carminibus  vestris  vobis  dare 
potorimus?  8.  Amici  vestri  saltein  esse  poterimus.  9.  Vobis 
sratias  agere  possumus  et  ab  horto  pueros  malos  prohibere. 
10.  Num  nostra  verba  intellegere  potestis?  11.  Verba  nostra 
intellegere  aves  non  possunt  sed  amicitiam' nostram  sentire 
possunt.     12.  Aniici  avium  esse  debemus. 

13.  Et    Romulus   et    Remus   novae   urbi   nomen   dare 
volebant.     14.  Auspicium  constituunt  adhibere.     15.  Bene- 


118 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ficio  avium  Romulus  urbi  nomen  dare  et  solus  legnaie 
poterat.  16.  Ad  tutelam  novae  urbis  vallum  satis  esse 
videbatur  (seemed).  17.  Romulus  societatem  cum  vicinis 
gentibus  facere  non  poterat.  18.  Itaque  ludos  finitimis 
indlcT  iubet.  19.  Facile  erat  spectaculum  parare.  20.  Ro- 
mulus aegi;itudinem  animi  dissimulare  poterat.  21.  Roman  I 
virgines  Sabinorum  rapere  poterunt.  22.  Propterea  Sabini 
bellum  cum  Romanis  sument  (future).  23.  Sed  arx  capi 
non  poterit.     24.  Proditio  Tarpeiae  laudari  non  potest. 

.  NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Make  lists  of  all  the  infinitives,  active  and  passive,  arranged  by 
conjugations.  What  is  the  ending  of  the  present  active  infinitive? 
What  is  the  ending  of  the  present  passive  infinitive  in  the  third  conjuga- 
tion? in  the  other  conjugations?  What  is  the  present  infinitive  of  sum, 
to  hef 


Photo  Brotim  Bros.,  N.  Y, 
I^ORUM    ROMANUM    UT    QuONDAM    ErAT 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  119 

b.  Write  and  recite  the  conjugation  of  possum  in  the  present,  the 
past,  and  the  future  tenses,  giving  the  translation. 

AD  CERTAMEN  UTRIMQUE  PROCEDUNT 

183.  Deinde  Romulus  ad  cert  amen  procedit,  et  in  eo 
loco  ubi  nunc  forum  Romanum  est  pugnam  committit. 
Prlncipes  utrimque  pugnabant,  ab  Sablnis  Mettius  Curtius, 
ab  Romanis  Hostius  Hcstilius.  Hostilius  fortissime  dimi- 
cans  cadit.  ConsternatI  RomanI  fugiebant.  Mettius 
Curtius,  ab  Sablnis  prineeps,  clamitabat.  ''Vincimus  perfi- 
(los  hospites,  imbellis  hostes;  Icnge  aliud  est  virgines  rape  re, 
aliud  pugnare  cum  virls." 

(I.  Aliud  .  .  .  aliud,  one  thing  .  .  .  another  thing;  different  .  .  . 
than. 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  commit,  forum,  proceed, 
varupiish. 

THE   PRESENT   INFINITIVE    OF   TYPICAL   VERBS 
Four  Conjugations 


184. 

Conjugation 

Active 

Passive 

I. 

umare,    to  love 

amari,  to  be  loved 

11. 

videre,    to  sec 

videri,  to  he  seen,  to  seem 

III. 

mittere,  to  send 

mitti,    to  be  sent 

IV. 

audire,    to  hear 

audiri,  to  be  heard 

Sum  and  Verbs  in  -io 

esse,       to  he 

capere,  to  take 

capi,  to  be  taken 

a.  The  present  infinitive  of  sum  has  the  ending  -se,  which  is  an 
irregular  termination,  and  perhaps  older  than  the  regular  ending,  -re. 

CONJUGATION   OF   POSSUM 

185.     Possum,  /  am  able,  I  can;   poteram,  /  was  able, 
I  ('(mid;  potero,  /  Hhall  be  able,  I  can. 


120 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Present 

Singular 
Past 

Future 

possiim 

poteram 

potero 

potes 

poteras 

poteris 

potest 

poterat 
Plural 

poterit 

possumus 

poteramus 

poterimus 

potestis 

poteratis 

potoritis 

posRiint 

poterant 

potenint 

SYNTAX 
The  Complementary  Infinitive 

186.  The  infinitive  may  be  used  with  an  intransitive 
verb  to  complete  the  predicate.     (30) 

Carmina  avium  audire  posstmi,  /  can  hear  the  songs  of  the  Jrirds. 

The  Infinitive  as  Subject 

187.  The  infinitive  may  be  used  as  the  subject  of  the 
verb  est;  a  predicate  adjective  generally  follows.     (81) 

A^ds  audire  est  gratimi,  to  hear  the  birds  is  pleasant. 

The  Infinitive  as  Object 

188.  The  infinitive  may  be  used  as  the  direct  object  of 
another  verb.     (32) 

Ludos  indici  iubet,  he  orders  the  games  to  be  proclaimed. 

The  Time  Denoted  by  the  Present  Infinitive 

189.  The  time  denoted  by  the  present  infinitive  is 
present  with  reference  to  the  time  of  the  verb  upon  which  the 
infinitive  depends.     (33) 

Societatem  facere  non  poterat,  he  iva^  not  able  to  make  an  alliance; 
arx  capi  non  potest,  the  citadel  can  not  be  taken;  Romani  virgines  rapere 
poterunt,  the  Romans  iinll  be  able  to  seize  the  maidens. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  121 

The  Subject  of  an  Infinitive 

190.  The  infinitive  may  take  an  accusative  as  its  sub- 
ject.    (34) 

Ludds  indici  iubet,  he  orders  the  games  to  he  proclaimed. 

COMPOSITION 

191.  1.  I  can  see  the  birds  in  the  trees.  2.  Can  you 
hear  the  birds  in  the  trees  of  the  garden?  3-  The  songs  of 
the  birds  can  be  heard  before  dayhght.  4.  Boys  and  girls 
ought  to  be  friends  of  the  birds.  5.  Yesterday  we  could 
(were  able  to)  hear  the  birds  in  the  branches  of  the  trees. 

6.  Tarpeia  ought  not  to  be  praised.  7.  The  leader  orders 
the  soldiers  to  bury  Tarpeia  with  their  shields.  8.  The  Sabines 
were  carrying  shields  in  their  left  hands.  9.  The  chiefs  of 
the  Romans  were  beginning  battle  where  the  Roman  forum 
now  is.  10.  When  Hostilius  falls,  the  panic-stricken  Romans 
flee.  11.  The  Sabines  call  out,  ''You  are  treacherous  hosts,- 
cowardly  enemies.  12.  It  is  easy  to  seize  maidens.  13.  It 
is  hard  (difficile)  to  fight  with  men."  14.  It  is  one  thing 
(aliud)  to  look  at  the  sports,  very  different  (longe  aliud)  to 
begin  battle. 


Courtesy  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

Pocxji^uM  Graecium 


CHAPTER  XXV 
ADJECTIVES   OF  THE  THIRD   DECLENSION 

The  Present  Participle  and  the  Present  Imperative 

192.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  are  declined 
with  the  endings  of  nouns  of  the  third  declension,  and 
with  few  exceptions  they  have  the  same  endings  as  nouns 
with  stems  in  i  (section  144):  -i  in  the  ablative  singular, 
-imn  in  the  genitive  plural,  and  -is  or  -es  in  the  accusative 
plural. 

193.  The  present  participle  has  the  form  of  an  adjec- 
tive of  the  third  declension.  It  contains  the  present  stem 
of  the  verb  and  the  nominative  singular  ends  in  -ns.  It  is 
translated  by  the  present  active  participle  in  English. 
Amans,  loving;  videns,  seeing.  The  Latin  has  no  present 
passive  participle. 

194.  The  present  active  imperative  is  found  by  drop- 
ping the  ending  -re  of  the  present  active  infinitive.  Mittere, 
to  send,  mitte,  send  thou;  laudare,  to  praise,  lauda,  praise 
thou.  The  plural  ending  is  -te.  Videte,  see  ye;  audite, 
hear  ye. 

The  present  passive  imperative  does  not  often  occur. 

195.  Review  the  case-endings  of  the  third  declension, 
especially  the  endings  of  nouns  with  stems  ending  in  i,  section 
144,  and  recall  the  identical  forms  of  neuter  nouns  in  the  nomina- 
tive, accusative,  and  vocative  cases. 

Study  the  adjectives  of  the  third  declension  in  the  following 
exercises,  identifying  the  cases  by  the  similarity  of  adjectives  to 
nouns  and  remembering  that  an  adjective  is  always  in  the  same 
case,  number,  and  gender  as  the  noun  which  it  modifies. 

Find  the  participles  and  imperatives  and  translate  by  the 
corresponding  English  forms. 

(122) 


ELEMENTA   PRIMA 


123 


READING  EXERCISE 

196.  1.  Augustus  Caesar  erat  imporator  audax.  2. 
Mllites  iniix'iatoris  audacis  sunt  quoque  audaces.  3.  Im- 
{K^rator  mllitem  audacem  semper  laudabit.  4.  Imperator 
praemium  militi  audaei 
dabit.  5.  Hostis  ab  au- 
daei mllit  en  on  timebitur. 
6.  Militesaudaces  hostem 
non  timent.  7.  Virtus 
mllitum  audacium  pa- 
t  riam  servabit.  8.  Bellum 
niilitibus  audacibus  non 
semper  gratum  est. 

9.  Pacem,  mllites  auda- 
ces, ct  petite  et  servate. 

10.  Aetate  Caesaris 
August!  apud  omnes 
gentes  erat  pax. 

11.  Romulus  pop- 
ulusque  Romanus  circa 
viclnas  gentes  legates 
mittunt.  12.     Quod 

Roman!  ab  omnibus 
viclnis  gentibus  time- 
bantur,  legatio  nusquam 
benigne  audltur.  13.  Ro- 
mulus aegritudinem 
animi  dissimulans  Itidos 
parabat.  14.  Sablnorum 
omnis     multittido     cum 

liberls  ac  coniugibus  ad  ludos  veniunt.  15.  Ubi  omnes 
mentes  cum  oculis  in  ludos  conversae  erant,  subito  Roman! 
virgines  omnes  rapiunt.  16.  Acres  Sabin!  ob  raptas  virgines 
Ix'llum  cum  Romams  gerunt.      17.  Cum  omnilms  copiis  ad 


I'hoUj  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 

Augustus  Caesar,  Imperator 


124 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


novam  urbem  contendunt.  18.  Ducem  Sabinorum  cum 
acribus  mllitibus  Tarpeia  in  arcem  perdticit.  19.  Audax 
Hostilius,  ab  Romanis  princeps,  fortiter  dimicans  cadit. 

20.  Validus  puer  ludens  in  via  parvam  puellam  videt 
quae  onus  magnum  portabat.  Statim  ad  eam  venit  et  ipse 
onus  usque  ad  finem  itineris  pro  ea  portat.  Magister  forte 
puerum  onus  portantem  videbat.  Poetea  audiebam  magis- 
trum  puerum  laudantem. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  adjectives  of  the  third  declension  found 
in  this  exercise. 

b.  Write  out  the  declension  of  audax  in  the  masculine  gender; 
also  write  the  declension  of  audax  in  the  neuter  gender,  remembering 

that  the  nominative,  the  accu- 
sative, and  the  vocative  cases 
are  alike. 

c.  With  navis  and  mare  as 
models  (section  144)  write  the 
declension  of  omnis  (m.  and  f.), 
omne  (n.). 

d.  Make  a  list  of  the  im- 
perative forms  found  in  the 
exercise  above. 

e.  For  the  declension  of 
iter  see  section  548. 

roPPITER  ROMANIS 
TERROREM    DEMIT 

197.  lam  Roman!  ad 
veterem  portam  Palati 
fugiebant.  Romulus  arma 
ad  caelum  tollens, 
'luppiter,"  inquit,  "arcem 
iam  Sabini  tenent;  indehuc 
armat i  tendent .  At  tti ,  pater 
deum  (deorum)  hominumque,  hinc  saltem  arce  (arceo) 
hostes,   deme   terrorem   Romanis  fugamque  foedam   siste. 


I'hoto  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 
lUPPITER    OpTIMUS    MaXIMUS 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


125 


Hie  ego  tibi  templum  Statori  lovi  voveo."  Post  preces, 
''Hinc,"  inquit,  ''Romani,  luppiter  optimus  maximus 
vos  resistere  atque  redintegrare  piignam  iubet." 

a.  For  the  declension  of  deus  and  luppiter,  lovis,  see  section  548. 

b.  (Notebook.)     Explain   the  derivation   of   maximum,   optimist, 
re.nst,  tend,  terror. 


Underwood  A   Underwood,  N.  Y. 


Porta  Antiqua 

TYPICAL  ADJECTIVES 
198.  Audax,  audacis;  daring.     Omnis,  omne;  all. 
Singular 


M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

audax 

audax 

omnis 

omne 

Gen. 

audacis 

audacis 

omnis 

onmis 

Dat. 

audaci 

audaci 

omni 

omni 

Ace. 

audacem 

audax 

omnem 

omne 

Voc. 

audax 

audax 

omnis 

omne 

Abl. 

audaci 

audaci 

omni 

omni 

126 


ELEMENTA   PRIMA 


Plural 


Norn. 

audaces 

audacia 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

audacium 

audacium 

omnium 

omnium 

Dat. 

audacibus 

audacibus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Ace. 

aiidaeis  (-es) 

audacia 

omnis  (-es) 

omnia 

Vor. 

audaoes 

audacia 

omnes 

omnia 

Ahl. 

audafibus 

audacibus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

a.  Adjectives  like  audax  have  only  one  form  in  the  nominative 
singular,  the  three  genders  being  alike.  Adjectives  like  omnis  have 
two  fornis  in  the  nominative  singular,  the  masculine  and  the  feminine 
being  the  same. 

/).  Vetus,  veteris,  has  one  form  in  the  nominative  singular.'  It 
is  declined  like  the  nouns  with  consonant  stems;  gen.  plu.,  veterum. 


199. 


Acer,  acris,  acre ;  eager. 
Singular 


M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

jlcris 

Dat. 

acri 

acri 

fieri 

Acr. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

Vor. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

Ahl. 

fieri 

acri 
Plural 

ilcri 

Nom. 

acres 

acres 

jlcria 

Gen. 

dcrium 

acriiun 

acrixmi 

Dal. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ac: 

acris  (-es) 

acris  (-es) 

ficria 

Voc. 

acres 

acres 

acria 

Ahl. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

a 

.  Acer  has  three  forms  in  the  nominative  singii 

liar.     The  feminin 

is  like  omnis  and  the  neuter  like  omne. 

h.  Notice  the  cases  which  are  alike  in  the  three  genders,  and 
tho.se  which  are  the  same  in  the  masculine  and  the  feminine. 

Note. — The  use  of  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions 
has  become  familial ;  in  like  manner  adjectives  of  the  third  declension 
may  be  used  with  nouns  of  any  other  declension.  The  essential  thing 
to  remember  is  that  an  adjective  must  agree  with  its  noun  in  case, 
number,  and  gender. 


ELEiMEISTA   PKIMA 


127 


DECLENSION   OF   THE   PRESENT   PARTICIPLE 


200. 

Amans,  amantis ; 

loniKj. 

Singular 

Pluiial 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  \  F. 

N. 

N(rtn 

.    anians 

amaus 

amantes 

amantia 

Gen . 

amantis 

amantis 

amantium 

amantium 

Dai. 

amanti 

amanti 

amantibus 

amantibus 

Arc. 

amantem 

amans 

amantis  (-es) 

amantia 

Voc. 

amans 

amans 

amantes 

amantia 

Abl. 

amante  (-i) 

amante  (-i) 

amantibus 

amantibus 

0.  The  present  participle  is  formed  from  the  present  stem  by 
tlic  addition  of  -nt-  with  the  case-endings  of  the  third  declension. 
\'erbs  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation  and  regular  verbs  of  the  fourth 
conjugation  have  -ent-  as  the  suffix.  The  vowel  before  -ns  in  the 
nominative  and  vocative  singular  is  long.  In  the  nominative  and 
vocative  singular  t  is  dropped  as  usual  before  s.  Ama-,  amantis ;  vide-, 
videntem ;  audi-  audientes ;  capio,  capi^ns. 

h.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  ending  in  -ns  are  declined 
like  amans  except  in  the  ablative  singular,  where  the  adjective  has  the 
ending  -i.  The  participle  also  has  the  ending  -i  in  the  ablative  singular 
when  it  is  used  as  an  adjective;  but  when  it  is  used  strictly  as  a  parti- 
ciple, it  has  the  ending  -e. 


CONJUGATION    OF   THE   PRESENT  IMPERATIVE 
201.     Ama,  love  thou;  vide,  see  thou;  mitte,  send  thou; 
audi^  hear  thou;  es,  he  than;  cape,  take  thou. 


Active 

Siny. 

ama,      looe  thou 

vide 

mitte 

audi 

PL 

amate,  hue  ye 

videte 
Passive 

mittite 

audite 

Siiuj. 

amare,       he  thou  loved 

videre 

niittere 

audire 

PL 

amamini,  he  ye  loved 
Active 

videmini 

mittimini 
Passive 

audimini 

Sing. 

es,      he  thou 

cape 

capere 

PL 

este,  be  ye 

capite 

capimini 

n.  The  present  imperative  is  used  in  the  second  person  only. 
h.  The  present  imperatives  of  dico,  duco,  facio,  and  fero  arc  die, 
due,  fae,  arjd  fer,  the  final  vowel  being  dnji)pcd. 


128  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

c.  The  conjugation  of  the  future  imperative  may  be  found  in 
sections  562-570,  where  the  conjugation  of  the  verb  is  given  in  full. 

THE  PRESENT  STEM 

202.  All  of  the  forms  of  the  verb  which  have  thus  far 
been  described  are  based  on  the  present  stem.  The  present 
stem  is  that  part  of  the  verb  which  remains  the  same  through- 
out the  conjugation  of  the  present,  the  past,  and  the  future 
tenses.  These  tenses  in  all  the  moods,  both  active  and 
passive,  comprise  the  present  system  in  the  conjugation  of 
verbs,  and  they  represent  action  as  incomplete  or  as  going 
on  in  present,  past,  or  future  time. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Participle 

203.  The  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective.  It  agrees  in 
case,  number,  and  gender  with  the  substantive  to  which  it 
belongs,  and  it  may  govern  the  same  case  as  any  other  form 
of  the  verb.     (35) 

Videbam  puenun  onus  portantem,  /  saw  the  boy  carrying  the 
burden. 

a.  The  time  denoted  by  the  present  participle  is  present  with- 
reference  to  the  time  of  the  verb  upon  which  the  participle  depends. 

The  Use  of  the  Imperative 

204.  The  imperative  is  used  in  commands.     (36) 

Arce  hostes,  keep  off  the  enemy;  redintegrate,  Roman!,  pugnam, 
Romans,  renew  the  fight. 

The  Dative  with  Verbs  of  Separation 

205.  With  verbs  of  separation,  especially  with  verbs 
compounded  with  a,  ab,  de,  e,  or  ex,  the  person  concerned  is 
denoted  by  the  dative  case.     (37) 

^  Deme  terrorem  Romanis,  take  away  fear  from  the  Romam. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


129 


COMPOSITION 

206.  1.  All  the  Sabines  were  coming  to  the  sports. 
2.  Romulus  sees  the  Sabines  coming  to  the  games.  3.  The 
daughters  of  the  Sabines  are  seized  (while)  looking  at  the 
games.  4.  The  Romans  fight  with  the  daring  chiefs  of  the 
Sabines.  5.  When  the  Romans  see  Hostilius  falling,  they 
flee  panic-stricken  to  the  old  gate  of  the  Palatine. 

6.  Romulus,  raising  his  arms  towards  the  sky,  vows  a 
temple  to  Jupiter.  7.  "Keep  away  the  enemy  from  the  old 
gate,"  said  Romulus.  8.  Take  away  fear  from  the  Romans 
(dat.).  9.  Stop  the  shameful  retreat.  10.  Romans,  resist 
and  renew  the  fight.  11.  Jupiter  was  the  father  of  gods 
and  men.  12.  Jupiter,  the  greatest  and  best,  takes  away 
fear  from  the  Romans.  13.  The  father  of  the  gods  stops 
the  shameful  flight. 


DoMU8  Tiber!  Imperatoris  in  Palatio 


CHAPTEK   XXVI 
NUMERALS 

Adjectives  with  Genitive  in  -ius 

207.  The  only  cardinal  numerals  which  are  declined 
are  unus,  -a,  -um,  one;  duo,  duae,  duo,  two;  tres,  tria,  three; 
and  milia,  milium,  thousands. 

Unus  is  oiie  of  nine  adjectives  which  have  the  ending 
-ius  in  the  genitive  singular  and  -i  in  the  dative  singular  in 
all  genders.  Alius,  other,  another,  has  the  form  aliud  in  the 
nominative  and  accusative  singular  in  the  neuter  gender. 
In  all  other  cases  these  adjectives  have  the  regular  endings 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions. 

Alius  and  alter  when  repeated  have  special  meanings.  Alius  .  .  . 

alius,    one  .  .  .  another  (of  an  indefinite  number);  alii  .  .  .  alii,  some 

.  .  .  others;    alter  .  .  .  alter,  07ie  .  .  .  the  other  (of  two) ;  alteri  .  .  . 
alteri,  so?ne  (one  party)  ...  the  others  (the  other  party). 

208.  Study  the  numerals  and  observe  the  forms  of  those  which 
are  declined.  Notice  particularly  the  unusual  endings  in  the  genitive 
and  dative  singular  of  certain  adjectives. 

READING   EXERCISE 

209.  1.  Homo  tinum  caput,  duas  manus,  duos  pedes 
habet.  2.  Dextra  et  laeva  sunt  duarum  manuum  nomina. 
3.  Dextra  manus  quinque  digit os  habet.  4.  Ambae  manus 
habent  digitos  decem.  5.  tJnus  digitus  et  alter  digitus  sunt 
duo  digitl.  6.  Duo  et  tinus  sunt  tres;  tres  et  unus  sunt 
quattuor;  quattuor  et  unus  sunt  quinque;  quinque  et 
quinque  decem  sunt.  7.  Si  uni  digito  quinque  digit!  addun- 
tur,  summa  est  sex.  8.  Si  uni  digito  sex  adduntur,  septem 
sunt.     9.  Duo  de  decem  octo,  tinus  de  decem  novem  sunt. 

(130) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


131 


10.  Parvl  discipuli  ita  numerant:  11.  tJnus,  duo,  tres, 
quattuor,  quinque,  sex,  septem,  octo,  novem,  decern:  12. 
Undecim,  duodecim,  tredecim,  quattuordecim,  quindecim, 
sedecim,  septendecim,  duodevTginti,  undeviginti,  vigintl. 

13.  Unius  corporis  sunt  multae  partes.  14.  tJnlus 
partis  nomen  est  caput;  alterius  partis  nomen  est  manus; 
alii  parti  corporis  nomen  pes-  datur.  15.  In  uno  corpore 
sunt  multa  membra.     16.  Omnia  membra  non  idem  nomen 


©  Undervv/od  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Column  AH  Octo  'IV.mpli  .SatuuniI 


132 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


habent.      17.  Alia   (one)  pars  corporis  aliud   (one)  nomen 
habet,  alia   (another)   pars  aliud   (another)   nomen  habet. 


Forum  Roman  um 

18.  Alia  pars  aliud,  alia  pars  aliud  nomen  habet.     19.  Alia 
pars  corporis  aliud  nomen  habet. 

20.  Urbs  Roma  ab  ore  Tiberis  circiter  milia  passuum 
vigintl  abest.  21.  Roma  in  septem  collibus  aedificatur. 
22.  Inter  duos  montes,  Capitolium  et  Palatium,  erat  Forum 
Roman  um.  23.  Forum  Romanum  erat  sescentos  triginta 
pedes  longum  et  centum  pedes  latum.  24.  Duo  fratres, 
Romulus  et  Remus,  erant  urbis  Romae  conditores.    25.  Du- 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  133 

orum  fratrum  uterque  novae  urbi  nomen  dare  volebat. 
26.  Uter  fratrum  urbi  nomen  dedit  (gave)?  27.  Romulus 
erat  prirnus  Romanorimi  rex.  28.  Romulus  et  Remus  erant 
duo  nomina  apud  Romanes  clara. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  the  Roman  numerals  to  twenty. 

b.  What  numerals  are  declined?  To  what  declensions  do  they 
belong? 

c.  W^hat  adjectives  in  this  exercise  have  unusual  endings  in  the 
genitive  and  dative  singular?     What  are  these  endings? 

d.  Complete  the  declension  of  unus,  alius,  and  alter  in  the  singular. 

MULIERES   INTER  TELA  VENIUNT 

210.  Resistunt  Roman!  tamquam  caelesti  voce  iussl. 
RomanI  Sabinique  in  media  valle  duorum  montium  proe- 
lium  redintegrant.  Tum  Sablnae  mulieres  crinibus  passis 
inter  tela  volantia  veniunt,  dirimere  iras  hinc  patres  hinc 
viros  orantes.  ''In  nos  vertite  Tras;  nos  causa  belli,  nos 
(causa)  vulnerum  ac  caedium  viris  ac  parentibus  sumus; 
sine  alterls  vestrum  viduae  aut  orbae  vivemus." 

a.  Crinibus  passis,  unlh  dishevelled  hair;  sine  alteris  vestrum, 
vrithout  either  (i.  e.,  the  one  or  the  other)  of  you. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  ire,  mount,  parent, 
vale,  valley,  voice. 

DECLENSION   OF   NUMERALS 

211.  Unus, -a, -imi ;  one. 


Nom. 

unus 

una 

unum 

Gen. 

unius 

unius 

unius 

Dal. 

imi 

uni 

uni 

Ace. 

unum 

unam 

unmn 

Abl. 

un6 

una 

uno 

a.  In  the  plural  unus  is  declined  like  bonus,  and  is  used  in  the 
sense  of  only,  alone. 


134 


ELEMENTA  PKIMA 


212. 


Duo,  duae,  duo;  lioo. 


Norn. 

duo 

duue 

duo 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

Dal. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Ace. 

duos  (duo) 

duas 

duo 

AM. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

a.  Ambo,  ambae,  ambo,  both,  is  declined  like  duo. 


213.     Tres,  tria,  three;  milia,  mfliuin,  thousands. 


M.  &  F. 

N. 

N. 

Nam. 

tres 

tria 

milia 

Gen. 

triuin 

trium 

milium 

Dot. 

tribus 

tribus 

milibus 

Ace. 

tres  (-is) 

tria 

milia 

Abl. 

tribus 

tribus 

milibus 

a.  In  the  singular  mille,  a  thousand,  is  an  indeclinable  adjective. 
In  the  plural  it  is  used  as  a  noun  and  is  followed  by  another  noun  in  the 
genitive  case.  Mille  homines,  a  tho^isand  men;  duo  milia  hominum, 
txoo  thousands  of  men,  two  thousand  men. 


214.  Alter,  altera,  altenmi,  the  other. 

Nom.  alter  altera  alterum 

Gen.  alterius  alterius  alterius 

Dat.  altcri  alteri  alteri 

Ace.  .•dtervmi  alteram  altenmi 

Abl.  altero  altera  altero 

a.  The  ending  -ius  is  sometimes  shortened  to  -ius,  especially  in 
alterius  (alterius). 

b.  The  nine  adjectives  which  have  -ius  in  the  genitive  and  -i  in 
the  dative  are: 


alius,  other,  another  nullus,  no 
solus,  alone  ullus,     any 

totus,  whole  unus,     07ie 


alter,      the  other 
uter,       which  (of  tioo) 
neuter,  neither  (of  two) 


a.  In  the  plural  these  adjectives  are  declined  like  bonus. 

b.  Alius   has   aliud   in   the   nominntivc   and    nccusntivc   singular 
neuter. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  135 

SYNTAX 
The  Accusative  of  Extent 

215.  Extent  in  space  is  denoted  by  the  accusative 
case.     (38) 

Centum  pedes  latum,  one  hundred  fe^  wide;  'nginti  milia  passuum 
ab  man,  tw&ily  thousands  of  paces  (twenty  miles)  from  the  sea. 

COMPOSITION 

216.  1.  Italy  is  between  two  seas.  2.  I  know  (scio) 
the  names  of  three  cities  of  Italy.  3.  The  mouth  of  the 
Tiber  is  twenty  miles  (thousands  of  paces)  from  Rome. 
4.  Ascanius  was  the  first  king  of  the  Albans.  5.  Of  the  two 
sons  of  Proca  one  was  king,  the  other  was  driven  away 
(pulsus  est)  by  his  brother.  6.  Another  city  is  built  by 
Romulus  and  Remus.  7.  Each  of  the  brothers  wished  to 
give  a  name  to  the  new  city.  8.  Remus  saw  six  vultures; 
Romulus  saw  twelve.  '9.  On  account  of  the  augury  (augurio) 
Romulus  called  the  city  Rome. 

10.  The  Romans,  commanded  by  the  voice  of  Romulus, 
renew  the  battle.  11.  Romulus  commands  the  Romans  to 
renew  the  battle.  12.  The  Sabine  women  with  dishevelled 
hair  come  between  the  fighting  men.  13.  On  this  side  (hinc) 
they  entreat  their  fathers,  on  the  other  side  (hinc)  their 
husbands,  to  put  away  their  wrath.  14.  We  have  been  the 
cause  of  wounds.  15.  Without  husbands  we  shall  be  widows; 
without  fathers  we  shall  be  orphans.  16.  Without  either 
falterTs)  of  you  (vestrum)  we  shall  be  widows  or  orphans. 


Courtesy  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 


CHAPTER  XXVII 
THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

217.  The  present,  past,  and  future  tenses  represent 
action  as  incomplete  or  as  going  on  in  present,  past,  and 
future  time,  respectively;  as, 

Romulus  et  Remus  urbem  novam  aedificabant,  Romulus  and 
Remus  were  building  a  new  city.     (The  work  of  building  was  going  on.) 

The  perfect  tense  represents  action  as  completed  now 
or  as  completed  at  the  time  of  speaking:  as, 

Vidi  urbem  quam  Romulus  aedificavit,  /  have  seen  the  city  which 
Romulus  built.     (Both  verbs  represent  completed  action.) 

The  perfect  tense,  indicative  active,  is  formed  by 
joining  the  personal  endings  of  the  perfect  tense  to  the 
perfect  stem. 

Vid-i,  aedificav-it,  fu-isti  (sum). 

In  the  vocabulary  the  third  form  of  a  regular  verb 
is  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect  tense.  From  this 
the  perfect  stem  is  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -i ;  as, 

amo,  amare,  amavi  (amav-i) ;  perfect  stem,  amav-. 

video,  videre,  vidi  (vid-i) ;  perfect  stem,  ^d-. 

sum,  esse,  fm  (fu-i) ;  perfect  stem,  fu-. 

The  personal  endings  of  the  perfect  indicative  active 
are, 

Singular  Plural 

First  person,  -i  -imus 

Second  person,       -isli  -istis 

Third  person,        -it  -enmt  (-ere) 

,    218.     Review  the  present,  past,  and  future  tenses,  sections 
79,  122,  163,  and  recall  the  personal  endings  of  those  tenses  in 

(136) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  137 

the  active  voice.  Consider  also  the  statements  concerning  the 
use  of  the  past  tense  in  section  123. 

Study  the  verbs  in  the  following  exercise.  Find  the  perfect 
tense  in  the  vocabulary,  distinguish  the  stem  and  the  personal 
endings,  and  translate  the  perfect  tense  so  as  to  represent  the 
action  of  the  verb  as  completed. 

READING  EXERCISE 

219.  1.  Quondam  ego  Romae  fui;  tune  umquam  ibi 
fuisti?  2.  Pater  meus  quondam  in  Italia  fuit,  sed  ego  et 
fratres  mei  numquam  ibi  fuimus.  3.  Domi,  spero,  non 
miseri  fuistis;  multi  homines  sunt  qui  numquam  in  Italia 
fuerunt. 

4.  Ubi  est  liber  quem  heri  tibi  dedl?  5.  Librum  quem 
mihi  dedisti  domi  habeo.  6.  Alios  libros  quoque  habeo, 
quos  magister  mihi  dedit.  7.  Quis  istos  libros  scripsit? 
8.  Titus  Livius  fuit  scriptor.     9.  Legistine  libros  Titi  Livi? 

10.  Non  omnes  libros  sed  partem  eorum   (of  them)   legi. 

11.  Quam  partem  librorum  legist i?  12.  Eam  (that)  partem 
leg!  quae  de  antiqua  Roma  est  seripta.  13.  Fuitne  Livius 
scriptor  bonus?     14.  Scriptor  optimus  fuit. 

15.  Ubi  sunt  imagines  quas  puellae  tibi  fratribusque 
heri  dederunt?  16.  Imagines  quas  puellae  nobis  dederunt 
sororibus  dedimus.  17.  Quid!  Num  sororibus  dedistis 
imagines  quas  puellae  vobis  dederant  (had  given)? 

18.  Heri  in  silvis  leonem  vidi.  19.  Num  tu  leonem 
vidisti?  Fuistine  solus?  Nonne  leo  te  terruit?  20.  Pater 
erat  me-cum;  ille  leonem  vidit;  nos  ambo  leonem  vidimus; 
venatores  quoque  qui  nobiscum  erant  leonem  viderunt. 
21.  Quid  faciebat  leo  quem  vidistis?  22.  Vidimus  leonem 
aquam  ex  flumine  bibentem. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  perfect  forms  of  siim  (fui),  leg6  (legi)f 
and  video  (vidi),  arranging  them  in  the  usual  order  and  giving  the 
translati^. 
11 


©  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Urbs  Roma  ut  Nunc  Videtur 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  139 

CONJUGATION 
220.     Fui,  I  was,  I  have  been;    dedi,  I  gave,  I  have 
given;  vidi,  /  saw,  I  have  seen. 


Singular 

Endings 

fui, 

/  was  {have  been) 

dedi 

vidi 

-i 

fuisti, 

you  were 

dedisti 

vidisti 

-isti 

fuit, 

he  was 

dedit 

vidit 

-it 

Plural 

fuimus,  we  were  dedimus  vidimus  -imus 

fuistis,    ijou  were  dedistis  vidistis  -istis 

fuerunt  (-ere),  they  were  dederunt  (-ere)  videnmt  (-ere)  -erunt  (-ere) 

a.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  these  verbs  and  the  personal  endings 
of  the  perfect  tense. 

h.  Conjugate  the  perfect  tense   of  scribo    (scripsi)   and   terreo 
(temii). 

THE  PERFECT   TENSE  IN   THE  FOUR   CONJUGATIONS 

221.  Find  the  present  tense  of  each  verb  and  learn  the 
first  three  forms  given  in  the  vocabulary.  Recall  the  character- 
istic form  of  the  present  infinitive  in  each  of  the  four  conjuga- 
tions, and  observe  that  in  the  perfect  tense  all  verbs  are  conju- 
gated alike.  Translate  the  perfect  tense  according  to  the  direc- 
tions given  in  section  217. 

READING   EXERCISE 

222.  1.  Aeneas  ab  oris  Troiae  in  Italiam  venit.  2. 
Mult  OS  comites  secum  in  Italiam  duxit.  3.  Filius  Aeneae 
Albam  Longam  condidit.  4.  Postea  Proca  fuit  rex  Alban- 
omm.  5.  Ille  Numitorl  regnum  reliquit,  sed  Amulius 
regnum  occupavit.  6.  Amulius  rex  filios  Silviae  in  Tiberim 
misit.  7.  Aqua  in  sicco  loco  pueros  reliquit  atque  lupa  eos 
curavit.  8.  Faustulus  pueros  invenit  coniugiquc  eos  dedit. 
9.  Adultl  Romulus  et  Remus  novam  urbem  condiderunt, 
quam    Romulus    Romam    vocavit.       10.  Postea    Romulus 


140  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

fratrem  obtruncavit  solusque  regnavit.  11.  RomanI  uxores 
non  habebant;  itaque  virgines  Sabinorum  rapuerunt. 
12.  Haec  (this)  fuit  statim  causa  belli.  13.  Tarpeia 
Sabinos  in  arcem  perduxit.  14.  Mllites  earn  scut  is  obrue- 
runt.  15.  Ubi  Hostilius,  ab  Romanis  prlnceps,  cecidit 
(cado),  Mettius  Curtius,  ''Vicimus,"  clamitavit.  16. 
Tunc  Romulus,  anna  ad  caelum  tollens,  lovi  templum 
vovit  et  Romanes  pugnam  redintegrare  iussit  (iubeo). 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Conjugate  the  perfect  tense  of  several  verbs,  writing  the  trans- 
lation of  some  of  them.  For  the  same  verbs  write  the  first  three  forms 
given  in  the  vocabulary  observing  that  the  third  form  is  the  perfect 
tense. 

h.  What  part  of  the  verb  mdicates  the  conjugation  to  which  it 
belongs?  Is  the  perfect  tense  conjugated  in  the  same  way  or  differently 
in  the  four  conjugations?     What  arc  the  personal  endings? 

DUCES  FOEDUS  FACIUNT 

223.  Preces  mulierum  et  multitudinem  et  duces 
movent.  Repentinum  silentium  est.  Deinde  foedus  duces 
faciunt;  nee  pacem  modo  sed  civitatem  unam  ex  duabus 
faciunt.  Ex  bello  tam  trlsti  laeta  pax  cariores  Sablnas 
viris  ac  parentibus  et  ante  omnes  Romulo  ipsi  fecit  (facio). 
Centum  deinde  ex  senibus  elegit,  quos  senatores  nominavit 
propter  senectutem.  Eorum  consilio  omnia  agebat.  Tres 
equitum  centurias  constituit,  populum  in  triginta  curias  dis- 
tribuit.     Inde  conamtine  regnum  duobus  regibus  fuit. 

a.  Cariores,  comparative  degree  of  cams;  pax  cariores  Sabinas 
fecit,  peace  made  the  Sabine  women  dearer:  Romulo  ipsi,  to  Romvlus 
himself. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  cent,  century,  city, 
common,  counsel,  distribute,  move,  nominate,  senator,  silence, 

THE  PERFECT  STEM 

224.  That  part  of  the  verb  to  which  the  personal 
endings  of  the  perfect  tense  are  joined  is  called  the  perfect 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


141 


stem.     The  perfect  stem  is  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -i 
of  the  perfect  active  indicative. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS   OF  VERBS 

225.  The  first  person  singular  of  the  present  indicative 
active,  the  present  active  infinitive,  and  the  first  person 
singular  of  the  perfect  indicative  active  are  the  first  three 
of  the  principal  parts  of  regular  verbs.  These  are  called 
principal  parts  because  they  must  be  known  in  order  that 
the  verb  may  be  conjugated  in  its  various  tenses. 

The  following  table  contains  the  first  three  of  the 
principal  parts  and  the  perfect  stems  of  typical  verbs  of  the 
four  conjugations,  of  a  verb  in  -io,  and  of  the  verb  sum. 


CONJ. 

Pres. 

Inf. 

Per. 

Per.  Stem 

I. 

amo 

amare 

amavi 

amav- 

II. 

video 

videre 

vidi 

vid-  * 

III. 

mitto 

mittere 

mM 

mls- 

IV. 

audio 

audire 

audlvi 

audiv- 

Verb  in  -io 

capio 

capere 

cepi 

cep- 

Sum 

sum 

esse 

fui 

fu- 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Arrange  the  verbs  occupo,  iubeo,  ago,  venio,  facio,  and  possum 
in  a  table  similar  to  that  above. 

CONJUGATION 
226.     Amavi,  /  loved,  have  loved;  vidi,  I  saw,  have  seen; 
misi,  /  sent,  have  sent;  audivi,  I  heard,  have  heard. 


Singular 

amavi 

vidi 

mIsi 

audivi  j  V. 

amavisti 

vidisti 

misisti 

audlvisti 

ninavit 

vidit 

mlsit 

[audivit 

Plural 
aniavimus  vidimus  mlsimus>  audlvimus 

amavistis  vidistis  misistis         ^audivistis 

amaverunt  f-ere)   viderunt  (-Sre)   miserunt  (-ere)  audlvenint  (-ere) 


142  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

a.  The  perfect  tense  and  all  of  tlie  tenses  \Vhich  contain  the  perfect 
stem  are  inflected  in  the  same  way  in  all  of  the  conjugations. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Definite  Perfect 

227.  The  definite  perfect,  or  the  present  perfect  tense, 
represents  action  as  completed  at  the  present  time,  or  at 
the  time  of  speaking.     (39) 

Libros  Livi  legi,  I  have  read  the  hooks  of  Livy. 

The  Use  of  the  Indefinite  Perfect 

228.  The  indefinite  perfect,  or  the  historical  perfect 
tense,  represents  action  as  completed  at  some  indefinite  time 
in  the  past.     (40) 

Pax  mtilieres  cariores  fecit,  -peace  made  the  women  dearer. 

The  Ablative  of  Cause 

229.  The  ablative  case  is  used  to  denote  that  because 
of  which,  on  account  of  which,  or  in  accordance  with  which 
anything  is  done.     (41) 

Senatorum  consilio  omnia  agebat,  he  did  {was  doing)  everything 
according  to  the  advice  of  the  senators. 

The  Dative  Denoting  Possession 

230.  The  dative  case  with  the  verb  sum  is  used  to 
denote  possession,  the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject. 
(42) 

Commune  regnum  duobus  regibus  fuit,  two  kings  had  the  kingdom 
in  common  (the  common  kingdom  was  to  two  kings). 

COMPOSITION 

231.  1.  The  entreaties  of  the  Sabine  women  have 
moved  the  multitude.  2.  The  leaders  of  the  Romans  and 
the  Sabines  make  peace.     3.  Out  of  two  states  they  made 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  143 

one.     4.  After  so  sad  a  war  peace  made  the  leaders  glad. 

5.  Peace  made  the  Sabine  women  dearer  to  their  husbands. 

6.  Peace  was  acceptable  (grata)  to  Romulus  above  (ante) 
all.  7.  Romulus  selected  one  hundred  senators.  8.  He 
was  conducting  all  things  in  accordance  with  the  advice  of 
the  senators.  8.  Romulus  and  Tatius  had  the  kingdom 
in  common  (to  Romulus  and  Tatius  there  was  a  common 
kingdom) . 


Thermae  Caracallae 


CHAPTER  XXVIII 

THE  PAST  PERFECT   INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

232.  The  past  perfect  tense  (sometimes  called  the 
pluperfect),  like  the  corresponding  tense  in  English,  repre- 
sents action  as  completed  at  some  time  in  the  past. 

Romani  virgines  Sabinas  quas  rapuerant  uxores  habebant,  The 

Romans  kept  as  wives  the  Sabine  maidens  whom  they  had  seized. 

The  past  perfect  tense  of  the  indicative  mood,  active 
voice,  contains  the  perfect  stem,  the  tense-sign  -era-,  and 
the  usual  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice. 

Amav-era-m,  vid-era-t,  mis-era-mus,  audiv-era-nt,  fu-era-s. 

233.  In  the  following  exercises  find  the  verbs  which  are  in 
the  past  perfect  tense,  learn  and  recite  the  first  three  of  the 
principal  parts  of  each  verb,  and  translate  so  as  to  express  the 
exact  meaning. 

READING  EXERCISE 

234.  1.  Heri  te  in  via  ambulantem  vidi.     Ubi  fueras? 

2.  Apud  amicum  Marcum  fueram;   namque  ille  erat  aeger. 

3.  Ita  timebam;  namque  eum  cum  ceteris  puerls  non 
videram.  Nempe  Marcus  nimis  diligenter  librls  operam 
dederat.  4.  Non  libris  sed  ludls  operam  dederat;  namque 
in  flumine  Tiber!  Marcus  fuerat  dum  frigus  erat  magnum. 

5.  Num  tu  atque  frater  cum  Marco  in .  flumine  fueratis? 

6.  In  aqua  cum  eo  non  fueramus;  namque  omnes  qui  illo 
die  in  flumine  fuerant  heri  erant  aegri.  7.  Multos  dies 
solem  non  videramus ;  itaque  aqua  erat  gelida.  8.  Maximos 
imbres  quoque  habueramus  atque  mensis  est  Aprihs.  9. 
Valens  te  valentem  laetus  video.  10.  Et  ego  laetus  sum 
te  valentem  videns. 

(144) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  145 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  past  perfect  forms.     Write  out  iii  the  past 
p<»rfect  tense  the  conjugation  of  sum  (fueram),  do  (dederam),  and  video 
(videram),  with  the  translation  of  eacli  fonn. 

READING   EXERCISE 

235.  1.  Tarpeia,  virgo  Romana,  Sabinos  in  arcem 
peiduxerat.  2.  Sabini  earn  sctitis  obruerunt;  namque 
Tarpeia  petierat  quod  (that  which)  Sabini  in  sinistris 
gerebant,  et  scuta  in  sinistris  habebant.  3.  Principes 
utrimque  pugnabant.  4.  lam  ad  veterem  portam  Palati 
venerant.  5.  Vox  caelestis  Romanos  resistere  iussit; 
itaque  proelium  redintegrabant,  6.  Mulieres  quae  causa 
belli  fuerant  proelium  videbant.  7.  Inter  tela  volantia 
mulieres  venerunt.  8.  Neque  viduae  neque  orbae  esse  vole- 
bant;  itaque  dirimere  Iras  et  patres  et  viros  orabant. 

9.  Preces  mulierum  duces  moverunt.  10.  Deinde 
muUerum  consilio  foedus  et  pacem  fecerunt.  11.  Pax  erat 
laeta  quod  bellum  tam  triste  fuerat.  12.  Sabinae  virTs  ac 
parentibus  et  ante  omnes  Romulo  ipsi  erant  carae.  13. 
Centimi  senes  quos  elegerat  Romulus  senatores  nominavit. 
14.  Ex  duabus  civitatibus  unam  fecerunt  atque  commune 
regnum  duobus  regibus  fuit. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Write  out  and  learn  the  first  three  of  the  principal  parts  of 
each  verb,  and  name  the  tens<;  of  each  verb  in  the  sentences  above, 
giving  the  translation  of  the  form  used. 

CONJUGATION 

236.  Fueram,  /  had  been;  amaveram,  I  had  loved; 
videram,  /  had  seen;  miseram,  /  had  sent;  audiveram,  / 
had  heard. 

Singular  Plural 

fueram,  /  had  been  fueramus,  we  had  been 

fueras,    you  had  been  fueratis,     you  had  been 

fuerat,    he  had  been  fuerant,      they  had  been 


146 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


amaveram 

amaveras 

amaverat 


amaveramus 

amaveratis 

amaverant 


Singular 
vlderam  miseram 

videras  miseras 

viderat  mlserat 

Plukal 
videramus  mlseramus 

vlderatis  miseratis 

viderant  miserant 


audlveram 

jiiidiveras 

audlverat 


audiveramus 

audlveratis 

audlverant 


a.  The  quantity  of  a  in  the  tense-sign  -era-  is  short  when  followed 
by  m,  t,  or  nt,  and  long  before  the  other  endings. 

h.  The  past  perfect  tense  in  the  indicative  active  is  conjugated  in 
the  same  way  in  all  the  conjugations. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Past  Perfect  Tense 

237.  The  past  perfect  tense  is  used  to  represent  action 
as  completed  at  some  time  in  the  past.     (43) 

Senes  quos  elegerat  Romulus  senatores  nominavit,  the  old  men 
whom  he  had  selected  Romidus  called  senators. 

COMPOSITION 

238.  1.  The  boy  Marcus  was  sick  because  he  had 
been  in  the  river.  2.  The  water  was  cold  because  it  was 
the  month  of  April.  3.  There  had  also  been  very  great 
rains.  4.  The  boys  had  given  their  attention  too  much 
to  sport.  5.  The  master  had  told  (ordered)  the  boys  to 
give  attention  to  their  books.  6.  The  master  had  been  a 
boy  himself  and  had  loved  the  water.  7.  Therefore  the 
sports  of  the  boys  were  pleasing  to  the  master. 

8.  The  seizing  of  the  maidens  (the  maidens  seized)  had 
been  the  cause  of  war.  9.  The  Sabine  women  had  come 
between    the    weapons    of     their    husbands    and    fathers. 

10.  The  entreaties  of  the  women  had  moved  the  leaders. 

11.  The  women  had  been  dear  to  their  parents  and  hus- 
bands, but  peace  made  them  dearer. 


CHAPTER  XXIX 
THE  FUTURE   PERFECT   INDICATIVE   ACTIVE 

239.  The  future  perfect  tense  in  Latin,  if  translated 
literally,  is  equivalent  to  the  same  tense  in  English. 

Cum  Tarpeia  hostes  in  arcem  perduxerit,  munus  habebit,  when 
Tarpeia  shall  have  conducted  the  enemy  to  the  i-itadel,  she  iirill  have  her 
reward. 

The  tenses  are  used  with  greater  exactness  in  Latin 
than  in  Enghsh,  and  hence  the  Latin  future  perfect  may 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  English  present. 

Si  muiieres  inter  tela  venerint,  patres  et  viri  iras  diriment,  if  the 
women  come  (literally,  shall  have  come)  between  the  weapons,  their  fathers 
and  husbands  urill  put  aumy  their  urrath. 

The  futm-e  perfect  tense  of  the  indicative  active  con- 
tains the  perfect  stem,  the  tense-sign  -eri-  (first  person,  -ero), 
and  the  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice;  as, 
Fu-ero,  ded-eri-t,  ^ad-eri-mus. 

240.  Review  the  perfect  and  the  past  perfect  tenses,  sec- 
tions 226,  236. 

In  the  following  exercises  translate  the  future  perfect  tense 
literally,  and  again  in  accordance  with  the  English  idiom. 

READING   EXERCISE 

241.  L  Filius  cuiusdam  (a  certain)  oppidani  erat  mali 
servl  amicus.  2.  Pater  id  intellexit  sed  amicitiam  eorum 
prohibere  non  poterat.     3.  Filium  monebat,  servum  terrebat. 

4.  Servus  minas  domini  timebat  et  haec  (this)  amico  dixit: 

5.  "Si  tuorum  consiUorum  fuero  particeps,  pater  tuuS  me  in 
poenam  dabit;    6.  si  me  in  poenam  dederit,  ero  miserrimus." 

(147) 


148 


EI.EMENTA  PRIMA 


7.  Turn  fllius"^!  pater,"  inquit,  ''propter  me  tibi  fuerit  saevus, 
pro  te  ego  poenam  dabo.  8.  NunKiuam,  cum  mihi  fidus 
fueris,  te  miserum  videbo.  9.  Si  autem  ambo  in  maleficio 
fuerimus,  aut  una  supplicium  dabimus  aut  una  periculum 
vitabimus."  10.  Postea  pater  pueros  in  agros  misit.  11. 
"Si  impigri,"  inquit,  *'hodie  fueritis,  eras  in  circo  ludos 
videbitis."  12.  Nempe  ita  putavit:  ''Si  hodie  pueri  dili- 
gent es  fuerint,    ils   (to   them)    praemium   dabo."      13.  Sic 


( 'f.kta.mkx    ('rRRrr.M    i\ 


Cii;. 


in   agros   veniunt.       14.  Vesperl    cum    pater   nihil   factum 
viderit,  quid  puerl  sperabunt? 

15.  Cum  mulieres  inter  pugnantes  mllites  venerint, 
repentlnum  silentium  erit.  16.  Si  RomanI  cum  hostibus 
foedus  fecerint,  ex  duabus  civitatibus  erit  una.  17.  Cum 
Romulus  senatores  elegerit,  eorum  consilio  omnia  aget. 
18.  ()mni])us  pax  erit  laeta.  19.  Duo  reges  commune 
legnum  hal)ebunt. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  future  perfect  forms.  Write  the  conjuga- 
tion in  the  future  perfect  tense  of  siim  (fuero),  do  (dedero),  video 
(videro),  eligo  (elegero),  and  venio  (venero),  giving  the  translation  of 
the  first  person  singular. 


Underwood  d*  IJnderv^ood ,  N .  F. 

Capitolium  ut  Hodie  Est 


150  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

h.  At  what  time  does  the  future  perfect  tense  represent  action  as 
completed? 

TEMPESTAS  AB  TERRIS  ROMULUM   AUFERT 

242.  Post  aliquot  annos  Tatius,  alter  regum,  inter- 
ficitur.  Romulus,  solus  iterum  rex,  multitudim  et  patribus 
gratus  fuit  atque  maxime  acceptus  mllitum  animls.  Postea 
dum  contionem  in  campo  habet,  subita  tempestas  cum 
magno  fragore  tonitribusque  denso  regem  operuit  nimbo; 
nee  inde  in  terris  Romulus  fuit.  Proculus  Itilius,  gravis 
vir,  contionem  venit.  ''Romulus,"  inquit,  ''Quirltes, 
parens  huius  urbis,  prima  hodierna  luce  caelo  repente 
delapsus  se  mihi  obvium  dedit.  'Mea  Roma,'  inquit,  'caput 
orbis  terrarum  erit;  nullae  opes  humanae  armis  Romanis 
resistere  poterunt.'  "  Deinde  deum  et  regem  parentemque 
urbis  Romae  salvere  universi  Romulum  iubent. 

«.  Cum  magno  fragore  tonitribusque,  with  a  great  peal  of  thunder 
(literally,  ivith  a  great  noise  and  thunder);  prima  hodierna  luce,  at  dawn 
to-day  (lit.,  at  to-day's  first  light);  se  mihi  obviimi  dedit,  met  me  (lit., 
put  himself  in  the  way  to  me,  in  my  way);  salvere  universi  Romulum 
iubent,  all  hail  Romidus  (lit.,  all  hid  Romulus  hail). 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  accept,  camp,  dense, 
grave  (adj.),  human,  tempest,  universe. 

CONJUGATION 

243.  Fuero,  I  shall  have  been;  amavero,  I  shall  have 
loved;  videro,  7  shall  have  seen;  misero,  I  shall  have  sent; 
audivero,  I  shall  have  heard. 

Singular  Plural 

fuero,    /  shall  have  been  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been 

fueris,  you  urill  have  been  fueritis,      you  will  have  been 

fuerit,  he  will  have  been  fuerint,      they  vdll  have  been 


Singular 

amavero 

videro 

misero 

audivero 

amaveris 

videris 

miseris 

audiveris 

amaverit 

viderit 

miserit 

audlverit 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA  151 

1'lural 

amaverimus        viderimus       miserimus  audiverimus 

amaveritis  videritis         miseritis  audiveritis 

amaverint  viderint  miserint  audlverint 

a.  Both  vowels  in  the  tense-sign  -eri-  are  short;  in  the  first  person 
singular  o  in  -ero  is  long. 

h.  In  the  future  perfect  tense,  and  in  all  tenses  which  contain  the 
perfect  stem,  all  verbs  are  conjugated  alike. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Futiire  Perfect  Tense 

244.  The  future  perfect  tense  represents  action  as 
completed  at  some  future  time.     (44) 

Si  diligentes  fueritis,  vobis  praemium  dabitur,  if  you  shall  have 
been  (are)  diligent,  a  reward  will  he  given  to  you. 

COMPOSITION 

245.  1.  When  the  prayers  of  the  women  shall  have 
moved  the  multitude,  there  will  be  silence.  2.  When  the 
leaders  make  (shall  have  made)  a  treaty,  there  will  be  peace. 

3.  When  Romulus  chooses  (shall  have  chosen)  one  hundred 
senators,  he  will  do  all  things  according  to  their  advice. 

4.  If  the  leaders  make  (shall  have  made)  a  treaty,  two  kings 
will  have  the  kingdom  in  common  (a  common  kingdom 
will  be  to  two  kings). 

5.  When  a  thick  cloud  covers  (shall  have  covered) 
Romulus,  he  will  not  be  longer  on  earth.  6.  ''If  my 
Rome,"  said  Romulus,  ''shall  be  the  capital  of  the  world, 
no  human  power  will  be  able  to  withstand  Roman  arms." 
7.  The  city  which  Romulus  founded  was  the  capital  of  the 
world.  8.  Hail  (imperative),  Romulus  (voc),  king  and 
father  of  the  Roman  city.  9.  Romulus,  we  bid  you  hail 
(to  hail).  10.  All  hailed  Romulus  as  father  and  king  (bade 
to  hail).     11.  I  bid  you  hail. 


CHAPTER  XXX 
THE  PERFECT  ACTIVE  INFINITIVE 

246.  The  perfect  active  infinitive  is  formed  by  joining 
the  ending  -isse  to  the  perfect  stem;  as, 

Fu-isse,  to  have  been;  regnav-isse,  to  have  reigned. 

The  present  and  the  perfect  tenses  of  the  infinitive 
denote,  respectively,  time  that  is  relatively  present  or  past; 
that  is,  time  that  is  present  or  past  with  reference  to  the 
time  of  the  verb  upon  which  the  infinitive  depends. 

Magister  dicit  Romam  esse  urbem  pulchram,  the  master  says  that 
Rome  is  {says  Roine  to  he)  a  beautiful  city. 

Magister  dicit  Romam  caput  orbis  terrarum  fuisse,  the  rruister 

says  that  Rome  was  {says  Rome  to  have  been)  the  capital  of  the  world. 

These  two  sentences  illustrate  one  of  the  most  common 
uses  of  the  Latin  infinitive,  following  a  verb  denoting  saying 
or  thinking,  or  some  similar  expression,  and  having  its  own 
subject  in  the  accusative  case.  In  translating  such  sen- 
tences into  EngHsh  the  conjunction  that  is  generally  used 
and  the  English  verb  is  in  the  indicative  mood  rather  than 
in  the  infinitive. 

247.  Review  the  present  infinitive,  sections  179,  184;  and 
the  uses  of  the  infinitive,  sections  186-190. 

Study  the  verbs  that  are  used  in  the  perfect  infinitive  in 
the  following  reading  exercise  and  find  the  present  indicative  of 
each  verb  in  the  vocabulary.  It  is  important  that  the  first 
three  of  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb  should  be  learned. 

Notice  the  meaning  of  the  verbs  and  expressions  which  are 
followed  by  an  infinitive  with  its  accusative  subject. 

READING  EXERCISE 

248.  1.  Vesperl  pater  filium  ad  se  vocat.  2.  "Quid 
hodie,"- pater  rogat,  ''a  magistro  didicisti?"     3.  "PlUrima," 

(152) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  153 

puer  respondet.  4.  "Didici  Romam  fuisse  ui'bem  antiquam 
Italiae,  atque  multa-  alia  mihi  magister  dixit."  5.  "Quid 
aliud  dixit?"  6.  ''Dixit  Romuliun  et  Remum  fratres  urbem 
condidisse  atque  postea  Roniulum  suuni  fratrem  interfecisse 
solumque  regnavisse.  7.  Fabulam  autem  delectantissimam 
magister  mihi  narravit."  8.  '^Quae  est  ista  fabula?"  9. 
''Dixit  se  quondam  in  silva  fuisse  magnumque  leonem  ibi 
vidisse  atque  eum  ad  flumen  venisse."  10.  "Nonne 
magister  leonem  timuit?"  11.  "Dixit  se  piimo  magnopere 
timuisse,  sed  mox  leonem  ex  conspectu  suo  in  silvam  effti- 
gisse."  12.  ''Eratne  fabula  vera?"  13.  Nescio,  sed 
susplcionem  habeo  magistrum  fabulam  finxisse." 

14.  Dicitur  Romulum  multittidini  et  patribus  gratum 
fuisse.  15.  Livius  scribit  subitam  tempest atem  regem 
denso  operuisse  nimbo.  16.  Proculus  Julius  dixit  se 
parentem  urbis  caelo  delapsum  vidisse.  17.  Omnes  clami- 
tabant,  "Deus  et  rex  parensque  urbis,  salve." 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  verbs  which  are  in  the  perfect  infinitive. 
Write  the  first  three  of  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb. 

b.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  words  and  expressions  which  are  followed 
by  an  infinitive  with  its  subject  in  the  accusative  case. 

TYPICAL  VERBS 
249.     The  perfect  active  infinitive  of  typical  verbs  of 
the  four  conjugations,  of  the  irregular  verb  sum,  and  of 
verbs  in  -io,  is  shown  in  the  following  table : 

Present       Perfect  Stem      Perfect  Infinithte 


I. 

amo 

amav- 

amavisse 

II. 

video 

vid- 

vidisse 

III. 

mitto 

mis- 

misisse 

IV. 

audio 

audlv- 

audivisse 

Sum 

sum 

fu- 

fuisse 

Verb  in  -io 

capio 

cep- 

cepisse 

12 


154  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

a.  Tlic  perfect  uctive  infinitive  is  formed  in  the  same  way  in 
verbs  of  all  the  conjugations,  and  in  all  irregular  verbs,  by  adding  the 
ending  -isse  to  the  perfect  stem. 

SYNTAX 
The  Infinitive  with  Verbs  of  Saying 

250.  The  infinitive  with  a  subject  in  the  accusative 
case  is  used  after  verbs  of  saying  and  thinking,  and  after 
expressions  which  imply  saying  or  thinking.     (45) 

Dixit  fratres  urbem  condidisse,  he  said  that  the  brothers  had 
founded  the  city;  suspicionem  habeo  fabulam  non  veram  fuisse,  /  have 
a  suspicion  that  the  story  was  not  true. 

The  Time  Denoted  by  the  Perfect  Infinitive 

251.  The  time  denoted  by  the  perfect  infinitive  is  past 
with  reference  to  the  time  of  the  verb  upon  which  the 
infinitive  depends.     (46) 

Dicit  leonem  venisse,  he  says  that  a  lion  came  {has  come);  dixit 
leonem  venisse,  he  said  that  a  lion  had  come  (came). 

COMPOSITION 

252.  1.  What  have  you  learned  to-day?  2.  I  have 
learned  that  after  the  death  of  Tatius,  Romulus  reigned 
alone  again.  3.  Livy  says  that  Romulus  was  very  accept- 
able to  the  soldiers;  4.  that  a  sudden  tempest  covered  the 
king  with  a  thick  cloud;  5.  and  that  Romulus  was  no 
longer  on  earth.  6.  It  is  said  (dicitur)  that  Romulus 
descending  from  the  sky  met  Proculus  at  dawn.  7.  It  is  said 
that  Rome  was  the  capital  of  the  world;  8.  and  that  no 
power  was  able  to  resist  Roman  arms.  9.  I  have  heard 
that  the  Romans  called  (voco)  Romulus  a  god  and  king  and 
the  father  of  the  city.  10.  Do  you  think  that  Romulus 
was  a  god?  11.  Did  you  say  that  Rome  was  the  capital 
of  the  world? 


CHAPTER  XXXI 
REVIEW   OF  NOUNS 

Gender 

FORMATION   OF  LATIN   NOUNS  AND   ENGLISH 
DERIVATIVES 

253.  In  Latin  the  gender  of  names  of  persons  and  animals 
is  the  same  as  in  EngUsh,  nouns  denoting  males  being 
mascuhne  and  nouns  denoting  females  being  feminine. 
Other  nouns  may  be  mascuhne,  feminine,  or  neuter  in  Latin, 
although  the  corresponding  nouns  in  English  are  neuter. 

The  gender  of  some  Latin  nouns  may  be  determined 
by  the  following  general  rules,  although  there  are  exceptions: 

(1)  Names  of  rivers,  winds,  and  months  are  masculine. 
Tiberis,  the  Tiber;  Auster,  the  south  wind;  Aprilis,  April. 

(2)  Names  of  cities,  countries,  islands,  and  trees  are 
feminine. 

Italia,  Italy;  Roma,  Rome;  Sicilia,  Sicily;  ulmus,  the  elm. 

(3)  Indeclinable  nouns,  infinitives,  clauses,  etc.,  are 
neuter. 

Nihil,  nothing;  audire  avis  gratum  est,  to  hear  the  birds  is  pleasing. 

The  gender  of  nouns  is  also  indicated  by  the  ending 
of  the  nominative  singular,  certain  endings  being  generally 
found  in  masculine  nouns,  certain  others  in  feminine  nouns, 
and  still  others  in  neuter  nouns. 

254.  In  the  following  exercise  find  the  gender  of  each  noun 
by  consulting  the  general  rules  in  section  253  or  the  vocabulary; 
and  notice  particularly  the  endings  of  nouns  of  each  gender  in 
the  nominative  singular. 

155 


156 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Review  the  first  three  declensions  of  nouns.  Learn  the 
declension  of  the  typical  nouns,  and  find  a  model  for  the  declen- 
sion of  each  noun  in  the  reading  exercise  which  follows. 

FiLIA   SALtJTEM  DIGIT  MATRI   CORNELIAE 
(A  letter  to  Cornelia  from  her  daughter.) 
255.     1.  Ex  longa  navigatione  ego  et   pater   Romam 
pervenimus.      2.  Navis  quae  nos  hue  vexit  e.rat  bona  et 


I  *--r: 


Porta  Romana  Sebastiana   Vocata 


pulchra.  3.  Mare,  dum  per  f  re  turn  Siciliae  vehebamur, 
erat  placidum.  4.  Lenis  Auster  vela  tendebat.  5.  Nullae 
nubes  sed  interdiu  sol,  nocte  luna  et  stellae  in  caelo  vide- 


ELEMENTA  PRIIMA 


157 


bantui'.  6.  Pater  comitesque  longos  sermones  habuerunt, 
quos  libenter  audivT.  7.  Alius  de  animalibus  floribusque 
omnium  generum  multa  narrabat.  8.  Ab  alio  multa  de 
bellls  atque  de  virtute  mllitum  Romanorum  dicebantur. 
9.  Magnae  partis  sermones  erant  de  tempestate;  nunc 
calorem  nunc  frigus  culpabant.  10.  Nihil  eos  delectabat. 
1 1 .  Nautae  saepe  carmina 
canebant. 

12.  Denique  oras 
Italiae  ac  portimi  Nea- 
polis  montemque  Vesu- 
vium  vidimus.  13.  lam 
navem  relinquimus  et  ad 
urbem  Romam  prope- 
ramus.  14.  lam  in  viTs 
antiquTs  vestigia  poni- 
mus.  15.  Magna  cum 
voluptate  url)em  anti- 
quam  video.  16.  Fltimon 
et  pontes  atque  forum  et 
templa    videil    possunt. 

17.  Sunt  quoque  imagines 
multae  clarorum  civium 
et  imperatorum  atque 
deorum       et       dearum. 

18.  Mihi  certum  est  Ro- 
manos  antiques  urbem 
suam  maxime  amavisse. 

19.  In  collibus  et  in  hortis  sunt  arbores  pulchrae,  et  ulml 
altae  et  latae  quercus.  20.  Hominum  multitudinem  omnium 
gentium  in  urbe  invenio.  21.  Pompeii,  illud  oppidum 
clarum  quod  eruptione  Montis  Vesuvl  opertum  est,  non 
longe  absunt;  id  quoque  videbimus.  22.  Romam  vidisse 
semper  erit  gratum.  23.  Mox  iterum  scribam.  Vale. 
Romae  April!  scrips!. 


Or  A  Italiae 


158  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Decline  typical  nouns  and  learn  the  nominative,  the  genitive, 
and  the  gender  of  each. 

h.  Make  separate  lists  of  all  the  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter 
nouns  belonging  to  each  declension,  writing  the  forms  in  the  nominative 
singular. 

c.  Make  a  table  to  show  what  nominative  endings  belong  to  each 
gender  in  the  first,  the  second,  and  the  third  declensions. 

GENDER  IN  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  AND  THIRD 
DECLENSIONS 

256.  The  gender  of  nouns,  if  not  determined  by  the 
rules  in  section  253,  can  best  be  learned  by  observation. 
The  following  general  statements  may  be  made  but  there 
are  exceptions. 

(1)  In  the  first  declension  nouns  ending  in  -a,  except  names  of 
males  and  words  which  refer  to  males,  are  feminine.     Stella,  star. 

(2)  In  the  second  declension  nouns  ending  in  -er,  -ir,  -us  are 
mascuhne.  Puer,  hoy;  vir,  man;  amicus,  friend.  Nouns  in  -lun  arc 
neuter.     Donum,  gijl. 

(3)  In  the  third  declension  nouns  ending  in  -or  (gen.,  -oris),  -6 
(-onis),  -er  (-ris),  -as  (-itis),  are  masculine.  Scriptor,  writer;  sermo 
(sermonis),  speech;   pater  (patris),  father;  mfles  (militis),  soldier. 

Nouns  ending  in  -tas  (-tatis),  -tus  (-tutis),  -es  (-is),  -go  or  -do 
(-inis),  -id  (-ionis),  and  -is  (-is)  are  feminine.  Tempestas  (tempestatis), 
weather;  virtus  (virtutis),  valor;  nubes  (nubis),  cloud;  imago  (imaginis), 
image:  multitude  (multitudinis),  multitude;  navigatio  (navigationis), 
voyage;  navis,  ship. 

Collis  (-is),  hill;  ignis  (-is),  fire;  mensis  (-is),  month;  and  orbis 
(-is),  circle,  a^e  masculine. 

The  most  common  endings  of  neuter  nouns  of  the  third  declension 
are  -en,  -us,  -e,  -al.  Flumen,  river;  genus,  kind;  mare,  sea;  animal, 
animal. 

FORMATION  OF  LATIN  NOUNS 

257.  Latin  nouns  have  been  formed  by  the  use  of  certain 
suffixes  from  verbs,  from  other  nouns,  and  from  adjectives; 
and  many  Latin  nouns  thus  formed  have  been  transferred 
with  Uttle  or  no  change  into  the  Enghsh  language. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


159 


Flumen  et  Pons 


(1)  Nouns  denoting  the  agent  or  the  doer  of  an  act 
are  formed  by  adding  the  suffix  -tor  to  roots  or  to  stems  of 
verbs. 

auditor  (audio),  auditor. 


100  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

(2)  Nouns  denoting  action  or  the  result  of  action  are 
formed  by  the  suffixes  -io,  -tio,  -tura,  -ium. 

legio,  legionis  (lego),  legion. 
oratio,  orationis  (oro),  oration. 
scriptura  (scribo,  scrip tiiiii),  scriplure. 
imperium  (iinpero),  empire. 

(3)  Nouns  denoting  state  or  condition  are  formed  by 
the  suffix  -or. 

terror  (terreo),  terror. 

(4)  Nouns  denoting  quahty  or  condition  are  formed 
from  nouns  and  adjectives  by  the  suffixes  -ia,  -tia,  -tas,  -tudo. 

custodia  (custos,  custodis),  custody. 
iustitia  {m^ins),  justice. 
societas  (socius),  society. 
multitudo  (multus),  multitude. 

ENGLISH   DERIVATIVES   FROM   LATIN   NOUNS 

258.  The  following  list  contains  examples  of  English  nouns 
derived  from  Latin  nouns.  Notice  the  Latin  nouns  which  have  been 
formed  from  verbs,  adjectives,  and  nouns,  as  explained  in  section  257. 

agricultura  (ager  and  cultura,  from  imperator  (impero),  emperor. 

colo,  cultum),  agriculture.  libertas  (liber),  liberty. 

arma,  arm^.  littera  (lino),  letter. 

auguriiim  (augur),  augury.  magnitudo  (magnus),  mngnilude. 

avis,  aviation  (as  if  from  aviatio).  regnum  (rex),  reign. 

captor  (capio),  captor.  religio,  religion. 

causa,  cause.  sermo  (sero),  sermon. 

condicio  (con-dico),  condition.  similitudo  (similis),  similitude. 

corpus,  corps,  corpse.  tempestas  (tempus),  tempest. 

corpusculiim     (diminutive     from  templmn,  temple. 

corpus),  corpuscle.  verbuin,  verb. 

cura  (caveo),  cure.  victoria  (victor),  victory. 

curator  (euro),  curator.  virgo,  virginis,  virgin. 

dux  (duco),  duke.  vox,  vocis  (voco),  voice. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Find  the  Latin  noun  from  which  each  of  the  following  English 
nouns  has  been  derived ;  and  if  possible,  trace  the  Latin  noun  to  a  more 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  161 

primitive  Liitiii  word  (verb,  noun,  Or  adjective)  from  which  it  was 
formed.  Notice  especially  any  examples  of  word-formation  similar 
to  the  illustrations  in  section  257;  for  example,  inalron,  matrona 
(mater). 

arena  flower  memory  principle 

camp  glory  militia  solitude 

capitol  horticulture  motor  spectacle 

digit  humanity  option  spectator 

REVIEW   OF   SYNTAX 

259.  Review  the  rules  of  syntax,  1-46,  section  571,  and 
find  as  many  illustrations  as  possible  in  sections  242,  248,  and  255. 

COMPOSITION 

260.  1.  Cornelia's  daughter  sends  (says)  greeting  to 
her  mother.  2.  After  a  long  voyage  the  daughter  and  her 
father  are  in  Home.  3.  They  were  sailing  (were  being 
carried)  through  the  strait  of  Sicily.  4.  No  clouds  were 
in  the  sky  and  the  sea  was  quiet.  5.  Many  companions 
were  with  Corneha's  daughter  on  the  good  ship.  6.  There 
were  long  conversations  about  many  things.  7.  The  valor 
of  Roman  soldiers  was  spoken  of  (dicebatur).  8.  The 
Roman  soldiers  were  of  great  valor.  9.  By  some  the 
great  heat  was  complained  of.  10.  Others  complained  of 
the  great  cold. 

11.  They  were  approaching  Italy  when  they  saw  Mount 
Vesuvius.  12.  Soon  they  had  set  foot  in  the  streets  of  the 
ancient  city.  13.  They  could  see  (were  able  to  see)  the 
forum  and  temples.  14.  Statues  of  gods  and  goddesses  were 
in  the  city.  15.  People  (men)  of  many  races  can  be  seen  in 
Rome.  16.  The  girl  and  her  father  were  in  Rome  in  April. 
17.  Can  you  write  a  letter  in  the  Latin  language?  18,  Soon 
we  shall  be  able  to  write  letters  in  the  Latin  language. 

19.  It  is  pleasing  to  see  the  letter  of  Cornelia's  daughter. 

20.  Cornelia  will  be  glad  to  see  (glad  will  see)  her  daughter 
returning  home.  ^ 


CHAPTER  XXXII 
PRONOUNS 

Personal,  Reflexive,  and  Possessive 

261.  The  Latin  personal  pronouns  are  the  following: 

First  'person:   ego  (mei),  /;  nos  (nostrum  or  nostri),  loe. 
Second  person:   tu  (tui),  you  (sing.);   vos  (vestnim  or  vestri),  you 
(pl.). 

There  is  no  special  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person 
in  Latin,  but  its  place  is  supplied  by  the  demonstrative  is, 
he;  ea,  she;  id,  it;  or  by  some  other  demonstrative  pro- 
noun. The  subject  of  a  verb,  when  it  is  not  expressed,  is 
implied  in  the  personal  ending,  which  thus  becomes  a  substi- 
tute for  a  personal  pronoun. 

The  reflexive  pronoun  of  the  third  person  is  sm  (gen.), 
of  himself,  of  herself,  of  itself,  of  themselves y  the  singular  and 
plural  forms  being  the  same. 

For  each  personal  and  reflexive  pronoun  there  is  a 
corresponding  possessive : 

meus  (-a,  -um),  my,  mine;  noster,  (nostra,  nostrum),  our. 

tuus  (-a,  -lun),  yoiir  (sing.);  vester  (vestra,  vestnun),  your  (pi.).  . 

suus  (-a,  -imi),  his,  her,  its;  suus  (-a,  -lun),  their. 

262.  Study  the  case  forms  of  tlie  personal,  reflexive,  and 
possessive  pronouns.  Observe  the  use  of  the  personal  and  reflex- 
ive pronouns  as  nouns,  and  the  use  of  the  possess! ves  as  adjectives. 

Notice  the  position  of  the  preposition  cum  when  it  is  used 
with  a  personal  pronoun;  as,  mecum,  with  me. 

Several  forms  of  the  pronouns  will  be  readily  recognized  on 
account  of  their  use  in  preceding  "exercises. 

(162) 


©  Underwood  d'  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Amphitheatrum  Pompeianum  et  Mons  Vesuvius 


164  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

READING   EXERCISE 

263.  1.  Meus  pater  est  egens  sed  tuus  pater  est  dives. 
2.  Ego  sum  egens  sed  tu  es  dives.  3.  Mihi  sunt  paucae 
res,  tibi  sunt  multae.  4.  Omnes  (homines)  me  measque 
for  tunas  spernunt;  te  tuasque  fortunas  laudant.  5. 
Homines  immemores  mel,  tui  memores  sunt.  6.  Tecum 
copia,  mecum  inopia  est.  7.  Nonne  tu  ex  tuis  bonis  mihi 
aliquid  dabis? 

8.  Nos  in  adversis  fortunis  sumus  sed  non  sumus 
miseri.  9.  Vos  in  fortunis  estis  secundis  sed  non  estis  beati. 
10.  Vobis  sunt  et  divitiae  et  curae;  nobis  neque  divitiae 
neque  curae  sunt.  11.  Nos  saepe,  vos  non  semper  boni 
laudant.  12.  Non  a  nobis  sed  a  vobis  commutatio  fortii- 
narum  timetur.  13.  Quis  nostrum  (gen.)  fortunam  vestram 
laudat?  Quis  vestrum  (gen.)  laudat  fortunam  nostram? 
14.  Vestri  amici,  dum  in  secundis  fortiinis  eritis,  vestrT 
(gen.  pi.)  erunt  memores.  15.  Nostri  amici  semper  nostri 
(gen.  pi)  memores  erunt.  16.  Vestri  (gen.  pL),  dum  in 
secundis  fortunis  eritis,  nostri  (gen.  pi.)  semper  amici  erunt 
memores. 

17.  Malus  homo  sui  est  amator.  18.  Se  suasque 
fortunas  semper  laudat.  19.  Sibi  est  carus  et  ab  se  amatur. 
20.  Mali  homines  sunt  amatores  sui.  21.  Se  suasque 
fortunas  semper  laudant.  22.  Sibi  sunt  cari  et  al)  sese 
amantur. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Write  the  declension  of  ego  (pi.,  nos)  and  tii  (pi.,  vos).  Write 
also  all  the  forms  of  sui,  singular  and  plural. 

h.  Decline  the  possessive  pronouns,  meus,  noster,  tuus,  vaster, 
and  suus  in  the  nominative  and  genitive  singular  in  all  genders. 

c.  How  does  the  Latin  differ  from  the  English  in  the  use  of 
personal  pronouns  as  subjects  of  verbs? 

DECLENSION. 

264.  Ego,  I;  tu,  you;  sm,  of  himself,  of  herself,  etc. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  165 


Sing. 

Pl.                     Sing. 

Pl.             Sing.  &  Pl. 

Norn. 

ego 

nos                        tu 

vos                          — 

Gen. 

mei 

nostrum,  nostri     tui 

vestrum,  vestri      sui 

Dat. 

mihi,  mi 

nobis                       tibi 

vobis                       sibi 

Ace. 

me 

nos                         te 

vos                         se,  sese 

Voc. 

— 

—                           tii 

vos                         — 

Ahl.      me  nobis  te        vobis  s 

a.  The  reflexive  sui  has  the  same  forms  in  the  singular  and  in  the 
plural. 

b.  The  possessive  pronouns  are  declined  like  adjectives  of  the 
first  and  second  declensions.  Meus,  -a,  -um  (vocative,  mi) ;  noster, 
nostra,  nostnmi;  tuus,  -a,  -vim;  vaster,  vestra,  vestrum;  suus,  -a, 
-imi. 

c.  With  the  ablative  of  the  personal  and  reflexive  pronouns  the 
preposition  cimi  is  an  enclitic.  Mectmi,  ivith  me;  tecum,  with  you; 
nobisctmi,  with  us;  vobiscum,  ivith  you;  secum,  with  himself,  with 
themselves. 


SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  Personal  Pronoims 

265.  The  personal  pronouns  are  generally  used  like 
nouns,  but  the  nominative  case  is  not  expressed  as  the  sub- 
ject of  a  verb  unless  it  denotes  emphasis  or  contrast.     (47) 

a.  The  genitives  mei,  tui,  nostri,  vestri,  sui,  are  generally  used  as 
objective  genitives  (sec.  269) ;  nostrum  and  vestnun  are  used  as  genitives 
of  the  whole  (sec.  270). 

h.  The  demonstrative,  is,  ea,  id,  or  some  other  demonstrative 
pronoun  supphes  the  place  of  a  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person, 
which  is  lacking  in  Latin;  and  the  genitive  case  of  the  same  pronoun" 
supphes  the  place  of  a  possessive  of  the  third  person.  Eius,  of  him,  of 
her,  of  it  (his,  her,  its);  eorum,  eanun,  of  them  (their). 

The  Use  of  the  Reflexive  Pronoun 

266.  The  reflexive  pronoun  and  the  corresponding 
possessive  refer  to  the  subject  of  the  verb.     (48) 

Malus  homo  se  laudat,  the  bad  mmi  praises  himself;  Omnes  su6s 
amicos  amant,  all  love  their  mim  friends. 


166  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

a.  The  personal  pronouns  may  be  used  reflexively;    as,  ipse  me 
laudo,  7  praise  mi 


The  Use  of  Possessive  Pronouns 

267.  The  possessive  pronouns  are  used  like  adjectives 
and  agree  with  the  nouns  which  they  modify,  not  with  their 
antecedents,  in  case,  number,  and  gender.     (49) 

Meus  pater,  my  father;  tua  mater,  your  mother;  nostrae  fortunae, 
our  fortunes;  pater  noster,  our  father. 

a.  Noster  and  vester  are  in  the  same  case,  number,  and  gender 
as  the  thing  possessed ;  as,  nostra  patria,  our  country. 

b.  The  possessive  pronoun  is  often  omitted  if  the  meaning  is 
clear  without  it;  as,  parentes  llberos  amant,  parents  love  their  children. 

Adjectives  as  Noims 

268.  Some  adjectives,  generally  in  the  plural,  are  used 
as  substitutes  for  nouns.  In  the  masculine  and  feminine 
such  adjectives  denote  persons;  in  the  neuter  they  denote 
things.     (50) 

Omnes,  all  (people);  boni,  the  good;  bona,  good  (things),  goods; 
nostn,  our  friends;  nostra,  our  possessions. 

The  Objective  Genitive 

269.  With  nouns  denoting  action  or  feehng,  and  with 
adjectives  denoting  desire,  memory,  participation,  etc.,  the 
genitive  is  used  to  represent  the  object  of  the  action  or 
feeling.     (51) 

Amator  sui,  a  lover  of  himself;  amici  sunt  nostri  (gen.)  memores, 
our  friends  are  mindful  of  us. 

The  Genitive  of  the  Whole 

270.  The  genitive  of  the  whole  is  used  to  modify  a 
word  denoting  a  part.     (52) 

Quis  nostrum,  who  of  us?  Roma  est  maxima  urbitmi  Italiae,  Rome 
is  the  largest  of  the  cities  of  Italy. 

a.  This  is  sometimes  called  the  partitive  genitive. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


167 


COMPOSITION 

271.  1.  I  am  a  brave  soldier  but  you  are  not  brave 
2.  The  leader  will  praise  me  but  you  he  will  blame.  3.  To 
me  a  reward  will  be  given,  to  you  punishment.  4.  The 
citizens  will  always  have  memory  of  me,  but  memory  of 
you  will  not  come  to  mind.  5.  Our  country  will  be  saved 
by  me,  but  by  you  the  country  is  not  loved.  6.  Be  thou 
brave  and  fight  for  thy  country. 

7.  While  we  are  playing  ball  (pila  ludere),  you  (pi.)  are 
reading  your  books.  8.  One  (alter)  of  us  throws  (sends)  the 
ball;  the  other  catches  (accipere)  it  (eam).  9.  Some 
(alteri)  of  you  are  read- 
ing the  books  of  Caesar, 
the  others  (alteri)  are 
reading  Vergil's  (Vergi'- 
ll).  10.  Soon  you  will 
play  ball  (with  the  ball) 
and  we  will  read  our 
Latin  books.  11.  We 
will  give  you   the   ball. 

12.  Give  us  the   books. 

13.  The  master  tells  (or- 
ders) us  to  read  our 
Latin    books;     he    tells 

you  to  play  ball.      14.  The  master  will  be  praised  by  you. 
15.  Will  he  also  be  praised  by  us? 

16.  The  brave  soldier  is  forgetful  of  himself.  17.  Brave 
soldiers  are  forgetful  of  themselves.  18.  Romulus  sought  a 
wife  for  himself.  19.  The  Romans  sought  wives  for  them- 
selves. 20.  Romulus  was  bravely  defending  himself.  21. 
The  Romans  were  bravely  defending  themselves.  22. 
The  brave  do  not  praise  themselves.  23.  The  good  are 
praised  by  all.  24.  Our  own  (things)  are  dear  to  us,  yours 
to  you. 


Courtesy  of  The  Aletropolitan  Museum  of  Art, 

Lebes  Aeneus 


CHAPTER  XXXIII 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS   HIC,  ISTE, 
AND   ILLE 

The  Intensive /j&se 

272.  The  demonstrative  pronouns  hie,  this,  iste,  that, 
and  ille,  that,  are  used  chiefly  to  designate  some  definite 
person  or  thing.  They  may  be  used  as  adjectives  agreeing 
in  case,  number,  and  gender  with  the  nouns  defined,  or  they 
may  be  used  to  represent  their  antecedents. 

Hie  generally  refers  to  something  connected  in  time, 
place,  or  thought  with  the  person  speaking;  iste  refers  to 
something  connected  with  the  person  addressed;  ille  refers 
to  something  remote  from  both. 

The  intensive  ipse  (ipsa,  ipsum),  himself  (herself,  itself), 
is  used  for  emphasis  and  should  be  carefully  distinguished 
from  the  reflexive  sui. 

273.  Study  the  pronouns  found  in  section  274  and  observe 
the  use  of  each  as  adjective  or  substantive  (noun).  If  the  pro- 
noun is  used  as  an  adjective,  notice  its  agreement  with  the 
modified  noun  in  case,  number  and  gender;  if  it  is  used  as  a 
noun,  compare  its  gender  and  number  with  the  gender  and 
number  of  its  antecedent,  and  to  explain  the  case  apply  the  rules 
for  the  syntax  of  nouns.  Compare  the  genitive  and  dative  forms 
in  the  singular  with  the  corresponding  cases  of  unus,  sections  211. 

READING  EXERCISE 

274.  1.  Hie  libei^  est  meus,  iste  liber  est  tuus,  ille  liber 
est  magistri.  2.  Qui  hbros  magistrl  scripserunt?  3.  lUlus 
Caesar,  istius  Vergilius,  huius  Horatius  erat  scriptor.  4. 
Quibus  de  rebus  (on  what  subjects)  Horati  fiber  est  scriptus? 
5.  Multa  in  illo  libro  de  sapientia  atque  de  hominibus  sunt 

(168) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


169 


scripta.  G.  Pluriinos  aiulcos  Honitius  habebat  ;  liuic 
Maecenas,  amicus  August!  Caesaris,  agi-os  in  inontibus 
Sabinis  dedit.  7.  In  his  locis  Horatitis  villam  pulcherrimam 
habebat  atque  hie  maxmia  cum  voluptate  partem  aetatisvixit. 
8.  Haec  epistula  a  patre  meo,  ista  a  tuo  patre,  ilia  a 
filia  Corneliae  est  scripta.  9.  Verba  huius  epistulae  mihi 
sunt  cara;  suntne  verba 
istius  epistulae  tibi  cara? 
nonne  verba  illius  epistu- 
lae cara  erant  Corneliae? 
10.  In  hac  epistula 
multa  Latinis  verbis  sunt 
scripta.  11.  Suntne  in 
ista  epistula  verba 
Latina?  12.  In  ilia 
epistula  quam  filia  Cor- 
neliae scripsit  multa  sunt 
de  urbe  Roma.  13. 
Nonne  tu  ipse  epistulam 
Latinis  verbis  scribere 
potes?  14.  Arcus  lani  in  foro  Romano  erat.  15,  Hie  arcus 
quattuor  frontes  et  adittis  quattuor  habebat.  16.  In  hoc  loco 
mercatores  negotium  gerebant.  17.  Templum  quoque  lani 
in  foro  erat.  18.  Hoc  templum  pace  apertum,  bello  clausum 
erat.  19.  Romulus  ipse  populusque  virgines  Sabinas  rapue- 
runt.  20.  Haec  fuit  statim  causa  belli.  21.  Tarpeia  ipsa, 
virgo  Romana,  hostes  ad  arcem  perduxit.  22.  Huic  enim 
dux  hostium  optionem  muneris  dederat.  23.  Sed  Sabini 
ipsi  illam  scutis  obruerunt;  nam  haec  in  sinistris  habebant. 
24.  Inter  volantia  tela  virgines  ipsae  venerunt.  25.  Hae 
viros  ac  parentes  iras  dirimere  orabant.  26.  Ex  bello 
tristi  pax  Romulo  ipsi  erat  grata.  27.  Et  bello  et  paci 
Romulus  operam  dedit;  illud  (the  former)  triste,  haec  (the 
latter)  laeta  fuit. 


Arcus  IanT,   Locus  Mercatorum 


170 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  the  names  of  the  cases  in  a  column  and  complete  the 
declension  of  each  pronoun  as  far  as  is  possible  with  the  forms  used 
above. 

h.  Notice  the  special   meaning  of  illud  and  haec  in  sentence  22. 

NUMAE  POMPILIO   REGNUM   DATUR 
275.  Inclita    iustitia    religioque    illo    tempore    Numae 
Pompili  erat.      Curibus  Sabinis  habitabat,   consultissimus 

vir  omnis  dlvini  atque 
humani  iuris.  Huic  pat- 
res  Roman!  omnes  reg- 
num  dari  volebant. 
Numa  rex  creatus  urbem 
novam,  vi  et  armis  con- 
ditam,  lure  legibusque  ac 
moribus  de  integro  con- 
dere  parat.  Annum  in 
duodecim  menses  ad  cur- 
sum  lunae  descrlpsit. 
lanum  indicem  pacis 
bellique  fecit;  apertusin 
armis  esse  civitatem, 
clausus  pacatos  circa 
omnes  populos  significabat.  Leges  quoque  plurimas  et 
utiles  tulit.  Ita  duo  deinceps  reges  alius  alia  via,  ille  bello 
hie  pace,  civitatem  auxerunt.  Romulus  septem  et  triginta 
regnavit  annos,  Numa  tres  et  quadraginta. 

a.  Ciiribus  Sabinis  (loc),  in  Cures  of  the  SaMnes;  Numa  .  .  . 
parat,  When  Numa  had  been  elected  Icing  (lit.,  Numa  elected  king),  the  new 
city  founded  by  force  of  arms  (lit.,  by  force  and  arms),  he  prepared  to 
found  anew  with  justice  and  laws  and  good  morals  also:  alius  alia  via, 
one  in  one  way  the  other  in  another.     (See  section  207.) 

b.  For  the  declension  of  vis  see  section  548. 

c.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  close,  create,  describe, 
divine,  index,  integer,  justice,  religion,  signify,  mm. 


Arcus  Constantini 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  171 

DECLENSION 
276.  Hie,  haec,  hoc,  this;  ille,  ilia,  illud,  that. 


SiNGULAH 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

illius 

illius 

illius 

Dot. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

iUi 

illi 

illi 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 
Plural 

iUo 

ilia 

iUo 

Nom. 

hl 

hae 

haec 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

horum 

harum 

horum 

illorum 

illarum 

illonun 

Dot. 

his 

his 

his 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

hos 

has 

haec 

iUos 

iUas 

Ula 

Ahl. 

his 

his 

his 

illLs 

illis 

illis 

a.  Iste,  that  of  yours,  is  declined  like  ille.  Ipse,  self,  is  dechned 
like  ille  except  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  neuter, 
where  ipse  has  ipsum,  the  regular  fonn  of  adjectives. 


SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  Demonstrative  Pronouns 

277.  Demonstrative  pronouns  may  be  used  as  sub- 
stantitives  or  as  adjectives  in  agreement  with  nouns.     (53) 

Hie,  this  (man),  he;  haec,  these  things;  ista  epistula,  that  letter 
{of  yours);  ilia  tempora,  those  times;  virgines  ipsae,  the  maidens  them- 
selves. 

a.  Hie  and  ille  are  sometimes  contrasted,  ille  meaning  the  former 
and  hie  the  latter  of  two  objects.  Duo  reges,  ille  bello  hie  pace,  civi- 
tatem  auxerunt,  two  kings,  the  former  by  war  the  loiter  by  peax^e,  advanced 
the  stale. 

Duration  of  Time 

278.  Duration  of  time  is  expressed  by  the  accusative 
case.     (54) 

Rdmulus  septem  et  triginta  regnavit  annos,  Romulus  reigned 
thirty-seven  years. 


172 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


COMPOSITION 
279.  1.  The  new  king  is  Numa  Pompilius.  2.  The 
piety  of  this  king  is  celebrated.  3.  He  was  not  living  in 
the  city  of  Rome  itself,  but  at  Cures  (loc).  4.  That  (man) 
was  very  learned  in  divine  and  human  law.  5.  For  this 
reason  (hac  de  causa)  the  Romans  themselves  gave  the 
kingdom  to  Numa.  6.  This  was  Nmna's  plan.  7.  I  will 
found  the  city  anew  by  means  of  right,  laws,  and  morals. 
8.  That  plan  of  yours,  Numa,  will  advance  the  state.  9. 
(The  temple  of)  Janus  was  the  sign  of  peace  and  war.  10. 
Open,  (the  temple  of)  Janus  is  the  sign  qf  war.  11.  When 
(the  temple  of)  Janus  is  closed,  the  state  is  not  in  arms. 
12.  Romulus  advanced  the  state  by  war,  Numa  Pompihus 
by  peace.  13.  The  former  reigned  thirty-seven  years,  the 
latter  forty-three. 


Photo  by  M'u„  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

MoNTES  SabinI  atque  Via  ad  Villam  HoratI 


CHAPTER  XXXIV 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS  AND  THE  RELATIVE  QUI 

280.  The  demonstrative  pronoun  is,  ea,  id,  this,  that 
(he,  she,  it),  and  the  relative  qui,  quae,  quod,  who,  which,  are 
the  pronouns  which  occur  most  frequently  in  Latin,  and 
many  of  their  forms  have  already  been  used.  They  are 
declined  in  three  genders,  singular  and  plural. 

Is  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  a  personal  pronoun  of  the 
third  person,  and  the  genitive  singular,  eius,  his,  her,  its, 
and  the  genitive  plural,  eonun,  earum,  eonim,  their,  are 
used  in  the  place  of  possessives  of  the  third  person. 

281.  Determine  the  ease  of  each  pronoun  by  its  use  in  the 
sentence,  and  the  gender  and  number  by  the  gender  and  number 
of  the  antecedent  of  the  pronoun.     Notice 

the    peculiar   forms   of    the   genitive   and  fi?_ 

dative  singular. 

READING    EXERCISE 

282.  L  Ad  spectaculum  quod  Ro- 
mulus indici  finitimis  iusserat  (iubeo) 
Sablni  cum  muheribus  suis  venerunt. 
2.  Sabinorum  fllias  quae  ad  spectaculum 
venerant  Roman!  rapuerunt.  3.  Sabinl, 
quorum  fllias  Roman!  rapuerant,  arma 
ceperunt  et  ad  novam  urbem  conten- 
debant.  4.  Tarpeia,  cuius  pater  arc! 
praeerat,  Sablnos  in  arcem  perdiixit. 
5.  Sab!ni  scuta  quae  in  laev!s  habebant 
e!   dederunt.      6.    Sabinae    muheres  de 

quibus  bellum  erat  inter  armatos  venerunt.      7.  Tum  Ro- 
man! cum  i!s  quibuscum  bellum  gesserant  pacem  fecerunt. 
8.  Post  bellum  cum  Sab!n!s  erant  duo  reges,  quorum  alter 
(173) 


MlLES    CUM    SCUTO 
ET    HasTA 


174  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

Tatius  Sabinus,  alter  Romulus  erat.  9.  Post  mortem  Tati 
Romulus  solus  iterum  fuit  rex;  is  omnibus,  patribus  atque 
militibus,  fuit  acceptus.  10.  Post  aliquot  annos  tempestas 
eum  denso  nimbo  operuit.  11.  Proeulus,  cui  Romulus  se 
obvium  dederat,  haec  in  contione  dixit:  12.  '^Romulus,  qui 
parens  fuit  huius  m-bis,  est  in  caelo.  13.  Eius  Roma  caput 
orbis  terrarum  erit.  X4.  NuUae  opes  humanae  armis 
Romanis  resistere  poterunt."  15.  Salve,  Romule,  rex  atque 
parens  urbis  Romae. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Arrange  the  different  forms  of  is  and  qui  in  tables  of  declension, 
supplying,  as  far  as  possible,  the  forms  which  do  not  appear  in  the  above 
sentences. 

TULLUS   HOSTiLroS   REX   CREATUR 

283.  Numae  morte  TuUum  Hostllium,  nepotem  Hostili 
cuius  pugna  ad  versus  Sablnos  fuerat  clara,  regem  populus 
creavit.  Hie  non  solum  proximo  regl  dissimilis,  sed  ferocior 
etiam  quam  Romulus  fuit.  Cum  aetas  viresque  tum  avita 
quoque  gloria  animum  stimulavit.  Materiam  igitur  belli 
undique  quaerebat.  Forte  pastores  RomanI  ex  Albano 
agro,  Albani  ex  Romano  praedas  agebant.  Utrimque 
legati  missi  sunt  sed  Tullus  ferox  pacem  facere  nolebat. 
Bellum  igitur  paratum  est. 

a.  Numae  morte,  at  the  death  of  Numa;  proximo  regi  dissimilis, 
unlike  the  last  king  (sec.  56) ;  cimi  .  .  .  timi,  7iot  only  .  .  .  but  also. 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  dissimilar,  ferocious, 
glory,  prey,  stimulate. 

DECLENSION 

284.  Is,  that,  he;  qui,  who,  which. 


Singular 

Plural 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nam. 

is 

ea 

id 

ii,  el 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

AM. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


175 


Singular 

Plural 

m 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Num. 

qui 

quae 

(luod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dal. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Acr. 

queiii 

quad 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

a.  Compare  the  genitive  and  dative  singular  with  the  same 
cases  of  hie,  iste,  and  ille,  section  276. 

b.  With  quibus  the  preposition  cum  is  an  enchtic.  Quibuscum, 
toUh  whom.  Compare  mecum,  tvith  me;  teciun,  vnth  you;  nobiscum, 
vrith  us;  vobisciun,  with  yon;  secum,  urith  him,  with  them,  etc. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  Is 

285.  The  prdnoun  is  may  be  used  (1)  as  a  definitive 
adjective;  (2)  as  a  demonstrative  to  supply  the  place  of  a 
personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  meaning  he,  she,  it, 
they;  or  (3)  it  may  stand  as  the  antecedent  of  the  relative 
qui.     (55) 

(1)  In  eo  loco  urbem  aedificant,  they  build  a  city  in  this  place; 
(2)  populus  Numam  regem  creavit ;  is  pace  civitatem  auxit,  the  people 
ynade  Numa  king;  he  advanced  the  state  by  peace:  (3)  is  quern  populus 
regem  creavit  civitatem  auxit,  he  whom  the  people  mmie  Jang  advanced 
the  state. 

Agreement  of  the  Relative  Pronoun 

286.  The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent 
in  gender  and  number;  its  case  is  determined  by  its  use  in 
the  sentence.     (56) 

Urbs  quam  Romam  vocSvit,  the  city  which  he  called  Rome. 

COMPOSITION 

287.  1.  On  the  death  (abl.  of  time)  of  Numa  the 
people  made  TuUus  Hostihus  king.  2.  He  was  the  grandson 
of  Hostius  Hostilius  who  had  fought  against  the  Sabines. 
3.  That   fight   which   had   been   against   the   Sabines   was 


176  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

famous.^  4.  Tullus  was  different  from  (to)  Numa,  who  had 
been  the  last  king.  5.  He  was  even  more  warUke  (ferocior) 
than  Romukis.  6.  The  king,  whose  age  and  strength  aroused 
his  spirit,  was  seeking  an  occasion  for  war.  7.  The  renown 
of  his  grandfather  aroused  the  spiiit  of  Hostihus. 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 
MONTES    IN    EtRURIA 


CHAPTER  XXXV 

THE  PERFECT  PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE 
The  Ablative  Absolute 

288.  The  perfect  passive  participle  has  the  form  of  an 
adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declensions.  In  the  vocab- 
ulary it  is  given  as  the  fourth  of  the  principal  parts  of  a 
regular  verb.  Like  an  adjective  a  participle  agrees  with  the 
noun  which  it  modifies  in  case,  number,  and  gender. 

The  time  denoted  by  the  perfect  passive  participle  is 
relatively  past;  that  is,  it  is  past  with  reference  to  the  time 
of  the  main  verb  in  the  clause  containing  the  participle. 

Raptae  mulieres  erant  causa  belli,  the  seized  women  (the  women 
who  had  been  seized)  were  the  cause  of  the  war. 

A  noun  and  a  participle,  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  or 
two  nouns  are  often  used  together  in  the  ablative  case  to 
express  some  such  relation  as  may  be  expressed  by  a  noun 
in  the  ablative  case  or  by  a  clause;   as, 

Numa  rege,  Numa  {being)  king,  while  Numa  is  {was)  king 

Numa  regnante,  Numa  reigning,  while  Numa  is  (was)  reigning. 

Numa  sepulto,  Numa  having  been  buried,  after  Numa  had  been 
buried,  when  Numa  had  been  buried,  etc. 

This  use  of  the  ablative  case  is  called  the  ablative 
absolute.  It  is  somewhat  like  the  nominative  absolute  in 
English.  It  is  found  very  frequently  and  considerable  skill 
is  required  to  translate  it  into  idiomatic  English. 

289.  In  the  following  exercise  find  all  the  perfect  passive 
participles,  notice  with  what  noun  the  participle  agrees,  and 
study  the  translation  of  the  expressions  containing  a  noun  and 
a  participle  in  the  ablative  case. 

Review  the  form  and  the  use  of  .the  present  active  participle, 
sections  200,  203. 

(177) 


178  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

READING   EXERCISE 

290.  1.  Sabiiii  statiiu  ob  virgines  rapt  as  bellimi 
advcisus  llonianos  suinpseriint.  2.  Armatl  hostes  Romae 
ap})ropinquabant.  3.  Mllites  in  arccin  i)ei'diicti  Tarpeiaiii 
sc'utis  obruunt.  4.  Dcinde  principes  utrinique  fortissime 
pugnabant.  5.  Sed  raptae  mulieres  crinibus  passis  inter 
tela  volantia  venerunt.  6.  Et  hinc  patres  hinc  viros  orantes 
multitudinem  moverunt.  7.  Foedere  a  ducibus  facto 
mulieres  et  virls  et  patribus  erant  cariores. 

8.  Urbe  septem  et  triginta  annos  ab  Romulo  regnata 
populus  Numam  regem  creavit.  9.  Qui  urbem  vl  et  armis 
conditam,  legibus  ac  moribus  de  integro  condere  volebat. 
10.  lanum  indicem  pacis  bellique  fecit.  11.  lanus  apertus 
belium,  clausus  pacem  esse  significabat.  12.  Morte  Numae 
audita  populus  Tullo  regnum  dedit.  13.  TuUus  animo 
avita  gloria  stimulate  materiam  belli  quaerebat. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  perfect  passive  participles  together  with 
the  nouns  which  they  modify,  and  tell  the  case,  number,  and  gender. 

h.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  expressions  in  which  a  noun  and  a  parti- 
ciple are  in  the  ablative  case  (the  ablative  absolute),  and  write  out  the 
best  possible  translation  of  each  of  these  expressions. 

c.  Write  and  recite  orally  the  first  three  of  the  principal  parts  of 
the  verbs,  and  add  the  nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  perfect 
passive  participle  as  given  in  the  vocabulary;   as, 

condo,  condere,  condidi,  conditus. 

INTER  ALBANOS   ET  ROMANOS   BELLUM 

291.  Tullo  Hostllio  regnante  bellum  inter  Albanos  et 
Romanos  erat.  Ducibus  Hostllio  et  Fufetio  placuit  cer- 
tamen  paucorum  pugna  flnirl.  Forte  erant  apud  Romanos 
trigemini  fratres  Horatii,  tres  apud  Albanos  CuriatiT.  Cum 
his  agunt  reges  ut  pro  sua  quisque  patria  dimicent  ferro. 
Foedus  his  legibus  RomanI  et  Albanl  faciunt:   ibi  imperium 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


179 


erit  unde  victoria  fiierit ;    cuius  populi  elves  hoc  certamine 
vicerint,  is  alter!  populo  cum  bona  pace  imperabit. 

a.  Ducibus,  dative,  indirect  object  of  placuit;    certamen,  ace, 
subject  of  finiri;    Horatii,  Curiatii,  apposition  with  fratres ;    ut  .  . 
dimicent,  that  they  fight  each  for  his  own  country;   his  legibus,  under 


TURRLS  ET  MURUS  IN  HiSPANIA 


Oiese  conditions;    cuius  .  .  .  imperabit,  the  people  ivhose  citizens  shall 
fuive  conquered  in  this  contest  shall  rule  over  the  other  in  peace. 

b.  (Notebook.)     Explain  the  derivation  of  empire,  finish,  please, 
victory. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS   OF  VERBS 

292.  Regular    verbs   have    four    principal    parts:     the 

present  indicative  active,  the  present  infinitive  active,  the 

perfect  indicative  active,  and  the  perfect  passive  participle. 

Certain  verbs  lack  the  perfect  passive  participle;    and  of 


180 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


these  the  future  active  participle,  when  there  is  such  a  form, 
is  given  as  the  fourth  of  the  principal  parts. 

These  forms  are  called  the  principal  parts  because  they 
contain  the  stems  upon  which  is  based  the  conjugation  of 
the  verb  in  all  the  moods  and  tenses. 


TYPICAL  VERBS 
293.     Amo,  video,  mitto,  audio,  sum,  capio. 

Pres.  Indic.       Pres.  Inf.      Per.  Indic.  Per.  Part. 

amo                  amare             amavi  amatus 

video                videre             vidi  visus 

mitto               mittere           misi  missus 

audio                audire             audivi  audltus 


sum 
capio 


esse 
capere 


fui 
cepi 


futurus  (future) 
captus 


a.  The  present  indicative  is  the  form  under  which  the  verb  is 
found  in  the  vocabulary. 

b.  The  present  infinitive  shows  to  what  conjugation  the  verb 
belongs  and  contains  the  present  stem,  upon  which  are  based  the 
present,  past,  and  future  tenses. 

c.  The  perfect  indicative  active  contains  the  perfect  stem,  upon 
which  are  based  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses  of 
the  active  voice. 

d.  The  perfect  passive  participle  (or  the  future  active  participle) 
contains  the  participial  or  supine  stem.  This  stem  is  found  by  dropping 
the  case-ending  -us  of  the  perfect  participle  (or  -urus  of  the  future 
participle).  The  tenses  of  the  indicative  which  are  based  upon  the 
participial  or  supine  stem  are  discussed  in  sections  304-313. 

e.  Write  and  recite  the  principal  parts  of  paro,  moved,  duco, 
aperio,  and  rapid. 

SYNTAX 

The  Use  of  the  Perfect  Passive  Participle 

294.  The  perfect  passive  participle  agrees  in  gender, 
number,  and  case  with  the  noun  to  which  it  belongs;  and  it 
represents  action  as  completed  at  the  time  of  the  verb  upon 
which  the  participle  depends.     (57) 


f>)n(fitnde       10 


V4         Gifi-nwKh 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  181 

Morte  Niimae  audita  populus  Tullo  regnum  dedit,  the  death  of 
Numa  having  been  heard  of  {having  heard  of  the  death  of  Numa,  after 
they  had  heard  of  the  death  of  Numa),  the  people  gave  the  kingdom  to 
Tidlus. 

a.  The  Latin  perfect  passive  participle  is  often  best  translated 
into  English  by  a  clause  or  by  the  active  past  participle,  which  is  lacking 
in  Latin. 

The  Ablative  Absolute 

295.  A  noun  or  a  pronoun  in  the  ablative  case,  with  a 
participle,  adjective,  or  noun  in  agreement,  may  be  used 
in  an  undefined  adverbial  relation  with  the  predicate.  This 
construction  is  called  the  ablative  absolute.     (58) 

a.  The  relation  between  the  ablative  absolute  and  the  rest  of  the 
sentence  can  be  determined  only  by  the  context.     The  following  exam- 

■  pies  will  suggest  various  ways  of  translating. 

Numa  rege,  Numa  (being)  king,  while  Numa  in  {wan)  king. 

Tullo  regnante,  Tullus  reigniruj,  while  Tidlus  is  (urns)  reigning, 
daring  (he  reign  of  Tullus. 

Foedere  facto  duces  bellvun  finiunt,  a  treat!/  having  been  made 
{when  a  treaty  has  been  made,  having  nuidc  a  treaty),  the  leaders  end  the 
war;   or,  the  leaders  make  a  treaty  and  end  the  war. 

Altero  populo  victo  alter  populus  imperium  habebit,  one  people 
huving  been  conquered  (when  one  people  has  been  conquered,  if  one  people 
shall  have  been  conquered),  the  other  urill  have  dominimi. 

Fratre  interfecto  Romulus  solus  regnavit,  his  brother  having  been 
killed  (having  killed  his  brother,  when  he  h/ul  killed  his  brother),  Romulus 
reigned  alone;  or,  Romulus  killed  his  brother  ami  reigned  alone. 

b.  In  a  typical  Latin  sentence  the  main  thought  is  presented  in 
the  principal  clause  and  the  thoughts  of  secondary  importance  are  often 
made  subordinate  by  the  use  of  a  participle;  while  in  English  such 
subordination  is  generally  indicated  by  the  use  of  subordinate  clauses. 

COMPOSITION 

296.  1.  In  the  reign  of  Tullus  (Tullus  reigning)  there 
was  war.  2.  An  occasion  for  (of)  war  having  been  sought, 
Tullus  undertook  (sumo)  war  against  the  Albans.  3. 
Hostilius  and  Fufv'tius  (being)  leaders,  there  was  war  between 
the  Romans  and  the  Albans.     4.  When  an  agreement  has 


182 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


been  made  (an  agreement  having  been  made),  a  few  fight 
with  swords.  5.  Among  the  Romans  there  were  three 
brothers,  the  Horatii;  among  the  Albans  the  three  Curiatii. 
6.  The  Horatii  fight  for  Rome  with  swords;  the  Curiatii 
fight  for  Alba. 

7.  Each  one  (quisque)  fights  for  his  own  country.  8. 
The  supremacy  will  be  there  where  (whence)  the  victory 
shall  have  been.  9.  If  the  Curiatii  shall  have  conquered, 
the  Albans  will  rule  over  the  Romans.  10.  If  the  Curiatii 
are  conquered  (the  Curiatii  having  been  conquered),  the 
Romans  will  have  the  supremacy  (the'  supremacy  will  be 
to  the  Romans).  11.  The  leaders  make  an  agreement  on 
these  terms.  12.  When  the  fight  is  finished  (the  fight 
having  been  finished) ,  the  victors  will  rule  over  the  conquered 
(dative  of  participle).  13.  The  people  whose  citizens 
conquer  (shall  have  conquered)  will  rule  over  the  other  in 
peace  (with  good  peace). 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Via  Triumphalis  in  Montibus  AlbanTs 


b'ndtrwood  ^^  (.Jiuhrwuod,  A,  Y. 

PoRTUS  Neapolis  et  Mons  Vesuvius 


CHAPTER  XXXVI 

THE  FOURTH  DECLENSION 

297.  In  the  fourth  declension  the  nominative  singular 
of  mascuUne  nouns  ends  in  -us,  and  the  nominative  singular 
of  neuter  nouns  in  -u.  The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -us. 
The  case-endings  are  not  very  different  from  those  of  the 
third  declension  except  as  they  are  modified  by  the  charac- 
teristic stem  vowel  u. 

298.  In  how  many  ways  are  nouns  declined?  How  many 
declensions  have  been  studied?  What  is  the  ending  of  the  geni- 
tive singular  in  the  first  declension?  in  the  second?  in  the  third? 

Study  the  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  having  the  nomina- 
tive ending  in  -us  or  -u,  and  the  genitive  in  -us.  Determine  the 
case  of  each  noun  by  its  use  in  the  sentence.  Remember  that  an 
adjective  is  often  a  guide  to  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  the 
noun  which  it  modifies. 

READING  EXERCISE 

299.  1.  Salve,  amice,  quid  agis  hodie?  2.  Te  ipsum 
salvere  iubeo.  Da  mihi  manum  tuam.  3.  Unde  venTs? 
Quid  in  manu  habes?  4.  A  portu  venio.  Habeo  in  manu 
hbros  quos  Athenis  portavl.  5.  Ex  longa  navigatione 
iterum  domi  mox  eris.  Tuo  adventu  gaudeo.  6.  Et  ego 
tuo  conspectu  gaudeo.      Domum  veniens  sum  laetissimus. 

7.  Urbs  Roma  ab  ore  Tiberis  circiter  miha  passuum 
viginti  abest.  8.  Romae  nuUus  portus  erat.  9.  Urbs 
Ostia  erat  portus  Romae;  eum  portum  Ancus  Marcius 
aedificavit.  10.  Ostia  erat  Romanis  portul.  11.  Portus 
Ostiae  erat  magno  usul  Romanis.  12.  Naves  a  portu 
solvunt  atque  in  portum  ex  longa  navigatione  veniunt. 
13.  Ex  longa  navigatione  conspectus  portus  est  gratissimus. 

(184) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


185 


14.  Homaiii  scicntiam  port  mini  J^iilaimiaii  iidii  liahebaiit 
diim  Caesar  Insiilaiii  exploravit.  Jo.  IVr  oriis  Italiae  sunt 
multl  portus.  16.  Viatores  e  portibus  Graeciae  solvunt  et 
in  portus  Italiae  veniunt. 

17.  Roman!  t^ellum  saepe  gerebant.  18.  Magnos  exer- 
citus  habebant.  19.  Reges  ipsi  Romanos  exercitus  duce- 
bant.  20.  Postea  consules  erant  exercituum  Romanorum 
duces.     21.  In  exercitu  Romano  erant  et  pedites  et  equites. 


Photo  Brown  Bros.   N.  Y. 

Piraeus,  Portias  Athenarum 


22.  In  itinere  exercitus  agmen  appellabatur.  23.  ExercituI 
instructo  nomen  acies  dabatur.  24.  Exercitus  instructi 
erant  partes  tres,  quarum  una  acies,  alia  cornu  dextrum, 
tertia  sinistrum  cornu  appellabatur. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  nouns  in  the  exercise  above  whose  genitive 
singular  ends  in  -us,  arranging  the  different  cases  in  the  usual  order. 

b.  Write  the  declension  of  exercitus.     What  are  the  case-endings? 

TRIGEMINI  ARMA   CAPIUNT 
300.  Foedere  icto  trigeminl  arma  capiunt  et  in  medium 
inter  duos  exercitus  procedunt.     Consederant  utrimque  pro 

14 


186 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


castiis  duo  exorcitus,  pericull  inagis  praesentis  quam  curae 
expertes;  nam  imperium  in  tarn  paucorum  virtute  erat 
positum.  Datur  signum  infest Isque  armis  terni  iuvenes, 
magnorum  exercituum  animos  gerentes,  concurrunt.  Ut 
prlmo  concursti  increpuere  (perf.)  arma  micantesque  fulsere 
gladil,  horror  ingens  spectantes  perstringit,  et  neutris  erat 
vox  spTritusque. 

a.  Foedere  icto,  ablative  absolute  (translate  several  ways); 
in  medium,  into  the  midst;  periculi  .  .  .  expertes,  free  from  immediate 
danger  rather  than  from  anxiety;  neutris  .  .  .  spiritusque,  neither  (side) 
had  voice  or  breath  (to  neither  urns  there  voice  and  breath). 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  concourse,  concur, 
horror,  neuter,  peril,  spirit. 


TYPICAL   NOUNS 
301.     Nom.,  portus;  gen.,  portus;  m.;  harbor. 


Nom 

.,  cornu ;    gen.,  comus ;  n. ; 

horn,  unng  (( 

)f  an  arn 

Singular 

M. 

N. 

Nom. 

portus 

cornu 

-US 

-U 

Gen. 

portus 

comus 

-US 

-us 

Dat. 

portui 

cornu 

-ui 

-u 

Ace. 

portum 

cornu 

-um 

-u 

Voc. 

portus 

cornu 

-us 

-u 

AN. 

portu 

cornu 

Plural 

-u 

-u 

Nom. 

portus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Gen. 

portuum 

comuum 

-uum 

-uimi 

Dat. 

portibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

portus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Voc. 

portus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

AbL 

portibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

a.  The  stems  of  noims  of  the  fourth  declension  end  in  u. 

b.  Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  ending  in  -us  are  mas- 
culine; all  ending  in  -u  are  neuter.  Manus,  hand,  domus,  house,  and 
a  few  others  arc  feminine. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  187 

c.  Domus  is  declined  like  portus,  but  it  has  also  some  forms  which 
belong  to  the  second  declension.  For  the  complete  declension  of  domus 
see  section  548.  The  following  forms  are  most  frequently  used:  Nom. 
domus,  house;  ace,  domum,  homeward;  abl.,  domo. /rom  liome;  loc, 
domi,  at  home. 

SYNTAX 
The  Dative  of  Purpose 

302.  A  noun  in  the  dative  case  is  sometimes  used  to 
denote  purpose;  a  second  noun  in  the  dative  denoting  the 
person  affected  often  accompanies  the  dative  of  purpose. 
(59) 

Portus  Ostiae  erat  magno  usui  Romanis,  the  harbor  of  Ostia  was 
of  great  use  (for  great  use)  to  the  Romans. 

COMPOSITION 

303.  1.  Good-da}^,  Marcus,  how  do  you  do?  2.  Are 
you  coming  from  the  harbor?  3.  I  am  coming  home. 
4.  To-mori-ow  I  shall  come  to  the  harbor.  5.  Shall  you 
have  (will  there  be  to  you)  a  long  voyage?  6.  I  shall  make 
a  voyage  to  Athens  (ace,  sec.  96).  7.  From  Athens  (abl., 
sec.  98)  I  shall  come  to  Rome.  8.  What  will  you  see 
in  Athens?  9.  I  shall  see  the  city,  the  Acropolis  (arx), 
and  the  temple  of  Theseus. 

10.  The  Horatii  and  the  Curiatii  take  arms  and  advance 
between  the  two  armies.  11.  The  brothers,  arms  having 
been  taken,  advance.  12.  The  armies  were  free  from  danger 
rather  than  from  anxiety.  13.  When  the  signal  was  given 
(the  signal  having  been  given),  the  youths,  threc-on-each- 
side,  rushed  together.  14.  The  arms  clash  and  the  flashing 
swords  gleam.  15.  The  spectators  were  speechless  and 
breathless  (to  the  spectators  was  neither  voice  nor  breath). 
16.  Neither  side  (neutrl)  was  (were)  free  from  danger.  17. 
The  supremacy  depended  upon  the  valor  of  the  three  chiefs. 


©  Undrrwnod  ct   Ufidrnroo,!,  N.  Y. 

Arx  Athenarum  et  Templum  Theseum 


CHAPTER  XXXVII 

THE   PERFECT,   PAST   PERFECT,   AND   FUTURE 
PERFECT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 

304.  In  English  certain  tenses  are  formed  by  the  use 
of  auxiliary  verbs;  as,  /  am  praised,  you  have  been  advised, 
etc.  In  a  similar  way  the  Latin  perfect,  past  perfect  (or 
pluperfect),  and  future  perfect  tenses  in  the  passive  voice 
are  formed  by  combining  respectively  the  present,  the  past, 
and  the  future  tenses  of  the  verb  sum  with  the  perfect  passive 
participle. 

Tullus  rex  creatus  est,  Tidlus  loas  elected  king. 
Materia  belli  quaesita  erat,  an  occasion  for  war  had  been  sought. 
Si  Horatii  victi  enint  Albanis  imperium  erit,  if  the  Horatii  shall 
have  been  conquered  the  supremacy  loill  belong  to  the  Albans. 

In  these  tenses  the  participle  agrees  in  case,  gender, 
and  number  with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

305.  In  the  study  of  the  compound  tenses  of  the  passive 
voice  it  is  necessary  to  give  particular  attention  to  the  principal 
parts  of  the  verbs  since  the  form  of  the  participial  or  supine  stem 
is  not  always  suggested  by  the  present;  for  example,  quaero, 
quaesitus ;  vinco,  victus ;  pono,  positus. 

Study  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  in  the  following  exer- 
cise and  notice  the  form  of  the  participle  in  the  perfect,  past 
perfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses  of  the  passive  voice,  and  the 
agreement  of  the  participle  with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

READING   EXERCISE 

306.  1 .  Numae  morte  Tullus  Hostllius  rex  creatus  est. 

2.  Hostius  Hostlhus  avus  eius  apud  Romanos  clarus  fuerat. 

3.  Tullus  dissimilis  Numae,  atque  ferocior  quam  Romulus 
fuit.     4.  Cum  aetate  viribusque  turn   avita  gloria  animus 

(189) 


190  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

stiinulatus  erat.     5.  Materia  igitur  Ix^lli  undique  quaes! ta  est. 

6.  Utrimque  legatls  missis  Tullus  ferox  pacem  facere  nolebat. 

7.  Belluin  igitur  utrimque  paratum  est.     8.  Ducibus  tamen 
placuit  certamen  sine  magna  clade  paucorum  pugna  finiri. 

9.  His  legibus  igitur  foedus  factum  est.  10.  Utrimque 
trigemini  fratres,  apud  Romanes  Horatii  apud  Albanos 
Curiatii,  pro  sua  quisque  patria  dimicabunt  ferro.  11.  Si 
Horatii  victi  erunt,  Albani  Romanis  imperabunt;  si  Curiatii 
victi  erunt,  Roman!  Albanis  imperabunt.  12.  Foedere  icto 
fratres  arma  capiunt.  13.  Imperium  in  eorum  virtute  erat 
posit um.  14.  Ubi  signum  datum  est,  increpuere  arma  et 
fulsere  gladil.  15.  Spectantibus  erat  neque  vox  neque 
spiritus. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Write  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  and  conjugate  each  in 
the  tense  in  which  it  is  found  in  the  sentences  above. 

tJNUM  HORATIUM  TRES  CURIATU  CIRCUMSTANT 
307.  Consertis  deinde  manibus  statim  duo  Roman! 
alius  super  alium  exsplrantes  ceciderunt;  tres  Alban! 
vulnerati  sunt.  Ad  easum  Romanorum  conclamavit  gaudio 
exercitus  Albanus.  Romanos  iam  spes  tota  deserebat. 
IJnum  Horatium  tres  Curiatii  circumsteterant.  Forte  is 
integer  fuit;  sed  quia  tribus  impar  erat,  ut  distraheret 
hostes,  fugere  coepit.  Iam  aliquantum  spat!  ex  eo  loco  ubi 
pugnatum  est  aufugerat,  cum  respiciens  videt  unum  Curia- 
tium  ndn  longe  'Ah  sese  abesse.  In  eum  magno  impetu 
i(^dit,  et  duin  Allmnus  exercitus  inclamat  Curiatiis  ut  opem 
feiant  frfitri,  iam  Horatius  caeso  hostc  victor  secundam 
pugnam  petebat. 

n.  Consertis  manibus,  abl.  abs.;  alius  super  alium,  one  upon 
another;  gaudio,  abl.  of  cause,  for  joy;  ut  distraheret  hostes,  tliat  he 
might  separate  the  enemy;  aliquantiun  spati,  somewhat  of  space,  a  con- 
siderahle  distance;    magno  impetu,  with  great  fury;    ut  opem   ferant 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


191 


fratri,  that  they  ahoidd  hntuj  aid  to  their  brother;   caeso  hoste,  the  enemy 
hdvinif  been  slain,  having  slain  his  enemy,  after  slaying  his  enemy. 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  case,  distract,  exfnre, 
impetus,  integer,  second,  simcc. 

CONJUGATION 
Perfect  Tense 

308.  Amatus  stun,  /  have  been  loved;  visus  sum,  / 
have  been  seen;  missus  sum,  I  have  been  sent;  auditus  sum, 
/  have  been  heard. 

Singular 

amatus  sum  vLsus  sum  missus  stun  auditus  siun 

amatus  es  vTsus  es  missus  es  auditus  es 

amatus  est  vIsus  est  missus  est  auditus  est 

Plural 

amati  stunus  visi  stunus  missi  sumus  audit!  stmius 

amati  estis  visi  estis  missi  estis  auditi  estis 

amati  sunt  visi  sunt  missi  sunt  auditi  sunt 

Past  Perfect  Tense 

309.  Amatus  eram,  /  had  been  loved;  visus  eram,  I 
had  been  seen;  missus  eram,  I  had  been  svnt;  auditus  eram, 
/  had  been  heard. 

Singular 

amatus  eram  visus  eram  missus  eram  auditus  eram 

amatus  eras  visus  eras  missus  eras  auditus  eras 

amatus  erat  visus  erat  missus  erat  auditus  erat 

Plural 

amati  eramus  visi  eramus  missi  eramus  auditi  eramus 

amati  eratis  visi  eratis  missi  eratis  auditi  eratis 

amati  erant  visi  erant  missi  erant  auditi  erant 


Future  Perfect  Tense 
310.     Amatus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  loved;    visus  ero, 
I  shall  have  been  seen;   missus  ero,  I  shall  have  been  sent; 
auditus  ero,  I  shall  have  been  heard. 


192 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


amalus  ero 
amatus  eris 
amatus  erit 


aiiiati  erimus 
aiiiati  eritis 
amati  erunt 


Singular 
visus  ero  missus  ero 

visus  eris  missus  eris 

visus  erit  missus  erit 

Plural 
visi  erimus  missi  erimus 

visi  eritis  missi  eritis 

visi  erunt  missi  erunt 


auditus  ero 
aiidltus  eris 
auditus  erit 


auditi  erimus 
aiiditi  eritis 
auditi  erunt 


a.  The  perfect,  the  past  perfect,  and  the  future  perfect  tenses  of 
the  passive  voice  are  conjugated  alike  in  all  the  conjugations. 

h.  In  the  compound  tenses  of  the  passive  voice  the  participle 
agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  gender  and  number. 


SYNTAX 
Verbs  Used  Impersonally 

311.  In  the  third  person  singular  of  the  passive  voice  a 
verb  is  sometimes  used  impersonally,  with  no  subject  except 
that  which  is  implied  in  the  meaning  of  the  verb.     (60) 

Pugnatur,  there  is  fighting,  a  battle  is  going  on. 

a.  If  the  impersonal  verb  is  in  a  compound  tense  of  the  passive, 
the  participle  is  neuter.     Pugnatum  est,  a  (the)  battle  took  place. 

The  Ablative  of  Manner 

312.  The  manner  of  an  action  is  denoted  by  a  noun 
in  the  ablative  case  with  or  without  the  preposition  cum. 
With  nouns  in  very  common  use,  and  when  the  noun  is 
modified  by  an  adjective,  the  preposition  may  be  omitted. 
(61) 

Magna  cum  voluptate,  tvith  great  pleasure;  hoc  modo,  in  this 
manner;  magno  impetu,  luith  great  fury. 

COMPOSITION 

313.  1.  War  had  been  prepared  by  the  Romans  and 
the  Albans.  2.  An  agreement  has  been  made  between  the 
leaders.     3.  These  (hae)  are  the  terms  (laws)  of  the  treaty 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


193 


which  was  made  between  the  two  kings.  4.  That  people 
whose  citizens  shall  have  been  conquered  by  the  sword  shall 
give  the  supremacy  to  the  other  (dative  of  alter).  5.  Having 
joined  in  hand  to  hand  combat  (hands  having  been  joined) 
two  Romans  fell.  6.  They  fell  on6  upon  the  other.  7.  The 
Alban  army  shouted  for  joy.  8.  By  chance  one  Horatius 
was  uninjured.  9.  One  was  unequal  to  three.  10.  The 
fight  took  place  (it  was  fought)  a  considerable  distance 
(somewhat  of  space)  from  the  city.  11.  Horatius  flees,  but 
one  Curiatius  is  not  far  from  him.  12.  Him  with  great  fury 
Horatius  attacks  (seeks).  13.  Now  one  enemy  had  been 
slain  and  Horatius  was  victor  (one  enemy  having  been 
slain,  etc.). 


Photo  from  Gram  dor ff  Bros.,  Maiden,  Mass. 

Gallxjs  Moriens 


CHAPTER  XXXVIII 

THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION 

314.  In  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  the  nominative 
singular  ends  in  -es  and  the  genitive  in  -ei.  The  endings  of 
the  other  cases  are  similar  to  those  of  the  third  declension, 
except  the  ending  of  the  genitive  plural  (-erum),  which  more 
closely  resembles  the  genitive  plural  of  the  first  and  second 
declensions  (-arum,  -orum). 

The  similarity  of  the  cases  in  the  different  declensions, 
6.  gf.,  the  final  s  in  the  nominatives  hortus,  hostis,  portus, 
dies,  and  the  final  m  in  the  accusatives  stellam,  hortum, 
donum,  hostem,  portum,  diem,  is  an  indication  that  the  five 
declensions  are  only  variations  of  a  single  type,  modifications 
having  been  introduced  before  the  language  had  taken 
permanent  form  in  written  literature. 

315.  In  the  following  exercise  determine  the  case  of  each  noun 
by  its  use,  and  thus  discover  the  endings  of  the  different  cases. 
Compare  the  case-endings  with  those  of  the  other  declensions. 

READING  EXERCISE 

316.  1.  "Onus  dies  quattuor  et  viginti  horas  habet. 
2.  In  uno  die  sunt  horae  viginti  quattuor.  3.  Apud  Romanes 
dies  duodecim  horas  habebat.  4.  Nox  quoque  duodecim 
habebat  horas.  5.  Horae  die!  ab  oriente  sole  ad  occasum 
sohs  pertinebant.  7.  Aestate  horae  diel  longae,  noctis  horae 
breves  erant.  8.  Hieme  noctis  horae  longae,  diei  breves 
erant.  9.  Hieme  breves,  aestate  long!  sunt  dies.  10.  Diem 
sol,  luna  noctem  regit.  11.  Horae  diel  erant  prima,  secunda, 
tertia,  quarta,  qulnta,  sexta,  septima,  octava,  nona,  decima, 
undecima,  duodecima.  12.  Noctis  horae  ilsdem  (same) 
nominibus  vocatae  sunt.  13.  Nox  est  divisa  in  vigilias 
quattuor,  quarum  quisque  (each)  tres  horas  habebat. 

(194) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  195 

14.  In  uno  mense  sunt  dies  triginta  aut  triginta  unus. 
15.  Febriiarius  minorem  dierum  numerum  habet.  16.  Annus 
duodecim  mensis  habet.  17.  Sunt  in  anno  dies  trecenti 
sexaginta  quinque.  18.  Apud  Romanos  nomina  dierum  non 
eadem  erant  quae  nobis  sunt  nota.  19.  Roman!  nomen 
Kalendas  primo  mensis  diel  dederunt.  20.  Ultimus  dies 
mensis  pridie  Kalendas  vocatus  est.  21.  In  mensibus 
Martio,  Maio,  lulio,  Octobri,  Septimus  dies  Nonae,  quintus 
decimus  Idus  est  vocatus.  22.  In  reliquls  mensibus,  lanu- 
ario,  Februario,  April!,  lunio,  Augusto,  Septembri,  Novem- 
bri,  Decembri,  Nonae  in  diem  qu!ntum,  Idus  in  diem  tertium 
decimum  inciderunt. 

23.  Duobus  Horatiis  eaesis  Romanos  iam  spes  tota 
deserebat.  24.  Romanis  eaesis  Alban!  gaudio  conclamave- 
runt.  25.  In  unum  Horatium  tres  Curiati!  impetum  faciunt. 
26.   Ille  sensit  se  tribus  esse  imparem. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  the  declension  of  dies  and  res.  What  is  the  gender  of 
these  nouns?  What  are  the  case-endings?  What  vowel  appears  in  all 
the  case-endings? 

h.  Make  a  table  showing  the  Roman  names  of  all  the  days  of 
the  months  of  January  and  March,  ^observing  the  statements  made  in 
sentences  19-22,  section  316,  and  the  following  note. 

c.  Write  the  Latin  for  July  fourth,  December  twenty-fifth,  and 
the  day  on  which  this  work  is  done. 

Note. — The  Romans  designated  the  days  of  the  months  by  num- 
bers, counting  backwards  from  the  Nones,  the  Ides,  and  the  Kalends, 
respectively.  The  day  immediately  pre<'eding  the  Nones  (Ides,  Kal- 
ends) was  called  pride  Nonas  fldus,  Kalendas)  lanuarias,  Septembres, 
etc.  (the  name  of  the  month  being  used  as  an  adj(^ctive).  The  second 
day  (as  we  count)  before  the  Nones  (Ides,  Kalenrls)  was  called  by  the 
Romans  ante  diem  tertium  Nonas  (Idus,  Kalendas)  Julias,  Decembres, 
etc.  In  counting  backward  the  Romans,  contrary  to  our  custom, 
called  the  Nones,  the  Ides,  or  the  Kalends  number  one;  and  hence  the 
twentieth  day  of  March-  (the  twelfth  day  before  the  first  of  April  as 


196  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

we  count)  in  the  Roman  calendar  is  ante  diem  tertium  decimum 
Kalendas  Apriles. 

In  dates  we  should  expect  to  find  the  ablative  case,  die  tertio 
decimo  ante  Kalendas;  but  the  Latin  idiom  is  ante  diem,  etc.,  which 
is  usually  abbreviated  as  follows:  a.  d.  XIII  Kal.  Apr.  The  Nones, 
Ides,  and  Kalends  used  as  dates  are  in  Latin  Nonis,  Idibus,  Kalendis. 

The  Romans  designated  the  j'ear  by  counting  from  the  founding 
of  Rome,  ab  urbe  condita,  or  by  using  the  names  of  the  consuls  in  the 
ablative  absolute  with  the  noun  consulibus:  as.  Bruto  Tarquinio  con- 
sulibus.  We  use  the  calendar  prescribed  by  Julius  Caesar,  and  the 
common  abbreviation  A.  D.  represents  the  Latin  words  Anno  Domini. 

A  table  of  Roman  numerals  is  given  in  section  555. 

ROMAN!  HORATIUM  VICTOREM  ACCIPIUNT 
317.  Tunc  clamore  Roman!  adiuvant  militem  suum, 
et  ille  altenim  Curiatium  conficit.  lamque  aequato  Marte 
singull  supererant  sed  nee  spe  nee  viribus  pares.  Alter  erat 
intactus  ferro  et  geminata  victoria  atrox;  alter  fessum 
vulnere,  fessum  cursu  trahebat  corpus.  Nee  illud  proelium 
fuit.  Romanus  exsultans  male  sustinentem  arma  Curiatium 
conficit;  iaeentem  spoliat.  Roman!  ovantes  Horatium  ac- 
cipiunt  et  domum  deducunt. 

a.  Clamore,  abl.  means  (sec.  21);  aequato  Marte,  abl.  abs.  (sec. 
295);  spe,  iJi  hope;  viribus,  in  strength;  victoria,  vulnere,  cursu,  abl. 
of  cause  (sec.  229) ;  iaeentem,  in  agreement  with  pronoun  not  expressed 
referring  to  Curiatixim;   domum,  place  to  which  (sec.  96). 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  atrocious,  clamor, 
course,  par,  single,  spoil  (verb),  sustain. 

TYPICAL   NOUNS 


4 

118. 

Nom.,  dies; 

gen., 

,  diei; 

m.;         day. 

Norn.,  res; 

gen. 

,  rei; 

f . ;           thing. 

Sing 

Pl. 

Sing. 

Pl. 

Sing. 

Pl. 

Nam. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Gen. 

diei 

dierum 

rei 

rerum 

-ei  (-ei) 

-erum 

Dat. 

diei 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

-ei  (-ei) 

-ebus 

Ace. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

-em 

-es 

Voc. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

-e 

-ebus 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA  197 

a.  Dies  and  res  are  the  only  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  which 
are  found  in  all  the  cases.  Some  others  have  the  singular  entire  and 
the  nominative  and  the  accusative  plural. 

6.  The  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  feminine  except  dies, 
which  is  regularly  masculine  in  the  singular  and  always  masculine  in 
the  plural;  but  dies  may  be  feminine  when  it  means  time  or  an  ap- 
pointed day. 

c.  In  the  fifth  declension  the  stem  ends  in  e. 

d.  In  the  genitive  and  dative  singular  -ei  (long  e)  is  found  after  a 
vowel,  and  -ei  (short  e)  after  a  consonant.     Diei,  rel. 

SYNTAX 
The  Ablative  of  Specification 

319.  A  noun  may  be  used  in  the  ablative  case  to  specify 
in  what  respect  the  meaning  of  a  verb  or  an  adjective  ap- 
pUes.     (62) 

Nee  spe  nee  ^m•ibus  pares,  equal  neither  in  hope  nor  in  strength. 

COMPOSITION 

320.  1.  This  month  has  thirty-one  days.  2.  The  next 
month  (proximus)  will  have  thirty  days.  3.  All  the  months 
do  not  have  the  same  (eundem)  number  of  days.  4.  The 
months  are  not  equal  in  (respect  to)  the  number  of  days. 
5.  My  friend  will  be  with  me  three  days  (ace).  6.  In  three 
days  (abl.)  he  will  go  to  Athens.  7.  He  will  remain  in 
Athens  (loc.)  two  months.  8.  In  two  months  he  will  come 
home.  9.  I  shall  be  at  home  on  the  Kalends  of  July.  10.  We 
will  go  home  at  sunset  (the  setting  of  the  sun). 

11.  In  one  day  three  Albans  were  slain.  12.  That  was 
a  sad  day  for  the  Albans.  13.  Horatius  and  Curiatius  were 
not  equal  in  hope.  14.  They  were  not  equal  in  strength. 
15.  One  was  uninjured  by  the  sword;  the  oth(u-  was  weak 
from  a  wound.  16.  One  was  fierce  because  of  his  victory; 
the  other  with  difficulty  held  up  his  arms.  17.  The  exulting 
Horatius  strips  the  prostrate  enemy.  18.  His  enemies  hav- 
ing been  slain,  Horatius  was  conducted  home  by  the  Romans. 


CHAPTER  XXXIX 

INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS 
Quis  and  Qui 

321.  The  interrogative  pronouns  are  quis,  who?  and 
qui,  what?  Of  these  quis  is  used  as  a  substantive  and  qui 
as  an  adjective.  The  interrogative  qui  is  dechned  Uke  the 
relative  qui  (sec.  284);   quis  differs  from  the  relative  in  the 

nominative  singular  masculine 
and  feminine  (quis),  in  the  accu- 
sative singular  feminine  (quern), 
and  in  the  nominative  and  accu- 
sative singular  neuter  (quid). 

322.  In  the  following  exercise 
study  the  interrogative  pronouns 
quis  and  qui  and  the  other  inter- 
rogative words.  Observe  the  man- 
ner in  which  questions  are  asked 
and  answered  in  Latin. 

READING   EXERCISE 

323.  1.  Pater.    Quis  venit? 
2.     Fllius.     Ego,  filius 

tuus,  venio. 

Cicero  3.     P.     Unde  venis,  fill? 

4.     F.     A  magistro  venio. 

5.  P.     Quid  est   quod  in  manibus  te  habere  video? 
Num  libros  habes?  . 

6.  F.     Libros  habeo  quos  magister  mihi  hodie  dedit. 

7.  P.     Quot  hbros  habes? 

8.  F.     Habeo  libros  ab  scriptoribus  magnis  quattuor. 

9.  P.     Qui  simt  istorum  hbrorum  scriptores? 

(198) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


199 


10.  F.     tJnius  Caesar,  alterius  Cicero,  tertii  Vergilius, 
quart!  Livius  est  scriptor. 

11.  P.     Quibus  de  rebus  isti  libri  scrTpti  sunt? 

12.  F.  Caesaris  liber  est  de  bello  Gallico;  Ciceronis 
liber  habet  orationes  quattuor 
de  coniuratione  Catilinae ;  Vergi- 
lius duodecim  libros  scripsit  de 
illo  viro  qui  primus  ab  oris 
Troiae  in  Italiam  venit;  Livius 
raulta  de  Roma  antiqua  scripsit. 

13.  P.  Qui  vir  primus  ab 
oris  Troiae  in  Italiam  venit? 

14.  F.  Aeneas  cum  multls 
comitibus  in  Italiam  venit  atque 
ibi  urbem  Lavinium  aedificavit. 

15.  P.  Num  tu  istos  libros 
omnes  legistl? 

16.  F.  Non  omnes  sed 
partem  oorum   magna  cum  vo- 

luptate  legl;   mox  reliquos  legam. 

17.  P.  Cuius  libros  maxima 
cum  voluptate  legist!? 

18.  F.  IllI  libri  mihi  optimi 
esse  videntur  qui  a  Livio  script! 
sunt. 

19.  P.  Nonne  Caesaris  libri 
quoque  boni  sunt? 

20.  F.  Caesar  est  scriptor 
bonus  sed  Livius  mihi  melior  esse 
videtur. 

21.  P.     Uter  est  melior  scrip- 
tor,  Cicero  an  Vergilius? 

22.     F.     Nescio.      Cicero   clarus    orator,  Vergilius  iu- 
cundus  poeta  fuit. 


Vergilius 


TiTi  s  Livius 


^00 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Make  u  list  of  all  the  interrogative  pronouns  and  other  inter- 
rogative words  used  above, 

MOVET  HORATIUM  COMPLORATIO  SORORIS 
^  324.  Princeps  Ibat  Horatius  trium  fratrum  spolia  prae 
se  gerens.  Cui  obvia  fuit  soror,  quae  desponsa  fuerat  uni 
ex  Curiatils,  visoque  super  umeros  fratris 
paludamento  sponsi,  quod  ipsa  confecerat, 
flere  et  crines  solvere  coepit.  Mo  vet 
ferocis  iuvenis  animum  comploratio  soro- 
ris  in  tanto  publico  gaudio;  atque  stricto 
gladio  transflxit  puellam  simul  earn 
verbis  increpans:  ^'Abi  hinc  cum  imma- 
ttiro  amore  ad  sponsum,  obllta  fratrum, 
obllta  patriae.  Sic  eat  quaecumque 
Romana  lugebit  hostem." 

a.  Cui  .  .  .  soror,  whom  his  sister  met,  who 
was  met  hy  his  sister;  abi  hinc,  go  hence;  eat, 
m^y  she  go;  quaecumque  Romana,  ivhetever 
Roman  woman. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of 
immature,  solve,  spoil  (noun),  strict,  transfix,  verb. 


Paludamentum 


325. 


DECLENSION   OF   QUIS 


Singular 

Plural, 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

quis 

quid 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dal. 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quem 

quid 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quo 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

a.  The  interrogative  qui  is  declined  like  the  relative  qui. 
section  284.) 

SYNTAX 


(See 


Interrogative  Words 
326.     Quis  and  qui  are  interrogative  pronouns;   quis  is 
generally  used  as  a  substantive,  qui  as  an  adjective.     (63) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  201 

Quis  venit;  who  is  comimj^  qui  vir  venit?     What  man  came? 

a.  Besides  the  interrogative  pronouns  the  following  interrogative 
words  are  in  common  use: 

(1)  Uter,  irhuh?  is  used  with  reference  to  two  persons  or  things. 
Fratrum  uter  nomen  urbi  dedit;  which  of  the  (two)  brothers  gave  the 
name  to  the  city^ 

(2)  Quot,  how  many?  is  an  indeclinable  adjective.  Quot  libros 
habes ;  how  many  books  have  you? 

(3)  Num  implies  the  answer  no;  nonne  implies  the  answer  yes; 
the  enclitic  -ne  implies  nothing  about  the  answer  to  the  question  asked. 
Num  omnes  libros  legisti;  you  have  not  read  all  the  books,  have  you? 
nonne  Caesar  magnus  fuit  imperator;  was  not  Caesar  a  great  general? 
legistine  libros  Caesaris ;  have  you  read  the  books  of  Caesar? 

(4)  Cur,  why?  is  an  interrogative  adverb.  Cur  Horatius  sororein 
increpuit?  why  did  Horatius  upbraid  his  sister? 

{'))  Quantus,  how  large?  qualis,  of  what  kind?  quotus,  which 
(numerically,  first,  second,  etc.)?  are  interrogative  adjectives.  Quanta 
insula  est  Britannia?  how  large  an  island  is  Britain?  qualis  scriptor  fuit 
Livius ;  what  kind  of  a  writer  was  Livy?  quota  hora  est;  what  hour  is  it? 

b.  Instead  of  the  simple  yes  or  no  in  answering  questions,  the  verb 
is  often  repeated.  Legistine  librum?  legi;  have  you  read  the  book? 
I  have. 

COMPOSITION 

327.  1.  What  brothers  were  fighting  on  the  side  of  the 
Romans?  2.  Who  were  fighting  for  the  Albans?  3.  Who 
survived  as  victor?  4.  One  of  (from)  the  Horatii  was  victor. 
5.  What  was  Horatius  carrying  before  him  (self)?  6.  Hora- 
tius was  carrying  in  his  hands  the  spoils  of  the  three  Curiatii. 

7.  Whose  cloak  (the  cloak  of  whom)  was  over  his  shoulders? 

8.  Over  his  shoulders  he  had  the  cloak  which  his  sister  had 
made  for  her  betrothed.  9.  Seeing  the  cloak  which  she  had 
made,  Horatius'  sister  weeps.  10.  The  fierce  youth  is  moved 
by  his  sister's  lamentation.  11.  The  fierce  youth  upbraids 
his  weeping  sister.  12.  Had  not  the  girl  forgotten  her 
brothers?  13.  She  had  not  forgotten  her  betrothed,  had 
she?  14.  How  many  enemies  had  Horatius  slain?  15.  Why 
did  Horatius  upbraid  his  sister?  16.  What  kind  of  a  brother 
was  Horatius?  17.  How  much  (quantus,  -a,  -um)  love  did 
he  have  for  (of)  his  sister? 


CHAPTER  XL 

COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES 

328.  The  Latin  adjective,  like  the  adjective  in  EngHsh, 
has  different  forms  to  denote  the  different  degrees  of  com- 
parison. The  degrees  of  comparison  are  the  positive,  the 
comparative,  and  the  superlative;  and  they  are  distinguished 
by  characteristic  terminations.  The  ordinary  form  of  the 
adjective  is  the  positive  degree;  in  the  comparative  degree 
the  nominative  case  ends  in  -ior,  masculine  and  feminine, 
and  -ius,  neuter:  in  the  superlative  degree  the  nominative 
endings  are  generally  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum.  The 
comparative  degree  is  dechned  Uke  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension  and  the  superlative  like  adjectives  of  the  first 
and  second  declensions. 

Following  an  adjective  in  the  comparative  degree  quam 
is  sometimes  used  as  the  equivalent  of  the  Enghsh  than; 
sometimes  quam  is  omitted  and  the  comparative  is  followed 
by  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  ablative  case. 

329.  Study  the  adjectives  which  illustrate  the  different 
degrees  of  comparison  and  use  the  English  than  to  denote  the 
comparison,  whether  the  adjective  in  the  comparative  degree  is 
accompanied  by  quam  or  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  ablative  case. 

READING  EXERCISE 

330.  1.  Vergilius  fuit  clarus  poeta;  Horatius  fuit 
clarior;  omnium  poetarum  antlquorum  Homerus  fuit 
clarissimus.  2.  Horatius  fuit  clarior  quam  Vergihus; 
Homerus  clarior  Horatio  fuit.  3.  Roma  est  urbs  antlqua; 
Carthago  est  antiquior;  Troia  est  antiquissima.  4.  Troia 
est  Carthagine  antiquior.  5.  Inter  Galliam  et  Hispaniam 
sunt  Pyrenaei  montes.    6.  Illi  montes  sunt  altl,  sed  altiores 

(202) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


203 


HORATIUS,  POETA 


illis  sunt  Alpes,  quos  Hannibal  magno  cum  exercitu  super- 

avit.      7.  Omnium  montium  quos  Hannibal  viderat  Alpes 

erant  altissimi.     8.  Flumen  Tiberis  est 

altum.     9.  Omnium  fluminum  Italiae 

Tiberis    est    altissimus.       10.     Mare 

autem  est  fltimine  Tiber!  multo  altius. 

11.  Vldistine  flumen  Tiberl  altius? 

12.  Ingenium  Romuli  erat  ferox. 

13.  Tullus    ferocior    quam     Romulus 

fuit.       14.    Trium    hominum    is    qui 

^  suam    sororem 

transfixit  fuit  fero- 

cissimus.      15.  Pu- 

gna  cum  Sabinis 

erat  tristis.       16.  Trlstius  erat  proelium 
inter    Horatios    et    Curiatios.       17.   Ille 
dies   erat    tristissimus    quo    (on  which) 
kHK  f rater    sororem   transfixit.      18.    Omnia 

|wB^^      ■    .     beUa  sunt  tristissima.     19.  Ex  bello  tristi 
"  '  pax  est  omnibus  . 

carior. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Write  the  com- 
parison in  the  nomina- 
tive singular  masculine 

of  clams,  antiquus,  altus,  ferox,  and  tristis. 

In  what  declensions  are  the  comparative  and 

the  superlative  declined? 

HORATIUS   APUD    itJDICES     CONDEM- 
NATUS   EST 

331.  •  Atrox  id  visum  est  lacinus 
patribus  plebique;  quare  raptus  est  in 
ius  Horatius  et  apud  iiidices  condemnatus  (est).    lam   ac- 
cesserat  lictor  iniciebatque   laqueum.      Tum  Horatius  ad 


HOMERUS 


LiCTORES 


204 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


populum  provocavit.  Interea  pater  eius  ojabat  populum  ne 
se  orbum  llberis  faceret.  Non  tulit  populus  patris  lacrimas 
iuvenemque  absolvit  admiratione  magis  virttitis  quam  iure 
causae. 

a.  Ne  .  .  .  faceret,  not  to  make  him  childless;  admiratione,  abla- 
tive of  cause  (sec.  229);  liberis,  ablative  of  separation  (sec.  336); 
non  .  .  .  -que,  not  .  .  .  hut. 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  absolute,  absolve,  accede, 
admiration,  condemn,  judge,  provoke,  virtue. 

COMPARISON    OF   TYPICAL  ADJECTIVES 
332.     The  comparative  degree  is  regularly  formed  by 
dropping  the  final  vowel  from  the  stem  of  the  positive  and 
adding  -ior  for  the  masculine  and  feminine,  and  -ius  for  the 
neuter. 

The  sui)erlative  is  formed  by  adding  to  the  same  base 
-issimus,  -issima,  -issimum,  for  the  masculine,  feminine, 
and  neuter  respectively. 
Positive  Stem  Comparative 

altus  alto-  altior,  -ius 

antlquus  antique-         antlquior,  -ius 

clarior,  -ius 
ferocior,  -ius 
tristior,  -ius 

a.  Some  adjectives  are  compared  by  prefixing  magis,  more,  and 
maxime,  most,  to  the  positive.  Most  adjectives  ending  in  -osus  and  in 
-us  preceded  by  a  vowel  are  compared  in  this  manner:  bellicosus, 
magis  bellicosus,  maxime  bellicosus,  tvarlike,  more  warlike,  most  ivarlike. 

DECLENSION   OF   THE   COMPARATIVE 


clarus 

claro- 

ferox 

feroci- 

tristis 

tristi- 

Superlative 
altissimus,  -a,  -um 
antiquissimus,  -a,  -um 
clarissimus,  -a,  -um 
ferocissimus,  -a,  -mn 
tristissimus,  -a,  -um 


333. 

Altior,  altius ; 

higher,  deeper. 

Singular  • 

Plural 

M.  &  F. 

.      N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

,    altior 

altius 

altiores 

altiora 

Gen. 

altioris 

altioris 

altiorum 

altionmi 

Dat. 

altiori 

altiori 

altioribus 

altioribus 

All. 

altiorem 

altius 

altiores  (-is) 

altiSra 

Voc. 

altior 

altius 

altiores 

altiora 

Abl. 

altiore 

altiore 

altioribus 

altioribus 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA  205 

a.  Tho  siiporl.-itivc  is  declined  like  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declensions.     Altissimus,  -a,  -um;  highest,  deepest. 

SYNTAX 

The  Ablative  with  a  Comparative 

334.  An  adjective  in  the  comparative  degree  may  be 
followed  ])y  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  ablative  case.     (G4) 

Homenis  clarior  Vergilio  fuit,  Horner  was  more  famous  than  Vergil. 

a.  Quam,  than,  may  be  used  after  the  comparative,  and  is  regu- 
larly used  if  the  first  of  the  nouns  compared  is  in  any  case  except  the 
nominative  or  the  accusative.  The  two  nouns  compared  are  then  in 
the  same  case.  Tullus  ferocior  quam  Romulus  fuit,  Tullus  was  more 
fierce  than  Romulus. 

The  Ablative  of  Degree 

335.  The  degree  of  difference  denoted  by  the  com- 
parative is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case.     (65) 

Multd  altiores  sunt  Alpes  quam  Pyrenaei,  the  Alps  are  much 
higher  than  the  Pyrenees. 

The  Ablative  of  Separation 

336.  Verbs  and  adjectives  denoting  separation  may  be 
followed  by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition.     (66) 

Pater  Horati  orabat  populiun  ne  se  orbiun  llberis  faceret,  the 
father  of  Horatius  entreated  the  people  that  they  should  not  make  him 
childless  (bereft  of  children) . 

COMPOSITION 

337.  1.  The  deed  of  Tarpeia  was  cruel.  2.  The  murder 
of  Remus  was  more  cruel.  3.  The  crime  of  Horatius  seems 
(videtur)  most  cruel  of  all.  4.  The  times  of  the  ancient 
Romans  were  more  cruel  than  ours.  5.  Rome  is  a  famous 
city.  6.  Rome  is  more  famous  than  Alba.  7.  Of  all  the 
cities  of  Italy  Rome  is  the  most  famous.  8.  I  have  not  seen 
the  most  famous  cities  of  the  world. 


206 


ELEMENTA  PRIIVIA 


9.  The  crime  of  Horatius  seemed  to  the  fathers  cruel. 
10.  The  judges  condemned  Horatius,  who  had  been  hurried 
to  trial  (having  l^een  hurried  to  trial).  11.  "I  shall  be 
bereft  of  all  my  children."  Horatius'  father  said.  12.  The 
people  did  not  make  him  childless  (bereft  of  children). 
13.  Horatius  was  acquitted  more  on  account  of  his  father's 
tears  than  because  of  the  justice  of  his  cause. 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Templum  Castoris  et  Pollucis  in  Sicilia 


CHAPTER  XLI 
SUPERLATIVES   IN   -LIMUS  AND   -RIMUS 

338.  Certain  adjectives  have  superlative  forms  ending 
in  -limus  or  -rimus. 

Adjectives  which  end  in  -er  in  the  positive  have  the 
termination  -rimus  in  the  superlative;  as, 

miser,  -era,  -enim;    miserior,  -ius;  'miserrimus,  -a,  -um. 

Six  adjectives  ending  in  -lis  form  the  superlative  by 
adding  -limus  to  the  stem  of  the  positive  after  dropping  the 
final  vowel;  as, 

facilis,  -e ;        facilior,  -ius ;        facillimus,  -a,  -um. 

339.  Review  the  regular  comparison  of  adjectives  (sec. 
332)  and  the  declension  of  the  comparative  (sec.  333);  and  in 
the  following  exercise  study  the  adjectives  whose  superlatives 
end  in  -limus  or  -rimus. 

READING  EXERCISE 

340.  1.  QuTdam  discipulus  magistro  hodie  miserrimus 
esse  videbatur.  2.  ''Quam  ob  rem,"  magister  rogat, 
"miserior  es  quam  herl  fuisti?"  3.  ''HerT,"  inquit  puer, 
''librum  Horati  poetae  legere  poteram;  hodie  non  possum." 

4.  "Cur  non  hodie,"  magister  rogat,  "eum  legere  potes?" 

5.  "Ilia  pars,"  respondet,  "quam  heri  legebam  facilis  erat; 
haec  quam  hodie  legere  non  possum  est  difficilhma;  6.  sen- 
tentiam  repeftre  non  possum."  7.  Magister,  "Cras  fortasse," 
inquit,  "Horatius  iterum  facilior  erit  si  eius  pulcherrimos 
versus  legere  conaberis  (you  try)." 

8.  Horatius  miles  fuit  multo  ferocior  quam  Horatius 
poeta.      9.  Romulus  fratrem,  Horatius  sororem  interfecit; 

207 


©Brown  &  Dawson,  N.  Y, 
COLUMNAE    PaRTHENONIS,    TeMPU    PuLCUEliRIMI 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  209 

hoc  facinus  mult5  ferocius  quam  illud  fuit.  10.  Horatius  ab 
iudicibus  condemnatus  ad  populum  provocavit.  11.  Pater 
eum  in  poenam  darl  nolebat.  12.  Si  Horatius  in  poenam 
datus  erit,  pater  orbus  llberls  erit.  13.  Pugna  tarn  tristi 
facta  Horatius  patrl  multo  carior  fuit  quam  antea  fuerat. 
14.  Horatius  et  Tullus  ingenio  erant  siniillimi. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  What  adjectives  used  above  have  the  ending  -rimus  in  the 
sui)erlative?     What  adjectives  have  the  ending  -limus? 

b.  W>ite  out  the  comparison  of  difficilis,  pulcher,  similis,  ferox, 
tristis,  and  cams. 

c.  Write  the  declension  of  cams  in  the  comparative  degree. 

ROMA   CRESCIT  ALBAE   RUINIS 

341.  Roma  interim  crescit  Albae  ruinis;  duplicatur 
civium  numerus,  mons  Caelius  urbi  additur,  et  eam  sedem 
Tullus  regiae  capit  ibique  deinde  habitavit.  Principes 
Albanorum  in  patres  legit;  equitum  decem  turmas  ex 
Albanls  legit;  legiones  et  veteres  explevit  et  novas  scripsit. 
Haud  multo  post  pestilentia  venit.  Nulla  tamen  ab  armis 
quies  dabatur.  Credebat  enim  rex  bellicosus  saliibriora 
mllitiae  quam  doml  esse  iuvenum  corpora,  donee  in  ipsuni 
longinquus  venit  morbus.  NullI  rei  posthac  nisi  sacrls 
operam  dabat.  Tullus  magna  gloria  belli  regnavit  annos 
duos  et  triginta. 

a.  Ruinis,  ablative  of  cause  (sec.  229)  salubriora  with  corpora, 
predicate  adjective;  militiae  and  domi,  locative;  corpora  subject  of 
esse;  magna  gloria,  ablative  of  manner  (sec.  312). 

b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  atUl,  bellicose,  credit, 
creed,  duplicate,  lefjion,  militia,  number,  opera,  pestilence,  quiet,  ruin, 
scribe,  script. 

SPECIAL   FORMS   OF   COMPARISON 

342.  Positive  ill  -er;  .siipcrhitivc  in  -rimus. 
l*ositivc  ill  -lis;  superlative  in  -limus. 


210 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

miser 

miserior,  -ius 

miserrimus,  -a,  -um 

pulcher 

pulchrior,  -ius 

pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um 

facilis 

facilior,  -ius 

facillimus,  -a,  -um 

difficilis 

difficilior,  -ius 

difficillimus,  -a,  -\xm 

similis 

similior,  -ius 

simillimus,  -a,  -um 

dissimilis 

dissimilior,  -ius 

dissimillimus,  -a,  -um 

humilis 

humilior,  -ius 

humillimus,  -a,  -um 

gracilis 

gracilior,  -ius 

SYNTAX 

gracillimus,  -a,  -um 

Special  Meanings  in 

Comparison 

343.  The  comparative  degree  of  the  adjective  is  some- 
times equivalent  to  rather  or  too,  and  the  superlative  to 
very.     (67) 

Meus  liber  difficilior,  tuus  facillimus  est,  my  book  is  rather  hard, 
yours  is  very  easy. 

COMPOSITION 

344.  1.  There  are  many  beautiful  cities  in  Italy.  2.  Of 
all  the  ancient  cities  in  Italy,  Rome  was  the  most  beautiful. 
3.  It  was  not  very  difficult  to  conquer  the  Albans.  4.  Rome 
grew  because  of  the  fall  of  Alba.  5.  The  palace  of  TuUus  was 
on  mount  Caelius,  which  had  been  added  to  the  city. 

6.  The  chiefs  of  the  Albans  were  chosen  among  the  senators. 

7.  The  Albans  filled  ten  troops  of  cavalry  and  two  new  legions. 

8.  A  pestilence  which  came  not  long  (much)  after  did  not  give 
rest  from  war.  9.  The  bodies  of  the  soldiers  were  more 
healthy  in  mihtary  service  than  at  home.  10.  Finally  a 
lingering  disease  came  upon  the  warlike  king  himself.  11. 
After  this  he  gave  his  attention  to  rehgion.  12.  Tullus 
reigned  with  great  renown  thirty-two  years.  13.  Because  of 
a  lingering  disease  Tullus  was  very  unhappy.  14.  His  nature 
was  too  fierce.  15.  Tullus  sought  an  occasion  for  war  and 
he  was  unwilling  (nolebat)  to  make  peace. 


ciiAPrEK  xi.ir 

IRREGULAR   COMPARISON 

345.     A  few  adjectives  in  very  common  use  are  com- 
pared in  an  irregular  manner  by  changing  the  form  of  the 


Pho'o  Brown  Bros.,  N.  y. 

AntTquitm  Cereris  Templum 


stem  or  by  substituting  a  different  stem  for  the  stem  of  the 
positive;  for  example, 

magnus,  large;  maior,  maius,  larger;  maximus,  largest. 

bonus,  good;  melior,  melius,  belter;  optimus,  best. 

The  English  good,  better,  best,  affords  an  illustration. 

346.     What  are  the  degrees  of  comparison?     What  is  the 
regular  ending  of  the  comparative  in  the  nominative  case?     What 

211 


212  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

is  tlie  regular  ending  of  the  superlative?  What  is  the  superlative 
ending  of  adjectives  in  -er?  What  is  the  superlative  ending  of 
adjectives  in  -lis?  How  is  than  expressed  in  a  Latin  sentence 
with  the  comparative? 

Study  the  comparison  of  bonus,  magnus,  malus,  and  multi. 

Notice  the  idiom  summus  mons,  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

READING  EXERCISE 

347.  1.  Roma  est  magna  urbs.  2.  Roma  est  maxima 
iirbs  Italiae.  3.  Urbs  Roma  rehquls  Itahae  urbibus  est 
maior.  4.  Situs  Romae  est  superior  quam  Ostiae.  5.  Italia 
est  inter  duo  maria;  una  ex  parte  est  Mare  Superum,  altera 
ex  parte  est  Mare  Inlerum.  6.  Mare  Superum  est  minus 
quam  Mare  Inferum.  7.  In  Itaha  sunt  multl  montes 
quorum  summus  est  Apennlnus.  8.  Summus  mons  procul 
videri  potest. 

9.  Apud  Romanes  erant  multi  qui  boni  cives  erant. 
10.  Cicero  melior  civis  quam  Catilma  fuit.  11.  Malus  civis 
in  poenam  darl  debet.  12.  Malus  civis  peior  habetur  quam 
acerrimus  hostis.  13.  PessimI  sunt  ii  qui  bonI  videntur  et 
mali  sunt.  14.  Plures  bonl  videri  quam  esse  boni  volunt. 
15.  Optimi  elves  patriam  maxime  amant.  16.  Multi  cives 
sunt  divites,  plures  sunt  egentes,  plurimi  neque  egentes 
neque  divites  sunt.  17.  Erantne  temporibus  maiorum 
nostrorum  plures  boni  quam  temporibus  nostris?  18.  De 
rebus  maiorum  multa  audivimus;  de  nostris  rebus  minores 
audient  multa.  19.  Ab  maioribus  nostris  multa  accepimus; 
minoribus  nostris  nos  dabimus  multa. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Write  the  comparison  of  bonus,  magnus,  malus,  multi,  and 
parvus,  and  the  declension  of  maior,  -ius. 

COMPARISON   OF  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 

348.  In  the  comparison  of  these  adjectives  the  form  of 
the  stem  is  changed,  or  a  different  stem  is  substituted  for  the 
stem  of  the  positive. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


213 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

bonus 

melior,  melius 

optimus,  -a,  -um 

magiuis 

maior,  maius 

maximus,  -a,  -um 

mains 

peior,  peius 

pessimus,  -a,  -um 

multus 

-,  plus 

plurimus,  -a,  -um 

multi 

plures,  plura 

plurimi,  -ae,  -a 

parvus 

minor,  minus 

minimus,  -a,  -um 

superus 

superior,  superius 

supremus,  -a,  -um 
summus,  -a,  -um 

iiiferus 

inferior,  inferius 

infimus,  -a,  -um  j 
imus,  -a,  -um 

prior,  prius 

primus,  -a,  -um 

a.  Superus  and  inferus  have  two  irregular  forms  in  the  superlative. 
Prior  has  no  positive. 

SYNTAX 
Adjectives  Denoting  a  Part 
349.     Certain  adjectives  are  used  to  denote  a  part  of 
the  thing  modified  by  the  adjective.     (68) 

Siunmus  mons,  the  highest  part  of  the  mountain,  the  top  of  the 
mountain;  media  aestate,  i?i  mid-summer;  prima  luce,  at  dawn. 


COMPOSITION 

350.  1.  The  moon  is  large,  the  earth  is  larger,  the  sun 
is  the  largest.  2.  At  midnight  very  many  stars  can  be  seen. 
3.  There  are  more  trees  in  my  garden  than  in  yours.  4. 
There  were  many  good  poets  among  the  Romans.  5.  Of  all 
the  Roman  poets  Horace  seems  to  me  to  be  the  best.  6.  Livy 
was  a  better  writer  than  Caesar,  but  Caesar  was  a  very  great 
general.  7.  An  unfaithful  friend  is  worse  than  an  enemy. 
8.  Those  who  are  worst  often  seem  to  be  good.  9.  The  tree 
tops  (the  highest  trees)  are  higher  than  the  house.  10. 
Romulus  first  built  a  wall  around  (circumdo  with  dative) 
the  city  of  Rome.     11.  At  dawn  I  can  hear  the  birds  singing. 


CHAPTER  XLIII 
FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

351.  Many  adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives,  nouns, 
and  pronouns  by  the  use  of  adverbial  terminations;  for 
example, 

benignus,  kind;  benigne,  kindly. 
celer,  quick;  celeriter,  quickly. 
^  fors,  chance:  forte,  by  chance. 

An  adverb  formed  from  an  adjective  is  generally  com- 
pared if  the  adjective  admits  of  comparison.  The  com- 
parative of  the  adverb  regularly  ends  in  -ius  and  the  super- 
lative in  -e. 

Bene  (bonus),  well;  melius,  heller;  optime,  best. 
Celeriter    (celer),    quickly;    celerius,    7nore   quickly;     celerrime, 
most,  or  very  quickly. 

352.  Study  the  forms  of  the  adverbs  and  observe  the 
ending  of  each  adverb  which  is  formed  from  an  adjective. 
Notice  also  the  numerous  adverbs  in  common  use,  sic,  nunc, 
tam,  non,  semper,  saepe,  etc.,  which  are  not  derived  from 
other  words  and  are  not  compared. 

READING   EXERCISE 

353.  1.  Ubi  magister  pueros  hodie  dimisit,  Marcus 
celeriter  domum  venit.  2.  Cum  eo  pater  sTc  loquitur:  3. 
''Quid,  fill,  hodie  egisti?"  4.  ''Optime,"  fTlius  respondit. 
"Herl  bene  egl,  sed  multo  melius  hodie."  4.  "Quid,"  pater 
rogat,  "hodie  fecisti?"  6.  "Librum  Latmum  legebam,  qui 
me  maxime  delectabat."  7.  "Quid!  num  hber  magis  quam 
ludus  te  delectabat?"    8,  "Certe,  nam  in  eo  plui'ima  magna 

214 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  215 

cum  voliiptatc  legi."  9.  ''Quae  sunt  ista?  Die  mihi." 
10.  ''Libenter  tibi  dicam.  11.  Hoc  primum  legl:  12.  III! 
Romanl  bellum  maxinie  anial^ant."  13.  ''Num  semper 
pugnabant?"  14.  ''Non  semper  sed  saepe  bella  gerebant. 
15.  Tullus  Hostilius  fuit  rex  *  bellicosissimusM"  16.  ''Nonne 
'maxime  bellicosus'  melius  sonat?"  17.  'Tortasse.  lUe  rex 
Ix^llicosus  iuvenes  in  armis  tenebat  etiam  cum  pestilent ia 
venit."  18.  ''Nonne  id  atrociter  faciebat?"  19.  "Non  tam 
atrociter  quam  benigne.  Bellum  credebat  corporibus  militum 
salubrius  esse  quam  pax;  benigne  igitur  eos  in  armIs  tenebat." 
20.  "Eratne  bellum  reg^  ipsi  salubre?"  21.  "Minime.  In 
regem  ipsum  longinquus  morbus  venit.  Nulli  bello  postea 
Tullus  operam  dedit."  22.  ''Num  plui'a  hodie  legistl?" 
23.  "Alio  tempore  dicam;  nunc  meum  corpus  salubrius  erit 
sT  ludis  operam  dedero.'^ 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  adverbs  in  this  exercise.      Write  the 
comparison  of  all  the  adverbs  which  are  compared,  and  show  from 
what  adjectives  they  are  formed. 

,    FORMATION   OF  ADVERBS 
354.    Many  adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives,  nouns, 
and  pronouns. 

(1)  Adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declensions  by  changing  the  ending  -us  to  -e.  Benignus,  kind,  benigne, 
kindly;  certus,  certain,  certe,  certainly;  maximus,  greatest,  maxime, 
most,  very  greatly. 

(2)  Adverbs  are  also  formed,  chiefly  from  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension,  by  dropping  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem  and  adding  the 
adverbial  termination  -ter  or  -iter.  If  the  stem  ends  in  -nt,  t  is  dropped 
before  the  ending  -ter.  Celer,  quick,  celeriter,  quickly;  atrox,  cruel, 
atrociter,  cruelly;   libens,  willing,  libenter,  urillinqly. 

(.3)  Certain  cases  of  nouns  and  adjectives  are  used  as  adverbs. 
Fors,  chance,  forte,  by  chance;  facilis,  easy,  facile,  easily;  primum,  first, 
primo,  at  first. 


21G 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


(4)  Some  adverbs  are  formed  from  pronouns.  From  hie,  this,  are 
formixl  hie,  here,  hue,  to  this  place,  hither,  hine,  froin  here,  hence:  from 
is,  this,  eo,  in  this  place,  there:  from  qui,  who,  quo,  whither:  from  ille, 
that,  illo,  in  that  place,  thither:  etc. 

COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS 

355.  An  adverb  which  is  formed  from  an  adjective  is 
generally  compared  if  the  adjective  admits  of  comparison. 
If  the  adjective  is  irregular  in  comparison,  the  adverb  has 
the  same  peculiarity. 

The  comparative  of  the  adverb  is  the  accusative  singular 
neuter  of  the  comparative  degree  of  the  adjective. 

The  superlative  degree  of  the  adverb  is  formed  by 
changing  -us  in  the  adjective  to  -e. 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

alte  (altus) 

altius 

altissime 

audacter  (audax) 

audacius 

audacissime 

celeriter  (celer) 

celerius 

celerrime 

facile  (facilis) 

facilius 

facillime 

mi  sere  (miser) 

miserius 

miserrime 

bene  (bonus) 

melius 

optime 

—  (magnus) 

magis 

maxime 

male  (mains) 

peius 

pessime 

multum  (multus) 

plus 

plurimiun 

panim  (parvus) 

minus 

minime 

diu 

diutius 

diutissime 

saepe 

saepius 

saepissime 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  Adverbs 

356.  Adverbs   modify   verbs,    adjectives,    and    other 
adverbs.     (69) 

Romani  bellmn  maxime  amabant,  the  Romans  loved  war  very  much. 

COMPOSITION 

357.  1.  The  river  Tiber  is  not  far  from  the  city  of 
Rome.     2.  We  are  very  far  from  Italy.     3.  To-day  we  enjoy 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


217 


oui-  Latin  book  (our  book  delights  us)  very  much.  4.  Yes- 
terday we  did  well  but  to-day  we  are  doing  much  better. 

5.  Sometimes  we  give  attention  to  books,  not  always  to  play. 

6.  Our  bodies  will  be  more  healthy  if  we  sometimes  give 
attention  to  play.  7.  I  will  gladly  give  attention  to  my 
books  to-day  if  I  can  (shall  be  able  to)  play  to-morrow. 

8.  The  warlike  king  kindly  kept  the  young  men  in  arms. 
9.  Tullus  Hostilius  reigned  a  long  time.  10.  Romulus  reigned 
five  years  longer  (longer  by  five  years)  than  Tullus.  11. 
Numa  reigned  the  longest  of  them  all.  12.  Another  day  we 
shall  read  about  Ancus  Marcius.  13.  The  days  come  very 
quickly. 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Papyrus  in  Ripa  Fluminis 


10 


CHAPTER  XLIV 

THE   SUPINE   STEM 

Several  Latin  verb  forms  have  as  their  common 
base  the  participial  or  supine  stem.  The  supine  stem  is 
found  in  the  perfect  passive  participle  by  dropping  the  case- 
ending  -us,  or,  in  the  future  active  participle,  by  dropping 
the  case-ending  -urus ;  as,  perfect  passive  participle,  amatus, 
supine  stem,  amat-;  future  active  participle,  futurus,  supine 
stem,  fut-. 

The  verbal  forms  here  introduced  are  the  perfect  passive 
infinitive,  ending  in  -us,  (-a,  -um)  esse;  the  future  active 
participle,  ending  in  -urus,  -a,  -um ;  the  future  active  infini- 
tive, -urus  (-a,  -um)  esse;  the  supine,  ending  in  -um  or  -u; 
and  the  future  passive  infinitive,  ending  in  -um  iri. 

The  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  with  the  endings  of  the 
fourth  declension  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  cases. 
Petittun,  to  seek;  auditu,  to  hear. 

359.  Find  examples  of  the  perfect  passive  participle,  the 
perfect  passive  infinitive,  the  future  active  participle,  tlie  future 
active  infinitive,  the  supine  in  -um  and  -u,  and  the  future  passive 
infinitive.  Translate  these  forms  so  as  to  express  their  meaning 
in  idiomatic  English. 

READING  EXERCISE 

360.  1.  Tarpeia  extra  muros  aquam  petitum  venerat. 
2.  Ea  Sablnos  in  arcem  Roman orum  ductur^t,  petit  aureos 
anulos  quos  in  sinistris  manibus  gerebant.  3.  Illius  proditio 
impia  incredibiUs  est  auditu.  4.  Dux  Sabinorum  dolose 
polhcitus  est  (promised)  anulos  Tarpeiae  datum  irl.     5.  Sa- 

(218) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


219 


blnls  in  arcem  perductis  Tatius  scutTs  Tarpeiam  obmi  iussit. 

6.  Sic  fertur  (it  is  said)  impiam  proditionem  vindicatam  esse. 

7.  Melius  est  patriam  amai'e  quam  impie  prodere.  8. 
Romulus  dixit  suam  patriam  caput  orbis  terrarum  futuram 
esse.  9.  Dixit  nuUas  opes  humanas  urbem 
Romam  superaturas  esse. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  What  form  of  the  verb  is  petitiim? 
ductura?  auditu?  datmn  iri?  perductis?  vindica- 
tam esse?  futuram  esse?  superaturas  esse? 

b.  What  case  is  used  as  the  subject  of  an 
infinitive?  What  nouns  are  used  in  this  exercise 
as  subjects  of  infinitives? 

ANGUS  MARCIUS   REX   CREATUR 

361.  Mortuo  Tullo  An  cum  Marcium 
regem  populus  creavit.  Numae  Pompili 
regis  nepos-  Ancus  Marcius  erat,  et  Civis  Komanus 
aequitate  et  religione  avo  similis.  Igitur 
Latini,  quibuscum  Tullo  regnante  ictum  foedus  erat, 
sustulerant  animos  et  incursionem  in  agrum  Romanum 
fecerunt,  Romanum  regem  bellum  non  gesturum  (esse)  rati. 
Medium  erat  in  Anco  ingenium,  et  Numae  et  Romuli  memor, 
et  credebat  sine  iniuria  pacem  se  baud  facile  habitiirum 
(esse);  temporaque  esse  Tullo  regi  aptiora  quam  Numae. 
Legatum  tamen  misit  cui  superbe  responsum  est  a  Latinis; 
quare  bellum  iis  indictum  est. 

a.  Mortuo  Tullo,  ablative  absolute,  after  the  death  of  Tulius; 
aequitate,  religione,  ablative  of  specification  (sec.  319);  avo,  dative 
with  similis  (sec.  56);  Romanvmi  .  .  .  rati,  thinking  that  the  Roman 
king  would  not  wage  war;  se  .  .  .  habiturum,  that  he  would  not  easily 
have  peace;  tempora  esse  aptiora,  object  of  credebat;  Numae,  dative 
following  quam,  than  (sec.  .334,  a);  responsum  est,  impersonal  (sec. 
311,  a). 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  apt,  equity,  habit, 
incursion,  injury,  superb. 


220  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

TYPICAL  VERBS 
The  Perfect  Passive  Infinitive 
362.     amatus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  lo  have  been  loved. 
visus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  to  have  been  seen. 
missus  (-a,  -mn)  esse,  to  have  been  sent. 
auditus  (-a,  -imi)  esse,  to  have  been  heard. 
captus  (-a,  -imi)  esse,  to  have  been  taken. 

a.  Tlie  p(n-fect  passive  infinitive  is  formed  by  joining  the  infinitive 
esse  to  the  perfect  passive  participle.  The  participle  agrees  in  case, 
number,  and  gender  with  the  subject  of  the  infinitive,  which  is  in  the 
accusative  in  accordance  with  section  190.  Fertur  proditionem  vin- 
dicatam  esse,  it  is  said  that  the  treason  was  punished. 


The  Future  Active  Participle 
amaturus,  -a,  -imi,  about  lo  love. 
visurus,  -a,  -mn,  about  to  see. 
missurus,  -a,  -mn,  about  to  send. 
auditurus,  -a,  -mn,  about  to  hear. 
futufus,  -a,  -ima,  about  to  be. 
capturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  take. 

a.  The  future  active  participle  is  formed  by  substituting  the 
ending  -urus  (-a,  -imi)  for  the  ending  -us  (-a,  -um)  of  the  perfect  passive 
participle.  Sabinos  in  arcem  ductura,  about  to  lead  the  Sabines  to  the 
citadel. 

The  Future  Active  Infinitive 
364.     amaturus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  to  be  about  to. love. 
visurus  (-a,  -mn)  esse,  to  be  about  to  see. 
missurus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  to  be  about  to  send. 
auditurus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  to  be  about  to  hear. 
futurus  (-a,  -mn)  esse,  to  be  about  to  be. 
capturus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  to  be  about  to  take. 

a.  The  future  active  infinitive  is  formed  by  joining  the  infinitive 
esse  to  the  future  active  participle.  The  participle  agrees  in  case, 
number,  and  gender  with  the  subject  of  the  infinitive.  Esse  is  often 
omitted.  Credebat  sine  iniuria  pacem  se  baud  facile  habitiinmi  (esse), 
he  believed  that  he  would  not  easily  have  peace  without  injury. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


221 


The  Supine 
365.     amatum,  to  lore;  amatu,  to  love. 
visum,  to  see;  visu,  to  sec, 
missum,  to  send:  missu,  to  send. 
auditum,  /(;  hmr:  auditu,  to  hear. 
captum,  lo  Idlcc:  captu,  to  take. 

a.  The  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  which  has  the  accusative    and 
ablative  cases,  singular,  in  the  forms  of  the  fourth  declension. 


Aquaeductus  Claudianus  ab  Via  Appia  Visus 


The  Future  Passive  Infinitive 
366.     amattun  iri,  to  he  about  to  he  loved. 
visum  iri,  to  he  about,  to  he  seen. 
missum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  sent. 
auditum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  heard. 
captum  iri,  to  be  about  to  he  taken. 


222  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

a.  The  future  passive  infinitive  is  formed  by  adding  the  infinitive 
form  iri  to  the  accusative  of  the  supine.  The  supine  is  not  changed  to 
agree  with  the  subject.  Dux  poUicitus  est  anulos  datum  iri,  the  leader 
promised  that  the  rings  would  he  given. 

h.  The  future  passive  infinitive  is  not  in  very  conunon  use. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Future  Active  Participle 

367.  The  future  active  participle  represents  action  as 
about  to  take  place  or  as  intended  at  the  time  of  the  verb 
upon  which  the  participle  depends.     (70) 

Sabinds  in  arcem  ductura  Tarpeia  petiit  anulos,  about  to  lead  the 
Sabines  to  the  citadel,   Tarpeia  asked  for  their  rings. 

The  Time  Denoted  by  the  Future  Infinitive 

368.  The  time  denoted  by  the  future  infinitive  is  future 
with  reference  to  the  time  of  the  verb  upon  which  the  infini- 
tive depends.     (71) 

Romulus  dixit  Romam  caput  orbis  terrarum  futuram  esse.  Romu- 
lus said  that  Rome  would  he  the  capital  of  the  world. 

The  Use  of  the  Supine 

369.  (1)  The  accusative  of  the  supine  is  used  after 
verbs  of  motion  to  denote  purpose.     (72) 

Tarpeia  aquam  petitimi  venerat,  Tarpeia  had  come  to  fetch  water. 

(2)  The  ablative"  of  the  supine  is  used  with  adjectives 
as  an  ablative  of  specification.     (73) 

Tarpeiae  proditio  est  incredibilis  auditu,  Tarpeia's  treason  is 
incredible  to  hear  (in  respect  to  hearing). 

COMPOSITION 

370.  1.  After  the  death  of  Tullus,  Ancus  Marcius  was 
made  king  by  the  people.  2.  Numa  Pompilius  was  the 
grandfather  of  king  Ancus.      3.  Ancus  was  like  Numa  in 


ELEMENT^  PRIMA 


223 


justice  and  piety.  4.  Tullus  had  made  a  treaty  with  the 
Latins.  5.  The  Latins  thought  (rati  sunt)  that  Ancus  would 
not  wage  war.  6.  But  Ancus  remembered  (was  mindful  of) 
both  Numa  and  Romulus.  7.  He  believed  that  peace  would 
not  be  without  injury.  8.  He  beheved  that  the  times  were 
more  suitable  for  war  than  for  peace.  9.  About  to  declare 
war,  he  sent  an  ambassador  to  the  Latins.  10.  It  was 
answered  that  war  was  about  to  be  declared.  11.  The 
ambassador  was  sent  to  declare  (supine)  war.  12.  The  times 
of  Tullus  are  dreadful  to  hear  (of). 


i  mSk  %m^ -VJfli      • 

•ui» 

&m^ 

^-ii_ 

z\ 

DOMUS    ViRGINUM   VeSTAHUM 


CHAPTER  XLV 
DEPONENT  VERBS 

371.  Some  Latin  verbs  have  the  forms  of  the  passive 
voice  with  the  meanings  of  the  active.  These  are  called 
deponent  verbs. 

Certain  deponent  verbs  in  very  conmion  use,  although 
apparently  transitive,  do  not  have  a  direct  object  in  the 
accusative  case,  but  have  an  object  in  the  ablative  case. 


:wnBros.,  \.  Y. 

Catapulta,  Macula  Qua  KOaiani  I'lunabant 
(224) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  225 

Puer  ludo  fniitur,  a  hoij  enjoys  sport;  Romani  lingua  Lalina  usi 
sunt,  the  Romans  used  the  Latin  language. 

372.  In  the  vocabulary  deponent  verbs  may  be  recognized | 
by  their  passive  forms  and  the  principal  parts  consisting  of  thel 
present  indicative,  the  present  infinitive,  and  the  perfect  indica- 
tive. Learn  the  principal  parts  of  the  deponent  verbs  as  they 
are  given  in  the  vocabulary,  translate  by  the  corresponding 
activp  forms,  and  notice  particularly  the  deponent  verbs  utor, 
fungor,  and  potior,  which  are  accompanied  by  a  noun  in  the 
ablative  case. 

READING  EXERCISE 

373.  1.  Puor  hbrum  Horati  poetae  legere  conatur  sed 
legere  non  potest.  2.  Latina  lingua  non  utitur.  3.  Librum 
poetae  difficilem  esse  arbitratur.  4.  Primum,  puer,  dlligenter 
elementis  primls  opc^ramda  (imper.) ;  turn  tibi  polUceor  Horati 
librum  facilhrnum  futtii-um  (esse).  5.  Ego  maxime  Horatio 
fruor;  ille  multas  et  pulchras  sententias  locutus  est.  6. 
Nonne  Latina  hngua  potM  conaberis  ut  tti  quoque  Horatio 
fruaris  (may  enjoy)?  7.  Si  puer  laborem  patietur,  praemio 
potietur.      8.  Ad  astra  per  aspera  aliquando  veniet. 

9.  Fratre  interfecto  solus  potitus  est  imperio  Romulus. 
10.  Postquam  Tullus  mortuus  est  (morior),  populus  Ancum 
Marcium  regem  croavit.  11.  Ancus  Marcius  rehgione  erat 
Numae  Pompilio  simihs.  12.  Ancus  Numae  quam  Tullo 
erat  similior.  13.  Tull5  regnante  Romani  cum  Latinis 
foedus  fecerant.  14.  Anco  rege  (abl.  abs.)  Latinl  animos 
sustulerunt.  15.  Incursionem  in  agrum  Romanum  fecerunt. 
16.  Num  rex  Romanus  cum  Latinis  bellum  geret?  17.  lUl 
regem  bellum  non  gesturum  esse  rati  sunt.  18.  Ancus  ratus 
est  pacem  haud  facile  se  habitumm  (esse).  19.  Tempora 
lx?llo  apta  arljitraljatur.  20.  Legato  quem  Ancus  mlserat 
supcrbe  responsum  est  a  Latinis.  21.  Latinis  igitur  bellum 
Ancus  indixit.  22.  Arbitrarisne  id  IxiUum  longum  esse 
futurum? 


226 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Write  or  recite  the  principal  parts  of  the  deponent  verbs  and 
also  the  conjugation  of  the  tenses  which  are  found  in  this  exercise. 

LATINiS  BELLUM   EST  INDICTUM 
374.     Bellum  autem  hoc  modo  indicebatur.     Legatus, 
ubi  ad  fines  eomm  venit  a  quibus  res  repetuntur,  capite 


Navir  Longa 

velato,  ''Audi,  luppiter,"  inquit,  '^audlte,  fines  huius  popull. 
Ego  sum  publicus  nuntius  populi  Roman! ;  iuste  pieque 
legatus  venio;  verbis  mels  fides  sit."  Deinde  peragit 
postulata.  Si  non  deduntur  res  quas  expOscit,  diebus  tribus 
et  triginta  peractis,  bellum  ita  indieit.  ''Audi,  luppiter,  et 
tu,  luno,  Quirlne,  dilque  omnes  caelestes,  vosque  terrestres 
vosque  Inferni,  audlte!  Ego  vos  testor  populum  (Latinum) 
iniustum  esse  n(»que  ius  persolvere."  Turn  hastani  in  fines 
eorum  emittit.     Hoc  tum  modo  Latlnis  bellum  est  indictum. 


t^'t^^ft^ 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  227 

a.  Res  repetuntur,  satisfaction  is  demanded;  verbis  meis  fides 
sit,  lei  there  he  confidence  in  my  words,  let  my  words  have  confidence; 
diebus  tribus  et  triginta  peractis,  when  thirty-three  days  have  passed; 
populum  .  .  .  persolvere,  object  of  tester;  populum  subject  of  esse 
and  persolvere. 

b.  (Xotebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  fiyie  (noun),  tnode, 
public,  repeat,  unjust. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS   OF  DEPONENT  VERBS 

375.  The  principal  parts  of  deponent  verbs  are  the 
present  indicative,  the  present  infinitive,  and  the  perfect 
indicative.  The  ending  of  the  present  infinitive  is  a  guide 
to  the  conjugation. 

CoNJ.  Present  Infinitive       Perfect 
^  I.  Conor             conari  conatus  sum 
II.  polliceor       poUiceri  pollicitiis  sum.i*  ^rjr^te^J^jJ- 
III.  sequor           sequi  secutus  sum.  ^    f^o       ^' 
IV.  potior            potiri  potitus  sum.  ^  iji^jrX 
Verb  in  -ior  patior            pati  passus  sum    T  r^l.       j    a 

a.  Deponent  verbs  are  inflected  like  the  verbs  of  the  four  qj&njui!- 
gations  in  the  passive  voice.  They  also  have  the  present  active  parti- 
ciple (sec.  200),  the  future  active  participle  (sec.  363),  the  future  active 
infinitive  (sec.  364),  the  supine  (sec.  365),  and  the  genmd  (sec.  457, 
463). 

b.  A  few  verbs  are  deponent  in  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and 
future  perfect  tenses  only. 

V  audeo,  audere,  ausus  svmi,  to  dare. 
vXgaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus  siun,  to  rejoice. 
soleo,  solere,  solitus  sum,  to  be  accustomed. 
These  are  called  semi-deponent  verbs. 

IDIOMS 

376.  Expressions  which  cannot  be  translated  Uterally 
from  one  language  into  another  are  called  idioms.  Idio- 
matic expressions  show  that  the  people  who  used  the  Latin 
language  had  characteristic  ways  of  thinking  and  speaking, 
of  which  the  use  of  the  ablative  case  with  deponent  verbs 


228  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

is  an  example.  In  order  to  learn  the  language  so  as  to  under- 
stand it  fully,  one  must  become  accustomed  to  the  Roman 
way  of  thinking.  Reading  aloud  and  the  oral  repetition  of 
words  and  idiomatic  phrases  will  gradually  give  the  desired 
familiarity  with'  the  Roman  way  of  thinking  and  speaking. 

It  is  not  always  possible  nor  desirable  to  reproduce  in 
the  English  translation  the  exact  and  literal  equivalent  of 
the  expressions  which  are  peculiar  to  the  Latin.  The 
translation  should  represent  the  thought  of  the  original 
rather  than  the  grammatical  constructions. 

SYNTAX 
The  Ablative  with  Deponent  Verbs 

377.  The  ablative  case  is  used  with  the  deponents  utor, 
fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor,  and  their  compounds.     (74) 

Lmgua  Latina  utitur,  he  uses  the  Latin  language;  Horatio  fruor, 
/  enjoy  Horace;   Ancus  regno  potitus  est,  Ancus  obtained  the  kingdom. 

a.  The  ablative  with  these  deponent  verbs  is  supposed  to  have 
been  originally  an  ablative  of  means,  with  which  the  verbs  were  used 
in  a  reflexive  sense;  as,  Horatio  fruor,  /  enjoy  {myself  ivilh)  Horace. 

COMPOSITION 

378.  1.  Tullus  having  died,  Ancus  Marcius  obtained 
the  kingdom.  2.  At  first  Ancus  tried  to  do  the  same  as 
(eadem  quae)  his  grandfather  had  done.  3.  Ancus  wished 
to  enjoy  peace.  4.  The  Latins  attempt  to  invade  (make 
an  invasion  into)  the  Roman  territory.  5.  War  was 
declared  by  the  Romans  in  this  manner.  6.  The  ambas- 
sador said,  "Hear,  Jupiter,  hear,  boundaries  of  this  people. 
7.  If  the  things  which  I  demand  are  not  given  (shall  not 
have  been  given)  within  thirty-three  days,  war  will  be 
declared.  8.  I  call  all  the  gods  of  heaven  and  earth  to 
witness  that  you  are  unjust.  9.  You  do  not  discharge  your 
obligation."  10.  The  public  messenger  throws  a  spear  into 
the  territory  of  the  enemy,  and  in  this  way  declares  war. 


CHAPTER   XLVI 
IRREGULAR  VERBS 

379.  In  the  present  tense  of  a  few  verbs  in  very  com- 
mon use  certain  phonetic  changes  have  taken  place  which 
make  the  verbs  seem  somewhat  hregular.  These  irregular 
verbs  are  eo,  I  go;  fero,  /  bear;  fio,  /  become;  volo,  / 
wish;  nolo,  I  do  not  wish;  maid,  /  'prefer.  If  inflected  regu- 
larly fio  and  eo  would  belong  to  the  fourth  conjugation; 
fero,  volo,  nolo,  and  malo  to  the  third. 

380.  Find  the  principal  parts  of  the  irregular  verbs  in  the 
vocabulary  and  carefully  observe  the  forms  which  occur  in  the 
following  exercise. 


DE   RUSTICO    MURE  ATQUE   MURE   URBANO 
Fabula  Horati  Poetae 
381.  1.  Ohm  rusticus  mus  murem  urbanum  in  paupere 
cavoaccepisse  fertur  (issaid).    2.  Aridum  acinum  semesaque 
lardi  frusta  ore    fert  et 
amico  dat.    3.  Fastidium 
eius  vincere  vult.   4.  Ipse 
(mus  rusticus)  mehorem 
dapis    partem   relinquit. 
5.  Sed  ille  (mus  urbanus) 
dente  superbo  male 
singula  tangit.     6.  Tan- 
dem urbanus,  ''Cur  vis," 
inquit,  ''amice,    in  agris  Cena 

vivere?  7.  Ego  in  urbe  quam  ruri  (loc.)  vivere  malo. 
8.  Nonne  tu  vis  homines  praeponere  silvls?  9.  Vita  est 
brevis;  dum  hcet  vIve  beatus.     10.  Nonne  mecum  in  urbem 

(229) 


0 

^^—^ 

€ 

/^ 

it^ 

^ 

^^M 

1 

m 

t 

I 

D^ 

230 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Ire  vis?"  T^  11.  His  verbis  pulsus  mtis  rusticus  domo  exit. 
12.  Inde  comes  muris  urbani  in  via  fit  et  ambo  ad  urbem 
ibant.  13.  In  urbis  moenia  noctu  introire  volunt.  14.  lam- 
que  tenebat  nox  medium   caeli  spatium;    15.  cum   ponit 

uterque    in    locuplete 

domo  vestigia.      16.  Ibi 

tincta  vestis  super  lectos 

eburneos  candebat;    17. 

multaque   de  magna 

cenasupererant  hesterna. 

18.   Ergo  ubi  porrectum 

purpurea  in  veste  locavit  riisticum,     19.  urbanus  servi  fungi- 

tur  officils,  cibum  quem  adfert  praelambans.       20.  Ille  (mQs 

rusticus)    Cubans    gaudet     mutata    sorte,    21.  cum   subito 


Lectus 


in  gens  strepitus  terruit  utrumque.      22. 


currunt  conclave.     23 
24.  Turn   rusticus, 
vivere   nolo,"    inquit;    ''in 
silva  cavoque  tuto  esse  quam 
hac  vita  frui  malo.   Vale." 

25.  Mtis  urbanus  dixit 
se  in  silvis  vivere  nolle.  26. 
Riisticum  miSrem  comitem 
suum  fieri  vult.  27.  Rusticus 
dixit  se  cum  illo  ire  velle. 
28.  Postea  se  malle  in  cavo 
tuto  esse  quam  in  urbe  vita 
frui  existimabat.  29.  ''Noli 
domumeo;  vale." 


Pividi 


per  totum 


Simul  domus  alta  personuit  canibus. 
'Hie 


Mensa 
inquit,  "me  in  urbe  tenere; 


NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Write  the  conjugation  in  the  present  tense  of  eo  and  fio  as  if 

they  were  regular  verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation;   and  of  fero,  void, 

nolo,  and  malo  like  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation ;  and  then  make  the 

phonetic  changes  which  would  be  likely  to  occur  in  the  frequent  repeti- 


ELEMENT  A  PRIMA 


231 


tion  of  the  words  in  common  speech.    As  a  guide  consult  the  vocabulary 
and  examine  the  forms  which  are  found  above. 

b.  Write  a  short  account  of  the  poet  Horace,  using  the  informa- 
tion given  in  the  text  and  the  illustrations  of  this  book. 

CONJUGATION 

382.     Eo,  I  go;   fero,  /  hear;   fio,  /  become;   volo,  / 
wish;  n5lo,  I  do  not  ivish,  I  am  unwilling;  malo,  /  prefer. 

Present  Tense,  Indicative  Mood 
Singular 


eo 

fero 

fio 

volo 

nolo 

raal6 

is 

fers 

fis 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

it 

fert 

fit 

vult 
Plural 

non  vult 

mavult 

imus 

ferimus 

ffimus) 

volumus 

noliunus 

malumus 

itis 

fertis 

(fitis) 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

eunt 

ferunt 

fiunt 

volunt 

noliint 

malunt 

a.  The  remaining  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  inflected  regularly, 
with  the  following  exceptions: 

1.  Eo  in  the  imperfect  tense  has  ibam,  ibas,  ibat,  etc.;  and  in 
the  future  ibo,  ibis,  ibit,  etc.;  the  perfect  is  often  contracted  from  ivi, 
ivisti,  etc.,  to  ii,  isti,  iit  (it),  iimus,  istis,  ierunt  (iere). 

2.  In  fid  the  quantity  of  i  is  irregular.  In  all  the  tenses  of  the 
indicative  i  is  long  even  when  it  is  followed  by  another  vowel;  but  in 
the  present  infinitive,  fieri,  and  elsewhere  i  is  short  when  it  is  followed 
by  -er. 

3.  Fio  is  used  as  the  passive  of  facio ;  and  the  perfect,  past  perfect, 
and  future  perfect  tenses  are  formed  from  the  supine  stem  of  facio; 
as,  f actus  sum,  f actus  eram,  f actus  ero. 

4.  Fero  has  the  present  imperative  fer,  bear  thou. 

.5.  Nolo  has  the  present  imperative  noli,  be  thou  unwilling,  do  not; 
nolite,  be  ye  unwilling,  do  not. 

b.  Nolo  is  from  ne-vol6  (for  non-volo);  malo  is  from  ma-vol6 
(for  mage-volo  or  magis-volo). 

c.  For  the  complete  conjugation  of  these  irregular  verbs  see 
section  569. 


232 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


SYNTAX 
Negative  Commands 
Negative  commands  are  often  expressed  by  noli 
or  nolite  and  the  infinitive.     (75) 

Noli  hie  me  tenere,  do  not  keep  me  here. 


COMPOSITION 
384.  1.  A  country  mouse  once  welcomed  a  city  mouse 
in  his  humble  hole.  2.  He  gives  his  friend  bits  of  bacon 
which  he  brings  in  his  mouth.  3.  The  city  mouse  does  not 
wish  to  touch  the  food.  4.  Why,  my  friend,  are  you  unwill- 
ing to  live  in  the  country?  5.  Said  the  city  mouse,  ''We 
will  go  to  the  city  if  you  please  (wish)."  6.  They  go  forth 
and  become  companions  on  the  way.  7.  The  mice  enter 
the  city  by  night.  8.  In  the  rich  house  the  city  mouse 
performs  the  duty  of  a  slave.  9.  Each  rejoices  in  the 
changed  condition.  10.  Suddenly  they  hear  the  dogs. 
11.  Then  said  the  frightened  country  mouse,  ''I  wish  to  go 
to  the  forest  and  to  live  in  my  safe  hole." 


rhoto  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Regio  Rustica  Italiae 


CHAPTER  XLVII 
0    REVIEW  OF  VERBS 
^^"/^  Formation  of  Latin  Verbs 

English  Words  Derived  from  Latin  Verbs 

385.  The  tenses  are  generally  used  with  greater  exact- 
ness in  Latin  than  in  English  and  represent  (1)  the  act  of 
the  verb  as  incomplete  or  as  completed;  and  (2)  the  time 
of  the  act  as  present,  past,  or  future.  The  exact  meaning 
of  each  tense  should  be  carefully  noted,  but  the  final  trans- 
lation from  Latin  into  English  should  be  expressed  in  idio- 
matic language. 

386.  Review  the  conjugation  of  regular  verbs  of  the  four 
conjugations  in  all  the  tenses  of  the  indicative  mood,  active  and 
passive,  the  infinitives,  the  participles,  the  supine,  and  the  impera- 
tive. Review  also  the  conjugation  of  capio  and  of  the  irregular 
verbs,  sum,  eo,  fero,  no,  volo,  nolo,  and  malo.  For  the  com- 
plete tables  of  conjugation  see  sections  562-570. 

Identify  the  person,  number,  tense,  and  voice  of  each  finite 
verb,  and  the  tense  and  voice  of  each  infinitive.  Note  the  agree- 
ment of  each  verb  with  its  subject. 

READING   EXERCISE 

387.  1.  Nuntius  Romanus  bellum  indlcit.  2.  Hoc 
modo  bellum  indlcebatur,  3.  Nuntius  ad  fines  hostium 
venerat  et  caput  velaverat.  4.  Legati  bellum  indicentis 
caput  velatum  erat.  5.  Dixit  se  esse  publicum  nuntium 
populi  Roman!.  6.  Verbis  nunti  public!  fides  sit.  7.  Per- 
aget  res  quae  repetuntur.  8.  Si  non  deditae  erunt  res  quas 
exposcit,  bellum  indicetur.      9.  Cum  dies  tres  et  triginta 

17  (233) 


234  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

p^racti  erunt,  omnes  deos  testabitur  hostes  iniustos  esse. 
10.  Nuntius  dicet,  ''Audite,  omnes  dil,  qui  in  caelo,  qui  in 
terra  habitat  is.  11.  luppiter  audiet  vos  semper  fuisse, 
esse,  et  semper  futures  esse  hostes."  12.  Nolite,  RonianI, 
bellum  iustis  indicere.  13.  Dil  vos  videbunt,  et  vobis  cum 
illls  erit  bellum.  14.  Dum  licet  fite  amid  et  avertite  Iras. 
15.  Si  domum  ieritis  atque  bona  cum  pace  vivetis,  omnes 
vestri  (gen.)  erunt  memores.  16.  Melius  est  pacem  facere 
quam  imperio  potlri. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  What  tenses  refer  to  the  present?  to  the  future?  to  the  past? 
h.  What  tenses^denote  incomplete  action?  completed  action? 

c.  Write  or  recite  the  principal  parts  of  typical  verbs  and  give  the 
synopsis  in  one  or  two  persons  in  all  tenses  of  the  indicative,  both 
active  and  passive,  and  the  conjugation  of  the  verbs  in  the  tenses  which 
occur  in  this  exercise. 

d.  Describe  the  form  and  the  use  of  each  infinitive. 

URBS  ATQUE  AGER  FINES  QUE  CRESCUNT 
388.  Ancus,  exercitu  novo  conscrlpto,  urbem  Latino- 
rum  vl  cepit  secutusque  morem  priorum  regum  multittidinem 
Romam  traduxit.  Mons  Aventlnus  novae  multitiidinl  datus 
est.  laniculum  quoque  adiectum  est,  non  inopia  loci  sed 
ne  quando  ea  arx  hostium  esset  (might  be).  Id  non  mtiro 
solum  sed  etiam  ponte  sublicio,  tum  primum  in  Tiberl  facto, 
urbi  est  coniunctum.  Cum  in  tanta  multitudine  hominum 
facinora  fierent  (were  done,  committed),  career  ad  terrorem 
increscentis  audaciae  in  media  urbe  imminens  foro  aedifica- 
tur.  Nee  urbs  tantum  hoc  rege  crevit,  sed  etiam  ager 
finesque;  usque  ad  mare  imperium  prolatum  (est),  et  in 
ore  Tiberis  Ostia  urbs  condita  est. 

a.  Inopia,  ablative  denoting  cause;  inopia  loci,  because  of  lactc  of 
room;  ne  .  .-.  esset,  that  this  might  not  be  an  enemi/s  citadel;  cum 
facinora  fierent,  since  crimes  were  committed;  in  media  urbe  (sec.  349), 
in  the  midst  of  tli.e  city;   hoc  rege,  ablative  absolute,  he  (being)  king, 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


235 


while  he  was  king,  under  this  king:  ager  finesque,  subjects  respectively 
of  crevit  and  creverunt  to  be  supplied  from  crevit  of  which  urbs  is  the 
subject. 

b.  Explain  the  derivation  of  conscript,  crescent,  edify,  imminent, 
multitude,  teiror. 


I 


\     V 


At 


Conspectus  ab  Monte  Ianiculo 


THE   FORMATION   OF  LATIN  VERBS 

389.  Latin  verbs  have  been  formed  from  roots,  from 
other  verbs,  from  nouns  and  adjectives,  and  by  composition 
with  prepositions. 


236  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

(1)  A  root  is  the  simplest  element,  generally  mono- 
syllabic, which  appears  in  a  word  or  in  several  related  words, 
expressing  the  general  or  fundamental  meaning.  The  same 
root  frequently  appears,  often  modified  by  phonetic  laws, 
in  different  languages,  thus  showing  that  languages  as  well 
as  words  are  related  to  each  other. 

Latin  verbs  formed  directly  from  roots  are  some  of  the 
irregular  verbs  and  some  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation. 
In  the  examples  given  for  illustration  the  Latin  verb  is 
followed  in  parentheses  by  the  Latin  form  of  the  root  and 
its  general  meaning;  and  one  or  more  EngUsh  words,  not  all 
direct  derivatives,  are  given,  in  which  the  same  root  appears. 
The  forms  given  are  the  present  active  indicative  and  the 
perfect  passive  participle,  which  show  the  different  forms 
in  which  the  root  appears  in  the  EngHsh  derivatives. 

cado,  casus,  (cad-,  fall),  cadence,  case. 

caedo,  caesus  (cid-,  cut),  decide,  decision. 

dico,  dictus  (die-,  say),  diction,  dictionary,  edict,  etc. 

duco,  ductus  (due-,  lead),  dAike,  duct,  produce,  product,  etc. 

ludo,  lusus  (lud-,  play),  elude,  elusive. 

peto,  petitus  (pet-,  fall  upon,  find),  impetus,  petition. 

sum  (es-,  be),  essence. 

tango,  tactus  (tag-,  touch),  tangent,  tact. 

tego,  tectus  (teg-,  cover),  tegument,  protect. 

Note. — The  study  of  the  roots  of  words  is  one  of  the  most  tech- 
nical and  difficult  branches  of  language  study  and  belongs  to  the  science 
of  comparative  etymology.  At  this  point  it  is  not  essential  to  do  more 
than  study  the  examples  given,  which  are  introduced  chiefly  to  show  how 
the  English  derivatives  preserve  the  form  of  the  Latin  root. 

(2)  Latin  verbs  denoting  repeated  or  frequent  action 
are  formed  from  other  verbs  by  the  suffix  -to  or  -ito. 

agito  (ago),  agitate. 
dicto  (dico),  dictate. 
habito  (habeo),  habitat. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  237 

(3)  Many  Latin  verbs  })clonging  to  th(^  fii'st,  socoiul, 
and  fourth  ron)ns:«tions  have  been  formed  from  nouns  and 
adjectives. 

euro,  curatus  (cura),  care. 
duplico,  duplicatus  (duplex),  duplicate. 
finid,  finitus  (finis),  fine,  finish,  finite. 
laudo,  laudatus  (laus),  lavd. 
libero,  liberatus  (liber),  liberate. 

(4)  One  of  the  most  obvious  ways  by  which  Latin 
words  have  been  multiphed  and  become  a  proHfic  source  of 
EngHsh  words  is  the  formation  of  compound  verbs  by  the 
use  of  prepositions  and  inseparable  particles  as  prefixes. 
From  many  of  these  compounds  have  come  not  only  verbs 
but  nouns  and  adjectives,  both  in  Latin  and  in  English. 
The  following  list,  for  example,  contains  some  of  the  most 
common  compounds  of  the  verb  fero  and  some  of  the  most 
familiar  English  derivatives. 

circum-ferd,  circumference. 

con-fero,  collatus,  confer,  conference,  collate. 

de-fero,  defer,  deference. 

dif-fero  (dis-fero),  differ,  difference. 

ef-fero,  e-latus,  elate. 

in-fero,  infer,  inference. 

of-fero,  (ob-fero),  offer. 

prae-fero,  prefer,  preference. 

re-fero,  relatus,  refer,  reference,  relate. 

suf-fero  (sub-fero),  suffer. 

trans-fero,  translatus,  transfer,  translate. 

a.  Notice  the  phonetic  changes  in  col-latus  for  con-latus,  of-fero 
for  ob-fero,  and  suf-fero  for  sub-fero.  The  final  consonant  of  the 
preposition  is  assimilated  by  the  following  consonant. 

h.  The  ending  -ence  in  circumference,  conference,  difference,  infer- 
ence, preference,  and  reference  represents  the  Latin  -tia  in  nouns  derived 
from  present  participles  ending  in  -ns  (gen.,  -ntis) ;  as,  differentia, 
difference,  from  differens,  -ntis  (differo) ;  scientia,  science,  from  sciens, 
-ntis  (scio),  etc.  Sometimes  the  Latin  noun  is  lacking  and  the  English 
noun  is  then  traced  directly  to  the  Latin  verb. 


238 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ENGLISH  WORDS  DERIVED  FROM  LATIN  VERBS 
390.  English  words  derived  from  Latin  verbs,  includ- 
ing not  only  verbs  but  nouns  and  adjectives,  are  based  some- 
times on  the  root  of  the  verb  as  it  appears  in  the  present 
stem,  as  creed  from  credo ;  sometimes  on  the  present  active 
participle,  as  agent  from  agens,  agent-is  (ago) ;  and  par- 
ticularly on  the  perfect  passive  participle,  as  act  from  act-us 
(ago),  credit  from  credit-us  (credo), /ad  from  fact-us  (facio), 
etc. 


absens  (ab-sum),  absent. 

ad-do,  add. 

adrogans,  -ntis  (ad-rogo),  arro- 
gant. 

collectus  (colligo,  con-lego),  colled. 

conceptus  (concipio),  concept. 

conciliatus  (concilio,  concilium), 
conciliate. 

concipio  (con-capio),  conceive. 

condemno  (con-damno,  damnum), 
condemn. 

con-tendo,  contend. 

creatus  (creo),  create. 

de-fendo,  defend. 

datus  (do),  dale. 

donatus  (dono,  donum),  donate. 

habeo,  have. 

habitatus  (habito,  habeo),  habitat. 

habitus  (habeo),  halrit. 


importans,  -ntis  (importo),  impor- 
tant. 

im-porto,  import. 

inhabitans,  -ntis  (in-habito),  in- 
habitant. 

laboro  (labor),  labor  (verb) 

moved,  move. 

occupans, -ntis  (occupo),  occupant. 

occupo  (ob-capio),  occupy. 

patiens,  -ntis  (patior),  patient. 

placeo,  please, 

punio  (poena),  punish. 

regens  (rego),  regent. 

scribo,  scribe, 

scriptus  (scribo),  script. 

tendo,  tend. 

teneo,  tenet. 

tentus  (tendo),  tent. 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Find  the  Latin  verbs  from  which  the  following  English  words 
have  been  derived.     Also,  try  to  find  out  something  about  the  origin  of 
the  Latin  verb  'tself. 


adult 

except 

obtain 

predict 

debit 

exclude 

occur 

prohibit 

debt 

inhabit 

offer 

subscribe 

decay 

locate 

persuade 

transmit 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA  239 

SYNTAX 
Classification  of  the  Tenses 

391.  The  tenses  of  Latin  verbs  are  classified  according 
to  the  completeness  or  incompleteness  of  the  action  which 
they  represent,  and  according  to  the  time  to  which  they 
refer.     (76) 

(1)  The  tenses  which  represent  action  as  incomplete  are 
the  present,  the  past,  and  the  future. 

(2)  The  tenses  which  represent  action  as  completed  are 
the  perfect,  the  past  perfect,  and  the  future  perfect. 

(3)  The  tenses  of  the  indicative  which  refer  to  present 
or  future  time  are  called  primary  or  principal  tenses.  These 
are  the  present,  the  future,  and  the  future  perfect  tenses. 

(4)  The  tenses  of  the  indicative  which  refer  to  past 
time  are  called  secondary  or  historical  tenses.  These  are 
the  past,  the  perfect,  and  the  past  perfect  tenses. 

a.  The  historical  present,  representing  a  past  act  as  taking  place 
in  the  present,  is  sometimes  regarded  as  a  secondary  tense.  Aeneas 
in  Italiam  venit,  Aeneas  comes  {came)  into  Italy. 

h.  The  definite  perfect,  representing  an  act  as  now  completed, 
is  sometimes  regarded  as  a  primary  tense.  Epistulam  scripsi,  /  have 
(now)  written  a  letter. 

The  Use  of  the  Tenses  of  the  Indicative 

392.  Review  the  statements  regarding  the  use  of  the 
tenses  of  the  indicative  mood  in  sections  80,  123,  157,  227, 
228,  237,  244. 

The  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive  and  the  Participle 
394.  Th(^  tenses  of  the  infinitive  and  the  participle  do 
not  denote  absolute  time,  ]>ut  time  relative  to  that  of  the 
main  verl)  upon  which  the  infuiitive  or  the  participle  depends. 
The  ixM'fect  tense  represents  an  act  as  completed,  the  present 
represents  an  act  as  going  on,  and  the  future  represents  an 
act  as  about  to  take  place  at  the  time  of  the  main  verl).     (77) 


240  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

Dicit   proditionem   vindicatam   esse,   vindicari,   vindicatum   in, 

he  says  that  the  treason  has  been  punished,  is  being  punished,  is  about  to 
be  punished;  dixit  se  ivisse,  ire,  ituruin  esse,  he  said  that  he  had  gone, 
VMS  going,  was  about  to  go  (would  go). 

Amicimi  videns  nomen  vocat,  seeing  his  friend  he  calls  his  name; 
virgines  raptae  Romanorum  uxores  fiunt,  the  maidens  having  been 
(who  have  been)  seized  become  the  Romans'  wives;  mures  in  urbem  ituri 
comites  in  via  fiunt,  about  to  go  to  the  city,  the  mice  become  companions 
on  the  way. 

COMPOSITION 

395.  1.  Ancus  enrolls  a  new  army,  with  which  he 
captures  a  city  of  his  enemies.  2.  To  the  multitude  which 
had  been  transferred  to  Rome  he  gave  Mount  Aventine. 
3.  Ancus  was  following  the  custom  of  former  kings.  4.  Over 
the  Tiber  he  made  a  bridge,  by  which  the  city  was  connected 
with  (to)  Janiculum.  6.  That  crimes  may  not  be  committed 
(ne  facinora  flant),  a  prison  is  built  near  the  forum.  6. 
While  Ancus  was  king  (Ancus  king),  the  territory  of  the 
Romans  was  extended  to  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber.  7.  Ancus 
founded  the  city  of  Ostia  that  (ut)  this  might  be  (esset)  a 
harbor  for  the  Romans  (for  a  harbor  to  the  Romans). 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Mare  Inferum  non  Longe  ab  Ore  Tiberis 


CHAPTER  XLVIII 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD 


Present  and  Past  Tenses 


FINAL   CLAUSES 

396.  In  the  preceding  chapters  the  finite  verbs,  with 
few  exceptions,  are  in  the  indicative  mood  and  denote  actual 
facts.  Sometimes,  however,  a  writer  wishes  not  only  to  tell 
what  has  happened,  is  happening,  or  will  happen,  but  also 
to  indicate  the  feeUng  or  attitude  of  the 
mind  and  to  express  certain  relations  be- 
tween facts  and  ideas. 

The  attitude  of  the  mind  may  be  in- 
dicated by  a  definite  statement;  as,  volo 
Romam  videre,  I  wish  to  see  Rome;  verum 
dicere  debeo,  /  ought  to  speak  the  truth; 
Remus  se  defendere  non  poterat,  Remus 
could  not  defend  himself.  Such  feelings  of 
desire,  obhgation,  possibiUty,  etc.,  are 
expressed  in  language  not  only  in  plain 
statements, as  in  the  examples  just  given, 
but  by  the  special  forms  of  verbs  which 
belong  to  the  subjunctive  mood;  as,  utinam  Romam  videam, 
0  that  I  may  see  Rome! 

I  Thus  the  feeling  or  attitude  of  the  mind  is  implied  or 
suggested  by  the  form  of  the  verb,  and  this  suggestion  of 
feeling  is  often  more  dehcate  and  more  expressive  than  the 
blunt  statement  of  the  fact.  There  is  an  obvious  difference 
between  Volo  meis  verbis  fidem  esse,  /  ^vant  my  words  to 
have  confidence,  jmd  Meis  verbis  fides  sit,  let  my  words  have 
confidence.     In  the  fii-st  sentence,  in  which  the  indicative  is 

(241) 


Courtesy  of  the  Metro- 
poli'an  Museum  of  Art, 
N.  Y. 

Clavis  Aerea 


242  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

used,  the  wish  is  directly  stated;    in  the  second  the  wish  is 
imphed  by  the  use  of  the  subjunctive  mood. 

THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   IN  A   SUBORDINATE   CLAUSE 

397.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  often  used  in  a  sub- 
ordinate clause  to  express  some  relation  between  the  sub- 
ordinate clause  and  the  main  clause  upon  which  the  sub- 
junctive depends. 

Cum  fratribus  reges  agunt  ut  pro  sua  quisque  patria  dimicent 
ferro,  the  kings  arrange  loith  the  brothers  that  they  (may)  fight  tvith  the 
sword  each  for  his  own  country. 

Pater  Horati  populiun  orabat  ne  se  orbum  liberis  faceret,  the 
father  of  Horatius  entreated  the  people  that  they  should  not  {not  to)  make 
him  childless. 

In  these  sentences  the  dependent  clauses,  ut  .  .  .  dimi- 
cent and  ne  .  .  .  faceret,  are  final  clauses  representing  the 
purpose  of  the  action  denoted  by  the  verbs  agunt  and 
orabat  in  the  independent  clauses. 

THE  FORM  OF  THE  PRESENT  AND  PAST  SUBJUNCTIVE 

398.  The  present  and  past  tenses  of  the  subjunctive 
mood  contain  the  present  stem.  The  present  tense  is  char- 
acterized by  the  mood  vowel  e  in  verbs  of  the  first  conjuga- 
tion, and  by  the  vowel  a  in  verbs  of  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  conjugations.  In  regular  verbs  of  all  conjugations 
the  past  tense  of  the  subjunctive  is  characterized  by  the 
letters  -re-,  which  appear  between  the  present  stem  and 
the  personal  endings.  In  the  irregular  verbs,  sum,  eo,  fero, 
etc.,  the  forms  of  the  present  and  past  tenses  of  the  sub- 
junctive are  exceptional.     (See  sections  562,  568,  569.) 

Present  Indicative  Present  Subjunctive 
dimicant  dimicent 

habet  habeat 

petunt  petant 

veniunt  veniant 

est  sit 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  243 


'AST  Indicative 

Past  SuBjUNCTn-E 

regnabat 

regnaret 

arcebat 

arceret 

faciebat 

faceret 

transiliebat 

transiliret 

erat 

esset 

THE   TRANSLATION   OF   THE   SUBJUNCTIVE 

399.  The  Latin  subjunctivo  is  sometimes,  ])iit  not 
always,  translated  by  the  English  auxiharies  may,  mighty 
would,  should,  etc. ;  for  example, 

Reges  cmn  fratribus  agunt  ut  ferro  dimicent,  Ihe  kings  arramje 
irilh  the  brothers  that  they  (may)  fight  (to  fight)  witJi  the  sword. 

Romulus  asylum  aperit  ut  urbs  incolas  habeat,  Romidus  opens 
an  asylum  so  that  (in  order  that)  the  city  may  have  inhahitants. 

Legates  circa  vicinas  gentes  mittit  qui  conubi^m  petant,  he  sends 
messengers  among  the  neighboring  tribes  (irho  may  seek)  to  seek  an  alliance. 

Romulus  et  Remus  Amuliimi  obtruncant  ut  Numitor  sit  rex, 
Romulus  and  Remus  slay  AwAdins  in  order  that  Numitor  may  be  king. 

Amulius  fratrem  pepulit  ut  solus  regnaret,  Amulius  drove  away 
his  brother  that  he  might  reign  alone. 

Romulus  murum  fecit  qui  hostes  arceret,  Romulus  made  a  wall 
(which  should  keep  off)  to  keep  off  the  enemy. 

Pater  Horati  populum  orabat  ne  se  orbum  liberis  faceret,  the 
f(dher  of  JJoratius  entreated  the  peojde  not  to  make  him  rhildle.'^s. 

Inter  tela  mulieres  venerunt  ne  viduae  essent,  the  women  came 
ammuj  the  weapons  so  that  (in  order  that)  they  might  not  be  uridoiVH. 

400.  In  the  following  exercises  find  what  verbs  are  in  the 
subjunctive  mood,  determine  the  relation  between  the  dependent 
clause  containing  the  subjunctive  and  the  main  clause  upon 
which  the  subjunctive  depends,  and  translate  into  English  so  as 
to  express  the  exact  meaning.  A  careful  study  should  be  made 
of  the  sentences  in  section  399,  which  may  be  followed  as  models. 

GALLlNA   IMPAVIDA 

(Adapted  and  translated  from  the  YouiKs  Companion.) 

401.  1.  Quaedam  galllna  nidum  in  stabulo  habuit. 
2.  Ovis  quae  pepererat  dihgenter  incubabat.  3.  Forte 
stabulo  incenso  flammae  iam  cistae  appropinquabant  in  qua 


244  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

nidus  erat.  4.  Miiiinie  pavida  gallliia  ovis  insidebat  dum 
aqua  infusa  ignera  exstinxit.  5.  Tandem  pullT  exclfisi 
nidum  relinquunt. 

G.  Plennnque  galllnae  pennis  fovent .  ova  ne  frigore 
laedantur;   7.  haec  tegebat  ova  ut  ab  iis  arceret  calorem. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  In  what  mood  and  tense  is  laedanttir,  sentence  6?  arceret, 
sentence  7? 

h.  What  relation  is  expressed  by  the  clauses  containing  the  sub- 
junctive? 

^  READING  EXERCISE 

402.  1.  Amulius  fratrem  pellit  ut  solus  regnet.  2.  Ut 
solus  regnaret,  Amulius  fratrem  pepulit.  3.  Romulus  et 
Remus  Amtilium  obtruncant  ut  Numitor  sit  rex.  4.  Fratres 
Amulium  obtruncaverunt  ne  diutius  esset  rex.  5.  Romulus 
suum  fratrem  interficit  ne  moenia  iterum  transiliat.  6. 
Romulus  fratrem  interfecit  ne  moenia  iterum  tran- 
siliret.  7.  Romulus  asylum  aperit  ut  nova  urbs  incolas 
habeat.  8.  Romulus  asylum  aperuit  ut  nova  urbs  incolas 
haberet.  9.  Legates  circa  vlclnas  gentes  mittit  qui  co- 
nubium  petant.  10.  Legates  misit  qui  contibium  peterent. 
11.  Circa  vicinas  gentes,  legati,  mittimini  ut  societatem 
petatis.  12.  Missi  estis  ut  societatem  peteretis.  13.  Mitti- 
mur  ut  petamus;  mittebamur  ut  peteremus. 

14.  Ltidl  parantur  ut  finitimi  cum  liberis  ad  spectaculum 
veniant.  15.  LudT  paratl  sunt  ut  finitimi  venirent.  16.  Tar- 
peia  ita  arbitrabatur:  "Sabinos  in  arcem  dticam  ut  mtinus 
habeam."  17.  '^Sabinos  dtixi  ut  mtinus  haberem.''  18. 
Num  in  arcem,  Tarpeia,  hostes  duces  ut  mtinus  habeas? 
19.  In  arcem  eos  duxisti  ut  mtinus  haberes.  20.  MuHeres 
inter  tela  volantia  veniunt  ne  viduae  sint.  21.  Inter  tela 
venerunt  ne  viduae  essent.  22.  Inter  tela  veniemus  ne 
viduae  simus.  23.  Inter  tela  venimus  ne  viduae  essemus. 
24.  Cum  fratribus  reges  agunt  ut  pro  sua  quisque  patria 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  245 

dimicent  ferro.  25.  Albanus  exercitus  inclamat  Curiatiis 
ut  opem  fratri  ferant.  26.  Pater  Horati  populum  orabat 
ne  se  orbum  llberis  faceret. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK  U^^^ 

a.  What  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive  present?  the  past  sub- 
junctive? 

h.  What  is  the  relation  between  the  clause  containing  the  subjunc- 
tive in  each  sentence  and  the  main  clause? 

c.  What  connecting  word,  conjunction  or  pronoun,  is  used  with 
each  subjunctive  verb? 

d.  What  tenses  are  found  in  the  main  clause  when  the  present 
subjunctive  is  used  in  the  dependent  clause?  when  the  past  subjunctive 
is  used? 

READING  EXERCISE 
403.  1.  Ancus  novum  exercitum  conscripsit  ut  urbem 
Latinorum  caperet.  2.  Ut  morem  priorum  regum  sequeretur 
multitudinem  omnem  Romam  traduxit.  3.  Mons  Aventlnus 
novae  multitudini  datur  quo  sedes  habeant.  4.  laniculum 
urbi  adiectum  est  ne  quando  ea  arx  hostium  esset.  5.  Pons 
sublicius  in  Tiber!  factus  est  ut  laniculum  urbl  coniungeretur. 
6.  Cum  (since)  facinora  clandestina  fierent,  career  aedifi- 
catus  est  qui  increscentem  audaciam  terreret.  7.  Career 
aedificatus  est  ne  audacia  incresceret.  8.  Urbs  Ostia  in 
ore  Tiberis  condita  est  quae  Romanis  portui  esset, 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Write  in  the  present  and  past  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  the 
conjugation  of  sum  (sim,  essem), regno  (regnem,  regnarem),terre6  (ter- 
ream,  terrerem),  condo  (condam,  conderem),  venio  (veniam,  venirem). 

h.  Write  the  conjugation  of  sequor  (sequar,  sequerer)  in  the 
present  and  past  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  passive. 

c.  What  stem  is  found  in  the  present  and  imperfect  tenses? 
What  is  the  characteristic  of  the  subjunctive  mood  in  the  present  tense 
of  the  first  conjugation?  in  the  present  tense  of  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  conjugations?  What  is  the  sign  of  the  past  tense  of  the  sub- 
junctive in  all  the  conjugations?  What  are  the  personal  endings  of  the 
active  voice?  of  the  passive? 


246 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


TARQUINIUS   ROMAM    COMMIGRAT 

404.  Anco  regnante  Tarquinius,  vir  impiger  ac  divitiis 
potens,  ex  Etrtiriae  urbe  Romam  commigravit  cupidine 
maxime  ac  spe  magni  honoris.  Ad  laniculum  forte  venerat. 
Ibi  ei  in  carpento  sedenti  cum  uxore  aquila  leniter  demissa 
pilleum  aufert,  superque  carpentum  cum  magno  clangore 
volitans  rursus  capiti  apte  reponit,  inde  subllmis  abit. 
Tanaquil  coniunx,  perita  caelestium  prodigiorum,  alta 
sperare  virum  iubet.  Has  spes  cogitationesque  secum 
portantes  urbem   ingress!  sunt.      Domicilio   ibi   comparato 

in    regiam    quoque     de 

Tarquinio  fama  perlata 
est.  Postremo tutor llber- 
orum  regis  testamento 
instittitus  est. 

a.  Anco    regnante,   abl. 

abs.,  in  the  reign  of  Ancus; 
divitiis,  abl.  of  specification; 
divitiis  potens,  abounding  in 
riches;  cupidine,  spe,  abl, 
of  cause;  honoris,  objective 
gen.  (sec.  269);  cupidine  .  .  .  honoris,  chiefly  because  of  his  desire  and 
hope  of  great  honor;  ei,  dative  denoting  separation  (sec.  205) ;  capiti, 
indirect  object  of  reponit;  prodigiorum,  objective  gen.  witli  perita 
(sec.  269) ;  perita  .  .  .  prodigiorum,  skilled  in  heavenly  portents;  alta, 
adj.  used  as  noun  (268);  tutor,  pred.  nom.;  testamento,  abl.  of  means. 
b.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  carpenter,  cAjgitation, 
Cupul,  domicile,  fame,  honor,  institute,  prodigy,  sublime,  testament,  tufor. 


Cakpp:ntum 


405. 


CONJUGATION 
For  the  conjugation  of  amo,  video,  mitto,  audio,  and 


capio  in  the  present  and  past  tenses  of  the  subjunctive,  active 
and  passive,  and  the  conjugation  of  the  irregular  verbs  sum, 
volo,  nolo,  malo,  eo,  fero,  and  fio  in  the  subjunctive  present  and 
past,  see  sections  562-569.  Observe  carefully  the  formation  of 
these  tenses,  noting  particularly  the  tense-signs.    .. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  247 

SYNTAX 
The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose 

406.  The  subjuiu'tive  mood  is  used  in  dependent 
clauses  with  ut,  ne,  qui,  and  quo  to  denote  purpose.     (78) 

Aeneas  venit  ut  urbem  condat,  Aeneas  comes  that  he  may  found 
(to  found)  a  city;  pueros  in  Tiberim  Amulius  misit  ne  viverent,  Amulius 
threw  the  boys  into  the  Tiber  so  that  (in  order  that)  they  might  not  live; 
legati  mittuntur  qui  societatem  petant,  ambassadors  are  sent  xoho  may 
ask  (to  ask)  for  an  alliance;  mons  multitudini  datur  quo  sedes  habeant, 
the  mountain  is  given  to  the  multitude  where  (so  that  there)  they  may  have 
dwelling  places. 

a.  A  clause  with  the  subjunctive  mood  denoting  purpose  is  called 
a  final  clause.  Final  clauses  may  be  translated  in  a  variety  of  ways: 
so  that,  in  order  that,  for  the  purpose  of,  to  (with  the  infinitive)  etc. 
Accordingly,  the  English  infinitive,  when  it  denotes  purpose,  should 
be  translated  into  the  Latin  subjimctivc. 

The  Use  of  the  Present  and  Past  Subjunctive 

407.  In  dependent  clauses  the  present  and  past  tenses 
of  the  subjunctive  mood  denote  incomplete  action,  and 
refer  to  time  which  is  relatively  present  or  future;  i.  e., 
present  or  future  with  reference  to  the  time  of  the  verb  in 
the  main  clause.     (79) 

Aeneas  venit  ut  urbem  condat,  Aeneas  comes  that  he  may  found  a 
city;  venit  ut  conderet  urbem,  he  came  that  he  might  found  a  city. 

COMPOSITION 

408.  1.  Tarquin  comes  to  Rome  that  he  may  have 
great  honor.  2.  He  came  that  he  might  have  honor.  3. 
Tarquin  and  his  wife  remove  from  Etruria  that  they  may 
come  to  Rome.  4.  They  removed  that  they  might  come. 
5.  An  eagle  is  sent  down  (demitto)  from  the  sky  to  (which 
may)  take  off  Tarquin's  cap.  6.  The  eagle  descended 
(demissa  est)  to  take  off  Tarquin's  cap.  7.  The  eagle 
comes  so  thart  we  may  hope  high  (things).      8.  The  eagle 


248  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

came  so  that  we  might  have  high  hopes  (hope  high  things). 
9.  You  come  to  Rome,  Tarquin,  that  you  may  there  (quo) 
prepare  a  dweUing.  10.  You  (pi.)  came  to  Rome  that  you 
might  prepare  a  dwelling  there.  11.  The  king  arranges 
with  Tarquin  that  he  may  be  the  guardian  of  his  children. 
12.  The  king  arranged  with  him  that  he  might  be  the 
guardian.  13.  Tarquin  prepares  a  dwelhng  in  the  city  so 
that  a  report  concerning  him  may  go  (pres.  subj.  of  eo)  to 
the  palace.  14.  He  prepared  a  dweUing  so  that  a  report 
might  go.  15.  Tarquin  arranges  with  the  Romans  that 
the  son  of  Ancus  may  not  be  king. 

16.  He  begs  me  to  hope  high  things,  to  have  great 
riches,  to  rule  (rego)  the  city,  to  come  to  the  palace.  17. 
I  beg  you  (sing.)  not  to  hope  high  things,  not  to  seek  great 
riches,  not  to  fear  the  powerful  king,  not  to  obtain  the 
kingdom.  18.  Tanaquil  begged  her  husband  to  remove  to 
Rome,  not  to  fear  the  heavenly  portent,  to  follow  her 
bidding  (mandata),  to  enter  the  city,  to  carry  high  hopes, 
to  be  king  in  the  city. 

Note. — It  will  be  profitable  to  spend  as  much  time  as  may  be 
necessary  on  this  introductory  chapter  on  the  subjunctive  mood  and 
on  the  following  chapters.  Here,  as  elsewhere,  better  results  v/ill  be 
secured  by  thorough  study  and  many  repetitions  than  by  hasty  or  super- 
ficial work. 


Courtesy  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

CuRRUs  Etruscus 


CHAPTER  XLIX 
CONSECUTIVE   CLAUSES 

409.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  a  subordinate 
clause  to  denote  the  consequence  or  the  result  of  the  action 
of  the  verb  in  the  main  clause. 

Vicinae  gentes  novam  urbem  ita  timebant  ut  benigne  legationem 
non  audirent,  the  neighboring  tribes  so  feared  the  new  city  that  they  did 
7wt  hear  the  embassy  kindly. 

The  present  subjunctive  in  a  dependent  clause  generally 
follows  a  tense  in  the  main  clause  denoting  present  or  future 
time,  and  the  past  tense  of  the  subjunctive  generally  follows 
a  tense  denoting  past  time. 

410.  Read  again  the  introductory  statements  in  sections 
396-399,  and  review  the  conjugation  of  the  present  and  past 
tenses  of  the  subjunctive  mood. 

In  the  following  exercises  study  the  verbs  which  are  in  the 
subjunctive  mood  and  determine  the  relation  between  the  depend- 
ent clause  and  the  main  clause.  Distinguish  carefully  between  a 
clause  which  denotes  purpose  and  one  which  denotes  consequence 
or  result.  Observe  what  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  followed  by 
the  present  subjunctive  and  what  tenses  are  followed  by  the  past 
subjunctive.  Notice  what  conjunctions  are  used  to  introduce 
the  clauses  denoting  consequence  or  result. 

VULPES  ET  LEO 

411.  Vulpes  quae  numquam  leoriem  viderat  ei  forte 
occurrit  atque  ita  exterrita  est  ut  paene  moreretur  formidine. 
Eundem  conspicata  iterum,  timuit  quidem,  sed  nequaquam 
ut  (as)  antea.  Tertio  illl  obviam  facta  (having  met  him), 
adeo  impavida  fuit  ut  auderet  accedere  proprius  et  cum  eo 
colloqui. 

"  (249) 


250  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  In  what  mood  and  tense  are  moreretur  and  auderet;     What 
relation  do  they  express?     By  what  conjunctions  are  they  connected 
with  the  verbs  in  the  clauses  upon  which  they  depend? 

READING  EXERCISE 

412.  1.  Amulius  fllios  Silviae  timet;  itaque  Silviam 
in  vincula  dat  et  pueros  in  Tiberim  mittit.  2.  Amulius 
fllios  Silviae  adeo  timet  ut  Silviam  in  vincula  det  et  pueros 
in  Tiberim  mittat.  3.  Amulius  filios  Silviae  adeo  timebat 
ut  Silviam  in  vincula  daret  et  pueros  in  Tiberim  mitteret. 
4.  In  his  adultis  sunt  magnae  vires;  apud  pastores  sunt 
duces.  5.  In  his  adultis  sunt  tantae  vires  ut  apud  pastores 
sint  duces.  6.  In  his  adultis  erant  tantae  vires  ut  apud 
pastores  essent  duces.  7.  Vallum  novae  urbis  est  angustum; 
Remus  id  inrldet  et  transilit.  8.  Vallum  novae  urbis  est 
tam  angustum  ut  Remus  id  inrldeat  et  transiliat.  9.  Vallum 
erat  tam  angustum  ut  Remus  id  inrlderet  et  transillret. 
10.  Adeo  Iratus  erat  Romulus  ut  fratrem  obtruncaret.  11. 
LegatI  circa  viclnas  gentes  missi  sunt  qui  societatem 
peterent.  12.  Sed  nova  urbs  ita  timebatur  ut  benigne 
legatio  non  audlretur. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  What  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive  mood?  What  tenses  in 
the  main  clause  are  followed  by  the  present  subjunctive?  What  tenses 
are  followed  by  the  past  subjunctive?  Is  the  action  denoted  by  the 
present  and  imperfect  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  represented  as  com- 
pleted or  as  incomplete  at  the  time  of  the  action  of  the  main  verb? 
What  is  the  relation  between  the  clause  containing  the  subjunctive  in 
each  sentence  and  the  clause  upon  which  the  subjunctive  depends? 
Does  peterent,  sentence  11,  express  the  same  relation  as  the  other 
subjunctives  in  this  exercise? 

READING  EXERCISE 

413.  1.  Roma  est  urbs  clara;  eam  videre  volo.  2. 
Roma  est  urbs  tam  clara  ut  eam  videre  velim.     3.  Quis  est 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  251 

qui  urbem  Romam  videre  nolit?  4.  Nemo  est  ciii  non 
gratum  sit  urbem  Romam  videre.  5.  Non  est  dubium  quin 
Roma  sit  urbs  clarissima.  6.  Apud  Romanos  erant  multi 
qui  pro  patria  morerentui'.  7.  NonnullI  erant  a  quibus 
scelera  fierent.  8.  Tarn  multa  seelera  flebant  ut  career  in 
media  urbe  aedificaretur  qui  increscentem  audaciam  terreret. 

9.  Career  sceleratos  non  deterrebat  quIn  scelera  facerent. 

10.  Apud  Romanos  multa  facta  sunt  digna  quae  audlrentur. 

11.  Numquam  de  Romanis  tam  multa  audiemus  quin 
pltii'a  libenter  audiamus. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  What  verbs  are  in  the  present  tense  of  the  subjunctive?  in 
the  past  tense?  What  conjunctions  or  other  connectives  introduce 
the  clauses  which  contain  the  subjunctive?  By  what  mood  in  English 
are  these  subjunctives  best  translated?  Is  terreret,  sentence  8,  used 
like  the  other  subjunctives  in  this  exercise  or  like  those  in  section  403? 
In  each  sentence  what  is  the  relation  between  the  clause  containing 
the  subjunctive  and  the  main  clause? 

READING  EXERCISE 

414.  1.  Tarquinius  ita  impiger  ac  divitiis  potens  erat  ut 
spem  magni  honoris  haberet.  2.  Tan  tam  cupidinem  tan- 
tasque  spes  habebat  ut  Romam  commigraret.  3.  Aquila 
Tarquinio  pilleum  aufert  atque  rursus  capiti  reponit.  4. 
Tanaquil  erat  caelestium  prodigiorum  perita.  5.  Virum 
magnas  spes  cogitationesque  secum  portare  iussit.  6.  In 
regiam  de  eo  fama  perlata  tutor  liberorum  regis  testamento 
institutus  est. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  What  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive  mood?  What  relation  is 
expressed  by  each  clause  containing  the  subjunctive? 

TARQUINIUS  REGNUM  PETIT 

415.  Regnavit  Ancus  annos  quattuor  et  viginti,  cuilibet 
superiorum  regum  belli  pacisque  et  artibus  et  gloria  par. 


252 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Quo  mortuo  Tarquinius  instabat  ut  quam  primum  comitia 
regl  creando  fierent.  Filios  Anci,  qui  iam  prope  adultl  erant, 
sub  tempus  venatum  misit  ut  ipse  regnum  peteret.  Oration- 
em  dieitur  habuisse  ita 
compositam  ut  plebis 
animos  conciliaret:  se 
Romam  cum  coniuge 
ac  fortunis  omnibus 
commigrasse ;  maiorem 
partem  aetatis  eius  qua 
cTvIlibus  officiis  fun- 
gantur  homines,  Romae 
se  quam  in  vetere  patria 
vlxisse.  Tam  multaj 
de  se  baud  falsa  memo- 
ravit  ut  ingenti  con- 
sensu populus  Romanus 
eum  regnare  iuberet. 

a.  Cuilibet,  dat,  from 
quTlibet,  to  any  one  whatever, 
emphatic;  -que,  connects 
belli  and  pads;  et  .  .  .  et, 
both  .  .  .  and,  connecting 
artibus  and  gloria;  belli 
.  .  .  par,  equal  both  in  the 
arts  of  peace  and  the  glory  of 
war;  quo  mortuo,  abl.  abs, 
on  whose  death,  or,  and  on 
his  death;  quam  primum,  as 
soon  as  possible;  regi  cre- 
ando, for  electing  a  king  (sec.  464) ;  sub  tempus,  at  the  approach  of  the 
time,  as  the  time  approached;  vgnatiun,  supine  (sec.  365,  369) ;  orationem 
dieitur  habuisse,  he  is  said  to  have  delivered  a  speech;  se  commigrasse,  se 
vixisse,  used  as  objects  of  the  verb  of  saying  implied  in  orationem 
habuisse  (sec.  250);  commigrasse,  for  commigravisse ;  oiEcus,  abl. 
with  fungantur  (sec.  377);   fungantur,  present  subjunctive,  translated 


Photo  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 
Magistkatus   Romanus 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  253 

by  the  English  indicative;  partem,  ace.  of  time  (sec.  278);  maiorem 
.  .  .  quam,  a  greater  part  than. 

b.  Find  examples  of  the  subjunctive  used  as  in  sections  401  and  411. 

c.  Notice  the  arrangement  of  the  words  in  the  expression,  belli 
pacisque  et  artibus  et  gloria  par.  Belli  belongs  with  gloria,  and  pads 
with  artibus.  Such  an  arrangement,  although  somewhat  artificial, 
was  thought  to  add  to  the  excellence  of  the  hterary  form.  The  variety 
in  the  use  of  the  conjunctions  is  also  noticeable.  The  commonplace 
arrangement  would  be,  gloria  belli  et  artibus  pacis. 

(/.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  art,  civil,  conciliate, 
consensus,  false,  major,  office,  omnibus,  quart,  superior. 

SYNTAX 
The  Subjunctive  of  Result 
416.     The  sul)junctive  with  ut,  ut  non,  qui,  and  quin 
is  used   in   consecutive  clauses  to  denote  consequence  or 
result.     (80) 

Vulpes  ita  exterrita  est  ut  paene  moreretur  formidine,  the  fox 

toas  so  terrified  that  she  almost  died  of  fright;  nova  urbs  ita  timebatur 
ut  benigne  legatio  non  audiretur,  the  new  city  was  so  feared  that  the 
embassy  was  not  heard  kindly;  quis  est  qui  urbem  Romam  videre  nolit? 
who  is  there  who  does  not  urinh  to  see  the  city  of  Rome?  numquam  de 
Romanis  tarn  multa  audiemus  quin  plura  libenter  audiamus,  we  shall 
never  hear  .so  many  things  about  the  Romans  that  we  shall  not  gladly  hear 
more. 

a.  When  the  subjunctive  of  result  is  used  with  the  relative  qui, 
the  relative  is  generally  equivalent  to  ut  is.  Quis  est  qui  nolit  means, 
who  is  there  so  disposed  that  he  does  not  wish?  The  antecedent  is  often 
indefinite  and  the  clause  with  the  subjunctive  describes  some  quality 
or  characteristic  of  the  antecedent. 

b.  Quin,  who  not,  that  not,  that,  is  often  used  after  expressions  of 
doubt.  Non  est  dubium  quin  Roma  sit  clara,  there  is  no  doubt  that 
Rome  is  fanums. 

c.  Verbs  of  hindering,  preventing,  etc.,  when  a  negative  is  expressed 
or  implied,  are  followed  by  quin  and  the  subjunctive.  Career  sceleratos 
non  deterrebat  quin  scelera  facerent,  the  prison  did  not  keep  the  wicked 
from  committing  crimes. 


254 


EI.EMENTA  PRIMA 


COMPOSITION 
417.  1.  Ancus  was  (Hiunl  to  th(^  former  kings  l)oth  in 
the  arts  of  pcniw^  and  the  glory  of  war.  2.  No  one  of  the 
former  kings  had  greater  n^nown  in  war  (of  war)  and  peace 
than  Ancus.  3.  After  the  death  of  Ancus,  Tarquin  urged 
that  the  new  king  should  be  elected  as  soon  as  possible. 

4.  The  sons  of  Ancus  were  now  almost  grown  to  manhood. 

5.  Just  before  (sub.)  the  time  Tarquin  sent  the  boys  to  hunt 
(supine).  6.  He  sent  the  sons  of  Ancus  to  hunt  so  that  he 
might  be  elected  king  himself.  7.  Tarquin's  speech  was 
so  arranged  that  he  himself  was  elected  king.  8.  He  had 
come  to  Rome  with  all  his  fortunes,  and  had  lived  there  a 
large  part  of  his  life.  9.  A  large  part  of  that  age  in  which 
men  perform  pubUc  duties  Tarquin  lived  in  Rome.  10. 
He  said  so  many  true  (not  false)  things  about  himself  that 
he  obtained  the  kingdom  (potior  with  abl.).  11.  The  sons 
of  Ancus  did  not  prevent  the  people  from  electing  Tarquin 
king.  12.  There  was  no  doubt  that  Tarquin  wished  to 
have  the  kingdom  himself  (Tarquin  himself  wislied). 


Photo  by  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph.D. 

Vicus  IN  Italia  Hodierna 


CHAPTER  L 
THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  PERFECT  AND   PAST  PERFECT 

Indirect  Questions 

418.  In  the  perfect  and  past  perfect  tenses  of  the 
subjunctive  mood  all  verbs  are  conjugated  alike.  In  the 
perfect  tense  of  the  active  voice  the  perfect  stem  is  followed 
by  the  tense-sign  -eri-  and  the  usual  personal  endings,  -m, 
-s,  -t,  etc. ;  as,  regnav-eri-t.  In  the  past  perfect  tense  the 
perfect  stem  is  followed  by  the  tense-sign  -isse-  and  the 
regular  personal  endings;  as,  iuss-isse-t.  In  the  passive 
voice  the  perfect  and  past  perfect  tenses  of  the  subjunctive 
are  formed  respectively  by  joining  the  present  and  past 
tenses,  subjunctive,  of  sum  to  the  perfect  passive  participle; 
as,  portatae  sint,  facta  essent, 

419.  An  indirect  question  is  a  dependent  clause  in 
which  a  question  is  implied ;  as. 

In  memoria  habeo  quid  hen  laderim,  /  remember  what  I  saw 
yesterday. 

In  such  clauses  the  Latin  uses  the  subjunctive  mood 
although  the  indicative  mood  is  used  in  English. 

420.  Study  the  clauses  which  contain  the  subjunctive  mood; 
find  the  indirect  questions;  and  notice  whether  any  clauses 
denote  purpose  or  result. 

MURES 

421.  Mures  aliquando  habuerunt  consiHum  quo  modo 
a  fele  caverent.     Multis  alils  propositis,  omnibus  placuit  ut 

(255) 


25(5 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ei    tintinnabulum    adnecteretur :     sic    enim    ipsos    sonitti 
admonitos  earn  fugere  posse.      Sed  cum  iam  inter  mures 

quaereretur  qui  tintinna- 
bulum adnecteret,  nemo 
repertus  est. 

Fabula  docet  in  sua- 
dendo  plurimos  esse  au- 
dacis,  sed  in  ipso  periculo 
timidos. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  What  verbs  are  in 
the  subjunctive  mood?  What 
conjunctions  or  other  connec- 
tives are  used  to  introduce 
the  clauses  which  contain  the  subjunctive?  What  clauses  are  indirect 
questions?  Do  any  of  the  clauses  denote  purpose?  result?  Is  any 
other  relation  expressed  by  a  clause  with  the  subjunctive? 

b.  What  is  generally  used  as  the  subject  of  a  verb?  as  the  object? 
What  is  the  subject  of  placuit ;  of  quaereretur?  If  habuerunt  consilium 
were  translated  by  the  single  verb  planned,  what  would  be  the  object? 


Courtesy  of  The  Metro  fX)! item  MuseumofArt,N .  Y. 
TiNTINNABULA 


MAGISTER   CUM   DISCIPULO   LOQUITUR 

422.     1.     M agister.     Die    mihi,    si    vis,    quot    annos 
Ancus  regnaverit. 

2.  Discipulus.     Annos  quattuor  et  viginti  Ancus  reg- 
navit. 

3.  M.    Scisne   num   superioribus   regibus  belli  gloria 
Ancus  fuerit  par? 

4.  D.     Cuilibet  superiorum  regum  fuit  par. 

5.  M.    Intellegisne    cur    Tarquinius    comitia    statim 
fieri  voluerit? 

6.  D.     Anco  mortuo  iinuni  ex  filiis  illTus  regem  esse 
nempe  volebat. 

7.  M.    Num  oblitus  es  qualis  vir  Tarquinius  fuerit  et 
quantae  spes  ab  eo  Romam  portatae  sint? 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  257 

8.  D.  In  memoria  habeo  quae  heri  legerim.  Legi 
quas  res  Tanaquil  virum  sperare  iussisset.  lam  intellego 
cur  Tarquinius  Mios  regis  venatum  mlserit;  ipse  regno  potiri 
volebat. 

9.  M.  Num  Tarquinio  incertum  erat  quo  modo  plebis 
animos  conciliaret?   y 

10.  D.  Minime.  Orationem  habuit  ita  compositam  ut 
populus  eum  regnare  iu beret. 

11.  M.    Fuitne  Roma  Tarquini  patria? 

12.  D.  Non  semper  sed  magnam  partem  aetatis  Romae 
vlxerat. 

13.  M.  Dixitne  Romanis  quantam  partem  aetatis 
Romae  vixisset? 

14.  D.  Maiorem  partem  aetatis  eius  qua  civllibus 
officiis  funguntur  homines  ille  Romae  quam  in  vetere  patria 
vlxerat. 

15.  M.    Fuitne  Tarquinius  l>onus  rex? 

16.  D.     Nescio.       Cras    fortasse    fuerit    necne    bonus 

Mihi  memora  quae  sint  facta  boni  regis. 

Bona  facta  regis  sunt  ea  quae  populo  prosint. 

Num  Tarquinius  intellexit  (juae  facta  essent 
bona? 

20.  D.  Quae  a  prioribus  regibus  facta  essent  sci\it 
atque  multa  (luae  laudari  [)ossent  ipse  fecit. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  verbs  which  are  in  the  subjunctive  mood, 
arranging  them  by  tenses.  Complete  the  conjugation  of  legerim^ 
iussisset,  portatae  sint,  and  facta  essent. 

6.  What  subjunctives  in  this  exercise  are  used  in  clauses  of  the 
same  kind  as  quo  modo  .  .  .  caverent  and  qui  .  .  .  adnecteret  in 
section  421? 

c.  What  clause  is  used  as  the  subject  of  a  verb?  What  (ilauses 
are  used  as  objects  of  verbs?  What  kind  of  connectives  are  quot, 
num,  quantae,  necne,  etc? 


experiam. 

17. 

M. 

18. 

D. 

19. 

M. 

258  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

d.  Compare  prosint,  sentence  18,  and  possent,  sentence  20,  with 
the  verbs  in  section  413. 

TARQUINIUS  NOVACULA  COTEM  SECAT 
423.  Tarquinius  rex  multa  egregia  fecit.  Bellum 
primum  cum  Latinis  gessit  et  oppidum  eorum  vi  cepit 
praedamque  magnam  reportavit.  Circo  qui  Maximus 
dlcitui*  locus  designatus  est.  Muro  lapideo  circumdare 
urbem  parabat,  cum  Sabinum  bellum  intervenit.  Equitem 
suis  deesse  copiis  ratus,  ad  Ramnes,  Titienses,  Luceres,  quas 
centurias  Romulus  scripserat,  addere  alias  constituit  suoque 
nomine  nomina  iis  dare. 

Attus  Navius,  inclitus  eo  tempore  augur,  ''Nomina," 
inquit,  '^mutari  non  possunt  nisi  aves  addlxerint."  Iratus 
rex  eludensque  artem  auguris,  "Inaugura,"  inquit,  '^fierine 
possit  quod  ego  mente  concipio."  Attus,  in  augurio 
expertus,  fieri  posse  respondit.  "Atque  hoc,"  inquit  rex, 
''agitabam,  num  cotem  illam  secare  novacula  possem." 
'Totes  ergo,"  inquit  augur,  et  rex  secuisse  dicitur.  Auguriis 
tantus  honor  accessit,  ut  nihil  belli  domlque  postea  nisi 
auspicato  gereretur.    / 

a.  Copiis,  dat.  with  de  in  deesse,  denoting  separation  (sec.  205) ; 
suo  nomine, /rom  his  own  name  (sec.  229);  eo  tempore,  abl.  denoting 
time  (sec.  105);  addixerint,  future  perfect;  inaugura,  imperative; 
fierine  possit  quod,  whether  that  can  he  done  which,  etc.;  posse,  the 
subject  is  the  accusative  of  the  pronoun  id  not  expressed,  but  suggested 
by  quod;  fieri  .  .  .  respondit,  he  replied  that  it  could  be  done;  nxmi 
secare  possem,  whether  I  could  cut;  secuisse,  the  object  is  the  pronoun 
earn,  not  expressed,  referring  to  cotem  illam ;  belli,  domi,  locative  case. 

h.  Find  two  verbs  in  the  subjunctive  which  are  used  like  caverent 
and  adnecteret  in  section  421. 

c.  Find  one  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mood  expressing  consequence 
or  result  (sec.  416). 

d.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  agitate,  circus,  conceive, 
designate,  elude,  expert,  intervene,  irate,  report,  respond,  response. 


ELEMENTA   PRIMA  259 

« 

CONJUGATION 

424.  Tlie  jx^rfect  aiul  past  perfect  tenses  of  the  sub- 
junctive mood,  active  and  passive,  are  conjugated  in  the 
same  manner  in  all  the  conjugations.  For  the  complete 
conjugation  of  these  tenses  see  sections  562-569. 

a.  Learn  the  conjugation  in  these  tenses  of  amo,  video,  mitto, 
audio,  and  capio.  Leam  also  the  perfect  and  past  perfect  tenses  of 
sum  in  the  subjunctive  mood.  Carefully  compare  the  perfect  sub- 
junctive with  the  future  perfect  indicative. 

SYNTAX 
Indirect  Questions 

425.  In  an  indirect  question  the  verb  is  in  the  subjunc- 
tive mood.     (81) 

Agitabam  num  cotem  secare  possem,  /  was  considering  whether  I 
could  cut  the  whetstone;  inaugiira  fierine  possit  quod  mente  concipio, 
determine  by  nuquru  (predict)  whether  that  which  I  am  thinking  of  can 
be  done;  fuerit  necne  bonus  reperiam,  /  shall  find  out  whether  he  was 
good  or  not. 

a.  An  indirect  question  is  not  directly  asked  but  is  represented 
as  an  indirect  quotation  depending  as  subject  or  object  upon  a  verb  of 
asking  or  upon  an  expression  which  suggests  the  idea  of  asking.  The 
difference  between  direct  and  indirect  questions  may  be  seen  in  the 
following  examples: 

Direct  Indirect 

Ubi  es ;  where  are  you?  Video  ubi  sis,  /  see  where  you  are. 

Ubi  eras ;  lohere  were  youf  Rogabam  ubi  esses,  /  was  asking 

where  you  were. 
Ubi  fuisti ;  where  have  you  been?         Scio  ubi  fueris,  /  know  where  you 

have  been. 
Ubi  fueras ;  where  had  you  been?         Repperi  ubi  fuisses,  /  found  out 

where  you  had  been. 

The  Use  of  the  Perfect  and  Past  Perfect  Subjunctive 

426.  In  dependent  clauses  the  perfect  and  past  perfect 
tenses  of  the  subjunctive  mood  denote  completed  action  and 


260  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

refer  to  time  which  is  relatively  past;  v.  c,  past  with  reference 
to  the  time  of  the  verb  in  the  main  clause.     (82) 

Scisne  num  superioribus  regibus  Ancus  fuerit  par?  Do  you  know 
whether  Ancus  tvas  equal  to  the  former  kings?  Tarquinius  scivit  quae  a 
prioribus  regibus  essent  facta,  Tarquinius  knew  -what  had  been  done  by 
the  former  kings. 

Sequence  of  Tenses 

427.  When  the  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  dependent 
clauses,  the  present  and  perfect  tenses  of  the  subjunctive 
are  generally  found  in  connection  with  a  primary  tense  in 
the  main  clause;  and  the  past  and  past  perfect  tenses  of 
the  subjunctive  are  generally  found  in  connection  with  a 
secondary  tense.     (83) 

For  examples  see  section  425,  a. 

Substantive  Clauses 

428.  A  clause  may  be  used  as  the  subject  or  the  object 
of  a  verb,  or  as  the  equivalent  of  a  noun  in  any  construction. 
Such  a  clause  is  a  substantive  clause.     (84) 

The  indirect  questions  in  sections  421,  422,  and  423  are  substan- 
tive clauses.  Clauses  of  purpose  and  result  may  also  be  substantive 
clauses. 

COMPOSITION 

429.  1.  The  master  asked  whether  Tarquin  had  done 
many  excellent  things.  2.  I  know  what  war  he  waged,  what 
city  he  took,  and  how  great  booty  he  brought  back.  3.  Do 
you  know  what  place  was  designated  for  the  circus?  4.  The 
king  was  surrounding  the  city  with  a  stone  wall  when  a  war 
interrupted.  5.  Cavalry  was  wanting  to  the  king's  forces. 
6.  Romulus  had  enrolled  three  centuries  of  knights.  7. 
Tarquin  resolved  to  give  his  own  name  to  other  centuries. 
8.  Attus,  the  famous  augur,  said,  ''The  names  can  not  be 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


261 


changed  unless  the  omens  (birds)  are  (shall 
have  been)  propitious."  9.  The  king  mocking 
asked  whether  a  whetstone  could  be  cut  with 
a  razor.  10.  Attus  replied  that  it  could  be 
done  (to  be  able  to  be  done).  11.  The  king 
is  said  to  have  cut  the  whetstone.  12.  It  is 
said  that  the  king  (ace.)  cut  the  whetstone 
13.  Attu3  was  so  renowned  that  great  honor 
was  added  to  augury.  14.  Nothing  was  done 
in  war  or  (and)  at  home  except  by  augury. 


Augur 


Photo  from  Keystone  View  Co.,  N.  Y. 

Tempi^um  Apollinis,  Pompeii 


CHAPTER  LI 

CLAUSES  WITH    CUM 

430.     The  conjunction  cum,  when,  since,  or  although,  is 
used  in  clauses  denoting  time,  cause,  or  concession.     Which 


'  ©  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Arcus  ConstantTni  et  Mons  Palatinus 

of  the  three  meanings  it  has  in  any  given  sentence  can  be 
determined  partly  by  the  mood  and  tense  of  the  verb,  and 
partly  by  the  context;  that  is,  by  the  meaning  of  the  rest 
of  the  sentence. 

431.  Observe  carefully  the  mood  and  tense  used  in  the 
dependent  clauses  introduced  by  the  conjunction  cum.  Consider 
the  three  possible  meanings  of  cum  when  used  as  a  conjunction 
and  try  to  determine  its  meaning  in  each  sentence  in  which  it  is 
found. 

(262) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  263 

AGRICOLA  ET  FiLII 

432.  Agricola  senex,  cum  mortem  sibi  appropinquarc 
sentlret,  filios  convocavit,  quos,  cum  fratres  ossent,  intordum 
discordare  noverat,  et  fascem  virgularum  adforrl  iubct. 
Quae  cum  adlatae  assent,  filios  hortatur  ut  fascem  frangerent. 
Quod  cum  facere  non  possent,  distribuit  singulas  virgas, 
ilsque  celeriter  fractis,  docuit  illos  quam  firma  res  esset 
Concordia  quamque  imbecilla  discordia, 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  What  is  the  meaning  of  cum  in  the  clauses  cum  .  .  .  sentiret? 
cum  .  .  .  assent?  cimi  adlatae  essent?  cum  .  .  .  possent? 

h.  What  kind  of  a  clause  is  ut  .  .  .  frangerent?  quam  .  .  . 
Concordia? 

c.  What  is  the  tense  of  each  subjunctive?  Upon  what  verb  does 
each  subjunctive  depend? 

READING   EXERCISE 

433.  1.  Tarquinius,  cum  filios  And  regno  fraude 
pepulisset,  multa  tamen  egregia  fecit.  2.  Cum  bellum 
adversus  Latinos  gessisset,  praedam  magnam  reportavit. 
3.  Muro  lapideo  circumdare  urbem  parabat  cum  Sablnum 
bellum  intervenit.  4.  Cum  equites  suls  deessent  copils, 
alias  centurias  suo  nomine  vocatas  addere  constituit.  5. 
Attus  augur,  *'Cum  aves,"  inquit,  ''non  addixerint,  nomina 
mutarl  non  possunt."  6.  Cum  rex  Iratus  inter rogavisset 
fierine  posset  quod  ipse  mente  conciperet  (was  thinking  of), 
Attus  respondit,  "Cum  artem  auguris  eludas,  tamen  fieri 
potest."  7.  Atque  cum  rex  agitaret  num  cos  secarl  novacula 
posset,  ilia  tamen  secta  est.  8,  Quod  cum  factum  esset, 
auguriis  magnus  honor  accessit. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
n.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  clauses  introduced  by  the  conjunction 
ctmi,  and  classify  them  according  to  the  different  meanings  of  the 
conjunction. 


264  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

h.  In  what  mood  and  tense  is  each  verb  which  is  found  with  cum 
in  a  clause  denoting  time?  in  a  clause  denoting  cause  or  reason?  in 
a  clause  denoting  concession? 

ANCi  FiLli  REGi  INSIDIAS  PARANT 

434.  Supererant  duo  AncT  filil,  qui,  cum  paterno  regn*^ 
fraudati  essent,  legi  insidias  paraverunt.  Ex  pastoribus 
duo  ferocissimi  ad  f acinus  delecti  sunt.  li  simulata  rlxa 
in   vestibulo   regiae  tumultuantur.      Quorum   clamor   cum 

penitus    in   regiam    pervenisset, 

■ - - --"^      vocati  sunt    ad    regem.      Primo 

uterque  vociferari  coepit  et  cer- 
tatim  alter  alter!  obstrepere. 
Cum  vero  iussi  essent  in  vicem 

.' ■"". ■ ■^     dicere,  unus  ex    composite   rem 

ordltur ;  dumque  intentus  in  eum 
Secures  gg   rex   totus.  avertit,    alter  ela- 

tam  securim  in  eius  caput 
deiecit;  et  relicto  in  vulnere  telo,  ambo  foras  se  proripiunt. 
a.  Regno,  abl.  of  separation  (sec.  336) ;  ex  pastoribus,  from  or 
of  the  shepherds;  simulata  rixa,  abl.  abs.;  quorum  clamor,  and  when^ 
their  shouting  (a  relative  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  is  equivalent 
to  a  conjunction  and  a  demonstrative);  alteri,  dat.  with  ob  in  obstre- 
pere ;  alter  alteri,  one  the  other,  each  other. 

h.  Find  one  casual  and  two  temporal  clauses, 
c.   (Notebook.)     Explain  the  derivation  of  avert,  composite,  intend, 
intent,  paternal,  simulate,  vestibule,  vociferate. 

SYNTAX 
Temporal  Clauses  with  Cum — Indicative 

435.  In  temporal  clauses  with  cum  the  indicative  is 
used  if  the  dependent  clause  simply  defines  the  time  of  the 
action  of  the  main  verb,  or  if  the  thought  expressed  by  the 
temporal  clause  is  an  essential  addition  to  the  sentence.     (85) 

Murd  lapideo  circumdare  urbem  parabat  cum  Sabinum  bellum 
intervenit,  he  uxis  preparing  to  surround  the  city  with  a  stone  wall  when 
a  war  urith  the  Sabines  interrupted.  (In  this  sentence  the  clause  witli 
cum  is  an  essential  addition  to  the  thought.) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  265 

Temporal  Clauses  with  Cwm— Subjunctive 
'  436.     In  temporal  clauses  with  cum  which  describe  the 
circumstances  under  which  the  action  of  the  main  clause 
took  place  the  subjunctive  mood  is  used.      The  tense  is 
always  past  or  past  perfect.     (86) 

Cum  senex  mortem  sibi  appropinquare  sentiret,  filios  vocavit, 
ivhen  an  old  man  perceived  that  death  was  approaching,  he  called  his  so?is; 
cmn  bellimi  gessisset,  praedam  reportavit,  when  he  had  waged  war,  he 
brought  back  the  booty. 

Causal  and  Concessive  Clauses  with  Cum 

437.  In  causal  and  concessive  clauses  with  cimi  the 
verbs  are  always  in  the  subjunctive.  Any  tense  may  be 
used,  the  present  and  the  perfect  with  primary  tenses  in  the 
main  clause,  and  the  past  and  the  past  perfect  with  secondary 
tenses.     (87) 

Cum  aves  non  addixerint,  nomina  mutari  non  possunt,  since  the 
omens  have  not  been  propitious,  the  names  can  not  be  changed;  cum 
filios  Anci  regno  fraude  pepulisset,  multa  tamen  Tarquinius  egregia 
fecit,  although  he  had  driven  the  sons  of  Ancus  from  the  kingdom  by 
fraud,  nevertheless  Tarquin  did  many  excellent  things. 

COMPOSITION 

438.  1.  Although  Tarquin  was  the  guardian  of  the 
king's  sons,  nevertheless  he  defrauded  them  of  their  father's 
kingdom.  2.  Since  the  sons  of  Ancus  had  been  defrauded 
of  their  father's  kingdom,  they  arranged  a  plot  against  the 
king.  3.  They  chose  two  fierce  shepherds  for  the  deed. 
4.  The  shepherds  made  a  disturbance  in  the  entrance  of  the 
palace.  5.  When  their  shouts  had  come  into  the  palace, 
the  shepherds  were  called  to  the  king.  6.  At  first  they 
cried  out  against  each  other  (one  against  the  other).  7.  They 
had  been  ordered  to  speak  in  turn,  when  one  of  the  shepherds 
threw  an  axe  at  the  king's  head.  8.  When  this  had  been 
done,  both  fled  out  of  doors. 


CHAPTER  LII 

THE   SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  INDEPENDENT   CLAUSES 

439.  The  subjunctive  is  used  chiefly  in  dependent 
clauses;  but  it  is  also  used  in  independent  clauses  for  the 
expression  of  such  ideas  as  will,  desire,  or  possibility;  as, 

Meis  verbis  fides  sit,  let  my  words  have  confideme. 


Regia  Caesarum  Imperatorum 

In  independent  clauses  the  subjunctive  may  be  volitive, 
expressing  the  will  of  the  speaker  in  commands,  exhortations, 
etc.;  optative,  expressing  desire;  or  potential,  expressing 
possibility.  The  English  auxiliaries  let,  may,  can,  might, 
could,  etc.,  are  often  used  in  translating. 

440.  In  the  foUomng  exercises  determine  whether  the  sub- 
junctive in  the  independent  clauses  is  vohtive,  optative,  or 
potential. 

(266) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  267 

LEO 


441.  Societatem  iunxerunt  leo,  iuv^nca,  capra,  ovis. 
Praeda  autem  quam  ceperant  in  quattuor  partes  aequalis 
divisa,  leo,  *TrIma,"  ait,  '^mea  est;  debetur  enim  haec 
praestantia^e  meae.  Tollam  et  secundam,  quam  meretur 
robur  meum.  Tertiam  vindicat  sibi  egregius  labor  meus. 
Quartam  qui  sibi  adrogare  voluerit,  is  sciat  se  habittirum  me 
inimicum  sibi."  Quid  faeerent  imbecillae  bestiae,  aut  quae 
leonem  infestum  habere  vellet? 

a.  Is  sciat,  let  him  know;  quid  faeerent  bestiae,  whxit  could  the 
beasts  do?  quae  vellet,  who  could  wish? 

b.  What  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive?  What  idea  is  expressed 
by  each? 

READING  EXERCISE 

442.  1.  luvenca,  capra,  ovis  haec  leon!  dixerunt: 
"Societatem  iungamus  (let  us  make)  atque  praedam  quam 
ceperimus  in  partes  aequalis  dividamus."  2.  Hoc  enim 
volebant:  "(Utinam)  nos  ipsae  habeamus  (may  we  our- 
selves have)  praedam  quam  leo  ceperit."  3.  Praedam 
autem  captam  leo  totam  sibi  vindicavit.  4.  Tunc  imbecillae 
bestiae,  "Utinam,"  aiunt,  "societatem  ne  fecissemus  (O  that 
we  had  not  made).  5.  Utinam  ipsae  partem  praedae 
haberemus  (O  that  we  ourselves  had).  6.  Quid  faciamus? 
Ne  fuerit  leo  (let  not  the  lion  be)  nobis  inimlcus.  7.  Prima 
pars  leonis  est;  toUat  (let  him  take)  et  secundam;  tertia 
quoque  illi  debetur;  ne  quartum  quidem  nobis  adrogare 
velimus,  cum  sciamus  nos  habituras  leonem  inimicum." 
8.  Denique  leonl  dixerunt,  "ToUe  praedam  sed  nobis  ne 
fueris  (do  not  be)  infest  us." 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Arrange  the  verbs  which  are  in  the  subjunctive  in  the  inde- 
pendent clauses  in  three  classes  according  as  they  denote  will,  desire, 
or  possibility. 


268  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

b.  Of  the  three  verbs  which  are  used  with  utinam,  which  repre- 
sents the  fulfillment  of  the  wish  as  possible?  Which  represents  the 
wish  as  contrary  to  a  present  fact?  Which  represents  the  wish  as 
contrary  to  a  past  fact?  What  tense  of  the  subjunctive  is  used  in  each 
of  these  instances? 

c.  What  is  the  meaning  of  cum  in  the  clause  cum  sciamus/ 

SYNTAX 
The  Volitive  Subjunctive 

443.  The  volitive  subjunctive  expresses  commands  or 
exhortations.     The  negative  is  ne.     (88) 

Praedam  dividamus,  let  us  divide  the  prey;  ne  fueris  infestus,  do 
not  be  hostile. 

a.  The  perfect  subjunctive  is  used  in  negative  commands.  A 
more  polite  form  of  prohibition  is  noli  with  an  infinitive.  Noli  praedam 
toUere,  (please)  do  not  carrij  off  the  prey. 

The  Optative  Subjunctive 

444.  The  optative  subjunctive  expresses  wishes  or 
desires.  The  present  and  perfect  tenses  refer  to  the  future 
and  suggest  the  possibihty  of  the  fulfillment  of  the  wish; 
the  past  tense  expresses  a  wish  contrary  to  a  present  fact; 
and  the  past  perfect  expresses  a  wish  contrary  to  a  past  fact. 
Utinam,  0  that,  is  generally  found  with  the  past  and  past 
perfect,  and  may  be  used  with  other  tenses.  The  negative 
adverb  is  generally  ne.     (89) 

Utinam  ipsae  praedam  habeamus,  0  that  ive  ourselves  may  have 
the  prey;  utinam  partem  praedae  haberemus,  O  that  we  (now)  had  part 
of  the  prey;  utinam  societatem  ne  fecissemus,  0  that  we  had  not  made 
the  alliance. 

The  Potential  Subjunctive 

445.  The  potential  subjunctive  expresses  possibility. 
The  present  and  the  perfect  refer  to  the  future;  the  past 
and  the  past  perfect  refer  to  the  past.  A  negative  is  often 
implied.     (90) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


269 


Quid  faciamus/  What  can  we  do.'  (Nothing.)  Quid  facerent 
imbecillae  bestiae/  What  coidd  the  poor  beasts  do?  (Nothing.)  Quae 
sibi  leonem  infestum  habere  vellet?  Who  covM  tnsh  to  have  the  lion 
hostile  to  her?     (No  one.) 


COMPOSITION 
446.  1.  Let  us 
make  (join)  an 
alliance.  2.  Let  us 
not  divide  the  prey. 
3.  Let  the  first  part 
be  mine.  4.  Do  not 
take  my  part  of  the 
prey.  5.  O  that  I 
may  have  a  part. 
6.  O  that  the  Hon 
were  not  an  enemy 
to  me.  7.  O  that 
the  prey  had  been 
divided.  8.  If  the 
lion  is  her  enemy 
what  can  a  weak 
sheep  do?  9.  When 
the  lion  had  taken 
(sec. 435)  the  whole, 
what  weak  beast 
could  wish  to  claim 
part  of  the  prey? 
10.  What  could  the 
poor  beasts  have 
done? 


Conrtexy  of  The  AfetrojwJitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

Imago  Aena  Pueri  I'omanT 


CHAPTER  LIII 
CONDITIONAL    SENTENCES 

447.  Conditional  sentences  are  complex  sentences  in 
which  the  subordinate  or  dependent  clauses  are  introduced 
by  the  conjunction  si,  if,  or  nisi,  if  not,  unless.  A  conditional 
sentence  contains  two  clauses:  the  condition,  and  the  con- 
clusion. The  condition  is  the  dependent  clause  and  the 
conclusion  is  the  independent  clause. 

Nomina  mutari  non  posstint  nisi  aves  addixerint,  the  names  can 
not  be  changed  unless  the  omens  are  (shall  have  been)  propitious. 

Si  imbecillae  bestiae  partem  praedae  sibi  adrogent,  leonem 
ininucimi  sibi  habeant,  if  the  poor  beasts  should  claim  the  prey  for  them- 
selves, they  would  have  the  lion  as  their  enemy. 

In  conditional  sentences  in  which  actual  facts  are  repre- 
sented or  assumed  the  indicative  mood  is  used  with  its  ordi- 
nary signification;  but  the  subjunctive  mood  is  frequently 
used,  and  the  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  in  conditional  sen- 
tences have  the  same  force  as  in  sentences  expressing  wishes 
or  desires  (sec.  444). 

448.  Study  the  sentences  which  contain  the  conditional 
conjunction  si  or  nisi.  Notice  whether  the  subjunctive  mood 
is  used  in  the  conditional  clause  only  or  in  both  clauses  of  the 
conditional  sentences.  Translate  the  tenses  of  the  indicative 
literally  and  the  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  so  as  to  express  the 
apparent  meaning  most  clearly. 

LUPUS   SCELERATUS 

(Adapted  and  translated  from  the  YoutKs  Companion.) 

449.  1.  Lupus  qui  apud  homines  a  parvo  vixerat  tam 
mitis  fuit  ut  fiHus  agricolae  eum  pro  cane  haberet  et  cum 
eo  cotidie  luderet.     2,  Sed  cum  grandior  f actus  esset,  ferox 

(270) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA^  271 

ingenium  videri  poterat.  3.  Namque  friistis  quae  data  erant 
intactls  humi  iacens  somnum  simulabat.  4.  Si  autem  pulll 
cibum  petitum  prope  venerunt,  eos  subito  raptos  devoravit. 
5.  Atque  hoc  saepe  faciebat.  6.  Denique  agricola  Iratus 
dixit,  ''Lupus  SI  iterum  pullos  rapuerit,  statim  interficietur." 
7.  Eodem  iterum  facto,  cum  agricola  eum  occidere  conaretur, 
effugit  in  silvam.  8.  Tum  puer  lacrimans,  ''Laetus  sim  si 
lupus  redeat,"  inquit;  atque  vesperi  venit.  9.  Tum  filio 
oranti  ut  lupo  parceret  agricola  respondit,  "Licet  tibi  tenere 
lupum  donee  rursus  malmn  faciet.''  10.  Postero  die  ille 
somno  simulate  tenerum  pullum  rapuerat  cum  agricola 
ipsum  prehendit;  11.  atque  secum  locutus,  'Till  causa  lupo 
ignoscerem  si  non  sceleratus  esset,"  statim  eum  occldit. 
12.  Nisi  lupus  continenter  malum  fecisset,  non  interfectus 
esset,  / 

NOTEBOOK  WORK  ^ 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  verbs  which  are  In  the  independent  and 
the  dependent  clauses  of  the  conditional  sentences. 

h.  In  what  mood  and  tense  is  each  of  these  verbs? 

c.  What  time  is  referred  to  by  each  tense  of  the  indicative  in  the 
conditional  sentences?  What  time  does  the  present  subjunctive  refer 
to?  the  past  subjunctive?  the  past  perfect  subjunctive? 

d.  In  what  conditional  sentence  with  the  subjunctive  is  the  possi- 
bility of  the  fulfillment  of  the  condition  suggested? 

e.  In  which  sentence  is  the  condition  contrary  to  a  present  fact? 
/.  In  which  sentence  is  the  condition  contrary  to  a  past  fact? 
gr.'^Is  the  idea*  of  future  time  represented  more  vividly  in  sentence 

6  or  in'  sentence  8?' 

READING  EXERCISE 
450.  1.  Sij  jfilil  Anci  paterno  regno  fraudati  sunt,  regi 
insidias  parabunt.  2.  Si  regl  insidias  paraverint,  duo 
pastores  ad  f acinus  deligentur.  3.  Ii  vestibulo  tumultua- 
buntur.  4.  Quorum  sT  clamor  penitus  in  regiam  perveniat, 
ad  regem  vocentur.  5.  Si  ad  regem  vocati  erunt,  alter  alteri 
obstrepet,     6,  Si  rex  insidias  timeret,  pastores  ad  se  non 


272 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


vocaret.  7.  Unus  ex  composito  rem  ordltur;  alter  securi 
regem  vulnerat.  8.  Nisi  pastores  in  regiam  vocavisset,  rex 
ab  iis  non  vulneratus  esset. 


©  Underivood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

DoMus  Marci  LucRETi  IN  Urbe  PompeiIs 


NOTEBOOK   WORK  i 

a.  Make  a  list  of  the  verbs  in  each  of  these  conditional  sen- 
tences, indicating  the  condition  and  the  conclusion;  as,  si  fraudati  sunt, 
parabunt. 

b.  Whiit  mood  and  tense  are  found  in  each  clause  of  the  condi- 
tional sentences?  What  time  is  referred  to  by  the  tense  of  each  verb 
in  the  conditional  sentences?  Does  the  present  subjunctive  represent 
future  time  more  vividly  or  less  vividly  than  the  future  and  the  future 
perfect  indicative?  What  kind  of  a  condition  is  denoted  by  the  past 
tense  of  the  subjunctive?  by  the  past  perfect  tense? 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  273 

SERVIUS   TULLIUS   REGNAT 

451.     Servius    Tullius    a,    Tarquinio    g('iier    atlsuinptuH 

crat,  et  cuin  Tarquiiiius  occlsus  esset,  Tanaquil,  Tarquiiii 

uxor,  mortem  eius  celavit,  populmnque  ex  superiore  parte 

aedium  adlocuta,  ait  regem  grave  quidem  sed   iinn  leffde 


Impluvium — lxfi:iMOR  Parr  Aedittm 

\-ulnus  accepisse,  eumque  petere  ut  interim  Servio  TuUio 
parerent.  ''Tuum  est,"  inquit  Servio,  "si  vir  es,  regnum, 
non  eorum  qui  sceleratis  manibus  pessimum  f acinus  fecere." 
Sic  Servaus  regnare  coepit,  sed  recte  impcrium  adminis- 
travit.  Sabinos  subegit;  montes  tres,  Quirinalem,  Vlmi- 
nalem,  EsquilJnum  urbl  adiunxit;  fossas  circa  murum  duxit. 
Idem  (he  also)  censum  ordinavit,  et  populum  in  classes  et 
centurias  distribuit. 

a.  Ciun  .  .  .  occisus  esset, /em/jora/ ;  regem,  subject  cf  accepisse; 
eum,  subject  of  petere. 

6.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  adjuncl,  administer, 
nssvme,  census,  class,  interim,,  pessimist. 


274  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

SYNTAX 

Conditional  Sentences 

First  Class 

452.  In  conditional  sentences  of  the  first  class  any 
tense  of  the  indicative  may  be  used  with  its  ordinary  sig- 
nification. Either  the  supposition  is  assumed  to  be  true  or 
nothing  is  implied  about  the  fact.  Future  time  is  vividly 
represented  by  the  future  or  the  future  perfect  tense.       (91) 

Si  regno  fraudati  sunt,  insidias  parabunt,  if  they  have  been  defrauded 
of  the  kingdom  (as  they  have)  they  urill  (surely)  prepare  a  plot;  si  ad 
regem  vocati  erunt,  alter  alteri  obstrepet,  if  they  are  called  (shall  have 
been  called)  before  the  king,  they  mil  abuse  each  other  (one  mil  abuse 
the  other). 

Second  Class 

453.  In  conditional  sentences  of  the  second  class  the 
present  or  the  perfect  subjunctive  is  used,  and  the  possibility 
■*of  fulfillment  is  suggested.  Future  time  is  denoted,  but 
less  vividly  than  by  the  future  tenses  of  the  indicative.     (92) 

Si  clamor  in  regiam  perveniat,  pastores  ad  regem  vocentur,  if  the 

shouting  should  venetrate  into  the  palace  (as  it  may),  the  shepherds  woidd 
be  called  before  the  king. 

Third  Class 

454.  In  conditional  sentences  of  the  third  class  the 
past  tense  of  the  subjunctive  is  used  in  a  condition  or  a 
conclusion  which  is  contrary  to  a  present  fact,  and  the  past 
perfect  subjunctive  is  used  in  a  condition  or  a  conclusion 
which  is  contrary  to  a  past  fact.  Both  the  condition  and  the 
conclusion  are  represented  as  contrary  to  fact,  but  the  time 
need  not  be  the  same  in  both.     (93) 

Si  rex  insidias  timeret,  pastores  ad  se  non  vocaret,  if  the  king 
feared  (now)  a  plot,  he  would  not  (now)  call  the  shepherds  before  him; 
(but  he  does  not  fear  and  calls) ;  nisi  pastores  in  regiam  vocati  essent, 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  275 

regem  non  vulneravissent,  if  the  shepherds  had  not  been  called  into  the 
palace,  they  would  not  have  wounded  the  king  (but  they  were  called  and 
wounded  him). 

The  Dative  with  Special  Verbs 

455.  The  dative  of  the  indirect  object  is  used  with 
many  verbs  in  which  the  relation  to  is  implied.  Such  verbs 
are  those  meaning  to  believe,  help,  please,  and  their  opposites; 
to  persuade,  command,  obey,  resist,  threaten,  pardon,  i<pare, 
etc.     (94) 

Placuit  omnibus  ut  fell  tintinnabulum  adnecteretur,  it  pleased  all 
that  a  bell  should  be  tied  to  the  cat ;  agricola  lupo  non  ignoscit,  the  farmer 
does  not  pardon  the  wolf;  cives  Tullio  parent,  the  citizens  obey  Tullius: 
filius  patri  persuasit  ut  lupo  parceret,  the  son  persuaded  his  father  to 
spare  the  wolf. 

COMPOSITION 

456.  Notice  the  exact  meaning  of  each  sentence  before  trans- 
lating it  into  Latin.  Remember  that  the  English  indicative  is  often  to 
be  expressed  by  the  Latin  subjunctive. 

1.  Although  Tarquin  had  been  killed,  nevertheless 
Tanaquil  concealed  his  death.  2.  From  the  upper  part 
of  the  house  she  addressed  the  people.  3.  The  king  has 
received  a  severe  wound.  4.  He  asks  that  you  obey  (to) 
Servius  Tullius.  5.  Tanaquil  persuades  (to)  the  people  to 
(that  they)  obey  Servius.  6.  It  pleased  the  people  that 
Servius  should  be  king.  7.  The  kingdom  is  yours,  Servius. 
if  you  are  a  man.  8.  The  kingdom  is  not  theirs  (of  them) 
who  made  a  plot  against  the  king.  9.  Even  if  (etsi)  Servius 
began  to  reign  thus,  he  managed  the  kingdom  well. 

10.  If  you  are  (shall  be)  a  man,  the  kingdom  will  be 
yours.  11.  If  you  should  be  a  man,  the  kingdom  would  bo 
yours.  12.  If  you  were  a  man  (but  you  are  not),  the  king- 
dom would  be  yours  (but  it  is  not).  13.  If  you  had  been  a 
man  (but  you  were  not),  the  kingdom  would  (now)  be  yours 
(but  it  is  not).  14.  If  Servius  had  not  been  king,  we  should 
not  have  heard  (of)  his  deeds. 


CHAPTER   LIV 

THE   FUTURE   PASSIVE   PARTICIPLE,   THE 
GERUNDIVE,   AND   THE   GERUND 

457.  The  future  passive  participle  is  formed  by  adding 
to  the  present  stem  of  the  verb  the  letters,  -nd-  and  the 
case-endings  of  the  first  and  second  declensions.  The  long 
vowel  of  the  present  stem  is  shortened. 

Ama-nd-us,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be  loved,  to  be  loved. 

When  the  future  passive  participle  is  used  to  express 
the  main  idea  in  the  phrase,  it  is  called  the  gerundive  and 
is  then  best  translated  by  a  verbal  noun.  In  this  sense 
the  future  passive  participle,  or  the  gerundive,  is  found  only 
in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative  cases.  It 
always  agrees  with  a  noun  or  a  pronoun  in  case,  number, 
and  gender. 

Comitia  regi  creando  facta  sunt,  an  assembly  was  held  for  electing 
a  king  (/or  a  king  to  be  elected). 

The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  corresponding  to  the 
English  verbal  in  -ing.  In  form  the  gerund  is  like  the  neuter 
singular  of  the  gerundive  in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative, 
and  ablative  cases.  The  gerund  has  the  constructions  of  a 
noun  but  it  may  be  followed  by  a  direct  object  in  the  accusa- 
tive case  or  by  any  other  construction  which  the  verb  permits. 

In  suadendo  plurimi  sunt  audaces,  very  many  are  bold  in  adnsing. 

458.  Find  the  future  past^ive  participles,  the  gerundives, 
and  the  gerunds  in  the  following  exercises,  and  distinguish  between 
them.  Note  the  agreement  of  tlie  participle  and  the  gerundive, 
and  the  verbal  use  of  the  gerund. 

(270) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


277 


TUBICEN 

459.  Tubicen  ab  hostibus  captus,  ''Ne  me,"  inquit, 
*'interficite ;  nam  inermis  sum,  neque  quidquam  habeo 
praeter  banc  tubam."  At  hostes,  "Propter  hoc  ipsum," 
inquiunt,  ''te  interimemus,  quod,  cum  ipse  pugnandi  sis 
imperitus,  alios  ad  pugnam  incitare  soles." 

Fabuladocetnon  solum 
maleficos  esse  ptiniendos, 
sed  etiam  eos  qui  alios  ad 
male  faciendum  inritent. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Find  one  gerundive  an 
two  gerunds.  With  what  does 
the  gerundive  agree  in  case, 
number,  and  gender?  In  what 
case  is  each  of  the  gerunds? 
What  is  the  reason  for  the  case? 

b.  What  kind  of  a  clause 
is  cum  ...  sis  (sec.  437)?  qui 
.  .  .  imitent  (sec.  416,  a)? 


TUBAE 


READING   EXERCISE 

460.  1.  Faustulus  pastor  pueros  parvos  inventos  uxori 
dedit  educandos.  2.  Adulti  silvas  venando  peragrabant. 
3.  Deinde  Romulus  et  Remus  in  his  locis  ubi  educati  erant 
urbem  condiderunt.  4.  Sed  ortum  est  inter  eos  certamen 
uter  novae  urbi  nomen  daret.  5.  Romulus  augurio  victor, 
cum  urbem  suo  nomine  Romam  vocavisset,  fratre  inter- 
fecto,  ut  ipse  populusque  uxores  haberent  legatos  ad  vicinas 
gentes  de  societate  facienda  misit.  6.  Sabinorum  fllias, 
quae  convenerant  studio  etiam  videndae  novae  urbis, 
Romani  raptas  uxores  habuerunt. 

7.  Tarquinio  in  sua  patria  honoris  adipiscendi  facultas 
non  fuerat.  8.  Itaque  coijsilium  migrandi  cepit.  9.  Reg- 
nandi    cupiditate    Tarquinius    Romam    venit.       10.  Anco 


278  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

mortuo  Tarquinius  orationem  habuit  ad  conciliandos  plebis 
animos  compositam.  11.  Cum  regnum  adeptus  esse t,  imperl 
sui  firmandi  atque  augendae  rei  ptiblicae  memor  erat. 
12.  And  filii,  cum  paterno  regno  fraudati  essent,  regi 
msidias  paraverunt.  13.  Duo  past  ores  ad  regem  occiden- 
dum  delect!  sunt.  14.  Tarquinio  vulnerato  Tanaquil  ea 
quae  curando  vulneri  opus  erant  sedulo  parabat.  15.  Cum 
Tanaquil  ingenium  aptum  ad  simulandum  haberet,  dixit 
regem  petere  ut  Servius  Tullius  imperium  administraret. 
16.  Servius,  regno  suo  firmato,  tandem  flnem  simulando 
fecit  palamque  regnavit. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  gerundives  with  the  nouns  which  they 
modify,  and  tell  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  each. 

b.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  gerunds,  and  determine  the  case  and  con- 
struction (use)  of  each. 

c.  Explain  the  use  of  each  verb  which  is  in  the  subjunctive  mood. 

VICUS   SCELERATUS 

461.  Initium  turbandi  omnia  a  femina  ortum  est. 
Hervius  Tullius  flliam  alteram  ferocem,  mitem  alteram 
habens,  cum  Tarquini  filios  pari  esse  animo  videret,  ferocem 
miti,  mItem  feroci  in  matrimonium  dedit,  ne  duo  violenta 
ingenia  matrimonio  iungerentur. .  Sed  mites  seu  forte  seu 
fraude  perierunt;  feroces  morum  similittido  coniunxit. 
Statim  Tarquinius  a  TuUia  incitatus  regni  repetendi  con- 
silium cepit.  Ut  iam  agendae  rei  tempus  visum  est,  senatu 
advocato,  cum  de  se  ingentia  poUicendo  tum  regem  crimi- 
nando  animos  patrum  in  se  convertit.  Qua  re  audita  Servius 
a  vestibulo  curiae  magna  voce,  ''Quid  hoc,''  inquit,  'Tar- 
quini, rei  est?  Qua  tu  audacia  me  vivo  vocare  ausus  es 
patres  aut  in  sede  considere  mea?"  Cum  ille  ferociter  se 
patris  sui  tenere  sedem  dixisset,  Servium  per  gradus  deiecit. 
Inde  domum  refugiens  rex  interfectus  est.     Tullia  carpento 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


279 


in  forum  invecta  evocavit  virum  e  curia  regemque  prima 
appellavit.     Cum  domum  rediret  Tullia  per  patris  corpus 


Frn,„  ih'  pnintim,  hit  Ern^t  JJihhhrand 
ViCUS   8CELERATUS 

carpentum  egisse  fertur;    unde  ille  vicus  Sceleratus  dictus 
est. 


280 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


a.  Pari  animo,  of  like  mind,  Uke-minded;  forte,  fraude,  abl.  of 
cause  (sec.  229) ;  cum  .  .  .  turn,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also;  magna  voce, 
abl.  of  manner  (sec.  312);  rei,  gen.  of  the  whole  (sec,  270);  quid  rei, 
what  affair;  qua  audacia,  abl.  of  cause  (sec.  229);  me  vivo,  abl.  abs. 
(sec.  295) ;   prima  appellavit,  first  called,  vms  the  first  to  call, 

h.  Notice  the  order  of  the  words  in  the  expressions  alteram 
ferocem,  mitem  alteram  and  ferocem  miti,  mitem  feroci.  When  the 
order  is  reversed  in  the  second  of  two  parallel  expressions,  the  arrange- 
ment is  called  the  chiastic  (crossed)  order.  Such  embellishment  of 
style  is  quite  common  in  the  Latin  wTitings  and  was  thought  to  be 
artistic. 

c.  Find  two  genmdives  and  three  germids.  With  what  nouns  do 
the  genmdives  agree?  What  is  the  case  and  the  construction  of  each 
gerund? 

d.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  advocate,  convert,  dome, 
evoke,  fraud,  grade,  incite,  perish,  senate,  similitude,  violent. 


TYPICAL   VERBS 

The  Future  Passive  Participle 

(The  Gerundive.) 
462.  amandus,     -a,  -vun,  to  be  loved. 

videndus,    -a,  -un,  to  be  seen. 
mittendus,  -a,  -rnn,  to  be  sent. 
audiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  heard. 
capiendus,  -a,  mn,  to  be  taken. 

a.  The  future  passive  participle  is  formed  by  joining  to  the  pre- 
sent stem  of  the  verb  the  letters  -nd-  and  the  case-endings  of  adjectives 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions.     Ama-nd-us. 

b.  The  gerundive  has  the  forms  of  the  future  passive  participle 
in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative  cases. 


463. 

The  Gerund 

Gen. 

amandi 

videndi 

mittendi 

audiendi 

capiendi 

Dat. 

amando 

videndo 

mittendo 

audiendo 

capiendo 

Ace. 

amandimi 

videndum 

mittendum 

audiendum 

capiendum 

Abl. 

amando 

videndo 

mittendo 

audiendo 

capiendo 

a.  The  gerund  is  the  same  as  the  neuter  singular  of  the  gerundive. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  281 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  the  Gerundive 

464.  The  gerundive  agrees  with  a  noun  in  case,  number, 
and  gender;  but  it  expresses  the  main  idea  of  the  phrase 
and  is  almost  equivalent  to  a  verbal  noun.     (95) 

Gen.  Convenerunt  studio  videndae  urbis,  they  came  with  the 
desire  of  seeing  the  city  {of  the  city  to  be  seen) . 

Dat.  Comitia  regi  creando  facta  sunt,  the  assembly  ivas  held  for 
electing  a  king  (for  a  king  to  be  elected). 

Ace.  Orationem  ad  conciliandos  piebis  animos  compositam, 
a  speech  designed  to  urin  over  the  minds  of  the  common  people  (for  the 
minds  to  be  won). 

Abl.  De  societate  facienda,  concerning  the  making  of  an  alliance 
(an  alliance  to  be  made) . 

The  Use  of  the  Gerund 

465.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  whose  four  cases  are 
used  like  the  same  cases  of  other  nouns.     (96) 

Gen.  Initium  turbandi  omnia,  a  beginning  of  disturbing  all  things; 
pugnandi  imperitus,  ignorant  of  fighting. 

Dat.     Finem  simulando  fecit,  he  made  an  end  of  (to)  feigning. 

Ace.  Ingeniiun  aptum  ad  simulandum,  a  nature  adapted  to 
feigning;  qui  alios  ad  male  faciendvmi  inritant,  who  arouse  others  to 
wrong  doing. 

Abl.  Silvas  venando  peragrant,  they  roam  through  the  woods  in 
hunting;  de  se  ingentia  poUicendo,  by  promising  great  things  concerning 
himself. 

a.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  gerundive  agrees  with  its 
noun  like  an  adjective;  while  the  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  and  governs 
the  same  case  as  the  verb  from  which  it  is  formed. 

COMPOSITION 

466.  1 .  TuUia  makes  a  beginning  of  disturbing  every- 
thing. 2.  One  daughter  was  fierce,  the  other  gentle.  3. 
The  two  sons  of  Tarquin  were  of  hke  disposition  (with  like 
mind).  4.  The  gentle  daughter  was  given  in  (into)  marriage 
to  the  fierce  son.     5.  Either  by  chance  or  (aut  .  .  .  aut)  by 

20 


282 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


treachery  the  gentle  children  perished.  6.  The  children  of 
hke  disposition  were  united.  7.  Tarquin  was  aroused  by  the 
desire  of  recovering  the  kingdom.  8.  It  seemed  now  the 
time  for  (of)  doing  the  thing.  9.  He  won  over  the  senate 
by  promising  many  things.  10.  By  accusing  the  king  he 
turned  the  minds  of  the  fathers  to  himself.  11.  The  senate 
was  called  to  make  (for  maldng)  Tarquin  king.  12.  Tulha 
summoned  her  husband  from  the  senate-house  to  salute 
(for  saluting)  him  as  king.  13.  Tulha  was  the  first  to  salute 
(first  saluted)  Tarquin  as  king. 


Courtesy  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

Media  Rotae  Pahs  cum  Capite  Medusae 


CHAPTER  LV 

THE  PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS 
The  Dative  of  the  Agent 

467.  The  future  active  participle  (sec.  363)  is  com- 
bined with  the  different  tenses  of  the  verb  sum  to  form  the 
active  periphrastic  conjugation.  This  represents  action  as 
intended  or  as  about  to  take  place. 

Agricola  lupum  scelerahim  interf  ecturus  erat,  the  farmer  was  about 

to  hill  (intended  to  kill)  the  vicious  wolf. 

The  future  passive  participle  (sec.  462)  is  combined 
with  the  different  tenses  of  the  verb  sum  to  form  the  passive 
periphrastic  conjugation.  This  represents  action  as  neces- 
sary or  obligatory. 

Lupus  sceleratus  interficiendus  est,  the  vicious  wolf  is  to  he  (must 
be,  ought  to  he)  killed. 

With  a  verb  in  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation  the 
person  upon  whom  the  obligation  rests  to  perform  the  act, 
or  the  person  by  whom  the  act  must  be  performed,  is  denoted 
by  the  dative  case.  This  dative,  denoting  the  agent,  is  best 
translated  by  the  preposition  hy,  or,  changing  the  voice  of 
the  verb,  the  noun  in  the  dative  case  may  be  translated  as 
if  it  were  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

Animi  plebis  Tarquinio  conciliandi  erant,  the  minds  of  the  common 
people  had  to  he  won  over  by  Tarquin,  or,  Tarquin  had  to  win  over  the 
minds  of  the  common  people. 

468.  Review  the  future  active  participle  (sec.  363)  and  the 
future  passive  participle  (sec.  462)  and  study  the  forms  below 
which  belong  to  the  periphrastic  conjugations. 

Find  the  dative  denoting  the  agent  and  translate  it  idiomati- 
cally. 

(283) 


284  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

READING  EXERCISE 

469.  1.  Servius  TuUius  duas  fllias,  alteram  ferocem 
alteram  mitem,  habuit,  quas  filils  TarquinI  in  matrimonium 
daturus  erat.  2.  Hoc  secum  putavit:  ''Ferox  mulier  viro 
miti,  mitis  feroci  in  matrimonium  mihi  danda  est.  3.  Duo 
violenta  ingenia  non  sunt  iunganda."  4.  Femina  omnia 
turbatiira  erat.  5.  Nam  mites  seu  forte  seu  fraude  perierunt 
et  feroces  coniunctT  sunt.  6.  Atque  Tullia  Tarquinium  ita 
incitavit:  7.  ''Regnum  tibi  repetendum  est.  8.  Senatus 
advocandus  est  et  animi  pat  rum  in  te  convcrtcndi  sunt." 
9.  Hoc  facto  Servius  rex  magna  voce,  "Quid,"  inquit, 
"TarquinI,  facturus  es?  10.  Num  in  mea  sede  consessurus 
es?"  11.  Tum  ille,  "Patris  mel,"  respondit,  "sedem 
tenturus  sum,"  et  Servium  per  gradus  deiecit.  12.  Tullia 
viro  e  curia  evocato,  "Si  tti,"  inquit,  "es  vir,  rex  es  fu turns." 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  What  verbs  belong  to  the  active  periphrastic  conjugation? 

b.  What  verbs  belong  to  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation? 

c.  What  datives  are  used  to  denote  the  agent? 

d.  Write  the  synopsis  of  daturus  sum  and  repetendus  sum  in  the 
first  person  singular  of  all  the  tenses  of  the  indicative  and  the  sub- 
junctive. 

TARQUINIUS  SUPERBUS  REGNUM  OCCUPAT 

470.  Servius  Tullius  regnavit  annos  quattuor  et  quad- 
raginta.  Is  tam  bonus  et  tarn  mItis  erat  ut  difficilis  esset 
aemulatio  atque,  ut  quidam  feruht,  imperium  ipse  deposi- 
ttirus  esset.  Sed  L.  Tarquinius  regnum  occupavit,  cui 
Superbo  cognomen  datum  est  quod  neque  popull  iussti 
neque  auctoribus  patribus  regnavit.  El  in  caritate  civium 
nihil  spei  rep5nentl  me  tti  regnum  tutandum  erat.  Multi 
ob  divitias  et  prtidentiam  ab  eo  occisi  sunt.  Tarquinius 
Superbus  suls  consiliis  per  se  solus  rem  publicam  adminis- 
travit;  bellum,  pacem,  foedera,  societates  per  se  ipse 
quibuscum  voluit  iniussu  popull  ac  senatus  fecit  diremitque. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  285 


a.  Ut  .  .  .  esset,  depositurus  esset,  clauses  of  result;  ut  quidam 
ferunt,  as  some  say;  Superbo,  dat.,  attracted  into  the  case  of  cui 
although  the  form  Superbus  v/ould  be  expected ;  cui  .  .  .  est,  to  whom 
the  name  Superbus  uxis  given;  iussu,  consiliis,  iniussu,  abl.  of  cause 
denoting  accordance;  auctoribus  patribus,  abl.  abs.;  ei,  dat.  of  agent, 
b]f  him;  spei,  gen.  of  the  whole  nKxlifying  nihil;  nihil  spei,  nothing  of 
hope,  no  hope:  reponenti,  dat.,  agreeing  with  ei;  metu,  abl.  denoting 
means;  populi,  senatus,  subjective  genitive. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  author,  charity,  deposit, 
emulaiion,  occupant,  occupy,  prudence,  republic,  society. 

CONJUGATION 

471.  Learn  the  synopsis  and  the  conjugation  of  typical 
verbs  in  the  active  and  passive  periphrastic  conjugations,  sec- 
tion 566. 

SYNTAX 
The  Active  Periphrastic  Conjugation 

472.  The  active  periphrastic  conjugation  is  used  to 
represent  action  as  future  or  intended,  with  reference  to  a 
time  in  the  past,  present,  or  future.     (97) 

Quid  facturus  es?  What  do  ijou  intend  to  do?  quid  facturus  eras? 
what  did  you  intend  to  do?  rogo  quid  facturus  sis?  /  ask  what  you  intend 
to  do. 

The  Passive  Periphrastic  Conjugation 

473.  The  passive  periphrastic  conjugation  denotes 
necessity  or  obligation.     (98) 

Senatus  advocandus  est,  the  senate  must  be  summoned. 

The  Dative  of  the  Agent 

474.  With  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation  the 
agent  is  denoted  by  the  dative  case.     (99) 

Tarquinio  regntun  metu  tutandum  erat,  by  Tarquin  royal  power 
had  to  be  maintained  by  fear,  or,  Tarquin  had  to  maintain  royal  power 
by  fear. 


286 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


The  Subjective  Genitive 
475.  The  genitive  of  the  subject  may  be  used  with 
nouns  denoting  action.     (100) 

lussu  populT,  hy  the  order  of  the  people. 


COMPOSITION 
476.  1.  Servius  Tulhus  was  about  to  lose  the  king- 
dom. 2.  Royal  power  had  to  be  laid  down  by  him  (dat.). 
3.  The  reign  of  Servius  TulUus  was  so  gentle  that  imitation 
was  difficult.  4.  Lucius  Tarquin  was  about  to  seize  the 
kingdom.  5.  The  name  Superbus  was  given  to  Tarquin 
because  he  administered  the  affairs  of  the  state  without 
the  consent  of  the  people  or  (and)  senate.  6.  He  placed  no 
hope  (nothing  of  hope)  in  the  affection  of  the  citizens.  7. 
He  (dat.)  had  to  strengthen  his  rule  by  fear.  8.  He  made 
peace  and  war  on  his  own  authority  (by  his  own  plans). 
9.  Alone  by  himself  he  made  and  broke  off  treaties.  10. 
Tarquin  the  Proud  was  not  (about)  to  reign  long. 


Photo  hy  Mary  A.  Grant,  Ph,D, 
Templum  Concordiae  in  Sicilia 


CHAPTER  LVI 
IDEM  AND  THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 

477.  Idem  (is-dem) ,  the  same,  is  declined  in  most  cases 
like  the  demonstrative  is  (sec.  284)  with  the  suffix  -dem 
added.  However,  s  is  dropped  before  d  in  the  nominative 
singular  masculine,  and  m  is  changed  to  n  in  the  accusative 
singular  and  in  the  genitive  plural.  Eidem  is  generally 
shortened  to  idem  in  the  nominative  plural  mascuHne. 

Of  the  indefinite  pronouns  the  most  common  are  quis, 
any  one  (substantive);  qui,  any  (adjective);  aliquis,  some 
one,  some;  quidam,  a  certain  one,  certain;  quisquam,  any  at 
all;  quivis,  any  whatever;  qiiisque,  each;  quicumque, 
whoever. 

478.  Study  the  pronoun  idem  and  the  indefinite  pronouns. 
Determine  the  case,  number,  and  gender  by  comparison  with  the 
declension  of  is  (see.  284),  quis  (sec.  325),  and  qui  (sec.  284). 
Observe  the  phonetic  changes  wihch  appear  in  the  declension  of 
is  when  it  is  followed  by  -dem. 

READING  EXERCISE 

479.  1.  L.  Tarquinius  idem  regnum  occupavit  quod 
pater  habuerat.  2.  Eandem  sedem  tenuit  quam  pater  eius 
tenuerat.  3.  Quidam  ferunt  Servium  imperium  ipsum 
depositurum  fuisse.  4.  Nemo  autem  quidquam  de  ea  re 
certum  habet.  5.  Tarquinius  aliqua  fortiter,  crudeliter 
multa  fecit.  6.  Suis  consilils  rem  publicam  administravit 
nee  quidquam  iussu  populi  ac  senatus  fecit.  7.  Gives 
quisque  suo  consiho  multa  facere  possunt,  sed  regibus 
iussu  populi  res  pubhca  administranda  est.  8.  L.  Tar- 
quinius cuivis  videtur  superbus  quod  bellum,  pacem,  foedera, 

(287) 


288  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

societates  per  se  ipse  solus  fecit  direniitque.  9.  Si  quis  (if 
anyone)  eadem  quae  Tarquinius  facial,  ei  Superbo  cognomen 
dandum  sit. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  pronouns  used  above,  and  tell  the  case, 
number,  and  gender  of  each.  What  pronouns  are  indefinite?  What 
is  the  exact  meaning  of  each  indefinite  pronoim? 

h.  Write  out  the  complete  declension  of  idem. 

REGE  EXPULSO  CONSULES  SUNT  CREATI 

480.  liinius    Brutus,    sorore    Tarquini    SuperbT    natus, 

eandem  fortunam  timebat  in  quam  alii  inciderant.     Is  deos 

obtestans,     "L.     Tarquinium     Superbum," 

inquit,  ''cum  scelerata  coniuge  ferro,   igni, 

quacumque  vi  potero,  exsequar,  nee   ilium 

nee     alium     quemquam      regnare     Romae 

.  patiar."    Omnes   ab    metti    versi    in    iram 

'frt  Brtitum  sequuntur  ducem.    Pro  se  quisque 

I  >'  scelus  regis  ac  vim  queruntur.    Ferocissimus 

quisque  iuvenum  cum  armis  adest.        Inde 

custodibus  datis,  ne  quis  eum  motum  regi 

nuntiaret,    Romam   venerunt.     Ibi   Brutus 

Junius  Brutus,  oratione    facta     multitudini    persuasit    ut 

Consul  .  .  _  _      ,         _     ,  ,_ 

unpermm     regi    abrogaret   exsulesque    esse 

iuberetL.  Tarquinium  cum  coniuge  ac  liberis. 

L.  Tarquinius  Superbus  regnavit  annos  quinque  et 
vigintl.  Regnatum  est  Romae  ab  urbe  condita  ad  libertatem 
annos  ducentos  quadraginta  quattuor.  Duo  consules  inde 
creati  sunt,  L.  Itinius  Brutus  et  Tarquinius  Collatinus. 

a.  Sorore  Tarquini  natus,  horn  of  Tarquin's  sister,  the  son  of 
Tarquin's  sister;  ferro,  igni,  vi,  abl.  of  means  (sec.  21);  pro  se  quisque, 
each  on  his  awn  account;  ferocissimus  quisque,  each  most  daring,  all  the 
most  daring;  ne  quis,  so  that  (in  order  that)  no  one;  regnatiun  est, 
impersonal  (sec.  311),  it  Jias  rided  (by  kings),  kings  ruled;  Romae, 
locative  (sec.  32) ;  ab  urbe  condita,  from  the  founding  of  the  city  (from 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  289 

the  city  founrlcrl) :  L.  lunius  Brutus,  Tarquinius  Collatinus,  in  apposi- 
tion with  consules  (sec.  64). 

b.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  indefinite  pronouns.  Determine  the 
ease,  number,  and  gender,  and  the  exact  meaning  of  each. 

c.  iNotehook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  abrogate,  fortune, 
liberty,  oration,  patient,  persuade. 

DECLENSION 

481.  For  the  declension  of  idem,  see  section^558.  For  tlie 
declension  of  aliquis,  quisque,  quidam,  and  quisquam,  see  section 
561. 

Quisquam  and  quisque  are  declined  like  quis  (sec.  325) ;  but 
quisquam  is  found  in  the  singular  only  and  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine  are  alike. 

SYNTAX 
The  Use  of  Indefinite  Pronouns 

482.  Indefinite  pronouns  do  not  refer  to  definite  antece- 
dents.    (101) 

Quis,  any  one;  qui,  any:  aliquis,  some  one,  sojne;  quidam,  a 
certain  one,  certain;  quisquam,  any  one  at  all;  quivis,  any  one  whatever: 
quisque,  each  one,  each;  quicumque,  whoever,  ivhatever. 

a.  Quis  and  qui  are  often  used  after  si,  nisi,  ne,  or  num.  Si  quis, 
if  any  one;  ne  quis,  that  no  one. 

h.  Quisquam  i.'--  used  in  negative  expressions  or  where  a  negative 
is  implied.  Nemo  quidquam  certiun  habet,  no  one  has  anything  certain; 
nee  ilium  nee  alium  quemquam  regem  esse  patiar,  neither  him  nor 
any  one  else  will  I  permit  to  be  king. 

c.  Indefinite  pronouns  may  be  used  as  substantives  or  as  adjec- 
tives; as,  Tarquinium  quaeumque  vi  potero  exsequar,  /  will  pursue 
Tarquin  with  whatever  force  I  can. 

The  Ablative  of  Origin 

483.  Origin  or  parentage  is  generally  expressed  by  the 
ablative  without  a  preposition.     (102) 

Sorore  Tarquini  natus,  born  of  Tarquin' s  sister,  the  son  of  Tarquin' s 
sisUr. 


290 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


COMPOSITION 

484.  1.  The  citizens,  each  for  himself,  feared  Tarquin 
the  Proud.  2.  Brutus  wished  neither  Tarquin  nor  any  one 
else  to  reign  at  Rome.  3.  Certain  (men)  followed  Brutus 
as  leader  because  they  feared  the  same  fortune  into  which 
others  had  fallen.  4.  All  of  the  most  daring  (each  most 
daring)  came  to  Rome  with  Brutus.  5.  Calling  upon  the 
gods,  they  pursue  the  king  with  fire  and  sword.  6.  They 
came  to  Rome  with  arms  that  they  might  pursue  the  king. 

7.  All   complained  of  Tarquin's  wickedness  and  violence. 

8.  Unless  (nisi)  guards  should  be  appointed  (given),  some 
one  would  report  the  movement  to  the  king.  9.  If  any  one 
(si  quis)  fears  Tarquin,  let  him  come  (subj.)  to  Rome  with 
arms. 


Platea  Montis  Capitolint  et  Stattta  Marci  Afreij 


CHAPTER   LVII 
INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

485.  Expressions  which  follow  verbs  of  saying,  think- 
ing, etc.,  if  not  quoted  in  the  exact  words  of  the  original 
speaker  or  thinker,  are  said  to  be  in  the  indirect  discourse. 
The  difference  between  the  Latin  and  the  English  way  of 
expressing  indirect  quotations  is  illustrated  by  the  following 
examples: — 

Direct. — Brutus  eandem  fortunam  timet,  Brutus  fears  the  same 
misfortune. 

Indirect. — Brutus  dicit  se  eandem  fortunam  timere,  Brutns  says 
that  he  fears  (himself  to  fear)  the  same  misfortune. 

In  English  the  clause  that  is  indirectly  quoted  is  gener- 
ally introduced  by  the  conjunction  tkat,  as  in  the  example 
above;  but  the  conjunction  is  sometimes  omitted;  as, 
Brutns  says  he  fears.  In  Latin,  however,  no  conjunction  is 
ever  used;  but,  contrary  to  the  English  usage,  the  main 
verb  in  the  indirect  quotation  if  declarative,  is  in  the  infini- 
tive with  its  subject  in  the  accusative  case.  This  is  in 
accordance  with  the  use  of  the  infinitive  as  explained  in 
sections  179-191  and  246-252.  In  the  subordinate  clauses 
of  the  indirect  discourse  the  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive 
mood. 

486.  Study  the  expressions  which  are  in  the  indirect  dis- 
course and  recall  particularly  what  time  is  denoted  by  the 
present  infinitive  (sec.  189),  and  by  the  perfect  infinitive  (sec.  251). 

Notice  the  use  of  the  subjunctive  mood  in  the  subordinate 
clauses  which  depend  upon  a  verb  in  the  infinitive.  In  trans- 
lating remember  that  the  Ijatin  subjunctive  is  often  represented 
by  the  KnsHsh  indicative. 

(291). 


292  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

READING   EXERCISE 

487.  1.  lunius  Brutus  eandem  fortunam  timet  in  quam 
alii  inciderunt.  2.  Brutus  dicit  se  eandem  fortunem  timere 
in  quam  alii  inciderint.  3.  Brutus  dixit  se  eandem  fortunam 
timere  in  quam  alii  incidissent.  4.  L.  Tarquinium  cum 
scelerata  coniuge  ferro,  ignl,  quacumque  vi  potero,  exsequar. 
5.  Brutus  dIcit  se  L.  Tarquinium  cum  scelerata  coniuge 
fefro,  igni  quacumque  vi  possit,  exseciitiirum  esse.  6. 
Dixit  se  Tarquinium  quacumque  vi  posset  exsecuturum 
esse.  7.  Nee  ilium  nee  alium  quemquam  regnare  Romao 
patiar.  8.  Dicit  (dixit)  se  nee  ilium  nee  alium  quemquam 
regnare  Romae  passiirum  (esse).  9.  Livius  est  auctor 
omnes  ab  metu  versos  in  iram  Brtitum  secutos  esse  ducem; 
10.  atque  ferocissimum  quemque  iuvenum  cum  armis 
Romam  venisse.  11.  Audivi  Brtitum  multitudini  persuas- 
isse  ut  Tarquinium  exsulem  esse  iuberet.  12.  In  libro 
scriptoris  legi  Tarquinium  Superbum  regnavisse  annos 
quinque  et  viginti;  13.  atque  inde  consules  creates  esse,  L. 
lunium  Brutum  et  L.  Tarquinium  Collatlnum.  14.  Dictum 
est  Tarquinium  Superbum  ab  omnibus  timeri;  15.  atque 
pro  se  quemque  scelus  eius  ac  vim  queri. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  infinitives  with  their  subjects.  What 
verb  or  expression  of  saying  or  thinking  does  each  infinitive  follow? 

h.  What  verbs  are  in  dependent  clauses?  In  what  mood  are  they? 
What  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  follow  primary  tenses?  secondary 
tenses? 

c.  If  the  subjunctive  is  required  in  a  dependent  clause  of  the 
direct  discourse,  it  is  retained  in  the  indirect  discourse;  as,  ut  .  .  . 
iuberet,  sentence  11. 

LIBRi   SIBYLLiNi 

488.  Quondam  anus  incognita  ad  Tarquinium  Superbum 
regem  adiit  libros  ferens,  quos  esse  dicebat  divina  oracula; 
eos  se  velle  vendere.     Tarquinius  pretium  percontatus  est; 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


293 


mulier  nimium  atque  immensum  i:)oposcit.     Rex,  quasi  anus 

aetate  desiperet,  derlsit.     Turn  ilia  foculum  cum  igni  apponit 

et  ties  libros  ex  novem  deurit;  et  ecquid  reliquos  sex  eodem 

pretio  emere  vellet  regem  in- 

teiTOgavit.      Sed  Tarquinius 

id  multo  risit  magis,  dixitque 

anum  iam  procul  dubio  dell- 
rare.   Mulier  statim  tres  alios 

libros  exussit ;  atque  id  ipsum 

denuo  placide  rogat,  ut  tres 

reliquos     eodem    illo    pretio 

emat.    Tarquinius    ore    iam 

serio  atque  attentiore  animo 

fit;    eam  constantiam  confT- 

dentiamque     non    neglegen- 

dam  esse  intellegit.     Libros 

tres  reliquos  mercatur  nihilo 

minore    pretio   quam     quod 

erat    petitum    pro   omnibus. 

Sed   eam   muliercm   tunc    2 

Tarquinio  digressam    postea 

nusquam  visam    (esse)   fertur   (it  is   said).     LibrI    tres   in 

sacrario    conditi   sunt    Sibylllnique    appellati    (sunt).      Ad 

COS  quasi  ad  oraculum  quindecemviri  adeunt  cum  dii  im- 
mortales  publice  consulcndT  sunt. 

a.  Eos  se  velle  vendere;  se  is  the 
subject  of  velle  and  eos  the  object  of  ven- 
dere ;  nimium  and  immensum  modify  pre- 
tium,  which  is  to  be  supplied  as  the  object 
of  poposcit;  aetate,  abl.  of  cause,  ecquid 
.  .  .  vellet,  whether  he  wished,  object  of 
interrogavit ;  eodem  pretio,  at  the  same 
price;  procul  dubio,  without  doubt;  ut  .  .  . 
emat,  a  clause  of  purpose  (sec.  406) ;  ore 
serio    fit,    becomes  of    serious   countenance; 

neglegendam   esse,   periphrastic  infinitive    (sec.   473);     nihilo  minore 


Photo  Brown  Bros.,  N.  Y. 

Sibylla 


FOCULUS 


294  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

pretio,  at  a  price  no  less;    quod,  with  id  to  be  supplied,  that  which; 
visam  (esse),  infinitive  in  the  indirect  discourse  with  fertur. 

h.  (Notebook.)  Make  a  list  of  all  the  infinitives  which  depend 
upon  verbs  of  saying  or  thinking.  What  is  the  accusative  subject  of 
each  infinitive? 

c.  Notice  tlie  indirect  question,  ecquid  .  .  .  vellet.  What  mood 
is  foiflid  in  an  indirect  question? 

d.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  confidence,  constancy, 
deride,  immense,  immortal,  intellect,  interrogate,  oracle,  price,  vend. 

SYNTAX 
Main  Verbs  in  the  Indirect  Discourse 

489.  After  verbs  and  other  expressions  of  saying,  think- 
ing, etc.,  the  main  verbs,  if  declarative,  are  in  the  infinitive 
with  subjects  in  the  accusative  case.     (103) 

Direct. — Brutus  timet,  Brutus  fears. 

Indirect. — Brutus  dicit  se  timere,  Brutus  says  that  he  fears; 
Brutus  dixit  se  timere,  Brutus  said  that  he  feared. 

Direct. — Ferocissimus  quisque  Romam  venit,  all  the  jnost  daring 
came  to  Rome. 

Indirect. — Fertiu:  ferocissimum  quemque  Romam  venisse,  it  is 
said  that  all  the  most  daring  came  to  Rome;  dictum  est  ferocissimos 
venisse,  it  was  said  that  the  most  daring  came  (had  come). 

Direct. — Regem  exsequar,  /  unll  pursue  the  king. 

Indirect. — Dicit  se  regem  exsecuturum  esse,  he  says  that  he  will 
pursue  the  king;  dixit  se  regem  exsecuturmn  esse,  he  said  that  he 
would  pursue  the  king. 

Dependent  Verbs  in  Indirect  Discourse 

490.  In  the  dependent  clauses  of  the  indirect  discourse 
the  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive  mood.  The  tense  is  deter- 
mined by  the  usual  law  of  sequence  (sec.  427).     (104) 

Direct. — Brutus  eandem  fortunam  timet  in  quam  alii  inciderunt, 

Brutus  fears  the  same  misfortune  into  which  others  have  fallen. 

Indirect. — Brutus  dicit  se  eandem  fortunam  timere  in  quam  alii 
inciderint,   Brutus  says  that  he  fears  the  same  misfortune  into  which 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


295 


others  have  fallen;  dixit  se  eandem  fortunam  timere  in  quam  alii 
incidissent,  he  said  that  he  feared  the  same  misfortune  into  which  others 
had  fallen. 

Direct. — Regem  quacumque  vi  potero  exsequar,  /  uyiU  pursue  the 
king  with  whatever  force  I  can. 

Indirect. — Dicit  se  regem  quacumque  vi  possit  exsecuturum  (esse), 
he  says  that  he  will  pursue  the  king  with  whatever  force  he  can;  dixit  se 
regem  quacumque  vi  posset  exsecuturum,  he  said  that  he  would  pursue 
the  king  with  whatever  force  he  could. 

Questions  in  Indirect  Discourse 

491.  Interrogative  clauses  in  the  indirect  discourse  be- 
come indirect  questions  (sec.  425)  and  have  their  verl)s 
in  the  subjunctive  mood.     (105) 

Direct. — Visne  libros  emere?  do  you  wish  to  buy  the  hooks? 
Indirect. — Ecquid   libros    emere   vellet   regem    interrogavit,    she 
asked  the  king  whether  he  unshed  to  buy  the  hooks. 

The  Ablative  of  Price 

492.  The  ablative  is 
used  to  denote  piice  or 
value.     (106) 

Eodem  pretio  emere,  to 
buy  at  the  same  price. 


^^^^^^^^^^K.'-l 


The  Ablative  of  Quality  or 
Description 

493.  A  noun  in  the 
ablative,  if  modified  by 
an  adjective  or  a  geni- 
tive, may  be  used  to  de- 
note quahty  or  descrip- 
tion. (107) 

Tarquinius  attentiore  animo  fit 
{of  more  attentive  mind) . 

COMPOSITION 

494.  1.  The  woman  said  that  the  books  were  divine 
oracles  (the  books  to  be,  etc.).     2.  She  said  that  she  wished 


Templum  Sibyllae 
Tarquinius  becomes  more  attentive 


296 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


to  sell  them  for  a  large  price.  3.  Tarquin  replic^l  that  he 
did  not  wish  to  buy  (se  emere  nolle)  the  books  at  that  price. 
4.  When  the  woman  had  burned  (cum  with  subj.)  three 
books,  she  wished  to  sell  the  others  at  the  same  price.  5. 
Tarquin  thought  that  the  woman  was  crazy.  6.  Immediately 
she  burned  three  others.  7.  Tarquin  then  said  that  he 
would  buy  the  three  remaining  books  at  no  less  price  than 
(that)  which  had  been  asked  (subj.)  for  all.  8.  It  was  said 
(dictum  est)  that  the  three  books  which  Tarquin  had  bought 
(subj.)  were  placed  in  a  sacred  place  and  were  called  the 
SibylHne  books.  9.  Writers  say  that  the  priests  go  to  the 
Sibylline  books  when  they  wish  (subj.)  to  consult  the  immor- 
tal gods.     10.  I  do  not  know  whether  this  story  is  true. 


From  the  painting  by  EHhu  Ve'1d''r 

Sibylla  Cumaea  cum  Libris  SibyllinIs 


CHAPTER   LVIII 
READING   AND   TRANSLATION 
Review  of  Nouns,  Adjectives,  and  F^ronouns 

FORMATION   OF  ADJECTIVES 

495.  All  of  the  commonly  used  forms  of  Latin  words, 
the  ordinary  principles  of  syntax,  and  a  vocabulary  contain- 
ing a  considerable  number  of  words  have  been  presented 
in  the  preceding  chapters;  and  the  way  has  now  been 
prepared  for  the  intelligent  reading  and  translation  of 
Latin  selections  somewhat  more  varied  in  style  and 
construction.  It  remains  for  the  student,  by  continually 
recalling  the  words,  forms,  and  idioms  with  which  he  has 
become  familiar,  to  increase  his  confidence  and  power  by 
the  same  process  in  which  he  has  already  been  trained. 

The  following  chapters  contain  material  for  practice  in 
reading  and  translation,  a  review  of  the  inflections  and 
syntax,  learning  some  of  the  Latin  idioms,  the  continued 
study  of  the  formation  and  the  derivation  of  words,  and 
tests  to  impress  upon  the  memory  the  comparatively  small 
number  of  words  which  should  now  be  a  part  of  the  pupil's 
working  vocabulary. 

496.  Read  the  Latin  selections  aloud;  recall  the  meaning 
of  familiar  words,  and  notice  the  case,  number,  and  gender  of  all 
nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns.  In  reading  observe  the  relation 
of  words  to  each  other  as  indicated  by  the  punctuation,  the  end- 
ings, the  prepositions,  and  the  conjunctions.  Try  to  get  the 
meaning  of  each  group  of  connected  words,  and  place  the  pauses 
and  the  emphasis  so  as  to  express  the  sense  as  clearly  and  as 
forcibly  as  possible. 

An  especial  effort  should  be  made  to  understand  the  meaning 
"  (207) 


298  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

of  the  Latin  words  as  they  are  read  in  the  Latin  order,  without 
first  making  the  transposition  which  is  necessary  in  translating 
into  English.  Constant  practice  of  this  kind  will  develop  a 
feeling  for  the  Latin  arrangement  which  will  be  an  invaluable  aid 
in  all  subsequent  study  of  the  Latin  language  and  literature. 

Review  the  declension  of  nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns. 

Apply  the  principles  of  syntax  in  the  explanation  of  the 
cases.  Carefully  determine  the  true  construction  if  it  seems 
unusual  or  obscure. 

After  the  meaning  of  the  sentence,  or  better,  of  the  entire 
selection  has  become  clear,  make  a  translation,  either  orally  or 
in  writing,  into  English.  Correct  and  revise  the  translation 
until  the  thought  of  the  text  is  fully  and  accurately  represented. 


SENEX  ET  MORS 

497.  Senex  in  silva  ligna  ceciderat  iisque  sublStls 
domum  redlre  coepit.  Cum  aHquantum  viae  progressus 
esset,  et  onere  et  via  defatigatus  fascem  deposuit  et  secum 
aetatis  et  inopiae  mala  contemplatus  mortem  clara  voce  invo- 
cavit,  quae  ipsum  ab  omnibus  his  mails  llberaret.  Tum 
Mors  senis  precibus  audltis  subito  adstitit  et  quid  vellet 
percontatur.  At  senex  quem  iam  votorum  suorum  paenite- 
bat,  "Nihil,"  inquit,  ''sed  requiro  qui  onus  paululum  adlevet 
dum  ego  rursus  subeo." 

a.  For  the  declension  of  senex  and  domus  see  section  548;  iis 
sublatis,  abl.  abs.  (sec.  295),  having  taken  them  up;  viae,  gen.  of  the 
whole  (sec.  270);  onere,  via,  abl.  of  cause  (sec.  229);  clara  voce,  abl. 
of  manner  (sec.  312);  quae  .  .  .  liberaret,  clause  of  purpose  (sec.  406); 
quid  vellet,  indirect  question  (sec.  425);  paenitebat,  impersonal;  quem 
votorum  paenitebat,  who  repented  of  his  prayers;  qui  .  .  .  adlevet, 
purpose  (sec.  406). 


REVIEW   OF  THE   DECLENSIONS 
498.     Review  the  declension  of  typical  nouns,  adjectives, 
and  pronouns,  referring  to  sections  543-561  for  the  tabulated 
forms. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  299 

PARSING 

499.  In  parsing  nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  in 
full  the  following  should  be  specified:  (1)  Noun,  adjective, 
or  pronoun.  (2)  What  declension,  if  noun  or  adjective;  if 
pronoun,  what  kind.  (3)  Nominative  and  genitive  cases, 
(all  genders  of  adjective  or  pronoun) ;  declension  in  all  cases, 
singular  and  plural  when  required.  (4)  Case,  number, 
and  gender.  (5)  Construction  with  the  rule  of  syntax 
which  apphes.  The  agreement  of  an  adjective  with  its 
noun  and  of  a  pronoun  with  its  antecedent  should  be  pointed 
out. 

MODELS  FOR  PARSING 

500.  Occasionally  it  is  advisable  in  parsing  to  recite  all  of 
the  items  in  accordance  with  these  models,  or  others  which  the 
teacher  may  prescribe;  but  ordinarily  it  will  be  better  to  require 
the  essentials  only,  making  sure  that  the  pupil  recognizes  the 
form  and  understands  the  principle  involved. 

Voce:  A  noun;  third  declension ;  feminine;  vox,  vocis;  ablative, 
singular,  feminine;  in  connection  with  the  adjective  clara  it  denotes 
manner  (sec.  312). 

Omnibus:  An  adjective;  third  declension ;  omnis,  omne ;  omnis, 
omnis;  ablative,  plural,  neuter;  modifies  malis,  with  which  it  agrees 
(sec.  55). 

Quae:  A  relative  pronoun;  qui,  quae,  quod;  cuius,  cuius,  cuius; 
nominative  singular,  feminine;  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with  its 
antecedent,  mortem  (sec.  286) ;  used  as  the  subject  of  the  verb  liberaret 
(sec.  12). 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Parse  several  typical  nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  selected 
from  sections  488  and  497. 

FORMATION   OF  LATIN  ADJECTIVES 

501.  Latin  adjectives  have  been  formed  from  verbs 
and  nouns  by  the  use  of  certain  suffixes;  and  from  many 
Latin  adjectives  thus  formed  corresponding  English  adjec- 
tives have  been  derived. 


300  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

(1)  Adjectives  denoting  tendency  are  formed  by  adding 
the  suffix  -ax  (stem  ending,  -aci-)  to  roots  or  stems  of  verbs. 
The  corresponding  English  ending  is  -acious. 

audax,  audacis  (audeo),  audacious. 
loquax,  loquacis  (loquor),  loquacious. 
rapax,  rapacis  (rapio),  rapacious. 

(2)  Adjectives  denoting  quality  are  formed  by  the 
suffixes  -ills  and  -bills.    The  EngUsh  endings  are  -He  and  -ble. 

facilis  (facio),/aaZe. 
credibilis  (credo),  credible. 
stabilis  (sto),  stable. 

(3)  Adjectives  denoting  condition  are  formed  by  the 
suffix  -idus.     The  Enghsh  ending  is  -id. 

candidus  (candeo),  candid. 
placidus  (placeo),  placid. 
rapidus  (rapio),  rapid. 
validus  (valeo),  valid. 

(4)  Adjectives  denoting  belonging  to  are  formed  from 
nouns  by  the  use  of  the  suffixes  -ticus,  -ivus,  -anus,  -alls, 
ills,  and  -aris.  The  Enghsh  endings  are  similar  but  abbre- 
viated. 

rusticus  (rus),  rustic. 
captivus  (captus),  captive. 
urbanus  (urbs),  urban. 
mortalis  (mors),  mortal. 
civilis  (civis),  civil. 
militaris  (miles),  military. 

(5)  Adjectives  denoting  fullness  are  formed  by  the 
suffix  -5sus.  The  corresponding  Enghsh  adjective  ends  in 
-ose  or  -ous. 

bellicosus  (bellum),  bellicose. 
iniuriosus  (iniiiria),  injurious. 
laboriosus  (labor),  laborious. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  301 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM   LATIN  ADJECTIVES 

502.  In  the  following  list  find  illustrations  of  the  formation 
of  Latin  adjectives  according  to  the  types  given  in  section  501. 

adorabilis  (ad-oro),  adorable.  nobilis  (nosco),  noble. 

aequalis  (aequiis),  eqvxil.  officiosus  (officium),  officious. 

atrox,  atrocious.  periculosus  (perlculum),  perilous. 

brevis,  brief.  ponderosus  (pondus),  ponderous. 

ferox  (ferus),  ferocious.  popularis  (populus),  popular. 

fragilis  (hangb),  fragile,  frail.  publicus  (populus),  public. 

frigidus  (Mgeo),  frigid.  regalis  (rex),  regal. 

habilis  (habeo),  able.  religiosus  (religio),  religious. 

hostilis  (hostis),  hostile.  similis,  similar. 

liberalis  (liber),  liberal.  sublimis,  sublime. 
memorabilis  (memor),  memorable.      terribilis  (terreo),  terrible. 

miserabilis  (miser),  miserable.  vitalis  (vTta),  vUal. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Find  the  Latin  adjective  from  which  each  of  the  following 
English  adjectives  has  been  derived,  and  explain  its  formation, 
arid  humble  timid 

audible  immortal  victorious 

human  tenacious  virile 

SYNTAX 
The  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Feeling 

503.  With  paenitet  and  a  few  other  impersonal  ver})j= 
the  accusative  is  used  to  denote  the  person,  and  the  genitive 
to  denote  the  object  of  the  feeling.     (108) 

Senem  suonim  votorum  paenitebat,  the  old  man  repented  of  his 
oum  prayers. 

COMPOSITION 

504.  An  old  man  was  returning  home  with  pieces  of 
wood  which  he  had  cut  in  the  forest.  When,  weary  with  his 
journey,  he  had  laid  down  his  load,  he  called  upon  Death  to 
(which  should)  release  him  from  old  age  and  poverty.  But 
when  Death  had  suddenly  asked,  ''What  do  you  want?" 
the  old  man  replied  that  he  repented  of  his  prayers  and 
wished  to  take  up  his  load  again. 


CHAPTER  LIX 

READING  AND   TRANSLATION 

Review  of  Verbs 

WORD  FORMATION 

505.  Review  the  forms  of  the  verbs  and  study  the  con- 
jugation of  the  typical  verbs  in  all  tenses  of  the  indicative  and 
the  subjunctive,  sections  562-570. 

Review  the  subjunctive  mood  in  clauses  of  purpose  (sec.  406) ; 
clauses  of  result  (sec.  416);  indirect  questions  (sec.  425);  tem- 
poral clauses  with  cum  (sec.  435,  436);  causal  and  concessive 
clauses  (sec.  437);  the  volitive,  optative,  and  potential  subjunc- 
tive (sec.  443,  444,  445);  conditional  sentences  (sec.  452,  453, 
454);  dependent  clauses  in  the  indirect  discourse  (sec.  490). 

LARS  PORSENA  ROMAM  INFESTO  EXERCITtJ  VENIT 

506.  lam  Tarquinil  ad  Lartem  Porsenam  Cluslnum 
regem  perfugerant.  Eum  orabant  ne  se  exsules  esse  pate- 
retur;  monebant  ne  iniuriam  sui  pellendl  inultam  (esse) 
sineret.  (Dicunt)  nisi  regna  reges  defendant,  adesse  finem 
regnis.  Porsena,  cum  regem  esse  Romae  vellet,  Romam 
Infesto  exercitti  venit.  Non  umquam  alias  ante  tantus 
terror  senatum  invasit;  adeo  valida  res  tum  Cluslna  erat 
magnumque  Porsenae  nomen.  Nee  hostes  modo  timebant, 
sed  suos  cTves.  ne  Romana  plebs  metu  perculsa,  receptis  in 
urbem  regibus,  vel  cum  servitute  pacem  acciperet.  Cum 
hostes  adessent,  pro  se  quisque  in  urbem  ex  agris  demigrant. 
Urbs  ipsa,  alia  ex  parte  murls  (objectis),  alia  Tiberl  obiccto, 
videbatur  tuta.  Pons  sublicius  iter  hostibus  dedisset  nl 
unus  vir  fuisset,  Horatius  Codes,  quem  pro  munimento 
illo  die  fortuna  urbis  Romanae  habuit. 

(302) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  303 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Notice  tlie  following  idioms:  sui  pellendi,  gerund  (sec.  465), 
of  banishing  them  (lit.,  of  the  banishing  of  them);  cum  regem  esse 
Romae  vellet,  since  he  wished  a  king  to  he  at  Ro7ne,  not  ivished  to  be 
king,  which  in  Latin  would  be  cum  rex  esse  vellet ;  timebant  ne,  they 
feared  that  (sec.  512) ;  pro  se  quisque,  each  for  himself. 

b.  Find  all  the  illustrations  of  the  following  and  state  the  prin- 
ciple of  syntax  which  applies:  apposition;  ne  with  the  subjunctive; 
the  imperfect  subjunctive  following  a  past  tense;  cimi  with  the  sub- 
junctive denoting  cause;  cxmi  with  the  subjunctive  denoting  time; 
the  reflexive  pronoun;  the  past  perfect  subjunctive  in  a  conditional 
sentence;  the  accusative  as  subject  of  the  infinitive;  the  infinitive  with 
accusative  subject  following  verbs  of  saying;  the  subjunctive  in  a 
dependent  clause  after  a  verb  of  saying;  the  infinitive  with  accusative 
subject  used  as  the  object  of  verbs  not  meaning  to  say  or  think;  the 
ablative  of  time;  the  ablative  of  accompaniment;  the  ablative  of 
cause;  the  ablative  absolute;  the  indirect  object;  the  gerund. 

c.  Explain  the  derivation  of  defend,  injury,  invade,  object,  valid. 

HORATIUS  COCLES  PONTEM  DEFENDIT 
507.  Is  positus  in  statione  pontis,  cum  captum  (esse) 
repentino  impetti  laniculum  vidisset  atque  decurrere  hostes, 
trepidosque  suos  arma  ordinesque  relinquere,  monuit  ut 
pontem  ferro,  ignl,  quacumque  vi  possint,  interrumpant : 
se  impetum  hostium  solum  sustenturum  (esse).  Namque 
timebat  ut  ponte  relicto  urbs  ipsa  esset  tuta.  Duos  tamen 
parumper  cum  eo  pudor  tenuit,  Sp.  Larcium  ac  T.  Hermi- 
nium.  Deinde  eos  quoque  ipsos,  exigua  parte  pontis  relicta, 
cedere  in  tutum  coegit.  Principes  Etruscorum  aliquamdiu 
cunctati  sunt;  deinde  clamore  sublato  in  Horatium  tela 
coniciunt.  Tum  ille,  cum  simul  fragorem  rupti  pontis  simul 
clamorem  Romanorum  audivisset,  "Tiberlne  pater,"  in  quit, 
''te  precor  haec  arma  et  hunc  militem  accipias."  Ita  sic 
armatus  in  Tiberim  desiluit  et  incolumis  ad  suos  tranavit. 
Tanta  virtus  cIvitatT  fuit  grata;  statua  in  comitio  posita 
(est),  tantum  agri  ei  datum  est  quantum  uno  die  circumarare 
potuit. 


304 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


a.  Captum  (esse)  laniculum,  decurrere  hostes,  suos  relinquere, 
objects  of  vidisset ;  suos,  his  friends  (sec.  268) ;  monuit  ut,  he  advised 
that;  quacumque  vi  possint,  by  whatever  force  they  could;  timebat  ut, 
he  feared  that  .  .  .  not;  te  precor  .  .  .  accipias,  /  pray  that  you  receive, 
I  pray  you  to  receive;  sic  armatus,  thus  armed,  armed  as  he  was;  tantum 
.  .  .  quantvim,  as  much  .  .  .  as. 


From  the  painting  by  Vincenzo  Camuccin 
HoRATItJS    PONTEM    DeFENDIT 

h.  Possint  and  internunpant  are  in  the  present  tense  of  the  sub- 
junctive although  they  follow  a  secondary  tense,  monuit.     This  gives 
vividness  to  the  description. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Determine  what  principles  of  syntax  apply  to  the  following: 
cum  .  .  .  vidisset;  ut  .  .  .  interrumpant ;  cum  .  .  .  audivisset;  cap- 
tiun  (esse);  decurrere;  relinquere,  sustenturum  (esse);  cedere; 
laniculimi ;  hostes ;  suos ;  se ;  eos ;  impetu ;  f erro,  igni,  vi ;  ponte 
relicto,  parte  relicta,  clamore  sublato ;  pater ;  civitati ;  agri ;  ei ;  die ; 
circiunarare. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  305 

h.  Wliat  conjunction  would  most  naturally  be  supplied  with 
accipias? 

c.  Explain  the  derivation  of  impetus,  interrupt,  order  (noun), 
station,  statue. 

MODELS   FOR  PARSING  VERBS 

508.  In  parsing  verbs  in  full  these  items  should  be 
specified:  (1)  Regular  or  irregular  verb.  (2)  If  regular, 
what  conjugation.  (3)  Principal  parts.  (4)  Person,  num- 
ber, tense,  mood,  voice.  (5)  If  finite,  agreement  with  sub- 
ject. (6)  If  subjunctive,  explanation  of  use.  (7)  If 
infinitive,  explanation  of  use  and  naming  of  subject.  (8)  If 
participle,  agreement  with  noun  or  pronoun.  The  following 
examples  are  taken  from  section  507. 

Monuit:  A  regular  verb  of  the  second  conjugation;  moned, 
monere,  monui,  monitus;  thifd,  singular,  perfect,  indicative,  active; 
agrees  with  is  as  subject  (sec.  70). 

Audivisset:  A  regular  verb  of  the  fourth  conjugation;  audio 
audire,  audivi,  auditus;  third,  singular,  past  perfect,  subjunctive, 
active;  agrees  with  a  pronoun  understood  referring  to  ille;  the  sub- 
junctive is  used  in  a  temporal  clause  with  cum  to  describe  the  circum- 
stances of  the  act  denoted  by  inquit  (sec.  436). 

Decurrere:  A  regular  verb  of  the  third  conjugation;  deciuro, 
decurrere,  decurri,  decursus;  the  present  infinitive  active;  the 
subject  is  hostes ;  the  infinitive  decurrere  with  its  subject  in  the  accusa- 
tive case  is  used  as  the  object  of  the  verb  -vadisset  (sec.  188). 

Relicta:  A  regular  verb  of  the  third  conjugation;  relinquo, 
relinquere,  reliqui,  relictus;  the  perfect  passive  participle;  ablative, 
singular,  feminine,  in  agreement  with  parte  (sec.  295). 

Ordinarily  the  form  of  parsing  may  be  abbreviated;  but  occa- 
sionally a  form  essentially  Hke  the  examples  given  above  should  be  used. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 
(I.  P\)llowing  the  model  above,  parse  in  full  several  typical  verbs 
selected  from  sections  506  and  507. 

LATIN   WORD-FORMATION  AND   ENGLISH  DERIVATION 

509.  Some  of  the  ways  in  which  Latin  nouns,  verbs, 
and  adjectives  have  been  formed  have  been  presented  in 


306 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


sections  257,  258;  389,  390;  and  501,  502.  A  comparison 
of  the  lists  given  for  illustration  shows  that  several  Latin 
words,  including  nouns,  verbs,  and  adjectives,  have  some- 
times been  formed  from  a  single  original  word  by  the  use  of 
certain  characteristic  prefixes  and  suffixes,  and  that  cor- 
responding Enghsh  words  have  been  derived  from  many  of 
the  Latin  words  thus  formed.  For  example,  from  the 
adjective  liber,  free,  have  come  the  noun  libertas,  section 
258,  the  verb  Ubero,  section  389,   (3),  and  the  adjective 

liberalis,  section  502. 
Again,  from  the  verb 
libero  the  nouns  ITberatio 
and  liberator  have  been 
formed;  and  from  the 
adjective  liberalis,  the 
noun  liberalitas.  The 
English  derivatives  from 
these  Latin  words  areas 
follows:  libertas,  liberty; 
liberatio,  liberation;  libe- 


Agricola  et  Aratrum 


libero,  liberate;  liberalis,  liberal; 
rater,  liberator;  liberalitas,  liberality. 

The  additional  illustrations  in  section  510,  based  on  a 
few  of  the  most  famiUar  Latin  originals,  are  sufficient  to  show 
how  extensive  is  this  process  of  word-formation  in  Latin 
and  why  some  knowledge  of  it  is  necessary  in  order  that 
one  may  understand  the  multipHcation  and  the  significance 
of  English  words. 


EXAMPLES   OF  WORD-FORMATION 

510.  The  following  examples  illustrate  the  formation  of  several 
series  of  Latin  words  and  the  derivation  of  the  corresponding  English 
equivalents.  The  list  is  composed  chiefly  of  Latin  words  taken  from 
sections  488,  506,  and  507,  and  is  limited  to  those  which  seem  best 
adapted  to  illustrate  the  process  of  word-formation.  Almost  any  para- 
graph in  Latin  or  in  English  will  furnish  similar  material. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


307 


It  should  be  noticed  particularly  that  the  English  words  in  each 
series  were  not  derived  from  an  original  English  word,  but  each  from  a 
Latin  word  formed  from  a  Latin  original.  Thus  the  English  victory 
was  not  derived  from  the  English  victor,  but  from  the  Latin  victdria 
formed  from  the  Latin  victor,  which  can  be  traced  back  still  further  to 
the  verb  vinco. 
capio,  captus  (to  take). 

captor,  captor. 

captio,  -onis,  caption. 

captivus,  captive. 

captivitas,  captivity. 

captura,  capture. 

capax,  capacis,  capacious. 

capacitas,  capacity. 

accipio,  acceptus,  accept. 


concipio,     conceptus,    conceive, 
concept. 

incipiens,  -ntis,  incipient. 

occupo,  occupy. 

occupans,  -ntis,  occupant. 

occupatio,  -onis,  occupation. 

princeps,  prince. 

recipio,  receive. 
cedo,  cessus  (to  go,  to  yield),  cede. 

cesso,  cessatus,  cease. 

cessatio,  -onis,  cessation. 

accedo,  accede. 

accessus,  access. 

concedo,  concede. 

concessio,  -onis,  concession. 

intercede,  intercede. 

succedo,  succeed. 

successus,  success. 

successio,  -onis,  succession. 
civis  (citizen). 

civicus,  civic. 

civitas,  city. 

civilis,  civil. 

civilitas,  civility. 
ciirro,  cursus  (to  run),  current. 

currentia,  currency. 


curriculum,  curriculum. 

cursus,  course. 

concurro,  concur. 

concursus,  concourse. 

discursus,  discourse. 

inciUTo,  incur. 

incursio,  -onis,  iruursion. 

occurro,  occur,  occurrence. 

succiuTO,  succor. 
eo,  itus  (to  go). 

ambitio,  -onis  (ambio,  ambitum) , 
ambition. 

exitus,  exit. 

per 60,  perish. 

seditio,  -onis,  sedition. 

seditiosus,  seditious. 

transeo,  transient. 

transitus,  transit. 

transitivus,  transitive. 
facio,  factus  (to  do,  to  make),  fact. 

facilis,  facile. 

factor,  factor. 

factio,  -onis,  faction. 

afficio,  affectus,  affect. 

deficio,  defectus,  deficient,  defect. 

efficio,  eflfectus,  efficient,  effect. 

6fficium  (opus  and  facio),  office, 

perficio,  perfectus,  perfect. 
frango,  fractus  (to  break). 

fractio,  -onis,  fraction. 

fractura,  fracture. 

fragmentum,  fragment. 

fragilis,  fragile,  frail. 

fragilitas,  fragility. 

refringo,  refractus,  refract. 


308 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


refractio,  -onis,  refraction. 

suffragium,  suffrage. 
gradior,  gressus  (to  step,  to  go). 

gradus,  grade. 

aggressio,  -onis,  aggression. 

aggressor,  aggressor. 

congressus,  congress. 

progressus,  progress. 

transgredior,     transgressus, 
transgress. 

transgressio,  'Oms^transgression. 
liber  (free). 

libertas,  liberty. 

liberalis,  liberal. 

liberalitas,  liberality. 

libero,  liberatus,  liberate. 

liberator,  liberator. 

liberatio,  -onis,  liberation. 
mitto,  missus  (to  send) . 

missilis,  missile. 

missio,  -onis,  mission. 

admitto,  admit. 

admissio,  -onis,  admission. 

dimitto,  dimissus,  dismiss. 

intermitto,  intermittent. 

promitto,  promissus,  promise. 

remitto,  remit. 

transmitto,  transmit. 
6s,  oris  (mouth). 

oro,  oratus,  orate. 

orator,  orator. 

oratio,  -onis,  oration. 

oraculum,  oracle. 

adoro,  adore. 

adoratio,  -onis,  adoration. 

adorabilis,  adorable. 
quaero,  quaesitus  (to  seek),  quest. 

quaestio,  -onis,  question. 

acquiro,  acquire. 

require,  requisitus,  require,  re- 
quest. 


requisitio,  -onis,  requisition. 
sto,  staturus  (to  stand). 

static,  -onis,  station. 

statua,  statue. 

statura,  stature. 

status,  state. 

stabilis,  stable  (adjective). 

stabUitas,  stability. 

stabulum,  stable  (noun). 

consto,  constant. 

constantia,  constancy. 

disto,  distant. 

distantia,  distance. 

substantia,  substance. 

arma  and  sto,  armistice. 

solstitium,  solstice. 
utor,  usus  (to  use),  use  (verb). 

usus,  -us,  use  (noun). 

utensilis,  utensile. 

utilitas,  utility. 

abutor,  abusus,  abuse. 
venio,  ventus  (to  come). 

advenio,  avenue. 

adventus,  advent. 

conveniens,  convenient. 

convenio,  convene. 

eventus,  event. 

invenio,  inventus,  invent. 

inventor,  inventor. 

inventio,  -onis,  invention. 

intervenio,  intervene. 

interventio,  -onis,  intervention. 

praevenio,  praeventus,  prevent. 

praeventio,  -onis,  prevention. 
video,  lasus  (to  see),  mew. 

evidens,  evident. 

provideo,  promdc,  provident. 

providentia,  promdence.    ■ 

prudens,  prudent. 

prudentia,  prudence. 

super  and  video,  survey. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


309 


vinco,  victus   (to  conquer),   van- 
quish. 
victor,  trictor. 
victoria,  victory. 


victoriosus,  victorious. 
convinco,    convictus,    convince, 
convict. 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.   Find  the  Latin  word  from  which  each  of  the  following  English 
words  is  derived  and  trace  the  Latin  words,  if  derivatives,  to  their 


original  Latin  sources. 

abstain 

dome 

inquire 

penitence 

ambitious 

domestic 

intercession 

recipient 

audible 

domicile 

levity 

senate 

auditor 

excursion 

miUtary 

senator 

declaration 

ignite 

mortal 

tenacious 

digression 

injury 

oflBcious 

terrible 

b.  Using  section  510  as  a  model,  make  lists  including  from  five  to 
ten  Latin  words  formed  from  each  of  the  following,  and  add  the  cor- 
responding English  derivatives. 


ago 


dico 


habed 


lUS 


moveo 


porto 


Note. — Sufficient  material  for  this  study  will  be  found  in  the  Ust 
of  I^tin  words  and  Enghsh  derivatives,  in  section  572,  page  365. 
Since  many  I^atin  words  are  formed  by  the  use  of  prefixes,  some  of 
the  required  words  will  be  found  under  the  letters  with  which  the  pre- 
fixes begin;  e.  g.,  prae-dico,  predict;  re-moveo,  remove. " 

PREFIXES 

511.  In  the  formation  of  Latin  words  the  use  of  prepo- 
sitions and  inseparable  particles  as  prefixes  is  very  important, 
and  the  same  prefixes  appear  in  many  English  derivatives. 

The  most  common  prefixes  which  occur  in  this  book  are 
shown  in  the  following  list.  The  Latin  words  chosen  as 
examples  are  words  from  which  Enghsh  words  have  been 
derived. 

The  form  of  the  prefix  is  sometimes  modified  by  the 
first  letter  of  the  word  with  which  it  is  combined;  as, 
ac-cipio  for  ad-capio,  im-porto  for  in-porto,  oc-curro  for 
ob-curro,  etc.    This  is  called  assimilation. 


310 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


a  or  ab,  from. 

ad,  to. 

con-,  with. 

de,  down  from,  from. 

dis-,  apart. 

e  or  ex,  from,  out. 

in,  into,  to. 

in-,  not. 

inter,  among,  between. 

ob,  against. 

per,  through. 

prae,  before. 

pro,  /or^/i. 

re-,  again,  back. 

se-,  apart. 

sub,  under. 

trans,  across. 


ab-sum  (to  be  away  from),  absent. 
ac-cipio  (to  take  to),  accept. 
con-fero  (to  bring  together),  confer. 
de-tineo  (to  hold  from),  detain. 
dis-traho  (to  draw  apart),  distract. 
ex-cludo  (to  shut  out),  exclude. 
im-porto  (to  carry  into),  import. 
im-mortalis  (not  mortal),  immortal. 
inter-venio  (to  come  between),  intervene. 
oc-curro  (to  run  against),  occur. 
per-eo  (to  go  through),  perish. 
prae-dico  (to  say  before),  predict. 
pro-video  (to  look  forth),  provide. 
re-quiro  (to  seek  again),  require. 
se-cedo  (to  go  apart) ,  secede. 
sub-scribo  (to  write  under),  subscribe. 
trans-mitto  (to  send  across),  transmit. 


NOTEBOOK  WORK 
a.  Find  the  Latin  word  from  which  each  of  the  following  English 
words  has  been  derived,  separate  the  prefix,  and  give  the  exact  meaning 
of  the  Latin  compound,  making  a  list  similar  to  that  above. 

abuse  contract  enemy  perfect  report 

acquire         decide  intercede         prevent         succeed 

avert  emigrate         object  produce        transfer 

SYNTAX 

Ne  and  Ut  with  Verbs  of  Fearing 
512.     According  to  the  Latin  idiom,  after  a  verb  of 
fearing  ne  is  translated  that,  and  ut  that  not.     (109) 

Timebant  ne  plebs  servitutem  acciperet,  they  feared  that  the 
common  people  would  accept  servitude;  timebat  ut  urbs  esset  tuta,  he 
feared  that  the  city  would  not  be  safe. 


The  Omission  of  Ut 
513.     The  conjunction  ut  is  sometimes  omitted.     (110) 

Te  precor  accipias,  /  pray  that  you  receive,  I  pray  you  to  receive. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  311 

The  Subjunctive  by  Attraction 

514.  A  verb  which  depends  upon  a  clause  containing 
the  subjunctive  is  often  in  the  subjunctive.  This  is  called 
the  subjunctive  by  attraction.     (Ill) 

Monuit  ut  quacumque  vi  possint  pontem  intemunpant,  he  advised 
them  to  destroy  the  bridge  by  whatever  force  they  could.  Intemunpant  is 
a  subjunctive  used  with  ut  in  a  clause  of  purpose  and  attracts  possint 
into  the  subjunctive. 

COMPOSITION 

515.  1.  Since  the  Tarquins  wished  to  be  kings,  they 
begged  Lars  Porsena  the  king  of  Clusium  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  exiles.  2.  They  advised 
him  to  come  to  Rome  with  a  hostile 
army.  3.  Porsena  wished  a  king 
to  be  at  Rome.  4.  When  the 
enemy  were  near,  the  senate  feared 
that  the  common  people  would 
receive  the  Tarquins  into  the  city. 
5.  Horatius  feared  that  the  city  itself 
would  not  be  safe  unless  the  bridge 
should  be  destroyed  (subj.).  6.  The 
city  would  not  have  been  safe  that 
day  if  Rome  had  not  had  one  brave 
man.  7.  "I  entreat  you  to  break 
down  the  bridge,"  said  Horatius  to 

the    citizens;     ''I    alone  will  withstand  courtesy  of  The  Metropolitan 

the  enemy's  attack.''     8.  When  the  Museum  of  Art,  n.y. 

i_-j       i_jr  i_i  J  /ui     Speculum  Argenteum 

bridge  had  been  broken  down  (abl. 

abs.),     Horatius 

leaped   down    into 

the  river  Tiber  and 

CouHeay  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y.      Unharmed     S  W  a  m 

Forceps  Ignifer  across  to  the  city. 

9.  He   afterwards  received  a  reward  from  the  citizens: 


CHAPTER  LX 
REVIEW  OF  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

Compound  Words 

516.  Review  sections  489  and  490. 

Study  the  expressions  which  are  in  the  indirect  discourse 
following  verbs  of  saying  and  thinking.  Point  out  the  infinitives 
used  in  the  principal  clauses,  and  the  subjunctive,  if  there  is  any, 
used  in  the  dependent  clauses.  Find  the  accusative  subject  of 
each  infinitive  in  the  indirect  discourse. 

Study  the  declension  of  the  compound  noun  ius  iurandum. 

MARCUS  REGULUS  REDIT  CARTHAGINEM 

517.  Post  multos  annos  cum  Poem  adversus  Romanos 
bellum  gererent,  Marcus  Regulus,  qui  primus  Romanorum 
ducum  in  Africam  missus  erat,  ipse  captus  in  carcerem 
coniectus  est.  Inde  Romam  de  permutandis  captivTs  missus 
est  dato  iureiiirando  ut,  si  non  impetrasset  (impetravisset) , 
rediret  ipse  Carthaginem.  Qui  cum  Romam  venisset  iriduc- 
tus  in  senatum  mandata  exposuit.  Sententiam  autem  dicere 
recusavit.  Dixit  quamdiii  iureiiirando  hostium  teneretur, 
se  non  esse  senatorem.  lussus  tamen  sententiam  dicere,  nega- 
vit  esse  iitile  captivos  Poenos  reddi ;  illos  enim  adulescentes 
esse  et  bonos  duces,  se  iam  confectum  senectiite.  Cuius  cum 
valuisset  auctoritas,  captivi  retenti  sunt;  ipse,  cum  reti- 
neretur  a  propinquis  et  amicis,  tamen  Carthaginem  redit. 
Neque  vero  tunc  ignorabat  se  ad  criidelissimum  hostem 
proficisci;   sed  iiisiiirandum  conservandum  (esse)  putavit. 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  infinitives  with  their  accusative  subjects 
which  are  in  the  indirect  discourse  following  verbs  of  saying  or  thinking. 

r3i2) 


©  Underwood  <^  Unrhrv-oofl,  N.  Y. 

Aquaeducttts  Claudianus 


314  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

h.  What  verb  in  a  dependent  clause  of  the  indirect  discourse  is  in 
the  subjunctive  mood? 

c.  In  what  kind  of  a  clause  is  rediret?  venisset?  valuisset? 
retineretiir? 

d.  By  what  verb  in  the  subjunctive  is  impetrasset  attracted  into 
the  subjunctive? 

e.  What  form  of -the  verb  is  permutandis?  conservandum  esse? 
(See  sections  464,  473.) 

/.   Decline  ius-iurandum. 

g.  (Notebook.)  Explain  the  derivation  of  authority,  captive,  con- 
serve,  cruel,  ignorant,  mandate,  sentence,  value. 

REGULUS 

518.  Read  the  following  stanzas  in  Latin,  accenting  the  words 
as  they  are  marked.  Do  not  sound  the  letters  in  parentheses.  Com- 
pare a  literal  translation  with  that  given  more  freely  in  a  below. 

Fertur'  pudi'cae  con'iugis  os'culum' 
parvos'que  na'tos  ut'  capitis'  minor' 
ab  se'  remoViss(e)  et'  virflem 
tor'vus  humi'  posuis'se  vol'tum; 

donee'  laban'tls  con'silio'  patres' 
firma'ret  auc'tor  num'qu(am)  alias'  dato' 
inter'que  mae'rentis'  ami'cos 
e'gregius'  propera'ret  ex'sul. 

— Horatius. 

a.  They  say  that  he  refused  the  kiss  of  his  faithful  wife  and  put 
away  his  little  children  as  though  his  manhood  had  been  forfeited,  and 
sternly  fixed  his  sturdy  gaze  upon  the  ground;  until,  by  counsel  never 
given  before,  his  advice  convinced  the  hesitating  fathers,  and  he  hastened 
forth  amid  the  lamentations  of  his  friends,  a  noble  exile. 

b.  Fertur,  (literally)  he  (Regulus)  is  said;  removisse  and  posuisse 
depend  upon  fertur;  capitis  minor,  an  idiom  applied  to  a  person  who 
had  been  deprived  of  the  privileges  of  citizenship,  including  family 
rights;  humi,  locative;  firmaret,  properaret,  in  the  subjunctive  with 
donee  to  represent  the  expectation  of  Regulus  rather  than  an  actual 
fact. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


315 


FORMATION   OF   COMPOUND   WORDS 
519.     The  formation  of  compound  words  by  the  use 
of  prepositions  and  inseparable  particles  has  been  mentioned- 
in  sections  389,  (4),  and  511. 

Compound  nouns  and  adjectives  are  also  formed  by 
combining  a  noun  or  an  adjective  with  another  noun  oi- 
adjective;  as,  ius-iuran- 
dum,  an  oath;  res- 
publica,  the  piMic  wel- 
fare ^  the  state;  agri-cola, 
a  tiller  of  the  soil.  If  two 
nominatives  are  com- 
bined, })oth  are  declined; 
asj  res-publica,  rei-pul- 
licae,  etc.  In  other  com- 
pounds the  last  part  only 
is  declined;  as,  agricola, 
agiicolae,  etc. 

The  suffix  -ficus  (re- 
lated to  facio)  is  used  in 
the  formation  of  com- 
pound adjectives;  as, 
pacificus,  pacific.  Eng- 
lish verbs  derived  from  these  compounds  have  the  ending  -fy ; 
as,  magnifico  (magnus-f acio) ,  magnify;  pacifico  (pax-facio), 
pacify,  etc. 

a.  English  words  have  not  only  been  derived  from  Latin  com- 
pounds, as  enemy  from  inimlcus,  republic  from  res-publica,  and  aqueduct 
from  aquaeductus,  but  have  also  been  formed  by  a  combination  of  two 
Latin  words;  as,  armistice  from  anna  and  sto;  homicide  from  homo 
and  caedo ;  horticulture  from  hortus  and  cultura ;  locomotive  from  locus 
and  moveo,  submarine  from  sub  and  marinus  (mare);  velocipede  from 
velox  and  pes ;  viaduct  from  via  and  duco. 

b.  EngUsh  words  are  sometimes  formed  from  words  of  two  dif- 
ferent languages;  as  automolrile,  from  di\xto— self  (Greek),  and  mobilis, 
movable  (Latm). 


Aquaeductus  Neronis 


316 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


COMPOSITION 
520.     1.  When  the  Romans  were  carrying  on  war  with 
the  Carthaginians,  Regulus  was  sent  to  Africa  as  a  leader. 

2.  He  himself  was 
captured  and  was 
sent  (having  been 
captured  was  sent) 
to  Rome  concerning 
an  exchange  of  pris- 
oners. 3.  ''If  I  do 
not  accomphsh  it 
(fut.perf.)/'  said  he, 
''I  will  return  to 
Carthage     myself.'^ 

4.  When  he  had  set 
forth  in  the  senate 
the  things  com- 
manded, he  said 
that  it  was  not 
(negavit  esse)  expe- 
dient that  the  cap- 
tives be  exchanged. 

5.  ''They  are  young 
men  and  good  lead- 
ers/'said  he;  "lam 
already  exhausted 
by  old  age.''  6.  His 
influence  prevailed; 
and  although  he 
knew  that  he  was 
going    to     a    cruel 

enemy,  he  returned  to  Carthage.  7.  His  friends  tried  to 
detain  (were  detaining)  him,  but  he  thought  that  he  ought 
to  keep  his  oath  (his  oath  ought  to  be  kept). 


Courtesy  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

Amphora  cum  Imagine  Herculis 


CHAPTER   LXI 


REVIEW   OF  PARTICIPLES 


521.  Review  the  matter  relating  to  the  formation  and  use 
of  participles  in  sections  200,  203,  288,  293,  294,  295,  363,  367, 
462,  464. 

Point  out  all  the  participles  in  the  following  selection,  iden- 
tify the  form,  and  note  the  agreement. 

SCiPIO   AFRICANUS   HANNIBALEM   VINCIT 

522.  Multos  annos  inter  Romanos  et  Carthaginienses 
erat  l^ellum.  Hannibal,  superatis  PyrenaeTs  montibus 
atque  Alpium  iugls,  magno  cum  exercitu  in  Italiam  venit. 
Adversus  eum  clarissiml  duces  missi  sunt 
sed  Hannibalem  ipsum  vincere  non 
poterant.  Postremo  Publius  Cornelius 
Seipio  in  Africam  profectus  est  bellum 
in  Africam  ipsam  translatunis.  Deinde 
Hannibal  ex  Italia  ad  tuendam  patriam 

revocatus  Zamam 
venit,  quae  urbs 
quinque  dierum  iter 
a  Carthagine  abest, 
et     nuntium       ad 

Scipioncm  misit  ut  coUoquendl  secum 
potestatem  faceret.  Ab  Scipione  dies 
locusque  constituitur.  Itaque  congress! 
sunt  duo  clarissiml  suae  aetatis  duces. 
Steterunt  aliquamditi  taciti  mutuaque 
admlratione  deflxi.  Cum  vero  de 
condicionibus  pacis  inter  eos  non 
suos  se  receperunt,  renuntiantes  armis 
(317) 


Hannibal 


SciPio  Africanus 
convenisset,    ad 


318 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


decernendum  esso.  Commisso  deinde  proelio  Hannibal 
victus  est.  Carthaginienses  metu  perculsi  ad  petendam 
pacem  oratores  mittunt  triginta  civitatis  principes.  Victis 
leges  imposuit  Sclpio.  Ita  pace  terra  marlque  facta,  Sclpio 
exercitu  in  naves  imposito  Romam  revertit.  Qui  adveniens 
primus  nomine  gentis  a  se  victae  nobilitatus  Africanus 
appellatus  est. 


Hannibal  ExERriTUM  trans  Alpe«  Ducit 


a.  Quinque  dieruin  iter,  a  five  days'  journey;  ut  .  .  .  faceret, 
that  he  ivould  grant  an  opportunity  for  conferring  with  him;  dies  locusque 
constituitur,  time  and  place  are  appointed,  the  two  nouns  forming  a 
single  subject;  cum  .  .  .  non  convenisset,  when  no  agreement  had 
been  made;  convenisset,  impersontil;  renuntiantes  annis  decernendum 
esse,  reporting  that  there  must  he  a  decision  with  arms:  decernendum 
esse,  impersonal;  pace  .  .  .  facta,  abl.  abs.;  qui  primus  nobilitatus, 
etc.,  who,  the  first  to  he  distinguished,  etc.  Notice  three  ways  of  de- 
noting purpose:  by  translaturus  (sec.  367,  a),  ut  .  .  .  faceret  (sec.  406), 
ad  petendam  pacem  (sec.  464,  a). 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  319 

NOTEBOOK  WORK 

a.  Make  a  classified  list  of  all  the  participles,  tell  the  case,  number, 
and  gender  of  each,  and  name  the  noun  or  pronoun  with  which  the 
participle  agrees. 

b.  Make  a  list  of  all  the  expressions  which  are  in  the  ablative 
absolute.  Translate  each  one  literally  and  in  accordance  with  the 
best  English  idiom. 

C.  Explain  tlie  derivation  of  admiration,  condition,  revoke,  translate. 

ENGLISH  WORDS  FROM   LATIN  PARTICIPLES 
523.     Many  English  words,  including  nouns,  adjectives, 
and  verbs,  have  been  derived  from  Latin  participles,  par- 
ticularly from  the  present  acthe  participle  and  the  perfect 
passive  participle. 

(1)  From  the  stem  of  the  present  active  participle  are 
derived  Enghsh  adjectives  and  nouns  ending  in  -ant,  -ent, 
and  -ient, 

emigrans,  emigrantis  (emigro),  emigrant. 
ignorans,  ignorantis  (ignoro),  ignorant. 
incidens,  incidentis  (incido),  incident. 
intellegens,  intellegentis  (intellego),  intelligent. 
oriens,  orientis  (orior),  orient. 
patiens,  patientis  (patior;,  patient. 
providens,  providentis  (provideo),  proindent. 

(2)  Many  English  nouns  ending  in  -ance  and  -ence  are 
derived  from  Latin  nouns  ending  in  -ia  and  formed  from 
present  active  participles. 

ignorantia  (ignorans,  ignorantis),  ignmance. 
neglegentia  (neglegens,  neglegentis),  negligence. 
providentia  (providens,  providentis),  -providence. 
scientia  (sciens,  scientis),  science. 

(3)  Many  nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs  in  English  have 
been  derived  from  the  Latin  perfect  passive  participle. 

actus  (ago),  act  (noun  and  verb), 
defectus  (deficio),  defect. 


320  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

donatus  (dono),  donate. 

effectus  (efficio),  effect  (noun  and  verb). 

factus  (facio),  fact. 

intellectus  (intellego),  intellect. 

(4)  A  few  English  words  have  been  derived  from  the 
Latin  gerundive  or  future  passive  participle. 

dividendus  (divido),  dividend. 
legendus  (lego),  legend. 

For   other   examples   of   Enghsh    words   derived    from 
Latin  participles  see  sections  390  and  510. 

NOTEBOOK   WORK 
a.  Trace  the  following  English  words  to  the  Latin  participles  from 
which  they  have  been  derived: 


accident 

dictate 

important 

patienc 

audience 

diligent 

inaugurate 

permanent 

confidence 

eloquent 

inhabitant 

precept 

crescent 

emigrate 

neglect 

sentence 

defendant 

future 

omnipotent 

trad 

Note. — English  nouns  and  adjectives  derived  from  Latin  nouns 
and  participles  formed  from  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  have  the 
endings  -atice  and  -ant;  those  derived  from  verbs  of  the  second  and 
third  conjugations  generally  end  in  -ence  and  -ent;  those  derived  from 
verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  and  from  verbs  in  io  of  t^  e  third  con- 
jugation end  in  -ience  and  -ient.  There  are  a  few  exceptions  to  this 
rule;  e.  g.,  defendant  from  defendens  (defendo). 

REVIEW  OF  SYNTAX 
524.  In  section  522  find  illustrations  of  the  following:  the 
accusative  of  time;  accusative  of  extent  in  space;  the  subjunc- 
tive denoting  purpose;  the  subjunctive  in  a  temporal  clause  with 
cum ;  the  genitive  of  the  whole  with  a  superlative ;  the  infinitive 
following  a  verb  of  saying;  verbs  used  impersonally;  the  ablative 
of  means,  caiise,  and  place;  an  adjective  or  a  participle  used 
substantively;  an  adjective  with  the  force  of  an  adverb;  the 
accusative  without  a  preposition  denoting  the  place  to  which ;  the 
gerundive;    the  genitive  of  the  gerund;    the  dative  with  a  verb 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


321 


compounded  with  a  preposition;  the  future  active  participle  de- 
noting purpose;  the  ablative  absolute;  the  gerundive  with  ad 
denoting  purpose. 

COMPOSITION 
525.  1.  Hannibal  crossed  the  Alps  with  a  large  army, 
intending  to  (about  to)  carry  on  war  with  the  Romans  in 
Italy.  2.  Famous  consuls  sent  as  leaders  against  him  could 
not  conquer  Hannibal  himself.  3.  But  when  Publius  Scipio 
had  transferred  the  war  to  Africa,  Hannibal,  recalled  to 
protect  his  country,  was  defeated  by  the  Roman  general. 
4.  Peace  having  been  made  on  land  and  sea,  the  Roman 
army  came  to  Rome.  5.  Scipio  on  his  arrival  (arriving) 
the  citizens  called  Africanus  from  the  name  of  the  nation 
conquered  ^by  him  (ab  eo). 


aillites  pugnantes 
Imagines  in  arcu  constantint  fictae 


CHAPTER  LXII 


GENERAL  REVIEW 


Gnaeus  Pompeius 


526.  This  chapter  should  be  made  an  occasion  for  a  general 
review  of  forms,  syntax,  word-formation,  and  derivation,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  points  which  need 
strengthening.  For  this  purpose  a 
small  portion  of  the  following 
selections  may  be  assigned  each 
day  for  intensive  study. 

GAIUS  itJLIUS  CAESAR 
527.  C.  lulius  Caesar,  max- 
imus  imperatorum  Rgmanorum, 
consul  creatus  societatem  cum 
Gnaeo  Pompeio  et  Marco  Crasso 
itinxit  ne  quid  ageretur  in  re 
publica  quod  displicuisset  iilli  ex 

tribus.     Functus  consulatu  Caesar  Gal- 

liam    provinciam    accepit.      Galliam    in 

provinciae  formam  redegit;    Germanos, 

qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  primus  Ro- 

manorum  ponte  facto  aggressus  maximls 

adfecit  cladibus;  aggressus  est  Britannos, 

ignotos  antea,  superatisque  eis  pecunias 

et  obsides  imperavit.     Haec  in  librTs  de 

Bello  Gallico  ipse  Caesar  scripsit. 

a.  Quid,  indefinite  (sec.  482,  a);  ne  quid 
ageretur,  that  nothing  should  be  done;  displi- 
cuisset, attracted  by  ageretur  (sec.  514);  uUi, 
dative  (sec.  455);  functus,  participle  from 
fungor;  cSnsulatu,  ablative  with  functus  (sen. 
.377).  C.  luLiTT.s  Caesar 

(322) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


323 


b.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  Latin  words  accipio,  imperator, 
societas. 

c.  What  English  words  have  been  derived  from  the  following 
Latin  words? 


consul 

fonna 

provincia 

creatus 

imperator 

scribo 

fabricatus 

primus 

societas 

528.  Interfecto  interea  apud  Parthos  Crasso  et  defuncta 
lulia,  Caesaris  filia,  quae  nupta  Pompeio  generi  socerique 
concordiam  tenebat,  statim  aemulatio  erupit.  lam  pridem 
Pompeio  suspectae  (erant)  Caesaris  opes  et  CaesarT  Pom- 
peiana  dignitas  (erat)  gravis,  nee  hie  ferebat  parom  nee  illo 
superiorem.  Itaque  cum  Caesar  in  Gallia  deteneretur  et 
postulasset   (postulavisset)   ut  sibi  liceret  quamvis  absent! 


Via  Appia  ab  Roma  ad  Brundisium 


324  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

alterum  consulatum  petere,  a  senatu  suadentibus  Pompeio 
eiusque  amIcTs  negatum  el  est.  Hanc  iniuriam  acceptam 
vindicaturus  in  Italiam  redit  et  cum  exercitu  Rubiconem 
fltimen,  qui  provinciae  finis  erat,  transiit  plurimlsque 
urbibus  occupatis  Brundisium  contendit,  quo  Pompeius 
consulesque  conftigerant.  Qui  cum  inde  in  Epirum  trai- 
ecissent,  Caesar  eos  secutus  Pompeium  Pharsalico  proelio 
ftidit. 

a.  Interfecto  Crasso,  defuncta  lulia,  abl.  abs.;  filia,  abl.,  in 
apposition  with  lulia;  Pompeio,  dat.,  hy  Pompey;  Caesari  gravis, 
grievous  to  Caesar;  hie  .  .  .  ille,  the  latter  (Caesar)  .  .  .  the  former 
(Pompey);  ferebat,  would  endure;  detineretiir,  postulasset,  temporail 
clauses  (sec.  436);  liceret,  purpose  (sec.  406);  absenti,  dat.,  agreeing 
with  sibi;  negatum  est,  impersonal;  ei,  indirect  object;  vindicaturus, 
intending  to  avenge  (sec.  367 ) ;  Brundisimn,  place  to  which  (sec.  96) ; 
qui  cvun,  and  when  they. 

b.  From  what  Latin  words  have  the  following  Latin  words  been 
formed? 

aemulatio  detineo  iniuria 
Concordia                  dignitas                  Pompeianus 
^                    c.  From  what  Latin  words  have  the  following  Eng- 
lish words  been  derived? 

absent  negative  superior 

defunct  nuptial  suspect 

grave  sequence  vindicate 

529.  Caess^r  bello  civlli  confecto  dictator 

in  perpetuum  creatusagere  insolentius  coepit. 

Cum  Antonius,  Caesaris  in  omnibus  bellis 

comes,    capiti    eius    in   sella    aurea   sedentis 

Marcus        diadema,  insigne  regium,  imposuisset,  id  ita  ab 

BRUTUfe,         g^   gg^  repulsum    ut  non  offensus  videretur. 

oNSPiRATOR     Q^_    ^_    coniuratum   in  eum   est  a   sexaginta 

amplius  viris,  Cassio  et  Bruto  ducibus,   decretumque  (est) 

eum  Idibus  Martiis  in  senatu  confodere.    Atque  cum  Caesar 


ELEMENTA  eEpdis,  325 

eo   die    in    senatiim   venisset,   a    coniuratis   confossus   est. 
Caesare  mortuo  Antonius  de  eo  orationem  in  foro  habuit. 

• 
a.  Sedentis,  present  participle,  genitive  case,  agreeing  with  eius ; 
coniuratmn  est,  impersonal  (sec.  311);  a  sexaginta  amplius  viris,  by 
nwre  than  s-ixty  men;  decretmn  est,  from  decemo ;  confodere,  subject 
of  decretum  est;  Idibus  Martiis,  eo  die,  ablative  denoting  time 
(sec.  105). 

h.  From  what  Latin  words  have  the  following  Latin  words  been 
formed? 

civilis  coniuro  dictator  senator 

c.  To  what  Latin  words  may  the  following  English  words  be  traced 
and  what,  therefore,  was  the  exact  original  meaning? 

actor  conjure  dictator  repel 

civil  decree  insolent  repulse 

DEFECTIVE   VERBS 

530.  Verbs  whose  conjugation  is  incomplete  are  called 
defective  verbs.  Some  of  the  common  defective  verbs  which 
lack  many  forms  are  aio,  I  say;  inquam,  I  say  (used  chiefly 
in  direct  quotations) ;  memini,  /  remember;  coepi,  /  began; 
licet,  it  is  permitted. 

REVIEW   OF  FORMS  AND   SYNTAX 

531.  Review  the  forms  of  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns, 
and  verbs  and  the  rules  of  syntax  in  accordance  with  the 
following  outline,  which  is  based  on  material  found  in 
sections  527,  528,  and  529. 

(1)  Make  lists  of  the  nouns,  classifying  them  according  to 
declensions,  and  in  the  third  declension  according  to  the  letters 
in  which  the  stems  end.  Write  or  recite  the  nominative,  the 
genitive,  and  the  gender  of  each  noun.  Decline  typical  nouns  in 
full.     Applj^  the  rules  for  gender  (sec.  256). 

(2)  Make  a  list  of  adjectives,  arranging  them  by  declensions, 
and  in  the  third  declension  according  to  the  number  of  forms  in 
the  nominative  singular.     What  is  unusual  in  the  declension  of 


326 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ullus  (sec.  214,  6)?  What  other  adjectives  are  similar  to  ullus? 
Find  adjectives  in  each  degree  of  comparison.  Decline  an  ad- 
jective in  the  comparative  degree. 

(3)  Make  a  classified  list  of  pronouns.  'Write  or  recite  their 
declension.  What  kind  of  a  pronoun  is  quid  in  the  clause  ne 
quid  ageretur,  section  527? 

(4)  Write  or  recite  the  principal  parts  of  all  the  regular  ver))s, 
arranged  according  to  the  conjugations  to  which  they  belong. 


Fnnii  fhr  jxii n'i >i<;  hi/  J.  Court. 

Antonius  Orationem  de  Caesare  Mortuo  Habet 

Conjugate  typical  verbs  in  all  the  moods  and  tenses,  active  and 
passive.  Write  or  recite  the  conjugation  of  the  irregular  and 
defective  verbs  with  special  attention  to  the  tenses  in  which  the 
irregular  verbs  are  peculiar. 

(5)  Determine  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  and  other 
words  and  expressions  used  as  substantives,  and  refer  by  number 
(section  571)  to  the  rule  of  syntax  which  appHes. 

(6)  Find  the  antecedent  of  each  pronoun  and  note  the 
agreement. 

(7)  With  what  noun  does  each  adjective  agree? 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


327 


(8)  Point  out  the  coordinate  conjunctions  and  the  connected 
words,  phrases,  or  clauses. 

(9)  What  clauses  are  connected  by  subordinate  conjunctions 
and  what  relation  is  denoted  by  each  conjunction? 

(10)  What  adverbs  occur?    What  do  they  modify?    Find  an 
adverb  in  the  comparative  degree. 

(11)  What  verbs  are  in  primary  tenses?     Wliat  verbs  are  in 
secondary  tenses?     W^hat  verbs  are  in  tenses  denoting  incomplete 


In  Hoc  Loco  Antonius  Orationem  Habutt 


action?  completed  action?  What  is  the  explanation  of  each 
subjunctive?  What  law  of  sequence  determines  the  tenses  of  the 
subjunctive  in  the  subordinate  clauses? 

REVIEW   OF  WORD-FORMATION   AND   DERIVATION 

532.  Review  the  formation  of  Latin  nouns  (sec.  257),  verbs 
(sec.  389),  and  adjectives  (sec.  501),  and  the  formation  of  com- 
pound words  (sec.  519). 

Review  the  derivation  of  English  words  from  Latin  nouns 
(sec.  258),  from  verbs  (sec.  390),  from  adjectives  (sec.  502),  and 
from  participles  (sec.  523). 


328 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Review  the  examples  of  Latin  word-formation  and  English 
derivation  given  in  sections  509  and  510,  and  find  other  illustra- 
tions in  sections  527,  528,  and  529.  Give  attention  to  the  char- 
acteristic endings  of  English  derivatives,  particularly  of  nouns  and 
adjectives. 

The  alphabetical  list  in  section  572  may  be  used  for  a  general 
review. 

Latin  words  are  not  generally  to  be  translated  by  their 
English  derivatives  -since  nouns,  verbs,  and  adjectives  are  not 
always  transferred  as  such  from  one  language  to  the  other,  and 
since  the  present  meanings  of  many  English  words  do  not  cor- 
respond with  their  original  significance.  For  example,  the  Latin 
praevenio  means  to  go  before,  while  the  English  preverit  has  lost 
the  original  sense  and  now  means  to  hinder. 

COMPOSITION 

533.  1.  When  Caesar  had 
served  his  consulship,  he 
received  Gaul  as  his  province. 
2.  Caesar,  Pompey,  and 
Crassus  made  an  agreement  that 
no  one  (ne  quis)  of  the  three 
should  do  that  which  would  be 
displeasing  to  the  others.  3. 
But  when  Crassus  had  been 
killed  (abl.  abs.)  and  when 
Julia,  Caesar's  daughter,  had 
died,  the  friendship  between 
Caesar  and  Pompey  was  broken 
off.  4.  Pompey  having  been 
defeated  in  a  civil  war,  Caesar 
was  made  dictator  for  life.  5. 
When  he  had  begun  to  act 
arrogantly,  a  conspiracy  was 
made  against  him  and  he  was 
assassinated  in  the  senate  on 
the  Ides  of  March. 


Courteiy  of  The  Metropolitan  Mur 
seum  of  Art,  N.  Y. 

monile  ex  auro  et 
Amethystis 


CHAPTER  LXIII 
METRICAL   READING 

534.  In  Latin  poetry  the  rhythmical  effect  is  produced 
}:)y  different  combinations  of  long  and  short  syllables  and 
}3y  the  regular  recurrence  of  accented  syllables.  This  is 
called  metre,  which  is  employed  in  great  variety  by  the 
Latin  poets.  Rhyme,  which  is  so  prominent  in  English 
poetry,  is  not  found  in  Latin. 

In  the  following  selection  from  the  Aeneid  of  Vergil 
each  Hne  is  composed  of  six  divisions  or  feet,  each  foot  con- 
sisting of  two  long  syllables  (a  spondee),  or  a  long  syllable 
followed  by  two  short  syllables  (a  dactyl).  The  poetic 
accent  is  placed  on  the  first  syllable  of  each  foot.  This 
metre  is  called  the  dactylic  hexameter,  and  in  the  first  Hne 
below,  it  may  be  represented  as  follows: 

Ex'cu/dent'  a-li-/i'  spi-/ran'ti-a/  morii-us/  ae'ra. 

ARTES  ROMANAE 

535.  In  reading  the  Latin  verses  place  the  accent  on  the  marked 
syllables,  and  do  not  sound  the  vowels  in  parentheses.  Make  a  slight 
pause  at  the  sign  //.  A  suggestive  translation,  but  not  the  only 
possible  rendering,  is  given  in  a  below. 

Ex'ctident'  ahl'  //  splran'tia  mol'lius  ae'ra, 

cre'd(o)  equidem',  vivos'  //  ducent'  de  mar 'more  vol'tus 

o'rabunt'  causas'  //  mehus',  caell'que  mea'tus 

de'scribent'  radi(6)  et'  //  surgen'tia  si'dera  dl'cent; 

tu'  reger(e)  im'perio'  //  populos',  Roma'ne,  memen'to; 

hae'  tib(i)  erunt'  artes':   // pacis'qu(e)  impo'nere  mo'rem, 

par'cere  sub'iectis',  //  et  de'bella're  super'bos. 

— Vergilius, 
"  (329) 


330 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


a.  Others  with  greater  art,  I  readily  beheve,  will  produce  statues 
in  bronze  that  seem  to  breathe  and  will  represent  more  life-like  features 
in  marble,  plead  cases  at  law  with  greater  eloquence,  mark  with  a 
rod  the  pathways  in  the  sky,  and  call  by  name  the  rising  constellations; 
but  thou,  O  Roman,  remember  to  bring  the  nations  under  thy  dominion; 
these  shall  be  thy  arts:  to  dictate  terms  of  peace,  to  spare  the  van- 
quished, and  to  subdue  the  mighty. 

b.  How  does  Vergil's  characterization  of  the  Roman  ideal  compare 
with  the  Roman  character  as  represented  in  the  stories  from  Roman 
history  which  have  been  read  in  this  book? 


FoNs  Trium  Viarum 

VlATORES  EX  URBE  EXITURI  NUMMUM  IN  HUNG  FONTEM  MITTTJNT 
ET  EX  AQUA  BIBUNT  UT  INTERUM  ROMAM  VENIANT.  NoNNE  TU  HOC 
LIBRO  RELICTO,    NUMMUM   IN   FONTEM   MITTES   ET  EX   AQUA   BIBES? 


PRONUNCIATION 

The  Alphabet 

536.  The  Latin  alphabet  has  the  same  letters  as  the 
English  with  the  exception  of  J  and  W,  which  are  lacking. 

K,  Y,  and  Z  are  rarely  used. 

I  is  used  both  as  a  vowel  and  as  a  consonant.  In  some 
texts  the  consonant  I  is  represented  by  the  letter  J. 

VOWELS 

537.  Vowels  are  long  or  short  in  quantity;  i.e.,  in  the 
time  required  for  their  pronunciation.  In  poetry  vowels 
are  sometimes  common;  i.  e.,  either  long  or  short. 

The  sounds  of  the  vowels  are  represented  as  follows : 

a  as  in  father.  a  as  in  idea. 

e  as  in  they.  e  as  in  net. 

i  as  in  machine.  i  as  in  sin. 

6  as  in  note.  o  as  in  obey. 

u  as  00  in  moon.  u  as  in  full. 

Y  is  not  often  used;  it  has  the  sound  of  i  pronounced 
with  the  Ups  in  position  to  sound  u. 

In  this  book  the  long  vowels  only  are  marked. 

DIPHTHONGS 

538.  Diphthongs  retain  the  sound  of  each  of  the  com- 
bined vowels: 

ae  as  ai  in  aide.  ei  as  ei  in  feint. 

au  as  ou  in  our.  oi  as  oi  in  oil. 

oe  as  oy  in  hoy.  eu  as  ew  in  few. 

ui,  as  we. 

CONSONANTS 

539.  The  sounds  of  the  consonants  are  the  same  as  in 
English,  with  these  exceptions: 

(331) 


332  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

b  before  s  and  t  has  the  sound  of  p;  urbs  like  urps. 

c  and  ch  are  always  hard  like  k;  as  c  in  come. 

g  is  always  hard  like  g  in  get. 

i  when  used  as  a  consonant,  i.  e.,  between  two  vowels  or  at  the 
beginning  of  a  word  when  followed  by  a  vowel,  has  the  sound  of  y  in  yet. 

r  is  trilled  more  than  the  English  r. 

s  is  always  like  s  in  so  (not  like  s  in  rose). 

t  is  always  like  /  in  time  (not  like  t  in  nation). 

V  is  like  w  in  we;  u  in  such  words,  as  quis,  lingua,  suadeo,  etc., 
has  the  same  sound  as  the  Latin  v. 

Syllables 

540.  1.  A  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has 
vowels  or  diphthongs. 

2.  A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  is  pronounced 
with  the  second.     Ro-ma,  La-ti-na. 

3.  In  combinations  of  two  or  more  consonants  the  last 
consonant  is  generally  pronounced  with  the  following  vowel. 
An-ti-qua. 

A  mute  followed  by  a  hquid,  and  the  combinations  gu 
and  qu  are  pronounced  with  the  following  vowel.  Pa-tri-a, 
li-bro,  lin-gua,  se-quor.  Compound  words  are  divided  in 
pronunciation  so  as  to  show  the  separate  words.     Ab-est. 

Quantity  of  Syllables  and  Vowels 

541.  1.  A  syllable  is  long  or  short  in  quantity  accord- 
ing to  the  time  required  in  its  pronunciation. 

2.  A  syllable  is  long  if  it  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a  diph- 
thong.    R6-ma,  cae-16,  hoc. 

3.  A  sjdlable  is  long  if  its  vowel,  although  short,  is 
followed  by  two  or  more  consonants,  except  a  mute  pre- 
ceding 1  or  r,  oi-  by  a  double  consonant.  The  first  syllable 
of  lin-gua,  ur-be,  and  stel-la  is  long  although  the  vowel  is 
short.  In  pa-tri-a  and  li-bro  the  first  syllable  is  short  since 
the  vowel  is  followed  by  tr  or  br. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  333 

4.  A  syllable  is  short  if  its  vowel  is  followed  by  another 
vowel,  by  a  diphthonj!;,  or  l)y  the  aspirate  h.  The  first 
syllable  is  short  in  pu-el-la,  po-e-ta,  and  vi-ae.  In  (his  posi- 
tion the  vowel  as  well  as  the  syllable  is  short. 

5.  The  quantity  of  vowels  can  best  be  learned  by 
observation.  A  vowel  is  always  long  if  it  is  the  result  of 
contraction,  or  if  it  is  followed  by  nf,  ns,  nx,  or  net.  Nil 
(for  nihil),  in-fra,  con-sul,  coniunx,  coniunctum. 

A  vowel  is  generally  short  if  it  is  followed  by  another 
vowel  or  h.     Italia,  nihil. 

Note. — The  mistake  should  not  be  made  of  giving  a  vowel  the 
long  sound  in  a  long  syllable  when  the  vowel  itself  is  short.  The 
syllable  est,  for  example,  is  long,  but  the  vowel  e  is  short. 

Accent 

542.  1.  Words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the 
first.     Ro'ma. 

2.  Words  of  more  than  two  syllables  are  accented  on 
the  penult  (the  next  to  the  last  syllable)  if  it  is  long  in 
quantity;  if  the  penult  is  short,  the  antepenult  is  accented. 
An-ti'qixa,  I-ta'li-a. 


TABLES     OF     DECLENSION     AND     CONJUGATION 


543. 


Nouns 


THE 

FIRST  DECLENSION 

Stella,  Sim 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

Stella 

stellae 

Gen. 

stellae 

stellamm 

Dai. 

stellae 

stellis 

Ace. 

stellam 

Stellas 

Voc. 

Stella 

stellae 

Abl. 

Stella 

stellis 

a.  Dea,  goddess,  and    filia,  daughter,  in  the  dative  and  ablative 
plural  have  the  forms  deabus  and  filiabus. 

544.  THE   SECOND  DECLENSION 

Amicus,  friend;  puer,  hoy;  liber,  hook;  vir,  man;  donum,  gift. 
Singular 


Nom. 

amicus 

puer 

liber 

vir 

donum 

Gen. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

doni 

Dat. 

amico 

puero 

libro 

viro 

dono 

Ace. 

amicum 

puerum 

librum 

virum 

donum 

Voc. 

amice 

puer 

liber 

vir 

donum 

Ahl. 

amico 

puero 

libro 
Plural 

viro 

dono 

Nom. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

dona 

Gen. 

amicorum 

puerorum 

librorum 

virorum 

donorum 

Dat. 

amicis 

pueris 

libris 

viris 

donis 

Ace. 

amicos 

pueros 

libros 

viros 

dona 

Voc. 

amici 

pueri 

libri 

viri 

dona 

Ahl. 

amicis 

pueris 

libris 

viris 

donis 

a.  For  the  declension  of  nouns  ending  in  -ius  and  -ium  see  sections 
41,  h,  and  47,  h. 

(334) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


335 


545. 


THE   THIRD    DECLENSION 


Mute  Stems 
Princeps,  chief;  rex,  king;  miles,  soldier;  caput,  head. 


Nom. 

princeps 

Gen. 

principis 

Dat. 

principi 

Ace. 

principem 

Voc. 

princeps 

Abl. 

principe 

Nom. 

principes 

Gen. 

principum 

Dat. 

principibus 

Ace. 

principes 

Voc. 

principes 

AM. 

principibus 

Singular 

rex 

miles 

regis 

militis 

re^ 

militi 

regem 

militem 

rex 

miles 

rege 

milite 

Plural 

reges 

milites 

regum 

militum 

regibus 

militibus 

reges 

milites 

reges 

milites 

regibus 

militibus 

caput 

capitis 

capiti 

caput 

caput 

capite 


capita 

capitum 

capitibus 

capita 

capita 

capitibus 


Liquid  Stems 
Consul,  consul;  pastor,  shepherd;  pater,  father. 


Nom. 

consul 

pastor 

pater 

Gen. 

consulis 

pastoris 

patris 

Dat. 

consul! 

pastori 

patri 

Ace. 

consulem 

pastorem 

patrem 

Voc. 

consul 

pastor 

pater 

Ahl. 

consule 

pastore 
Plural 

patre 

Nom. 

consules 

pastores 

patres 

Gen. 

consulum 

pastorum 

patrum 

Dal. 

consulibus 

pastoribus 

patribus 

Ace. 

consules 

pastores 

patres 

Voc. 

consules 

pastores 

patres 

Ahl. 

consulibus 

T)rist6ribus 

patribus 

336 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Stems  in  n 

Leo,  lion;  imago,  image;  flumen,  river. 

Singular 


Nam. 

leo 

imago 

flumen 

Gen. 

leonis 

imaginis 

fluminis 

Dot. 

leoni 

imagini 

flumini 

Ace. 

leonem 

imaginem 

flumen 

Voc. 

leo 

imago 

flumen 

Abl. 

leone 

imagine 

flumine 

Plural 

Nom. 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

Gen. 

leonum 

imaginimi 

fluminimi 

Dat. 

leonibus 

imaginibus 

fluminibus 

Ace. 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

Voc. 

leones 

imagines 

flumina 

Abl. 

leonibus 

imaginibus 
Stems  in  s 

fluminibus 

Flos,  flower; 

tempus,  time;  genus 
Singular 

,  kind. 

Nam. 

flos 

tempus 

genus 

Gen. 

floris 

temporis 

generis 

Dat. 

flori 

tempori 

generi 

Ace. 

florem 

tempus 

genus 

Voc. 

flos 

tempus 

genus 

Abl. 

flora 

tempore 
Plural 

genere 

Nom. 

flores 

tempora 

genera 

Gen. 

florimi 

temponun 

generum 

Dat. 

floribus 

temporibus 

generibus 

Ace. 

flores 

tempora 

genera 

Voc. 

flores 

tempora 

genera 

Abl. 

floribus 

temporibus 

generibus 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


337 


Stems  in  i 
Urbs,  city;  hostis,  enemy;  navis,  ship;  mare,  sea. 
Singular 
Nmn.    urbs  hostis 

urbis  hostis 

urbi  host! 

urbem  hostem 

urbs  hostis 


Gen. 
Dot. 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl.      urbe 


naviS 

mare 

navis 

maris 

navi 

mari 

navem 

mare 

navis 

mare 

hoste 


nave  (-i) 


man 


Plural 


Nom. 

urbes 

hostes 

naves 

maria 

Gen. 

urbium 

hostium 

navium 

(maritun) 

Dai. 

urbibus 

hostibus 

navibus 

maribus 

Ace. 

urbis  (-es) 

hostis  (-es) 

navis  (-es) 

maria 

Voc. 

urbes 

hostes 

naves 

maria 

AM. 

urbibus 

hostibus 

navibus 

maribus 

546.  THE   FOURTH   DECLENSION 

Portus,  harbor:  comu,  horn. 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom.    portus 

portus 

cornu 

cornua 

Gen.      portus 

portuum 

cornus 

cornuum 

Dot.      portui 

portibus 

comu 

cornibus 

Ace.      portiun 

portus 

cornu 

cornua 

Voc.      portus 

portus 

comu 

comua 

Abl.      portu 

portibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

547. 


THE   FIFTH  DECLENSION 
Dies,  day;  res,  thing. 


Singular 
Nom.  dies 
Gen.      diei 


Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


diei 
diem 
dies 
die 


Plural 
dies 
dienun 
diebus 
dies 
dies 
diebus 


Singular 
res 
rei 
rei 
rem 
res 
re 


Plural 
res 
rerum 
rebus 
res 
res 
rebus 


338 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


548. 


SPECIAL  NOUNS 


Domus,  house;  senex,  old  man;  vis,  strength;  iter,  route. 
Singular 


Nam. 

domus 

senex 

vis 

iter 

Gen. 

domus  (-i) 

senis 

(vis) 

itineris 

Dat. 

domui  (-6) 

seiii 

(vl) 

itineii 

Ace. 

domum 

senem 

vim 

iter 

Voc. 

domus 

senex 

vis 

iter 

Abl. 

domo  (-u) 

sene 
Plural 

vi 

itinere 

Nam. 

domus 

senes 

vires 

itinera 

Gen. 

domuiun  (-drum) 

senum 

virium 

itinenun 

Dat. 

domibus 

senibus 

viribus 

itineribus 

Ace. 

domos  (-us) 

senes 

viris  (-es 

0 

itinera 

Voc. 

domus 

senes 

vires 

itinera 

Abl. 

domibus 

senibus 

^n[ribus 

itineribus 

Aeneas,  Aeneas;  luppiter,  Jupiter;  deus 

i9od. 

Nom. 

Aeneas 

luppiter 

deus 

dei  ( 

:dii),  di 

Gen. 

Aeneae 

lovis 

dei 

deonun,  deum 

Dat. 

Aeneae 

lovi 

deo 

deis  (diis),  dis 

Ace. 

Aenean  (-am) 

lovem 

deiim 

deos 

Voc. 

Aenea 

luppiter 

deus 

dei  (dii),  di 

Abl, 

Aenea 

love 

deo 

deis  (diis),  dis 

Adjectives 
549.     THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 


Bonus,  good. 

Singular 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

Dat. 

bono 

bonae 

bono 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

Voc. 

bone 

bona 

bonum 

Abl, 

bono 

bona 

bono 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


339 


Plural 

Norn. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Voc. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Abl 

bonis 

bonis 

Miser,  unhappy. 
Singular 

bonis 

M. 

p. 

N. 

Norn. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Gen. 

miseri 

miserae 

miseri 

Dat. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Ace. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

Voc. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Abl. 

misero 

misera 
Plural 

misero 

Nom. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

Gen. 

miserorum 

miserarmn 

miseronmi 

Dai. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

Ace. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Voc. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

Ahl. 

misoris 

miseris 

Ptilcher,  beautiful. 
Singular 

miseris 

Nom. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Gen. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchri 

Dat. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Ace. 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchnmi 

Voc. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Abl. 

pulchro 

pulchrft 
Plural 

pulchro 

Nom. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen. 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

Dat. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace. 

pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Voc. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Ahl. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

340 


ET.EMENTA  PRIMA 


550. 


IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 

tjnus,  one;  alter,  other. 

SlN(;ULAR 


M. 

p. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

Onus 

una 

unum 

alter 

altera 

alteriun 

Gen. 

unius 

unius 

unius 

alterius 

alterius 

alterius 

Dat. 

uni 

uni 

uni 

alteri 

alteri 

alteri 

Ace. 

unum 

unam 

unum 

alterum 

alteram 

alterum 

Ahl. 

imo 

una 

uno 

altero 

altera 

altero 

a.  In  the  plural  these  adjectives  are  declined  like  bonus. 
h.  The   genitive   ending   -ius   is   sometimes   shortened   to 
especially  in  alterius  (alterius) . 

551.     ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 

Audax,  daring;  omnis,  all. 


-lUS, 


Singular 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

audax 

audax 

omnis 

omne 

Gen. 

audacis 

audacis 

omnis 

omnis 

Dat. 

audaci 

audaci 

omni 

omni 

Ace. 

audacem 

audax 

omnem 

omne 

Voc. 

audax 

audax 

omnis 

omne 

Abl. 

audaci 

audaci 

omni 

omni 

Plural 

Nom. 

audaces 

audacia 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

audacium 

audacium 

omnium 

omnium 

Dat. 

audacibus 

audacibus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Ace. 

audacis  (-es) 

audacia 

omnis  (-es) 

omnia 

Voc. 

audaces 

audacia 

omnes 

omnia 

Ahl. 

audacibus 

audacibus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Acer,  i 

spirited. 

Singular 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

Dat. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

Voc. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


341 


Plural 


Nom.    acres 

acres 

acria 

Gen.      acrium 

acriiun 

acrium 

Dat.      acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ace.      acris 

(-es) 

acris  (-es) 

acria 

Voc.      acres 

; 

acres 

acria 

Abl.      acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Amans,  loviny. 

Singular 

Plural 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

amans 

amans 

amantes 

amantia 

Gen. 

amantis 

amantis 

amantium 

amantiiun 

Dat. 

amanti 

amanti 

amantibus 

amantibus 

Ace. 

amantem 

amans 

amantis  (-es)       amantia 

Voc. 

amans 

amans 

amantes 

amantia 

Abl. 

amante  (i) 

amante  (-: 

i)          amantibus 

amantibus 

a.  Adjectives  in  -ns  have  the  ending  -i  in  the  ablative  singular; 
participles,  used  as  such,  have  the  ending  -e. 


552. 


COMPARISON  OF 


Positive 

Comparative 

altus 

altior,  -ius 

ferox 

ferocior,  -ius 

tristis 

tristior,  -ius 

miser 

miserior,  -ius 

pulcher 

pulchrior,  -ius 

facilis 

facilior,  -ius 

difficilis 

difficilior,  -ius 

similis 

similior,  -ius 

dissimilis 

dissimilior,  -ius 

humilis 

humilior,  -ius 

gracilis 

gracilior,  -ius 

bonus 

melior,  melius 

magnus 

maior,  maius 

m'alus 

peior,  peius 

multus 

—  plus 

multi 

plures,  plura 

parvus 

minor,  minus 

ADJECTIVES 

Superlative 
altissimus,  -a,  -um 
ferocissimus,  -a,  -um 
trlstissimus,  -a,  -lun 
miserrimus,  -a,  -um 
pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um 
facillimus,  -a,  -lun 
difficillimus,  -a,  -lun 
simiilimus,  -a,  -lun 
dissimillimus,  -a,  -lun 
humillimus,  -a,  -um 
gracillimus,  -a,  -um 
optimus,  -a,  -irni 
maximus,  -a,  -um 
pessimus,  -a,  -um 
plurimus,  -a,  -um 
plurimi,  -ae,  -a 
minimus,  -a,  -lun 


342 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Positive 
superus 

iiiferus 


Comparative 
superior,  superius 

inferior,  inferius 

prior,  prius 


Superlative 
supremus,  -a,  -um 
summus,  -a,  -um 
infimus,  -a,  -um 
imus,  -a,  -um 
primus,  -a,  -um 


553.     DECLENSION  OF  THE  COMPARATIVE 


Gen. 
Dai. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
AM. 


Altior,  higher. 


Singular 


M.  &  F. 

Nom.    altior 


altioris 

altiori 

altiorem 

altior 

altiore 


N. 

altius 

altioris 

altiori 

altius 

altius 

altiore 


Plural 


M.  &  F. 
altic^res 
altioriun 
altioribus 
altiores  (-is) 
altiores 
altioribus 


N. 

altiora 

altiormn 

altioribus 

altiora 

altiora 

altioribus 


554.     FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


Adjective 
altus 
audax 
celer 
facilis 
miser 
bonus 
magnus 
malus 
multus 
parvus 


Positive 

alte 

audacter 

celeriter 

facile 

misere 

bene 

magnopere 

male 

multiun 

parum 

diu 

saepe 


Comparative 
altius 
audacius 
celerius 
facilius 
miserius 
melius 
magis 
peius 
plus 
minus 
diutius 
saepius 


Superlative 

altissime 

audacissime 

celerrime 

facillime 

miserrime 

optime 

maxime 

pessime 

plurimum 

minime 

diutissime 

saepissime 


555. 

Cardinals 

1.  unus,  -a,  -um,  one 

2.  duo,  duae,  duo,  two 

3.  tres,  tria,  three 


NUMERALS 

Ordinals  Roman 

primus,  -a,  -um,  first  I 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  second  II 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  third  III 


ELEMENTA  PREVIA 


343 


Cardinals 

Ordinals 

Roman 

4. 

(luattuor 

(juartus 

nil  or  IV 

5. 

qulnquo 

(luTiilns 

y 

6. 

sex 

scxtus 

VI 

7. 

septeiii 

Septimus 

Vll 

8. 

octo 

octavus 

Vlll 

9. 

novem 

nonus 

Villi  or  IX 

10. 

decern 

decimus 

X 

11. 

tindecim 

ijndecimus 

XI 

12. 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

XII 

13. 

tredecim 

tertius  (-a,  -um)  decimus  (-a,  -um)  XIII 

14. 

quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

XIIII  or  XIV 

15. 

quindecim 

quintus  decimus 

XV 

16. 

sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

XVI 

17. 

septendecini 

Septimus  decimus 

XVII 

18. 

duodeviginti 

duod  e  vicensimus 

XVIII 

19. 

undevlginti 

undevicensimus 

XVIIII  or  XIX 

20. 

viginti 

vicensimus 

XX 

21. 

vTgintI  unus 

vicensimus  primus 

(or  unus  et  viginti) 

(or  unus  et  vi(;ensimus)                   XXI 

22. 

viginti  duo 

vicensimus  secundus 

(or  duo  et  viginti) 

(or  alter  et  vicensimus)                  XXII 

30. 

triginta 

tricensimus 

XXX 

40. 

quadraginta 

quadragensimus 

XXXX  or  XL 

50. 

quinquaginta 

quinquagensimus 

L 

60. 

sexaginta 

sexagensimus 

LX 

70. 

septuaginta 

septuagensimus 

LXX 

80. 

octoginta 

octogensimus 

LXXX 

90. 

nonaginta 

nonagensimus 

LXXXX  or  XC 

100. 

centum 

centensimus 

C 

101. 

centum  (et)  unus 

centensimus  primus 

CI 

200. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

ducentensimus 

CC 

300. 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a 

treccntensimus 

CCC 

400. 

quadringenti 

quadringenten  simus 

CCCC 

500. 

quingenti 

quingen  tensimus 

D 

600. 

sescenti 

sescentensimus 

DC 

700. 

septingenti 

septingen  tensimus 

DCC 

800. 

octingenti 

octingentensimus 

DCCC 

900. 

nongenti 

nongentensimus 

DCCCC 

1000. 

mille 

millensimus 

M 

2000. 

duo  milia 

bis  millensimus 

MM 

344 


ELEMENTA   PRIMA 


556. 


Norn. 

Gen. 

Dal. 

Ace. 

Abl. 


Duo,  lira, 


DECLENSION 

tres,  I  hire:  milia, 


llioasands. 


M. 

(hio 

duorum 
duobus 
duos  (duo) 
duobus 


F. 

tluao 

duaruni 

dufibus 

duas 

duabus 


N. 
duo 

duorum 
duobus 
duo 
duobus 


M.  &  F. 

tros 

triuui 

tribus 

tres  (Is) 

tribus 


a.  In  the  singular  mille  is  indeclinable. 

6.  For  the  declension  of  unus  see  section  550. 


N. 

tria 

triuni 

tribus 

tria 

tribus 


N. 
inllia 
milium 
mllibus 
milia 
milibus 


Pronouns 
557.  PERSONAL 

Ego,  /;  tu,  you;  sui,  of  himself  (of  Ihcmselves). 


Sing. 

PL. 

Sing 

.  Pl. 

S.&P. 

Norn. 

ego 

nos 

tu 

vos 

— 

Gen. 

mel 

nostrum,  nostri 

tui 

vestrum,  vestri 

sui 

Dal. 

mihi  (mi)      nobis 

tibi 

vobis 

sibi 

Ace. 

me 

nos 

te 

vos 

se,  sese 

Vac. 

— 

— 

tu 

vos 

— 

Ahl. 

me 

nobis 

te 

vobis 

se,  sese 

558. 

DEMONSTRATIVE 

Hie, 

thu. 

Singular 

Plural 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Nam. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dal. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hunc 

banc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Ahl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

Ille, 

his 

thai. 

his 

his 

Nam. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 

illius 

fllius 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dal. 

illi 

illi 

illi 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

Ahl. 

illo 

ilia 

illo 

illis 

illis 

illis 

a.  iste  is  declined  like  ille ;  ipse  has  ipstun  in  the  nominative  and 
accusative  singular  neuter. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


345 


Is,  thU,  that. 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

ii,  ei 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dai. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 
idem, 

iis,  eis 
the  same. 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

Nom.    idem        eadem      idem 


Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 


eiusdem  eiusdem  eiusdem 
eidem      eidem      eidem 


eundem  eandem 
eodem     eadem 


idem 
eodem 


idem(iidem)      eaedem       eadem 

eidem 
eorundem         earundem  eorundem 
isdem(iisdem)  isdem,etc.  isdem,etc. 

eisdem 
eosdem  easdem       eadem 

isdem(iisdem)  isdem,etc,  isdem^etc. 

eisdem 


559. 


Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Singular 


Nom.    qui 
Gen.      cuius 


nui 

quem 

quo 


F. 
quae 
cuius 
cui 
quam 
qua 


RELATIVE 
Qui,  who,  which. 


quod 

cuius 

cui 

quod 

quo 


M. 

qui 

quorum 

quibus 

quos 

quibus 


Plural 

F. 

quae 

quarum 

quibus 

quas 

quibus 


N. 

quae 

quorum 

quibus 

quae 

quibus 


560. 


Singular 


M.  A  F. 

Nom.  quis 

Gen.  cuius 

Dat.  cui 

Ace.  quem 

Abl.  quo 


N. 

quid 

cuius 

cui 

quid 

quo 


INTERROGATIVE 
Quis,  who?  what? 

M. 


Plural 

F. 


N. 


qui 

quae 

quae 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

quos 

quas 

quae 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

a.  The  interrogative  adjective  qui,  quae,  quod,  is  declined  like 
the  relative  qui. 

24 


346 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


561.  INDEFINITE 

Aliquis,  some  one,  something. 
Singular  Plural 


M.  &  F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Norn. 

aliquis 

aliqiiid 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

alicuius 

alicuius 

aliquorum 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

Dat. 

alicui 

alicui 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ace. 

aliquem 

aliquid 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

aliqiio 

aliquo 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

a.  The  indefinite  adjective  aliqui,  aliqua,  aliquod,  some,  is  declined 
like  the  relative  qui  except  that  the  indefinite  has  the  form  aliqua  where 
the  relative  has  quae. 


Quisque,  each. 

Substantive 

Adjective 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Norn. 

quisque 

quidque 

quisque 

quaeque 

quodque 

Gen. 

cuiusque 

cuiusque 

cuiusque 

cuiusque 

cuiusque 

Dat. 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

Ace. 

quemque 

quidque 

quemque 

quamque 

quodque 

Abl, 

quoque 

quoque 

quoque 

quaque 

quoque 

Quidam,  a  certain  one,  a  certain. 
Singular 


M. 

Nom.  quidam 

Gen.  cuiusdam 

Dat.  cuidam 

Ace.  quendam 

Abl.  quodam 


Nom.  quidam 

Gen.  quorundam 

Dat.  quibusdam 

Ace.  quosdam 

Abl.  quibusdam 


p. 

quaedam 

cuiusdam 

cuidam 

quandam 

quadam 

Plural 
quaedam 
quarundam 
quibusdam 
quasdam 
quibusdam 


N. 
quiddam  (quoddam) 
cuiusdam 
cuidam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 
quodam 


quaedam 

quorundam 

quibusdam 

quaedam 

quibusdam 


a.  In  the  neuter  singular  the  substantive  has  the  form  quiddam 
and  the  adjective  quoddam. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


347 


Quisquam,  any  one,  anything. 


M.  &  r. 
Norn,    quisquam 
Gen.      cuiusquam 
Dal.      cuiquani 
Ace.      quemquam 
Ahl.      quoquam 


N. 

quicquam  (quidquam) 

cuiusquam 

cuiquam 

quicquam  (quidquam) 

quoquam 


562. 

Pres.  Indic. 
stun 


Verbs 

THE  VERB  SUM 

Stun,  /  am. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS 

Pres.  Inf.     Perf.  Indic. 
fui 

INDICATIVE 

Preserd 


FuT.  Part. 
futurus 


Singular 
stun,  /  am 
es,  you  are 
est,  he  is 

eram,  /  loas 
eras,  you  were 
erat,  he  was 

ero,  /  shall  be 
ens,  you  mil  be 
erit,  he  will  be 

fui,  /  have  been,  was 
fuisti,  you  have  been,  were 
fuit,  he  has  been,  was 


Plural 

stunus,  we  are 

estis,  you  are 

sunt,  they  are 

Pa^t  (Imperfect) 

eramus,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 


Future 


Perfect 


erimus,  we  shall  be 
eritis,  you  will  be 
erunt,  they  will  be 

fuimus,  we  have  been,  were 
fuistis,  you  have  been,  were 
fuSnuit  (-ere),  they  have  been, 
tvere 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 
fueram,  /  had  been  fueramus,  we  had  been 

fueras,  you  had  been  fueratis,  you  had  been 

fuerat,  he  had  been  fuerant,  they  had  been 


348 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Future  Perfect 
fuero,  /  shall  have  been  fuerimus,  ive  shall  have  been 

fueris,  you  will  have  been  fueritis,  you  will  have  been 

fuerit,  he  mil  have  been  fuerint,  they  will  have  been 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

p> 

''csent 

Past 

{hnperfccA) 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

sim 

simus 

essem 

essemus 

sis 

sitis 

esses 

essetis 

sit 

sint 

esset 

essent 

Perfect 

Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 

fuerim 

fuerimus 

fuissem 

fuissemus 

fueris 

fueritis 

fuisses 

fuissetis 

fuerit 

fuerint 

fuisset 

fuissent 

IMPERATIVE 

Pres.     es,  be  (tlwii)  este,  be  (ye) 

Fut.      esto,  you  shall  be  estote,  you  shall  be 

esto,  he  shall  be  sunto,  they  shall  be 


INFINITIVE 

Pres.     esse,  to  be 

Perf.     fuisse,  to  have  been 

Fut.      futurus  esse,  to  be  about  to  be 


PARTICIPLE 

Fut.   futurus,  about  to  be 


563.  REGULAR  VERBS 

amo,  /  love;  video,  I  see;  mitto,  /  send:  audio,  /  hear. 


PRINCIPAL 

PARTS 

CONJ. 

Pres.  Indic. 

Pres.  Inf. 

Perf.  Indic. 

Perf 

.  Pass.  Puit. 

I. 

amo 

amare 

amavi 

amatus 

II. 

video 

videre 

vidi 

visus 

III. 

mitto 

mittere 

misi 

missus 

IV. 

audio 

audire 

audita 

auditus 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


349 


564. 

Active  Voice 
INDICATIVE 

Present 

aiiio 

video 

mitto 

audio 

amas 

vides 

mittis 

audis 

amat 

videt 

mittit 

audit 

amamus 

videmus 

mittimus 

audiinus 

amatis 

videtis 

mittitis 

auditis 

amant 

vident> 

mittunt 

audiunt 

Past  {Imperfect) 

amabam 

videbam 

mittebam 

audiebam 

amabas 

videbas 

mittebas 

audiebas 

amabat 

videbat 

mittebat 

audiebat 

amabamus 

videbamus 

mittebamus 

audiebamus 

amabatis 

videbatis 

mittebatis 

audiebatis 

amabant 

videbant 

mittebant 

audiebant 

Future 

amftbo 

videbo 

mittam 

audiam 

amabis 

videbis 

mittes 

audies 

amabit 

videbit 

mittet 

audiet 

amabimus 

videbimus 

mittemus 

audiemus 

amabitis 

videbitis 

mittetis 

audietis 

amabunf^ 

videbunt 

mittenf). 

audient 

Perfect 

amavi 

vidi 

mi^ 

audivi 

amavisti 

vidisti 

misisti 

audivisti 

amavit 

vidit 

misit 

audlvit 

amavimus 

vidimus 

misimus 

audlvimus 

amavistis 

vidistis 

misistis 

audlvistis 

amuvenint  (-ere) 

viderunt  (-ere) 

misenint  (-ere) 

audlverunt  (-ere) 

350 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Past  Perfect  (Phiperfec4) 


amaveram 

vkleram 

mlseram 

audlveram 

amaveras 

videras 

niTseras 

Mudiveras 

amaverat 

viderat 

mlserat 

audiverat 

amaveramus 

videramus 

miseramus 

audiveramus 

amaveratis 

vlderatis 

mlseratis 

audlveratis 

amaverant 

viderant 

mlserant 

audlverant 

Future  Perfect 

amavero 

videro 

misero 

audivero 

amaveris 

videris 

miseris 

audiveris 

amaverit 

viderit 

miserit 

audlverit 

amaverimus 

viderimus 

miserimus 

audlverimus'' 

amaveritis 

videritis 

miseritis 

audlveritis 

amaverint> 

viderint 

miserint 

audlverint  / 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

am  em 

videam 

mittam 

audiam 

ames 

videas 

mittas 

audias 

amet 

videat 

mittat 

audiat 

amemus 

videamus 

mittamus 

audiamus 

ametis 

videatis 

mittatis 

audiatis 

ament 

videant 

mittant 

aiidiant 

Past  (Imperfect) 

amarem 

viderem 

mitterem 

audirem 

amares 

videres 

mitteres 

audires 

amaret 

videret 

mitteret 

audiret 

amaremus 

videremus 

mitteremus 

audiremus 

amaretis 

videretis 

mitteretis 

audiretis 

amarent 

viderent 

mitterent 
Perfect 

audirent 

amaverim 

viderim 

miserim 

audlverim 

amaveris 

videris 

miseris 

audiveris 

amaverit 

viderit 

miserit 

audlverit 

amaverimus 

viderimus 

miserimus 

audlverimus 

amaveritis 

videritis 

miseritis 

audlveritis 

amaverint 

viderint 

miserint 

audlverint 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


351 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 


amavissem 

vidissem                misissem 

audivissem 

amavisses 

vidisses                 misisses 

audlvisses 

amavisset 

vidisset                  misisset 

audlvisset 

amavissemus 

vidissemus             misissemus 

audivissemus 

amavissetis 

vidissetis                misissetis 

aiidivissetis 

amavissent 

vidissent                misissent 

audlvissent 

IMPERATIVE 

Present 

Sing. 

ama 

vide                      mitte 

audi 

PL 

amate 

videte                  mittite 
Future 

audite 

Sing. 

amato 

videto                   mittito 

audita 

amato 

*       videto                   mittito 

audits 

PI. 

amatote 

videtote               mittitote 

auditote 

amanto 

vidento                mittunto 
INFINITIVE 

audiunto 

Prcs. 

amare 

videre              mittere 

audire 

Perf. 

amavisse 

vidisse              misisse 

audivisse 

Fut. 

amaturus  esse     visurus  esse     missurus  esse 

auditurus  esse 

PARTICIPLE 

Pres. 

amans 

videns              mittens 

audiens 

Fut. 

amaturus 

vTsurus             missurus 
GERUND 

auditurus 

Gen. 

amandi 

videndi            mittendi 

audiendi 

Dot. 

amando 

videndo            mittendo 

audiendo 

Ace. 

amandum 

videndum        mittendum 

audiendimi 

Abl. 

amando 

vid  endo .           mittendo 
SUPINE 

audiendo 

Ace. 

amatum 

visum               missum 

audlttim 

Abl. 

amatu 

\a8U                  missu 

audita 

352 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


565. 

Passive  Voice 
INDICATIVE 

Present 

amor 

videor 

mittor 

audior 

amaris  (-re) 

videris  (-re) 

mitteris  (-re) 

audiris  (-re) 

amatur 

videtur 

mittitur 

auditiu- 

amamur 

videmur 

mittimur 

audimur 

amamini 

videmini 

mittimini 

audimini 

amantxir 

videntur 

mittimtur 

audiuntur  A 

Past  (Imperfect) 

amabar 

videbar 

mittebar 

audiebar 

amabaris  (-re) 

videbaris  (-re)       mittebaris  (-re) 

audiebaris  (-re) 

amabatur 

videbatur 

mittebatur 

audiebatur 

amabamur 

videbamur 

mittebamur 

audiebamur 

amabamini 

videbamini 

mittebamini 

audiebamini 

amabantxir 

videbantur 

mittebantur 
Future 

audiebantur 

amabor 

videbor 

miliar 

audiar 

amaberis  (-re) 

videberis  (-re 

0       mitteris  (-re) 

audieris  (-re) 

amabitur 

videbitur 

mittetur 

audietur 

amabimur 

videbimur 

mittemur 

audiemur 

amabimini 

videbimini 

mittemini 

audiemini 

amabuntur 

videbuntur 

mittentur 
Perfect 

audientur 

amatus  sum 

visus  sum 

missus  sum 

auditus  sum 

amatus  es 

visus  es 

missus  es 

auditus  es 

amatus  est 

vIsus  est 

missus  est 

auditus  est 

amiiti  sumus 

visi  sumus 

missi  sumus 

audit!  sumus 

amati  estis 

via  estis 

missi  estis 

auditi  estis 

amati  sunt 

via  sunt 

missi  simt 

audit!  simt 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


353 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 


amatus  eram 
amatus  eras 
amatus  erat 

amati  eramus 
amati  eratis 
amati  erant 


amatus  ero 
amatus  eris 
amatus  erit 

amati  erimus 
amati  eritis 
amati  erunt 


amer 

ameris  (-re) 
ametur 

amemur 
amemini 
amentur 


amarer 
amareris  (-re) 
amaretur 

amaremur 
amaremini 
amarentur 


amatus  sim 
amatus  sis 
amatus  sit 

amati  simus 
amati  sitis 
amati  sint 


visus  eram 
visus  eras 
visus  erat 

visi  eramus 
via  eratis 
visi  erant 


missus  eram 
missus  eras 
missus  erat 

missi  eramus 
missi  eratis 
missi  erant 


Future  Perfect 


visus  ero 
visus  eris 
VISUS  erit 

visi  erimus 
visi  eritis 
visi  erunt 


missus  ero 
missus  eris 
missus  erit 

missi  erimus 
missi  eritis 
missi  erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 
videar  mittar 

videaris  (-re)       mittaris  (-re) 
videatur  mittatur 


videamur 
videamini 
videantur 


mittamur 
mittamini 
mittantur 


Past  (Imperfect) 
viderer  mitterer 

videreris  f-re)      mittereris  (-re) 
videretur  mitteretur 


videremur 
videremini 
viderentiu- 


VISUS  smi 
visus  sis 
visus  sit 

vLsi  simus 
visi  sitis 
visi  sint 


mitteremur 
mitteremini 
mitterentur 


Perfect 


missus  Sim 
missus  sis 
missus  sit 

missi  simus 
missi  sitis 
missi  sint 


audltus  eram 
auditus  eras 
audltus  erat 

audit!  eramus 
audit!  eratis 
audit!  erant 


auditus  ero 
audltus  eris 
auditus  erit 

audit!  erimus 
auditi  eritis 
audit!  erunt 


audiar 

audiaris  (-re) 
audiatur 

audiamur, 
audiamini 
audiantur 

audirer 
audireris  (-re) 
audiretur 

audiremur 
audiremini 
audirentur 

auditus  sim 
audltus  sis 
audltus  sit 

auditi  simus 
auditi  sitis 
auditi  sint 


354 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 


amatus  essem 

visus  essem         missus  essem 

auditus  essem 

amatus  esses 

visus  esses          missus  esses 

auditus  esses 

amatus  esset 

visus  esset           missus  esset 

auditus  esset 

amati  essemus 

visi  essemus        missi  essemus 

audit!  essemus 

amati  essetis 

visi  essetis           missi  essetis 

audit!  essetis 

amati  essent 

visi 

essent           missi  essent 

auditi  essent 

IMPERATIVE 

Present 

Sing. 

amare 

videre                mittere 

audire 

PL 

amamim 

videmini            mittimini 

Future 

audimini 

Sing. 

amator 

videtor               miititor 

auditor 

amator 

videtor               mittitor 

auditor 

PL 

amantor 

videntor             mittuntor 
INFINITIVE 

audiuntor 

Pres. 

amari 

videri                 mitti 

audiri 

Perf. 

amatus  esse 

visus  esse          missus  esse 

auditus  esse 

Put. 

amatum  : 

in 

visimi  iri            missum  iri 

auditum  iri 

PARTICIPLE 

Fut.      amandus  videndus  mittendus  audiendus 

Perf.     amatus  visus  missus  auditus 


566. 


Pres. 
Past 
Fut. 
Perf. 

Past  Perf. 

(Plup.) 

Fut.  Perf. 

Pres. 
Perf. 


PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS 
Active 

Indicative  Subjunctive 

amaturus  sirni,  es,  est,  etc.  amaturus  sim,  sis,  sit,  etc. 
amaturus  eram,  eras,  etc.     amaturus  essem,  esses,  etc. 
amaturus  ero,  ens,  etc. 
amaturus  fui,  fuisti,  etc. 
amaturus  fueram,  fueras, 

etc. 
amaturus  fuero,  fueris,  etc. 


amaturus  fuerim,  fueris,  etc. 
amaturus  fuissem,  fuisses,  etc. 


Infinitive 


amaturus  esse 
amaturus  fuisse 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


355 


Passive 


l*rfs. 
Past 
FuL 
Perf. 

Past  Perf. 
Put,  Perf, 


Pres. 
Perf. 


Subjunctive 
ainandus  sim,  sis,  vie. 
arnandus  essem,  esses,  etc 


Indicative 
aniandus    sum,    es,   ('(<• 
arnandus  eram,  eras,  v\r 
arnandus  ero,  eris,  etc. 

arnandus  fui,  fuisti,  etc.         ainandus  fuerim,  fueris,  etc. 
arnandus fueram,fueras,  etc.  arnandus  fuissem,  fuisses,  etc. 
arnandus  fuero,  fueris,  etc. 


Infinitive 


arnandus  esse 
arnandus  fuisse 


a.  The  periphrastic  conjugations  are  alike  in  all  verbs.  They  are 
formed  by  joining  the  various  tenses  of  sum  to  the  future  active  parti- 
ciple and  the  future  passive  participle. 


5e7.        VERBS  OF  THE  THIRD   CONJUGATION  IN  lO 
Capio,  /  take. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS 
capio        capere        cepi        captum 


INDICATIVE 

Active 

Present               Passive 

capi6 
capis 
capit 

capimus 

capitis 

capiunt 

capior 

caperis  (-re) 
capitur 

capimur 
capimini 
capiuntur 

capiebam 

capiebas 

capiebat 

Past  (Imperfect) 
capiebamus               capiebar 
capiebatis                  capiebaris  (-re) 
capiebant                  capiebatur 

napiebamur 
capiebamini 
capiebantur 

Future 

capiam 

capies 

capiet 

capiemus 

capietis 

capient 

capiar 

capieris  (-re) 
capietur 

Perfect 

capiemur 
capiemini 
capientur 

oSpi 

cepimus 

captus  sum 

capti  sumus 

356 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Past  Perfect  (PI u perfect) 
ct'])eram  ceperamus  captus  eram  capti  eramus 

Future  Perfect 
cei)er6  ccperimus  (;aplus  ero  capli  erimus 

a.  The  perfect,  past  perfect  (pluperfect),  and  the  future  perfect 
tenses  are  conjugated  like  the  same  tenses  of  all  other  verbs.  Cepi, 
cepisti,  cepit,  etc.,  captus.  sum,  captus  es,  captus  est,  etc. 


Active 

SUBJUNCTIVE 
Present 

Passive 

capiam 

capias 

capiat 

capiamus 

capiatis 

capiant 

capiar 

capiaris  (-re) 
capiatur 

Past  (Imperfect) 

capiamur 
capiamini 
capiantur 

caperem 

caperes 

caperet 

caperemus 

caperetis 

caperent 

caperer 
capereris  (-re) 
caperetur 

Perfect 

caperemur 
caperemini 
caperentur 

ceperim 

ceperimus 

captus  sim 

capti  simus 

Past 

Perfect  (Pluperfect) 

cepissem 

cepissemus                captus  essem 

capti  essemus 

cape 

capito 
capito 


capite 


capitote 
capiimto 


IMPERATIVE 

Present 

capere 

Future 

capitor 
capitor 


capunmi 


capiuntor 


INFINITIVE 

Pres.    capere  capi 

Perf.     cepisse  captus  esse 

Fut.      capturus  esse  captum  ir 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


357 


PARTICIPLE 

Pres.     capiens  Perf.    captus 

Fut.      capturus  Put.     capiendus 


GERUND 
Gen.      capiendi 
Dat.      capiendo 
Ace.      capiendiim 
Abl.      capiendo 


SUPINE 


captum 
captu 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 
568.  •  Possum,  /  am  able,  I  can. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS 
possum  posse 


potui 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres. 

I)ossum 

[)ossumus 

possim 

possimus 

potes 

po  testis 

possis 

possitis 

potest 

pyossunt 

possit 

possint 

Past 

Fut. 

poteram 
potero 

poteramiis 
poterimus 

possem 

possemus 

Perf. 

potui 

potuiinus 

potuerim 

potuerimus 

Past 

Perf. 

potueram 

potiieramus 

potuissem 

potuisscmus 

Fut. 

Perf. 

potuero 

potuerimus 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.     posse  ,  Perf.     potuisse 

PARTICIPLE 

Pres.     poteiis  (used  as  adj.) 

a.  The  other  compounds  of  smn  are  conjugated  like  simi;  but 
prostmi  has  d  before  the  forms  of  sum  which  begin  with  a  vowel;  as, 
prosum,  prodes,  prodest,  prosumus,  prodestis,  prosunt,  etc. 


569.     Volo,  /  urish;  nolo,  /  do  not  vnsli;  maid,  /  yrefer, 
fero,  /  hear;  fid,  /  become. 


eo,  /  go; 


358 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


PRINCIPAL  PARTS 

Pres. 

Infin. 

Perf. 

Part. 

7  volo 

velle 

volui 

(.nolo 

nolle 

nolui 

^maio 

malle 

malui 

,60 

ire 

ii 

(fut.)  iturus 

-  f  ero 

ferre 

tuli 

latus 

-fid 

fieri 

factus  sum 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

volo 

nolo 

malo 

eo 

fero 

fio 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

is 

fers 

fis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

it 

fert 

fit 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

imus 

ferimus 

(fimus) 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

itis 

fertis 

(fitis) 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

eunt  ^ 

ferunt 

fiunt 

Past  (Imperfect) 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

ibam 

ferebam 

flebam 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

FiUure 

volam 

nolam 

malam 

ibo 

feram 

fiam 

voles 

noles 

males 

ibis 

feres 

fies 

volet 

nolet 

malet 

ibit 

feret 

fiet 

volemus 

nolemus 

malemus 

ibimus 

feremus 

fiemus 

voletis 

noletis 

maletis 

ibitis 

feretis 

fietis 

volent 

nolent 

malent 

ibunt 

ferent 

fient 

Perfect 

volui 

nolui 

malui 

ii  (ivi) 

tuli 

factus  sum 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

isti  (iisti) 
iit  (it) 
iimus 

istis  (iistis) 
ierunt  (iere 

etc. 

) 

etc. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


359 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfecl) 
volueram    nolueram      malueram    ieram  tuleram     factus  cram 

etc.  etc.  etc.  etc.  etc.  etc. 


Future  Perfect 

voluero 

noluero 

maluero       ier5 

tulero 

factus  ero 

etc. 

etc. 

etc.               etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 


velim 

nolim 

malim 

earn 

feram 

flam 

veli.s 

noils 

mails 

eas 

feras 

flas 

velit 

nolit 

malit 

eat 

ferat 

fiat 

vellmus 

nollmus 

malimus 

eamus 

feramus 

fiamiis 

velitis 

nolitis 

malltis 

eatis 

feratis 

fiatis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 
PaM  {1 

eant 
mperfect) 

ferant 

fiant 

vellem 

nollem 

mallem 

Irem 

ferrem 

fierem 

velles 

nolles 

malles 

ires 

ferres 

fieres 

veUet 

noUet 

mallet 

iret 

ferret 

fieret 

vellemus      nollemus     mallemus      iremus     ferremus   fieremus 
velletis         nolletis        malletis         Iretis        ferretis      fieretis 
vellent         nollent        mallent         irent        ferrent       fierent 


Perfect 
voluerim      nohierim     malucrim      ierim 
etc.  etc.  etc.  etc. 


tulerim      factus  sim 
etc.  etc. 


Past  Perfect  (Pluperfect) 
voluissem    noluissem    maluissem    issem       tulissem    factus  essem 
etc.  etc.  etc.  etc.  etc.  etc. 


Pres. 

n5li 

i 

fer 

fi 

nolite 

Ite 

ferte 

fite 

Fut. 

nolito 

ito 
ito 

ferto 
ferto 

nolitotc 

itote 
eunto 

fertote 
ferunto 

3G0 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


INFINITIVE 

Pres.     velle 

nolle 

malle         Ire 

ferre 

fieri 

Perf.     voluisse 

noluisse 

maluisse    isse 

(iisse) 

tulisse 

factus  esse 

Put. 

iturus 
esse 

PARTICIPLE 

laturus 
esse 

factum  iri 

Pres.    volens 

nolens 

iens 
(Gen.,  euntis) 

ferens 

Put.  Act. 

iturus 

laturus 

Put.  Pass. 

eundum 

faciendus 

Perf.  Pass. 

GERUND 

Gen.     eundi 
Dat.     eundo 

ferendi 
ferendo 

factus 

Ace.     eundum 

ferendum 

AM.     eundo 

ferendo 

The  Passive  of  fero 

INDICATIVE 

4 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

feror 

ferimur 

ferar 

feramur 

ferris  (-re) 

ferimini 

feraris  (-re) 

feramini 

fertur 

fenintur 

feratur 

ferantur 

Past  (Imperfect) 

ferebar 

ferebamur 

ferrer 

ferremur 

ferebaris  (-re) 

ferebamini 

ferreri 

s  (-re) 

ferremini 

ferebatur 

ferebantur 

ferretur 

ferrentur 

Future 

ferar 

feremur 

etc. 

etc. 

Perfect 

latus  sum 

latl  sumus 

latus  sim 

lati  simus 

etc. 

etc. 

Past 

etc. 
Perfect  (Pluperfect) 

etc. 

latus  eram 

lati  eramus 

I                     latus  essem 

lati  essemus 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA  3(51 

Future  Perfect 


latus  crO 

lati  erimus 

etc. 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.     ferre      ferimini 

Pres.     ferri 

Fut.      fertor 

Perf.     latus  esse 

fertor    feruntor 

PARTICIPLE 

Fut.    ferendus  Perf.    latus 

579.  DEPONENT  VERBS 


CONJ. 

Pres. 

Infin. 

Perf. 

I. 

Conor 

conari 

conatus  sum    attempt 

11. 

polliceor 

poUeceri 

pollicitus  stun  promise 

III. 

sequor 

sequi 

secutus  sum    follow 

IV. 

potior 

potiri 

potitus  sum     obtain 

Ill-ior. 

patior 

patii 

passus  siun      suffer 

a.  Deponent  verbs  have  the  form  of  the  passive  voice  with  the 
meaning  of  the  active.  They  have  also  the  active  participles,  the 
future  active  infinitive,  the  gerund,  and  the  supine.  The  perfect 
passive  participle  is  sometimes  used  with  the  passive  meaning. 

h.  Deponent  verbs  are  conjugated  like  regular  verbs  in  the 
passive  voice. 

c.  A  few  verbs  are  deponent  in  the  perfect  system  only.  These 
are  called  semi-deponents. 

audeo,  audere,  ausus,  sum,  dare. 
gaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus  sum,  rejoice. 
soled,  solere,  solitus  stun,  he  accustomed. 


25 


REFERENCES  TO  RULES  OF  SYNTAX 

571.  The  principles  of  syntax  which  have  been  developed  in 
the  text  are  here  collected  by  titles.  For  convenience  in  review  they 
are  arranged  in  the  same  order  in  which  they  are  first  introduced.  The 
numbers  following  the  titles  refer  to  the  sections  where  complete  state- 
ments with  illustrations  may  be  found. 

For  the  full  treatment  of  any  subject,  e.  g.,  the  uses  of  the  ablative 
case,  consult  the  index. 

1.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb.     12. 

2.  The  direct  object  of  a  transitive  verb.     13. 

3.  The  person  addressed.     14, 

4.  The  genitive  qualifying  another  noun.     19. 

5.  The  indirect  object.     20. 

6.  The  ablative  of  means  or  instrument.     21. 

7.  Predicate  noun  or  adjective.     31. 

8.  The  locative  case.     32. 

9.  Agreement  of  adjectives.     55. 

10.  The  dative  with  adjectives.     56. 

11.  Apposition.     64. 

12.  Agreement  of  verb.     70. 

13.  The  use  of  the  present  indicative.     80. 

14.  The  agent  with  passive  verbs.     88. 

15.  The  place  to  which.     96. 

16.  The  place  in  which.     97. 

17.  The  place  from  which.     98. 

18.  The  ablative  of  time.     105. 

19.  The  ablative  of  accompaniment.     106. 

20.  Two  accusatives.     113. 

21.  The  use  of  the  past  tense.     123. 

22.  Voice.     130. 

23.  Transitive  and  intransitive  verbs.     131. 

24.  The  genitive  of  quality.     138. 

25.  The  use  of  the  future  tense.     157. 

26.  The  dative  with  certain  compound  verbs.     164. 

27.  Conjunctions.     170. 

28.  Coordinate  conjunctions.     171. 

29.  Subordinate  conjunctions.  172. 

30.  The  complementary  infinitive.     186. 

(362) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  363 

31.  The  infinitive  as  subject.     187. 

32.  The  infinitive  as  object.     188. 

33.  The  time  denoted  by  the  present  infinitive.     189. 

34.  The  subject  of  an  infinitive.     190. . 

35.  The  use  of  the  participle.     203. 

36.  The  use  of  the  imperative.     204. 

37.  The  dative  with  verbs  of  separation.     205. 

38.  The  accusative  of  extent.     215. 

39.  The  use  of  the  definite  perfect.     227. 

40.  The  use  of  the  indefinite  perfect.     228. 

41.  The  ablative  of  cause.     229. 

42.  The  dative  denoting  possession.     230. 

43.  The  use  of  the  past  perfect  tense.     237. 

44.  The  use  of  the  future  perfect  tense.     244. 

45.  The  infinitive  with  verbs  of  saying.     250. 

46.  The  time  denoted  by  the  perfect  infinitive.     251. 

47.  The  use  of  personal  pronouns.     265. 

48.  The  u.se  of  the  reflexive  pronoun.     266. 

49.  The  use  of  possessive  pronouns.     267. 

50.  Adjectives  as  nouns.     268. 

51.  The  objective  genitive.     269. 

52.  The  genitive  of  the  whole.     270. 

53.  The  use  of  demonstrative  pronouns.     277. 

54.  Duration  of  time.     278. 

55.  The  use  of  is.     285. 

56.  Agreement  of  the  relative  pronoun.     286. 

57.  The  use  of  the  perfect  passive  participle.     294. 

58.  The  ablative  absolute.     295. 

59.  The  dative  of  purpose.     302. 

60.  Verbs  used  impersonally.     311. 

61.  The  ablative  of  manner.     312. 

62.  The  ablative  of  specification.     319. 

63.  Interrogative  words.     326. 

64.  The  ablative  with  a  comparative.     334. 

65.  The  ablative  of  degree.     335. 

66.  The  ablative  of  separation.     336. 

67.  Special  meanings  in  comparison.     343. 

68.  Adjectives  denoting  a  part.     349. 

69.  The  use  of  adverbs.     356. 

70.  The  use  of  the  future  active  participle.     377. 

71.  The  time  denoted  by  the  future  infinitive.     368. 


364  ELEMENTA  PRIMA 

72.  The  use  of  the  supine. — The  accusative.    369,  (1). 

73.  The  abhxtive  of  the  supine.     369,  (2). 

74.  The  abhitive  with  deponent  verbs.     377. 

75.  Negative  commands.     383. 

76.  Classification  of  the  tenses.     391. 

77.  The  tenses  of  the  infinitive  and  the  participle.     394. 

78.  The  subjunctive  of  purpose.     406. 

79.  The  use  of  the  present  and  past  subjunctive..    407. 

80.  The  subjunctive  of  result.     416. 

81.  Indirect  questions.     425. 

82.  The  use  of  the  perfect  and  past  perfect  subjunctive.  426. 

83.  Sequence  of  tenses.     427. 

84.  Substantive  clauses.     428. 

85.  Temporal  clauses  with  cum. — The  indicative.     435. 

86.  The  subjunctive  in  temporal  clauses  with  cum.     436. 

87.  Causal  and  concessive  clauses  with  cum.     437. 

88.  The  volitive  subjunctive.     443. 

89.  The  optative  subjunctive.     444. 

90.  The  potential  subjunctive.     445. 

91.  Conditional  sentences. — First  class.     452. 

92.  Conditional  sentences. — Second  class.     453. 

93.  Conditional  sentences. — Third  class.     454. 

94.  The  dative  with  special  verbs.     455. 

95.  The  use  of  the  gerundive.     464. 

96.  The  use  of  the  gerund.     465. 

97.  The  active  periphrastic  conjugation.     472. 

98.  The  passive  periphrastic  conjugation.     473. 

99.  The  dative  of  the  agent.     474. 

100.  The  subjective  genitive.     475. 

101.  The  use  of  indefinite  pronouns.     482. 

102.  The  ablative  of  origin.     483. 

103.  Main  verbs  in  indirect  discourse.     489. 

104.  Dependent  verbs  in  indirect  discourse.     490. 

105.  Questions  in  indirect  discourse.     491. 

106.  The  ablative  of  price,     492. 

107.  The  ablative  of  quality  or  description.     493. 

108.  The  genitive  with  verbs  of  feeling.     503. 

109.  Ne  and  ut  with  verbs  of  fearing.     512. 

110.  The  omission  of  ut.     513. 

111.  The  subjunctive  by  attraction.     514. 


DERIVATION 


List  of  Latin  Words  with  English  Derivatives 

572.  The  following  list  contains  the  words  used  in  the  text  to 
illustrate  the  formation  of  Latin  words  and  the  derivation  of  English 
words.  Latin  words  in  parentheses  are  those  from  which  the  words 
immediately  preceding  have  been  formed.  The  figures  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  text  where  the  words  occur  or  where  explanatory  matter 
may  be  found. 

abrogatus  (ab-rogo) ,  abrogate.  480, 
c. 

absens  (ab-sum),  absent.  390; 
511;  528,  c. 

absolutus  (ab-solv6) ,  absolute.  33 1 , 
b. 

ab-solvo,  absolve.    331,  b. 

abstineo  (abs-teneo),  abstain.  510, 
a. 

ab-sum,  absent,  511. 

abusus  (ab-utor),  abuse.  510, 
511,  a. 

ac-cedo,  accede.    331,  b;  510. 

acceptus  (accipio,  ad-capio),  ac- 
cept.   242,  6;  510;  527,6. 

accessus,  -us  (accedo),  access. 
510. 

accidens  (accido,  ad-cado),  acci- 
dent.    523,  a. 

accipio  (ad-capio),  accept,  510;  511; 
527  c. 

accuso  (ad-causa),  excuse.     Ill,  6. 

acquiro  (ad-quaero),  acquire.  510; 
511,  a. 

fictio  (ago),  action.     510,  b. 

actor  (ago),  actor.     510,  6;  529,  c. 

actus  (ago),  act.  390;  510,  6; 
523,  (3). 

ad-dd,  add.    341,  6;  390. 


aLdmnctas(ad-mng6),  adjunct.  451, 

h. 
ad-ministro,  administer.     451,  h. 
admiratio  (ad-miror),  admiration. 

331,  6;  522,  c. 
admissio    (ad-mi tto),    admission. 

510. 
ad-mitto,  admit.     510. 
adorabilis  (ad-oro),  adorable. 

510. 
adoratio  (ad-6ro),  adoration. 
ad-oro,  adore,  510. 
adrogans  (ad-rogo),  arrogant. 
ad-sumo,  assume.     451,  h. 
adultus  (ad-olesc6),  adult. 

390,  a. 
ad-venio,  avenue.     510. 
adventus,  -us  (ad-venio),  advent. 

510. 
advocatus      (ad-voco),      advocate. 

461,  d. 
aedifico  (aedes-f acio) ,  edify.   388,  b. 
aemulatio    (aemulor) ,    emulation. 

470,  6;  528,  b. 
aequalis  (aequus),  equ/il.     502. 
aequitas    (aequus),    equity.      361, 

6. 
aflf actus  (afficio,  ad-facio),  affect. 

510. 


502, 


510. 


390. 


94,  a; 


(365) 


366 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


agens  (ago),  agent.  390;  423,  d; 
523,  (3). 

aggressio  (aggredior,  ad-gradior), 
aggression.     510. 

aggressor  (aggressor,  ad-gradior), 
aggressor.     510. 

agitatio  (agito),  agitation.     510,  b. 

agitatus  (agito,  ago),  agitate.  389, 
(2);  423,  rf;  510,6. 

agricultura  (ager-eulturn),  agricul- 
ture.    62,  258. 

ambitio  (ambi-eo),  ambition.    510. 

ambitiosus  (ambitio),  ambitious. 
510,  a. 

animal  (anima),  animal.     151. 

antiquitas  (antlquus),  antiquity. 
62,  a. 

antiquus,  antique.     62. 

aptus,  apt.    361,  b. 

aquaeductus  (aqua-duco),  aque- 
duct.    519,  a. 

arena,  arena.    258,  a. 

aridus  (areo),  arid.     502,  a. 

arma,  aims.     103,  6;  258. 

arma  and  sto,  armistice.  510; 
519,  a. 

armo  (arma),  arm  (verb).    103,  b. 

ars,  ar^     151,  a;  415,  rf. 

asylum,  asylum.     136,  a. 

atrox,  atrocious.     317,  6;  502. 

auctor  (augeo),  author.    470,  6. 

auctoritas  (auctor,  augeo),  author- 
ity.    517,  j^. 

audax  (audeo),  audacious.  501, 
(1). 

audibilis  (audio),  audible.  502,  a; 
510,  a. 

audientia  (audiens,  audio),  audi- 
ence.    523,  a. 

auditor  (audio),  auditor.!  257,  (1); 
510,  a. 


auguritmi  (augur),  augury.      128, 

b;  258. 
auto  and  mobilis  (moveo),  auto- 
mobile.    519,  c. 
a-verto,  avert.     434,  c;    511,  a. 
avis,  aviation.     258. 
bellicosus  (bellum),  bellicose.    341, 

fe;  501,  (5). 
brevis,  brief.     502. 
cadens  (oado,  cad-),  cadem-c   389, 

(1). 
caedo  (cld-),  de-cide.     389,  (1). 
campus,  camp.     242,  6;  258,  a. 
candidus  (candeo),  candid.     501, 

(3). 
capacitas  (capax),  capacity.     510. 
capax  (capio),  capacious.     510. 
capitoliiun  (caput),  capitol.     162, 

6;  258,  a. 
captio  (capio),  caption.     510. 
captivitas     (captlvus) ,     captivity. 

510. 
captivus  (capio),  captive.    501,  (4); 

510;  517,  g. 
captor  (capio),  captor.     258,  510. 
captura  (capio),  capture.     510. 
caritas  (carus),  charity.      151,  a; 

470,  6. 
carpentum,  carpenter.     404,  6. 
casus,     -us     (cado,    cad-),     case. 

307,  fe;  389,  (1). 
causa,  cause.     258. 
cedo,  cede.    510. 
census  fcenseo),  census.     451,  6. 
centum,  ceri<.     223,  b. 
centuria  (centum),  century.  223,  b. 
cessatio  (cesso),  cessation.     510. 
cesso  (cedo),  cease.     510. 
circtmiferentia  (circumferens,  cir- 

cum-fero),  circumference.     389, 

(4). 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


367 


circus,  circus.     423,  d. 
civicus  (civis),  civic.     510. 
civilis  (cTvis),  civil.     415,  rf;    501, 

(4);  510,  529,6;  529,  c. 
civilitas  (civilis),  ciin,lity.     510. 
civitas  (civis),  city.     151;  223,  6; 

510. 
clamor  (clamo),  clamor.     317,  b. 
clarus,  clear.     62. 
classis,  class.     451,  6. 
clausus  (claudo),  close.     275,  c. 
cogitatio (cogito), cogitation.  404, h. 
collatus  (con-fero),  collate.     389, 

(4). 
collectus    (coUigo,   con-lego),   col- 
lect.    390. 
com-mitto,  commit.     183,  h. 
communis,  commmi.     223,  h. 
compositus  (com-pono),  composite. 

434,  c. 
con-cedo,  concede.     510. 
conceptus    (concipio,    con-capio), 

concept.     390,  510. 
concessio    (con-redo),    concession. 

510. 
conciliatus    (concilio,    concilium), 

conciliate.     390;  415,  d. 
concipio  (con-capio),  conceive.  390; 

423,  d]  510. 
Concordia  (con-cors),  concord.  528, 

h. 
con-curro,  concur.     300,  6;  510. 
concursus,    -us    (con-curro),    con- 
course.    300,  h;  510. 
condemno  (con-damno),  condemn. 

331,  6;  390. 
condicio  (con-dico) ,  condition .  258 ; 

522,  c. 
conferens    (con-fcro),    ntnfnrncc. 

389,  (4). 
con-fero,  con/cr.     389,  (4);  511. 


confidentia  (confidens,  con-fido), 
confidence.     488,  d;  523,  a. 

congressus,  -us  (con-gradior),  con- 
gress.    510. 

con-iuro,  conjure.    529,  6;  529,  c. 

conscriptus  (con-scribo) ,  conscript. 
388,  b. 

consensus,  -us  (con-sentio),  cofi- 
sensus.     415,  d. 

con-servo,  conserve.     517,  g. 

consilium,  counsel.     223,  b. 

constans  (con-sto),  constant.    510. 

constantia  (con-sto),  constancy. 
488,  d;  510. 

consul,  consul.     150;  527,  c. 

con-tendo,  contend.     390. 

contractus  (con-traho),  contract j 
511,  a. 

conveniens  (con-venio),  conven- 
ient.    510. 

convenio,  convene.     143,  a;   510. 

con-verto,  convert.     461,  ^. 

convictus  (con-vinco) ,  convict.  510. 

con-vinco,  convince.     510. 

■corona,  crown.     62. 

corpus,  corps,  corpse.     258. 

corpusculum  (corpus) ,  corpuscle. 
258. 

creatus  (creo),  create.  275,  c;  390; 
527,  c. 

credibilis  (credo),  credible.  501, 
(2). 

creditus  (credo),  creciif.  341,  6; 
390. 

credo,  creed.     341,  6;  390. 

crescens  (cresco),  crescent.  388, 
/>;  523,  a. 

crudelis  (cifidus),  cruel.     517,  g. 

Cupido  (cupio),  Cuj/id.     404,  b. 

cura,  cure  (noun),  258. 

curator  (euro),  curator,    258. 


368 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


euro    (cura),   cure   (verb),   86,   5; 

389,  (3). 
currens    (curro),    current.       510; 
currentia    (currens,    curro),    cur- 
rency.    510. 
curriculum     (curro),     curriculum. 

510. 
cursus,  -us  (curro),  course.     317, 

h;  510. 
custodia  (custos),  custody.     86,  h\ 

257,  (4). 
debitus  (debeo,  de-habeo),  debit , 

debt.     390,  a. 
decide  (de-cado),  decay.     390,  a. 
decide    (de-caedo),   decide.      389, 

(1);  511,  a. 
decisio  (decido),  decmon.  389,  (1). 
declaratio  (de-claro,  clarus),  dec- 
laration.    510,  a. 
decretus  (de-cerno),  decree.  529,  c. 
defectus  (deficio,  de-facio),  deject. 

510;  523,  (3). 
defendens   (de-fendo),  defendant. 

523,  a.,  Note, 
de-fendo,   defend."' lOZ,   h;    390;. 

506,  c. 
deferens  (de-fero),  deference.    389, 

(4). 
de-fero,  defer.     389,  (4). 
deficiens    (deficio,    de-facio),    de- 

ficierd.     510. 
defunctus     (de-fungor),     defunct. 

528,  c. 
deligens  (de-ligo),  diligent.    523,  a. 
densus,  dense.     242,  b. 
depositus  (de-pono),  deposit.    470, 

b. 
de-rideo,  deride.     488,  d. 
de-scribo,  describe.     275,  c. 
designatus    (de-signo),    designate. 

423,  d. 


detineo  (de-teneo),  detain.  528, 
6;  511. 

dico  (die-),  diction.     389,  (1). 

dictator  (dicto),  dictator.  510,  6; 
529,  6;  529,  c. 

dictatus  (dicto),  dictate.  389,  (2); 
510,  6;  523,  a. 

dictio  (dico),  diction.  389,  (1); 
510,  ?>. 

dictionarium  (dictio),  dictionary. 
510,  6. 

differentia  (differens,  differo),  dif- 
ference.    389,  (4),  b. 

diflfero  (dis-fero),  differ.    389,  (4). 

digitus,  c?igri^     258,  a. 

dignitas  (dignus),  dignity.    528,  b. 

digressio  (digredior,  di-gradior), 
digression.     510,  a. 

dimissus  (dl-mitto),  dismiss.    510. 

disciplina  (discipulus),  discipline. 
62,  a. 

discipulus,  disciple.     62. 

discordia  (dis-cors),  discord.     62. 

discursus,  -lis  (dis-curro),  dis- 
course.    510. 

dis-similis,  dissimilar.     283,  6. 

distans  (di-sto),  distant.     510. 

distantia  (distans,  di-sto),  dis- 
tance.    510. 

distractus  (dis-traho),  distract. 
307,  6. 

dis-traho,  distract.     511. 

distributus  (dis-tribuo),  distribute. 
283,  6. 

dividendus  (divido),  dividend.  523, 
(4). 

dlAinus  (divus),  divine.     275,  c. 

doctrina  (doctor,  doceo),  doctrine. 
62. 

domesticus  (domus),  domestic. 
510,  a. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


369 


domicilium      (domus),      domicile. 

404,  6;  510,  a. 
domus,  dome.     461,  d. 
donatus    (dono,   donum),   donate. 

390. 
duco  (due-),  duke.    389,  (1). 
ductus  (duco,   due-),  diict.      389, 

(1). 
duplicatus  (duplico,  duplex),  dup- 

licalc.     341,  6;  389,  (3). 
dux  (duco,  due-),  duke.    258;  389, 

(1). 
edictus  (e-dico),  edict.     389,  (1); 

510,  b. 
effectus    (efficio,   ex-facio),   effect. 

510;  523,  (3). 
efficiens  (efficio,  ex-facio),  efficient. 

510. 
elatus  (effero,  ex-fero),  elate.    389, 

(4). 
eloquens  (e-loquor),  eloquent.  523, 

a. 
e-ludo    (lud-),   elude.      389,    (1); 

423,  (i.     • 
elusus  (e-ltido,  lud-),  elusive.    389, 

(1). 
emigrans  (e-migro),  emigrant.  523, 

a). 

emigratus  (e-migro) ,  emigrate.  523, 

a;  511,  a. 
essentia  (sum,  es-),  essence.     389, 

(1). 
eventus,  -us  (e-veuio),  event.    510. 
evidens  (e-video),  evident.     510. 
e-voc6,  evoke,  461,  d. 
exceptus    (excipio,   ex-capio),   ex- 

cepf.     390,  a. 
excludo  (ex-claudo),  exclude.    390, 

a;  511. 
excursio      (ex-curro),     excursion. 

510,  a. 


exactus     (exigo,     ex-ago),    exact. 

510,  b. 
exhibitus  (exhibeo,  ex-habeo),  ex- 
hibit.    510,  b. 
exitus,  -us  (ex-eo),  exit.     510. 
expertus  (experior),  expert.  423,  d. 
ex-porto,  export.     510,  b. 
ex-spiro,  exjnre.     307,  b. 
extra,  extra.     162,  b. 
fabricatus     (fabricor),     fabricate. 

527,  c. 
fsLcHis  {(ado), facile.   501,  (2);  510. 
f actio,  (facio)  faction.     510. 
factor,  (facio),  factor.   510. 
f actus  (facio), /oci.    510;  523,  (3). 
falsus,  false.     415,  d. 
fama  (for,  farl),  fame.     404,  ?>. 
ferox  (ferus),  ferocious.      283,  6; 

502. 
finio  (finis),  finish.     291,  b]   389, 

(3). 
finis,  yiwe  (noun).     374,  b. 
finitus  (fInio),  fine  (verb),  finite. 

389,  (3). 
fios,  flower,  florist.     151,  a;  258,^a. 
foliiun,  foliage.     62. 
forma,  form.     527,  c. 
fortuna  (fors),  fortune.     480,  c. 
forum,  forum,  183,  ?>. 
fractio  (f  ran  go), /radios.     510. 
f ractura  (frango), /rac^wre.     510. 
fragilis     (frango),    fragile,    frail. 

502,  510. 
fragilitas  (hagiMs) ,  fragility .     510. 
fragmentum    (frango),    fragment. 

510. 
fratemitas  (iraiteT),  fraternity.  151, 

a. 
fraus,  fraud.     461,  rf. 
frigidus  (higeo),  frigid.     502. 


370 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


futurus  (sum),  future.     523,  a. 
gloria,  glory.     258,  a;  283,  h. 
gradus,  -us  (gradior),  grade.    461, 

d;  510. 
gravis,  grave  (ad j . ) .    242,  b ;  528,  c. 
habeo,  have.    390;  510,  6. 
habilis  (habeo),  able.    502. 
habitatio  (habito),  habitation.  510, 

/>. 
habito    (habeo),  habitat.  389,  (2;); 

390;  510,  b. 
habitus    (habeo),   habit.      361,   6; 

390;  510,  6. 
homo  and  caedo,  homicide.     519, 

a. 
honor,  honor.     404,  6. 
horror  (horreo),  horror.     300,  6. 
hortus  and  cultura  (colo),  horticul- 
I    tare.     258,  a;   519,  a. 
hostilis  (hostis),  hostile.     502, 
hostllitas  (hostilis),  hostility.     151. 
hostis,  /los^.     151. 
humanitas  (humanus),  humanity. 

151;  258  a. 
humanus  (homo),  human.    242,  b; 

502,  a. 
htmiilis  (humus),  humble.     502,  or. 
Ignitus  (ignio,  ignis),  ignite.  510,  a. 
ignorans  (ignoro),  ignorant.     517, 

^;  523,  (1). 
ignorantia   (ignorans,  ignoro),  ig- 
norance.    523,  (2). 
imago,  image.     136,  a;  151,  a. 
immaturus    (in-mattirus),    imma- 
ture.    324,  b. 
inmiensus     (in-niensus,     nietior), 

immense.     488,  d. 
imminens   (iin-Tnineo),   imminent. 

388,  b. 
immortalis     (iii-niorlalls,     mors), 

immortal,    488,  d;  502,  a;  511. 


impera tor  (impero),  emperor.  151; 
258;  527,  b;  527,  c. 

imperium  (impero),  empire.  257, 
(2);  291,  b. 

impetus,  -us  (im-peto,  pet-),  im- 
petus.   307,6;  389,  (1);  507,  rf. 

importans  (im-porto),  important. 
390;  510,  b;  523,  a. 

import©  (in-porto),  import.     511. 

inauguratus  (in-auguro),  inaugu- 
rate.    523,  a. 

incidens  (incido,  in-cado),  inci- 
dent.    523,  (1). 

incipiens  (incipio,  in-capio),  in- 
cipient.    510. 

in-cito,  incite.     461,  d. 

in-curro,  incur.     510. 

incursio  (in-curro),  incursion.  361, 
6;  510. 

index  (in-dico),  index.     275,  c. 

inferens  (in-fero),  inference.  389, 
(4). 

in-fero  J  infer.     389,  (4). 

infinitas  (in-finis),  infinity.  .151. 

inhabitans  (in-habito),  inhabitant. 
390;  523,  a;  510,  6. 

in-habito  (in-habeo),  inhabit.  390, 
a;  510,  b. 

inimicus  (in-amicus),  enemy.  519, 
a;  511,  a. 

iniuria  (in-itis),  injury.  361,  6; 
506,  c;  510,  a;  510,  6;  528,  b. 

iniiiriosus  (miuria), injurious.  501, 
(5);  510,  b. 

in-iustus,  unjust.     374,  b;  510,  6. 

inquiro  (in-quaero),  inquire.  510, 
a. 

insolens  {'m-soleo),  insolent.  529,  e. 

Institutus  (Ini^Wiuo),  institute.  404, 
b. 

insula,  isle.     62. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


371 


integer  (in-tanp;o),  inlcqcr.    275,  <■; 

307.  /). 
intellectus     (iiitellogo),      inlrllerl. 

4SS,  </;  523,  (3). 
intellegens  (intellego),  inleUigent. 

523,  (1). 
in-tendo,  intend.     434,  c. 
intentus  (in-tendo),  iw/er*/.    434,  r. 
inter-cedo,  inlerccde.      510;    511, 

a. 
intercessio    (in tor-mid),   in tnr fu- 
sion.    510,  a. 
interim  (intor-is),  interim.     451,  b. 
intermittens    (inter-mitto),    inter- 

miltent.     510. 
interrogatus     (inter-rogo),     inter- 

roijnte.     488,  d. 
intemiptus    (inter-rumpo),    inter- 
rupt.    507,  c. 
inter-venio,    intervene.       423,    d] 

510;  511. 
interventio  (inter-venio),  inlerven- 

tum.     510. 
in-vado,  invade.     506,  c. 
inventio  (in-vcnio),  invention.  510. 
inventor  (in-venio),  inventor.    510. 
inventus  (in-venio),  invent.     510. 
ira,  ire.     210,  h. 
iratus  (irascor),  irate.     423,  d. 
iudez  (ius-Hiro),  judge.     331,  6; 

510,  ft. 
iustitia  (iustus),  j^^s'ic*?.     257,  (4); 

275,  c;  510,  h. 
iustus  (ius),  ji^sL     510,  h. 
labofo  (labor),  /oftor.     390. 
laboriosus  (labor\  laborious.    501, 

(5). 
laudo  (laus),  laud.    389,  (3). 
legatio   (lego),  legation.      143,  a; 

1.50. 
legendus  (lego),  Z^f/fiw/,     523,  (4). 


legio    (lego),    legion.      257,'    (2); 

341,  b. 
leo,  lion.     151. 
levitas  clevis),  leirilij.     510,  a. 
liberalis  (liber),  liberal.     502,  510. 
liberalitas     (liberalis),     liberality. 

510. 
liberatio  (libero),  liberation.     510. 
liberator  (liberd),  liberator.     510. 
liberatus  (libero),  liberate.     1 1 1 ,  /» ; 

389,  (3);  510. 
libertas   (liber),   liberlij.      151,  a; 

258;  480,  c;  510. 
lingua,  language.     62. 
littera  (lino),  /d^er.     258. 
locatus (loco,  locus),  /ocafe.  390, a. 
locus  and  mo  veo,  locomotive.  519,  a. 
loquax  (loquor),  loquacious.     501, 

(1). 
ludodud-),  e-^?/6?e.     389,  (l). 
magister,  master.     62. 
magistratus,  -us  (magister), ?/?////?>- 

fra^c.     62,  a. 
magnifico     (magnus-fncio),     ///////- 

r/i///.     519. 
magnitudo    (ma gnus),   magnitnde. 

136,  a;  151;  258. 
maior  (magnus),  major.     415,  d. 
mandatum    (mando,    manus-do), 

mandate.     517,  g. 
matrimonium  (mater),  matrimony, 

71, 'b. 
maturitas      (matunis),     maturity. 

62,  a. 
maturus,  mature.     62. 
maximus     (magnus),     maximum. 

197,  c. 
memorabilis  (memor),  memmable. 

502. 
memoria  (memor),  memory.     Ill, 

b;  258,  a. 


372 


ELEMENTA   PRIMA 


militaris   (miles),  miliiary.      501. 

(4);510,«. 
militia   (miles).   inilUia.      258,  a; 

?A\,h. 
miser,  7niser.     62. 
miserabilis  (miser),  miserable.  502. 
missilis  (mitto),  missile.     510. 
missio  (mitto),  mission.     510. 
mobilis     (moveo),     mobile,     mob. 

510,  b. 
modus,  7node,  mood.     374,  b. 
momentum      (moveo),      moment. 

510,  b. 
mons,  mount.     151;  210,  b. 
mortalis  (mors),  mortal.     501,  (4); 

510,  a. 
motio  (moveo),  motion.     510,  b. 
motivus  (moveo),  motive.     510,  h. 
motor    (moveo),  motor.      258,   a; 

510,  b. 
moveo,  move.     223,  c;  390;  510,  h. 
multitude      (multus),     multitude. 

136,  a\  257,  (4);  388,6. 
navigatio   (navis-ago),  navigation. 

151,  a. 
navis,  nave,  navy.     151. 
necessitas      (necesse),     necessity. 

103,  6;  151. 
negativus  (nego),  negative.    528,  c. 
ncglectus  (neglego,  nec-lego),  neg- 
lect.    523,  a. 
neglegentia   (neglego),  negligence. 

523,  (2). 
neuter  (ne-uter),  neuter.     300,  b. 
nobilis  (ndsco),  nobZe.     502. 
nominatus  (nomino,  nomen),  nom- 
inate.    223,  6. 
numerus,  number.     62;  341,  6. 
nuptialis  (nubo),  nuptial.     528,  c. 
obiectus    (obicio,  ob-iacio),  object. 

506,  c;  511,  a. 


obtineo  (ob-tcneo),  obtain.    390,  a. 
occupans  (occupo),  occupant.  390; 

470,  6;  510. 
occupatio     (occupo),     occupation. 

510. 
occupo  (ob-capio),  occupy.     390; 

470,  6;  510. 
occurrens     (occurro),    occurrence. 

510. 
occurro  (ob-curro),  orrwr.     390,  a; 

510;  511. 
oculus,  oculist.     162,  fo. 
ofifero  (ob-fcro),  offer.     389,  (4); 

390,  a. 
officiosus  (officium),  o^ao?/.s.  502; 

510,  a. 
officiiun   (opus-facio),   office.    415, 

d;  510. 
omnipotens    (omnis-potens),    om- 
nipotent.    523,  a. 
omnis,  omnibus.     415,  d. 
opera  (opus),  opera.     341,  b. 
optimus,  optimist.     197,  c. 
optio     (opto),    option.       162,     6; 

258,  a. 
oraculum   (oro),  oracle.      488,  d] 

510. 
oratio    (oro),   oration.      257,    (2); 

480,  c;  510. 
orator  (oro),  orator.     510;  521,  d. 
oratus  (oro,  6s),  orate.     510. 
orbis,  orb,  orbit.     151. 
ordo,  order.     507,  c. 
oriens  (orior),  orient.     523,  (1). 
pacified  (pax-facio),  pacify.     519. 
pacificus  (pax-facio),  pacific.    519. 
paeninsula  (paene-insula),  penin- 
sula.    62,  a. 
paenitentia   (paeniteo),  penitence. 

510,  a. 
par,  par,    317,  6. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


373 


parens  (pario),  parent.    210,  h. 

pars,  part.     150. 

passio  (patior),  passion.     510. 

passivus  (patior),  passive.     510. 

pastor  (pascor),  pastor.  103,  h; 
150. 

patemus  (pater),  pateimal.    434,  c. 

patiens  (patior),  patient.  390; 
480,  c;  523,  (1). 

patientia  (patior),  patience.  523,  a. 

pax,  peace.     151. 

pei'-eo,  perish.     461,  rf;  510;  511. 

perfectus  (perficio,  per-facio),  per- 
fect.    510;  511,  a. 

perlciilosus  (perlculum),  perilous. 
502. 

periculum,  peril.     300,  6. 

permanens  (per-maneo),  perma- 
nent.    523,  a. 

per-suadeo,  pei-suade.  390,  a; 
480,  c. 

petitid  (peto,  pet-),  petition.  389, 
(1). 

pessimus,  pessimist.     451,  6. 

pestilentia,  pestilence.     341,  6. 

placeo,  please.     291,  6;  390. 

placidus  (placeo),  placid.    501,  (3). 

poeta,  poet.     62. 

Pompeianus  (Pompeius),  Pom- 
peian.     528,  &. 

ponderosus  (pondus),  ponderous. 
502. 

pondus  (pendo),  ponder.     168,  a. 

popularis  (populus),  popular.  502. 

populus,  people,  populate.  62; 
62,  a. 

portator  (porto),  porter.     510,  5. 

porta  and  folium,  portfolio.    510,  6. 

praeceptus  (praecipio,  prae-capi5), 
jrrecept.     523,  a. 

praeda  (prehendo),  prey.     283,  />. 


prae-dico,  predict,  390,  a;  511. 
praedictus     (prae-dico),     predict. 

390,  «;  510,  6. 
prae-fero,  />»re/er.     389,  (4). 
praemium,  premium.     62. 
praeventio    (prae-venio),    jrreven- 

tion.     510. 
praeventus   (prae-venio),   prevent. 

510;  511,  a. 
pretium,  price.     488,  tZ. 
primus, />nme, /irrr/ter.     62;   62,  «; 

527,  c. 
princeps    (prinius-capio),    prince. 

94,  a;  510. 
principitun    (princeps),    principle. 

128,  6;  259,  a. 
pro-cedo,  proceed.     183,  6. 
prodigiiun      (pro-dico),      prodigy. 

404,  6. 
pro-duco    (due-),    produce.      389, 

(1);  511,  a. 
productus   (pro-duco,  diic-),  pro- 
duct.    389,  (1). 
progressus,  -us  (progredior,  pro- 

gradior),  progress.     510. 
prohibitio   (prohibeo,   pro-habeo), 

prohibition.     510,  b. 
prohibitus  (prohibeo,  pro-habeo), 

prohibit.     390,  a;  510,  b. 
promissus    (pro-mitto) ,    irromise. 

510. 
promotio  (pro-moveo),  promotion. 

510,  b. 
promotus    (pro-moveo),    promote. 

510,  b. 
protectus  (pro-tego,  teg-),  protect. 

389,  (1). 
providentia  (pro-video),  2?royirfenr« 

510,  523,  (2). 
providens    (pro-video),    provident. 

510,  523,  (1). 


374 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


pro-video,  provide.     510,  511. 
provincia,  province.     527,  c. 
provisio      (pro-video),     provision. 

510. 
pro-voco,  provoke.     331,  h. 
prudens  (providens),  prudenl.  510. 
prudentia     (prudens),     prudence. 

470,  h;  510. 
piiblicus  (populus),  public.     374, 

/>;  502. 
punio  (poena),  punish.     390. 
quaesitus  (quaero),  guest.     510. 
quaestio  (quaoro),  question.     510. 
quartus  (quattuor),  quart.    415,  d. 
quies,  quiet.     341,  h. 
rapax    (rapio),    rapacious.       501, 

(1). 
rapidus  (rapio),  raynti.     501,  (3). 
rapina  (rapio),  rajnne.     94,  a. 
recipiens    (recipio,   re-capio),    re- 

cipient.     510,  a. 
recipio  (re-capio),  receive.     510. 
referens  (re-fero),  reference.     389, 

(4). 
re-fero,  rejer.     389,  (4). 
refractio      (refrango),     refraction. 

510. 
refractus  (refringo,  re-frango),  re- 
fract.    510. 
regalis  (rex),  regal.     502, 
regens  (rego),  regent.     390. 
regno  (regnum),  reign  (verb).    77, 

h. 
regnum  (rex),  reign  (noun).     77, 

/);  258. 
relatus  (re-fero),  relate.     3S9,  (4). 
religio,  religion.  258;  275,  c. 
feligiosus  (religio),  religious.    502. 
re-mitto,  remit.     510. 
remotus  (re-nioveo),  remote.    510, 


re-moveo,  remove.     510,  h. 

re-pell6,  repel.     529,  c. 

re-peto,  repeat.     374,  h. 

re-porto,  report.  423,  d;  510,  /;; 
511,  a. 

repulsus  (re-pello),  repulse.  529,  c. 

require  (re-quaero),  require.  510, 
511. 

requisitio  (requiro),  requisition. 
510. 

requisitus  (requiro),  request.    510. 

re-sisto,  resist.     197,  c. 

re-spondeo,  respond.     423,  </. 

responsus  (re-spondeo),  response. 
423,  //. 

res-publica,  republic.  470,  5; 
519,  a. 

re-voc6,  revoke.     522,  c. 

ruina  (ruo),  nu/i.     341,  ?>. 

rusticus  (rus),  rustic.     501,  (4). 

saluto  fsalus),  salute.     Ill,  6. 

scientia  (sciens,  scio),  science. 
389,  (4),   h;   523,  (2). 

scribo,  scW^^'.    341,6;  390;  527,  c. 

scriptura  (scrlbo),  scripture.  62, 
a;  257,  (2). 

scriptus  (scrlbo),  script.  62;  341, 
b;  390;  527,  c. 

se-cedo,  secede.     511. 

secundus  (sequor),  second.   307,  6. 

seditio  (sed-itio,  eo)  sedition.    510. 

seditiosus  (seditio),  seditious.  510. 

senator  (senex),  senator.  223,  6; 
510,  a;  529,  6. 

senatus  (senex),  senate.  461,  (/; 
510,  a. 

sententia  (sentiens,  sentio),  sen- 
tence.    523,  a;  517,  g. 

sequentia  (sequens,  sequor),  se- 
quence.    528,  c. 

sermo  (sero),  sermon.     258. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


87,'] 


signified    (signum-facio),    signify. 

'275,  c. 
signum,  sign.     1(52,  h. 
silentium  (sileo),  silence.     223,  h. 
shniliSj  si  III  ilnr.     HI, />;  502. 
similitudo      (similis),     idmilUadc. 

258;  461,  d. 
simulatus  (simulo,  similis),  simu- 
■    late.     434,  c. 
singuli,  single.     317,  h. 
sinister,  sinister.     168,  a. 
societas  (socius),  society.     143,  a; 

257,  (4);  470,  6;  527,6;  527,  c. 
solitudo  (solus),  solitude.     258,  a. 
solstitium  (sol-sto),  solstice.     510. 
solus,  sole  (adj.),  128,  b. 
solvo,  solve.     324,  b. 
soror,  sorority.     151. 
spatium,  space.     307,  6. 
spectaculum     (specto),     spectacle. 

143,  a;  258,  a. 
spectator  (specto), spectator.  258, a. 
spiritus  (spiro),  spirit..    300,  6. 
spolio     (spolium),     spoil     (verb). 

317,  b. 
spolium,  spoil  (noun),  324,  b. 
stabilis  (sto),  stable  (adj.).     501, 

(2);  510. 
stabilitas  (stabilis),  stability.    510. 
stabulum  (sto),  stable  (noun).  510. 
static  (sto),  station.     507,  c;   510. 
statua  (sto),  statue.  62;  507, c;  510. 
statura  (sto),  stature.     510. 
status,  -us  (sto),  state.     510. 
stimulatus     (stimulo),     stimulate. 

283,6. 
strictus  (stringo),  strict.     324,  6. 
sublimis,  sublime.     404,  6;  502. 
sub  and  marinus  (mare),  submar- 
ine.    519,  a. 
sub-scribo,  subscribe.    390,  a;  511. 


substantia      (substans,     sub-sto), 

siihslfiiicc.      51 0. 
succedo  (sub-cC'dr)),  surreal.     510; 

511,  (I. 
successio     (succcilo),     succession. 

510. 
successus,  -us  (succedo),  success. 

510. 
succurro  (sub-curro),  succor.    510. 
suflfero  (sub-fero),  suffer.    389,  (4). 
suflfragium  (sub-f rango) ,  suffrage. 

510. 
sum  (es-),  see  essentia, 
super  and  video,  survey.     510. 
superbus  (super),  superb.     361,  6. 
superior  (super),  superior.    415,  d; 

528,  c. 
supervisus    (super-video),    super- 
vise. 510. 
suspectus  (snspicio)  ,siispe-ct.  528,  c. 
sustineo  (sub-teneo),  sustaiji.  317, 

6. 
tactus  (tango,  tag-),  tact.   389,  (1). 
tangens     (tango,     tag-),    tangent. 

389,  (1). 
tango  (tag-),    tangent,   tact.      389, 

(1). 
tegimientvun  (tego,  teg-),  tegument. 

389,  (1)., 
tempestas  (tempus),  tempest.  242, 

6;  258. 
templiun,  temple.     62,  258. 
tenax  (teneo),  tenacious.     502,  a; 

510,  a. 
tendo,  tend.     197,  c;  390. 
teneo,  tenet.     390. 
tentus  (tendo),  tent.     390. 
terribilis    (terreo),   terrible.      502; 

510,  a. 
terror    (terreo),    terror.      197,    c; 

257,  (3) ;  388,  6. 


376 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


testamentum    (testor),   testament. 

404,  h. 
timidus  (tiiiieo),  timid.     502,  a. 
tractus  (traho),  tract.     523,  a. 
transactus    (transigo,    tiTins-ago), 

transact.     510,  b. 
trans-f ero,  transfer.  389, (4) ;  51 1,  a. 
transfixus     (trans-f  Igo),     transfix. 

324,  h. 
transgressio  (transgredior),  trans- 

gression.     510. 
transgressus  (transgredior,  trans- 

gradior),  transgress.     510. 
translens  (trsins-ed),  transient.  510. 
transitivus    (trans-eo),    transitive. 

510. 
transitus,  -us   (trans-eo),  transit. 

510. 
translatus    (trans-f ero) ,    translate. 

389,  (4);  522,  c. 
trans-mitto,    transrnit.      390,    a; 

510,  511. 
transportatio  (trans-porto),  trans- 
portation.    510,  b. 
trans-porto,  transport.     510,  b. 
tutor  (tueor),  tutor.     404,  b. 
lunerus,  humerus.     77,  b. 
universus     (unus- versus,     verto), 

universe.     242,  b. 
urbanus     (urbs),     urban.        501, 

(4). 
usus  (utor),  use  (verb).     510. 
usus,  -us  (litor),  use  (noun).    510. 
utilltas  (utilis),  utility.     510. 
utensilis  (utor),  utensil.    510. 


valeo,  value.    517,  g.  ■ 

validus  (valco),  valid.     62;    501, 

(3) ;  506,  c. 
valles,  vale,  valley.     210,  b. 
vallum,  wall.     128,  b. 
velox  and  pes,  velocipede.     519,  a. 
vendo  (venum-do),  vend.     488,  d. 
verbum,  verb.     258;  324,  b. 
vere  and  dictus  (verus  and  dico), 

verdict.     510,  b. 
vestibulum,  vestibule.     434,  c. 
via  and   ductus    (duco),   viaduct. 

519,  a. 
victor    (vinco),    victor.       128,    6; 

151,  a;  510. 
victoria    (victor),    victory.      258; 

291,  6;  510. 
victoriosus    (victoria),    victorious. 

502,  a;  510. 
video,  yieiy.     510. 
vinco,  vanquish.     183,  6;  510. 
vindicatus     (vindico),     vindicate. 

528,  c. 
violentus  (vis),  violent.     461,  d. 
virgd,  virgin.  162,  6;  258. 
virilis  (vir),  ymZe.     502,  a. 
virtus  (vir),  virtue.     150;    151,  a; 

331,  6. 
vis,  vim.  275,  c. 
vitalis  (vita),  vital.     502. 
vociferatus  (vociferor),  vociferate. 

434. 
vox  (voco),  voice.     210,  b;  258. 
vultur,  vulture.     128,  c. 


VOCABULARY  DRILL 

573.  The  following  lists  selected  from  the  reading  matter 
of  this  book  contain  words  suitable  for  use  in  drill  on  the  vocab- 
ulary. The  groups  correspond  to  the  chapters  covered  by  the 
review  lessons,  and  in  each  group  after  the  first  the  words  are 
generally  arranged  in  the  order  of  their  first  appearance.  Thus 
the  vocabulary  drill  may  be  carried  on  either  in  connection  with 
the  reviews  or  with  the  daily  lessons. 

Ordinarily  only  one  definition  is  given  here  for  each  Latin 
word;  but  it  should  be  understood  that  in  translating  a  Latin 
sentence  the  most  appropriate  English  words  should  always  be 
employed. 

Group  I  may  be  used  for  convenience  as  a  special  vocabulary 
to  sections  1-65, 


GROUP  I 

Special  Vocabulary 

Sections  1-65 
Note. — This  group  contains  all  the  Latin  words  used  in  sections 
1-65,  and  includes  such  forms  as  will  be  needed  in  translating  the 
oxorrises;   for  example,  Rdmanonim,  oj  the  Romans,  section  3;  vident, 
Ihey  see,  section  18. 


a,  ab, 

aberant, 

aberat, 

abest, 

absunt, 

ad, 

adultus, 

Aeneas, 

ager, 

agricola, 

agricolae, 

agricultura, 

amabat, 

amant, 

amantur, 


from,  hy. 

they  uere  distant. 

he  (she,  it)  was  distant. 

he  (she,  it)  is  distant. 

they  are  distant. 

to,  towards. 

grown  to  manhood. 

Aeneas. 

field. 

farmer. 

of  or  to  the  farm£r. 

agriculture. 

he  (she)  loved. 

they  love. 

they  are  loved. 


amat, 

amatur, 

amicus, 

angustae, 

annus, 

antiqua, 

antiquis, 

antiquus, 

Apulia, 

aqua, 

SLTSiy 

arant, 
arat, 

argentum, 
Asia. 


he  (she)  loves,  likes. 

he  (she,  it)  is  loved. 

friend. 

narrow. 

year. 

ancient. 

ancient. 

ancient. 

Apulia. 

water. 

altar. 

they  plow. 

he  plows. 

silver. 

Asia. 


(377) 


378 


ELEMENTA  PI^IMA 


Athenae, 

Athens. 

erant. 

they  were. 

aurum, 

gold. 

erantne. 

were  they? 

bonus, 

good. 

erat. 

he  (she,  it)  was. 

caelo, 

sky. 

erit, 

he  (she,  it)  will  he. 

caelum, 

sky. 

es, 

you  (sing.)  are. 

Cassius, 

Cassius. 

est, 

he  (she,  it)  is. 

Castor, 

Castor. 

estis. 

you  (pi.)  are. 

Clara, 

bright. 

estne. 

is  he  (she.  it)? 

clarissimus, 

,   most  famous. 

et, 

and. 

clarus, 

bright. 

et  .  .  .  et. 

both  .  .  .  and. 

columba. 

dove. 

ex. 

from. 

copia. 

plenty. 

factum, 

deed. 

corona, 

urreath. 

fessus. 

Hred. 

cuius, 

whose. 

fnia, 

daughter. 

cum. 

ivith. 

fflius. 

son. 

curabat. 

he  (she)  cared  for. 

Flaccus, 

Flaccus. 

dant, 

they  give. 

fluit. 

it  flows. 

dat. 

he  (she)  gives. 

flumen. 

river. 

datur, 

he  {she,  it)  is  given. 

flumine. 

river. 

de, 

concerning,  from. 

folium, 

leaf. 

dea, 

goddess. 

frumentum. 

grain. 

decem. 

ten. 

Graecia, 

Greece. 

delectant, 

they  please. 

grata. 

acceptable. 

delectat. 

he  (she,  it)  pleases. 

gratiae. 

thanks. 

delectantur, 

they  are  pleased. 

gratus, 

acceptable. 

delectatur. 

he  (she)  is  pleased. 

habebat. 

he  (she,  it)  had. 

deleta. 

.  destroyed. 

habent. 

they  have. 

denique. 

finally. 

habet. 

he  (she,  it)  has. 

Diana, 

Diana. 

has. 

these. 

discipulus, 

pupil. 

haec. 

this. 

discit, 

he  learns. 

hie. 

this. 

discordia. 

dissension. 

hoc,  hoc, 

this. 

divitiae, 

riches. 

homines. 

people. 

doctores. 

teachers. 

Horati, 

of  Horace. 

doctrina. 

teaching. 

Horatius, 

Horace. 

dominus. 

master. 

hortus, 

garden. 

domum, 

homeward,  home. 

ibi. 

there. 

domus, 

home. 

ilia. 

that. 

donum, 

gift. 

ille. 

that. 

ducebat. 

he  led,  used  to  lead. 

illud, 

that. 

ego, 

L 

illustrat. 

it  illumines,  lights  up. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


379 


in, 

to,  into,  upon,  in. 

malus, 

bad. 

incola. 

inhabitant. 

Marcus, 

Marcus. 

infra. 

below. 

mater, 

mother. 

insula. 

island. 

maturus, 

ripe. 

inter, 

between,  among. 

maxime. 

very  much. 

interdum. 

sometimes. 

mensa. 

table. 

ipse. 

himself. 

Minerva, 

Minerva. 

itaUa, 

Italy. 

^  minis. 

wonderfid. 

Italiae, 

of  Italy. 

miser. 

unhappy. 

iterum, 

again. 

mittit. 

he  (she)  sends. 

iucundus, 

delightful. 

modus. 

manner. 

luno. 

Juno. 

monstrant. 

they  show. 

iuvenis. 

young  man. 

monstrat, 

he  (she,  it)  shows. 

laborant, 

they  work. 

mox, 

soon. 

laborat, 

he  (she)  works. 

multa. 

many  things. 

laetus, 

happy. 

multae, 

many. 

lapides, 

atones. 

multi. 

many. 

Latina, 

Lalin. 

natus. 

bom. 

Latinam, 

Latin. 

nauta. 

sailor. 

Latinus, 

Latin. 

nautis. 

to  sailors. 

mtus. 

broad. 

navem, 

boat. 

laudantur. 

they  are  praised. 

nome'n. 

name. 

laudat, 

he  (she)  praises. 

non. 

not. 

laudatne, 

does  he  praisef 

nonne, 

not?  answer  yes. 

liber. 

book. 

nonne  est, 

is  he  not? 

liber. 

free. 

nostra. 

our. 

liberi. 

children. 

novus, 

new,  fresh. 

libro. 

book. 

numerus, 

number. 

lingua. 

language. 

oppidiun. 

toun. 

linguam. 

language. 

optimus. 

best. 

longe, 

far. 

ora. 

shore. 

loquebatur, 

he  talked,  v^ed  to  talk. 

orbis  terra- 

ludunt. 

they  play. 

rum. 

of  the  world. 

ludus. 

play,  sport. 

omant, 

they  adorn. 

luna. 

moon. 

ornantur. 

they  are  adorned. 

lunae. 

of  the  moon. 

omat. 

he  (she,  it)  adorns. 

lux, 

light. 

/   paedagogus, 

,  attendant. 

magister. 

master,  teacher. 

parva. 

small. 

magna. 

large. 

parvus. 

small. 

magm. 

large. 

pater. 

father. 

magnus, 

large. 

patria. 

native  city,  country. 

380 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


pecunia, 

wealth. 

servus. 

slave,  servant. 

per, 

through. 

sic. 

thus. 

petunt, 

they  seek. 

silva. 

forest. 

plena, 

full. 

sit, 

he  (she,  it)  is. 

plenus. 

full. 

statua, 

status. 

poeta. 

poet. 

Stella, 

star. 

PoUux, 

Pollux. 

stellanun. 

of  the  stars. 

populus. 

people. 

sixm, 

I  am. 

portant, 

they  carry. 

sumus, 

we  are. 

portatur, 

he  (she,  it)  is  carried. 

sunt, 

they  are. 

postea. 

afterwards. 

suntne. 

are  they? 

praemium. 

reward. 

super, 

above. 

primus. 

first. 

templum, 

temple. 

propter. 

on  account  of. 

terra. 

earth,  ground. 

puella, 

girl. 

\  texerunt. 

they  covered. 

puellae, 

girls. 

Tiberi, 

the  Tiber. 

puer, 

hoy,  child. 

Tiberis, 

the  Tiber. 

pueri. 

boys,  children. 

Troia, 

Troy. 

pugna. 

battle. 

tu. 

you  (sing.) 

pulcher, 

beautiful. 

tuus. 

your. 

pulcherrimus,  most  beautiful. 

ubi. 

wheref 

pulchra. 

beautiful. 

unde. 

whence? 

pulchrae. 

beautiful. 

urbe. 

city. 

-que, 

and. 

urbem. 

city. 

quid, 

what. 

urbibus. 

cities. 

quod, 

because. 

urbs. 

city. 

A  quondam. 

once. 

validus. 

strong,  well. 

quoque. 

also. 

venit. 

he  (she,  it)  comes. 

regina, 

queen. 

venit, 

he  (she,  it)  came. 

rex. 

king. 

veniunt. 

they  come. 

Roma, 

Rome. 

Venus, 

Venus. 

Romam, 

Rome. 

verus, 

true. 

Romanonmi 

I,  of  the  Romans. 

via, 

street,  way. 

Romanus, 

Roman. 

viae. 

streets. 

rosa, 

rose. 

viis. 

streets. 

saepe, 

often. 

videbat. 

he  saw. 

sapientia. 

wisdom. 

vident. 

they  see. 

sciunt, 

they  know. 

videntur, 

they  are  seen. 

scripta. 

written. 

videt. 

he  (she)  sees. 

sed, 

but. 

villa. 

a  countryhome. 

semper, 

oJLways, 

vir. 

man. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


381 


GROUP  II 

Sections  66-153 

sum, 

he. 

eques. 

fiorseman,  knight. 

do, 

give. 

fortis. 

strong,  brave. 

amo, 

love. 

gladius, 

sword. 

animus, 

mind. 

miles. 

soldier. 

atque. 

and,  and  also. 

pedes, 

foot-soldier. 

audio. 

hear. 

virtus. 

valor,  manliness. 

memoria , 

memory. 

aetas. 

time,  life. 

mitto, 

send. 

apud. 

among. 

scribo. 

write. 

y^coniunx, 

husband,  wife. 

semper. 

always. 

y-  invenio. 

find. 

timeo, 

fear. 

pastor, 

shepherd. 

venio, 

come. 

porto. 

carry. 

ventus, 

wind. 

princeps. 

chief. 

video. 

see. 

prohibeo. 

prevent. 

aedifico, 

build. 

sol. 

sun. 

duco. 

lead. 

aestas. 

summer. 

habeo, 

have. 

consul, 

consul. 

locus, 

place. 

frater, 

Iwother. 

regnimi. 

kingdom. 

mater. 

mother. 

socius. 

companion. 

pater. 

father. 

impedio. 

hinder. 

soror. 

sister. 

nuntius, 

messenger. 

pugno, 

fight. 

quo. 

where,  whither. 

anna. 

arms. 

unde. 

whence. 

defendo. 

defend. 

appello. 

call,  name. 

died. 

say. 

clamo. 

crdl  out. 

timi. 

then. 

nihil, 

nothing. 

flumen. 

river. 

reliquus. 

remaining. 

homo. 

man. 

specto. 

behold,  see. 

f  leo, 
'    libertas. 

lion. 

euro. 

care  for. 

freedom. 

ccustodia, 

watch,  guard. 

^f  **' 
^       libero. 

but. 

occupo, 

seize. 

set  free. 

ripa, 

bank. 

nam. 

for. 

rex, 

king. 

paene, 

almost. 

helium, 

war. 

similis. 

like. 

caput. 

head. 

terreo. 

frighten. 

castra. 

camp. 

fortiter, 

bravely. 

dux,  duels. 

leader. 

imago. 

image, 

382 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ita, 

Ihus,  so. 

finis. 

limit,  end. 

supplicium, 

punishment. 

hostis, 

enemy. 

beatus, 

hnpp!/. 

lupa, 

she-wolf. 

labor, 

labor. 

mare. 

sea. 

laboro, 

work. 

mons. 

mountain. 

laudo, 

jyraise. 

navis. 

ship. 

ludo, 

play. 

paro, 

prepare. 

adhibeo, 

employ. 

pars. 

part. 

certamen, 

contest. 

urbs. 

city. 

condo, 

found. 

absum. 

he  away. 

constituo, 

determine. 

conevnio. 

come  together. 

deinde, 

then. 

cur. 

why. 

inter, 

between,  among. 

femina. 

woman. 

itaque, 

therefore. 

finitimus. 

neighboring. 

nomen, 

name. 

gens. 

race,  tribe. 

postea. 

afterwards. 

•V^  indico. 

declare. 

prior, 

former. 

iubeo. 

order. 

propterea, 

on  account  of  this. 

legatio. 

embassy. 

regno, 

reign. 

legatus. 

ambassador. 

vallum, 

rampart. 

rogo. 

ask. 

victor. 

victor. 

societas. 

alliance. 

voco. 

call. 

undique, 

from  everywhere. 

barbarus. 

uncivilized. 

uxor. 

wife. 

desum. 

he  wanting. 

gagmen. 

army. 

flos, 

flower. 

arx. 

citadel. 

genus, 

kirul. 

consuetude, 

,    custom. 

iungo, 

join. 

forum, 

forum. 

lex, 

law. 

gloria, 

glory. 

magnitude. 

magnitude. 

imperator. 

commander. 

mos, 

custom,  manner. 

nimc. 

now. 

multitude. 

multitude. 

orbis. 

circle. 

tempus. 

time. 

orbis  ter- 

animal. 

animal. 

rarum, 

the  world. 

civis, 

citizen. 

pons, 

bridge. 

collis, 

hUl. 

vis. 

force. 

A 

GROUP  III 

Sections  154-260 

eras. 

to-morrow. 

hodie. 

to-day. 

diligenter, 

carefully. 

iterum. 

offain. 

heri, 

yesterday. 

lib  enter, 

uriilingly. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


383 


sine, 

loiihout. 

audax, 

daring. 

cotidie, 

daily. 

cado, 

fall. 

deleo, 

destroy. 

forte. 

by  chance. 

dum, 

while. 

iter, 

roxde,  march. 

ibi, 

there. 

omnis, 

ail. 

numquam, 

never. 

pax. 

peai-e. 

si, 

if. 

arced. 

keep  off. 

spero. 

hope. 

fuga. 

flight. 

una. 

together  wUh. 

fugio. 

flee. 

adversus, 

unfavorable. 

optimus. 

best. 

adpropinquo,  apjyroach. 

porta. 

gate. 

causa, 

cause. 

resisto. 

resist. 

munus. 

reward. 

terror. 

alarm. 

oculus. 

eye. 

vetus, 

old. 

peto. 

seek. 

alius. 

other. 

signtun, 

sign. 

alter. 

the  other. 

statim. 

immediately. 

ambo. 

both. 

sumo. 

take  up,  begin. 

corpus. 

body. 

Virgo, 

maiden. 

digitus, 

finger. 

campus. 

field. 

milia. 

thousands. 

e-ex. 

from,  out  of. 

mille. 

thousand. 

poena, 

punishment. 

pes, 

foot. 

gero. 

carry  on. 

totus. 

all,  entire. 

scutum. 

shield. 

solus. 

only,  alone. 

sinistra, 

left  hand. 

nullus. 

no. 

capio. 

take. 

neuter. 

neither. 

facio. 

fnake,  do. 

alius. 

any. 

rapid. 

seize. 

unus. 

one. 

arbor. 

tree. 

duo. 

two. 

avis. 

bird. 

tres. 

three. 

carmen. 

.song. 

quattuor, 

four. 

cano. 

sing. 

quinque. 

five. 

debeo. 

owe,  one  ought. 

sex. 

six. 

intellego. 

understand. 

septem. 

seven. 

lux. 

light. 

octo. 

eight. 

possum. 

he  able. 

novem. 

nine. 

sentio. 

feel. 

decem. 

ten. 

talis. 

such. 

uter. 

which. 

verbum. 

irord. 

uterque, 

e<u-h. 

vox. 

voice. 

centimi, 

one  hundred. 

acer. 

sharp,  active. 

caedes, 

slaughter, 

384 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ira, 

wrath. 

oppidanus. 

citizen. 

lego, 

gather,  read 

periculum, 

danger. 

medius, 

middle. 

vito, 

avoid. 

mulier, 

woman. 

densus, 

thick. 

proelium, 

battle. 

gravis, 

severe. 

telum, 

weapon. 

humanus. 

human. 

verto, 

turn. 

interficio. 

kill. 

vivo, 

live. 

maxime. 

most. 

vulnus. 

wound. 

post. 

after. 

comes, 

companion. 

salveo. 

welcome. 

relinquo. 

leave. 

tempestas, 

weather. 

vinco. 

conquer. 

disco, 

learn. 

ago. 

drive,  do. 

narro. 

tell  about. 

ante, 

before. 

plurimus. 

most. 

cams. 

dear. 

responded, 

reply. 

civitas, 

state. 

suspicio. 

look  up  to. 

distribuo. 

distribute. 

diu. 

a  long  time. 

eligo. 

choose. 

frigus. 

cold. 

foedus. 

treaty. 

hie. 

here. 

modo. 

only. 

maneo. 

remain. 

moveo. 

move. 

navigatio. 

voyage. 

senator. 

senator. 

pono. 

place. 

tristis. 

sad. 

valeo. 

be  well. 

mensis. 

month. 

veho. 

carry. 

oro, 

beg,  entreat. 

voluptas, 

pleasure. 

senex. 

old  man. 

iustitia, 

jiistice. 

dens. 

tooth. 

legio. 

legion. 

moneo, 

advise. 

oratio, 

GROUP  IV 
Sections  261-390 

speech. 

ego, 

I. 

suus, 

his,  her,  its,  their. 

meus. 

my. 

cura. 

care. 

nos, 

we. 

fortuna. 

fortune. 

noster. 

our. 

inopia, 

want. 

tu. 

you  (sing.). 

saepe, 

often. 

tuus. 

your  (sing.). 

secundus. 

favorable. 

vos. 

you  (pL). 

ars, 

art. 

vester, 

your  (pi,), 

enim, 

for. 

sui, 

of   himself, 

of  them-      hie. 

this. 

selves. 

iste, 

that  (of  yours). 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


385 


me, 

that  (yonder). 

casus, 

fall. 

ipse, 

self. 

impetus. 

attack. 

ac. 

and. 

quia. 

because. 

claudo, 

shut. 

spatium. 

distance. 

habito, 

dwell  in. 

vulnero. 

wound. 

ius. 

right. 

acies. 

line  of  battle. 

creo. 

bring  forth,  make. 

dies. 

day. 

dissimilis. 

different. 

divide. 

divide. 

igitur, 

therefore. 

hiems. 

winter. 

is, 

this,  that. 

hora, 

hour. 

qui, 

who,  which. 

nox, 

night. 

mors. 

death. 

occasus. 

falling,  setting. 

quaero. 

seek  for,  ask. 

orior. 

arise. 

solum, 

only. 

rego. 

rule. 

armo. 

arm. 

accipio. 

receive. 

ferruin. 

iron,  sword. 

atrox. 

fierce,  cruel. 

finio. 

limit,  end. 

clamor, 

shouting. 

imperium. 

governmetd. 

conficio. 

complete,  destroy. 

impero. 

command. 

nee. 

and  not. 

pauci. 

few. 

nee  ...  nee 

;,  neither  .  .  .  nor. 

placed, 

please. 

spes. 

hope. 

pro. 

for,  in  behalf  of. 

sustineo. 

keep  back,  withstand. 

victoria. 

victory. 

orator, 

orator. 

adventus. 

apjrroach. 

quis, 

who,  what? 

conspectus. 

sight. 

fled, 

weep. 

cornu. 

horn,  wing. 

publicus, 

public. 

exercitus. 

army. 

admiratio. 

admiration. 

gaudeo. 

rejoice. 

altus. 

high,  deep. 

manus. 

hand,  force. 

faeinus. 

crime. 

mox. 

soon. 

iudex. 

judge. 

6s, 

mouth. 

laerima. 

tear. 

passus. 

pace. 

difficilis. 

difficult. 

mille 

facilis. 

easy. 

passus. 

a  mile. 

credo. 

believe. 

portus, 

harbor. 

cresco. 

grow. 

scientia, 

knowledge. 

domus. 

home. 

usus. 

use. 

quies. 

rest. 

concurro, 

run  together. 

res. 

affair,  thing. 

spiritus. 

sidrit. 

dives. 

rich. 

praeda, 

h(fofy. 

maximus. 

greatest. 

caedo, 

cut  down,  to  Icill. 

summus, 

highest. 

386 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


superior, 

higher. 

neque  .  . 

bene, 

well 

,  neque. 

neither  .  .  .  nor. 

delecto, 

please. 

brevis. 

short. 

dimitto, 

send  away. 

canis. 

dog. 

magis. 

more. 

curro, 

run. 

maxime, 

most. 

eo. 

go. 

minime, 

least. 

fero, 

bear. 

num. 

whether. 

fio, 

become. 

optime, 

best. 

maid, 

prefer. 

quam, 

than. 

nolo, 

be  unurilling. 

teneo, 

hold. 

volo, 

wish. 

facile. 

easily. 

officitmi, 

didy,  office. 

incredibilis. 

incredible. 

per, 

through. 

ingenium, 

nature,  character. 

rus, 

country. 

tamen, 

yet. 

rusticus, 

belonging  to  the  coun- 

arbitror, 

think. 

try. 

Conor, 

try. 

tango, 

touch. 

elementum. 

element,  principle. 

urbanus, 

belonging  to  the  city, 

fides. 

trust. 

city  (adj.),  urban. 

loquor. 

speak. 

averto, 

turn  away. 

morior. 

die. 

audacia. 

daring. 

patior, 

suffer. 

career. 

prison. 

potior. 

obtain. 

sequor. 

follow. 

utor. 

me. 

agito, 

drive  about,  disturb. 

neque, 

neither. 

GROUP  V 

Sections  391-535 

ut, 

that,  in  order  thai. 

ingens. 

great. 

ne, 

that  not,  lest. 

insto. 

urge. 

tego, 

cover. 

prope. 

near,  almost. 

pello. 

drive  away. 

doceo. 

teach.                       ■  ■ 

domicilium. 

residence. 

consilium. 

counsel,  plan. 

fama, 

report. 

iam. 

now,  already. 

peritus, 

experienced. 

murus. 

wall. 

sedeo. 

sit,  remain. 

nisi, 

unless. 

dubius, 

doubtful. 

qualis, 

siwh  as,  of  what  kind. 

nemo. 

no  one. 

quantus. 

as  great,  how  great. 

quin. 

but  that,  that. 

scio. 

know. 

civilis, 

belorujing  to  a  citizen, 

cimi, 

when,  since,  although. 

civil. 

Concordia, 

union. 

ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


387 


frango, 

break. 

nuntio. 

report. 

nosed, 

know. 

persuaded, 

persuade. 

singuli, 

(me  by  one. 

constantia. 

Jirniness. 

deUgo, 

.select. 

emo, 

buy. 

pervenio, 

arrive. 

ignis. 

.lire. 

aequalis, 

equal. 

immortalis. 

immortal. 

inimicus, 

hostUe. 

interrogo. 

ask. 

humus, 

ffround. 

pretium. 

price. 

lupus. 

wolf. 

procul. 

far. 

occido, 

kill. 

progredior. 

advance. 

redeo, 

(JO  ba/'k,  return. 

rursus. 

again. 

somnus. 

.sleep. 

adsum. 

be  present. 

subito, 

suddenhj. 

tantus. 

so  great. 

tarn. 

SO. 

tutus, 

.safe. 

praeter. 

except. 

cedo. 

withdraw. 

propter. 

on  account  of. 

cogo. 

compel. 

soleo,  solitus 

static. 

station. 

sum. 

be  accmtomed. 

auctoritas. 

authority. 

cupiditas. 

(lesire. 

captivus. 

captive. 

facultas. 

opportunity. 

proficiscor, 

depart. 

audeo, 

dare. 

propinquus. 

relative,  kinsman. 

aut, 

or. 

puto. 

think,  suppose. 

aut  .  .  .  aut 

,  either  .  .  .  or. 

committo. 

begin. 

initiiun, 

beginning. 

condicio, 

agreement. 

senatus, 

.senate. 

potestas. 

pmoer. 

administro. 

administer. 

supero, 

overcome. 

prudentia. 

knowledge,  prwlence. 

obses. 

hostage. 

aliquis, 

some  one,  some. 

provincia. 

province. 

idem. 

the  same. 

trans, 

across.                ^ 

quidam. 

a  certain,  certain. 

dignitas. 

worth. 

quis. 

any  one,  any. 

licet. 

it  is  permitted. 

quisquam. 

any  one  whatever. 

postulo. 

ask  for,  demand. 

quisque, 

each  one,  each. 

dictator, 

dictator. 

incido, 

fall  upon,  happen. 

LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 

574.  This  vocabulary  contains  all  the  Latin  words  used  in  the 
reading  matter  of  the  text,  but  does  not  include  words  illustrating  word- 
formation  and  derivation  unless  they  are  found  in  the  text  also.  These 
words  are  included  in  the  list  on  page  365. 

It  should  be  understood  that  a  Latin  word  is  not  always  trans- 
lated by  the  same  word  in  English,  the  exact  meaning  being  determined 
by  the  context.  In  a  vocabulary  like  this  the  number  of  definitions  is 
necessarily  lifnited,  but  the  student  need  not  hesitate  to  use  other 
English  equivalents  provided  that  they  seem  to  express  the  sense  more 
clearly  or  more  forcibly. 

Certain  words  which  are  introduced  in  the  reading  exercises 
before  their  grammatical  explanation  is  given  will  be  found  in  the 
vocabulary  in  the  forms  used  in  the  text;  e.  g.,  manibus,  section  168; 
eaedem,  section  316;  faceret,  section  331. 

A  accipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptus,    to 

a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl.,  by,  from,  on  reoeive,  welcome,  catch,  accept. 

the  side  oj.  accurro,  -ere,  -cuni,    -cursus,  to 

abed,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus,  to  go  run  to,  run  up. 

away.  accuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  accuse, 

abi,  imper  of  abed,  go  away,  be-  blame. 

gone.  acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  sharp,  active, 

abrogo,  -are,  -a^,  -&tus,  to  annul,  spirited,  violent. 

take  away.  acies,   -ei,  /.,   edge,   line,   line  of 

absens,    -ntis,    part,    of   absum,  battle. 

absent.  U  acinus,  -i,  m.,  a  berry,  grape.  / 

absolvo,  -ere,  -soM,  -solutus,  to  acus,  -us,  f .,  pin. 

set  free,  release,  acquit.  ad,  prep,  with  ace,  to,  towards, 

absum,  -esse,  afui,  afuturus,  to  be  according  to,  for. 

away,  be  distant.  addico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictus,  to  give 

ac,  conj.,  and,  and  also.  assent  to,  be  propitious,  be  favor- 

Acca,  -ae,  /.,  Acca  Larentia,  the  able. 

wife  of  Faustulus.  addo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  to  add  to, 

accedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessus,  to  annex,  join. 

come   near,    approach,    happen,  adeo,  -ire,  -ii  (-ivi),  -itus,  to  go  to, 

befall,  be  added  to.  approach. 

acceptus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  accipio,  adeo,  adv.,  to  such  a  degree,  so. 

welcome,  acceptable,  pleasing.  adeptus,  -a,  -um,  part  of  adipiscor. 

(3S8) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


389 


adferd,  see  affero. 

adficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  to  afect, 

inflict  upon. 
adhibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  employ, 

use. 
adicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus,  to  place 

near,  add  to. 
adipiscor,  -I,  adeptus  sum,  to  ob- 
tain, acquire,  attain. 
aditus,  -us,  m.,  approach,  erdrance. 
adiungo,  -ere,  -iunxi,  -iunctus,  to 

join  to,  unite,  annex. 
adiuvo,  -are,  -iuvi,  -iutus,  to  help, 

assist,  support. 
adlevo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  lift  up, 

raise. 
administro,   -are,   -avi,   -atus,   to 

manage,  guide,  administer. 
admiratio,    -onis,    f.,    admiration, 

iconder. 
admoneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  re- 
mind, warn,  admonish. 
adnecto,  -ere,  -nexui,  -nexus,  to 

tie  to,  Idtul  to,  annex. 
adolesco,  -ere,  -olevi,  adultus,  to 

grow  to  manhood. 
adrogo,  -are,  -avi,  atus,  to  claim, 

appropriate. 
adsto,  -are,  -stiti,  to  stand  by  or 

near. 
adsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  ft>  be 

near,  be  present. 
adsumo,  -ere,  -sumpsi,  -sumptus, 

to  receive,  accept,  adopt,  take. 
adulescens,  -ntis,  m.,  youth,  young 

man. 
adultus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  adolesco, 

grown  to  manhood,  mature. 
advenio,   -ire,   -veni,   -ventus,   to 

conw  to,  arrive. 
adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival^  coming. 


adversus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unfavor- 
able, adverse. 

adversus,  prep,  with  ace,  against. 

advoco,  -are,  -kn^  -atus,  to  call  to, 
summon. 

aedes,  -is,  f.,  temple;  pi.,  dwelling, 
house. 

aedifico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  build, 
erect. 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  adj.,  sick. 

aegritudo,  -inis,  f..  sickness,  grief; 
aegritudo  animi,  disappointment. 

aemulatio,  -onis,  f.,  rivalry,  emula- 
tion, imitation. 

Aeneas,  Aeneae,  m.,  Aeneas,  le- 
gendary an  cestorof  the  Romans. 

aeneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  bronze. 

aequMis,  -e,  adj.,  equal. 

aequitas,  -atis,  f.,  fairness,  justice, 
equity,  equality. 

aequo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  make 
equal,  become  equal. 

aereus,  -a,  -tmi,  adj.,  of  copper, 
bronze. 

aes,  aeris,  n.,  bronze;  pi.,  aera, 
statues  in  bronze. 

aestas,  -atis,  f.,  summer. 

aetas,  -atis,  f.,  age,  life,  time  of  life. 

affero,  -ferre,  attull,  allatus,  to 
bring  to,  produce,  report. 

Africa,  -ae,  f.,  Africa. 

Africanus,  -i,  m.,  Africanus,  a  sur- 
name of  Scipio. 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field,  land,  territory, 
country. 

aggredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum,  to  go 
to,  approach. 

agito,  -are,  -kvi,  -atus,  to  drive,  dis- 
turb, revolve  in  mind,  consider. 

agmen,  -inis,  n.,  army  (on  the 
march). 


390 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


agndsco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitus,  to 
recognize. 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actus,  to  lead,  drive, 
do,  conduct,  agree,  arrange,  pass 
(time);  quid  agis,  what  are  you 
doing?  how  are  you?  gratias 
agere,  to  give  thanks,  thank. 

agricola,  -ae,  m . ,  farmer. 

agricultura,  -ae,  f.,  cultivation  of 
the  land,  agriculture. 

aio,  defective  verb,  /  say,  assert; 
i      ait,  he  says;  aiunt,  they  say.  y 

Alba  Longa,  Albae  Longae,  i.,Alba 
Longa,  an   ancient  Latin  town. 

Albani,  -orum,  m.,  the  Alhans. 

Albanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Alban,  of 
the  Albans. 

albus,  -a,  -irni,  adj.,  white. 

alias,  adv.,  at  another  time. 

alibi,  adv.,  elsewhere. 

aliquamdiu,  adv.,  for  same  time,  a 
little  while. 

aliquando,  adv.,  at  some  time,  once, 
finally,  at  last. 

aliquantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  consider- 
able, somewhat. 

aliquid,  nom,  and  ace.  sing.  neut. 
of  aliquis,  something. 

aliquis,  aliquid,  indef.  pro.,  some 
one,  something. 

aliquot,  indecl.  adj.,  some,  several. 

aliud,  nom.  and  ace.  sing,  n.,  of 
alius,  other;  aliud  .  .  .  aliud, 
one  thing  .  .  .  another  thing. 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  adj.,  other,  an- 
other; alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  . 
another;  alii  .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  . 
others. 

alloquor,  -i,  -locutus  sum,  to  speak 
to,  address. 

Alpes,  ium,  f.,  the  Alps  mountains. 


alter,  -era,  -enmi,  adj.,  the  othe)'  (of 

two),  either,  another,  a  second; 

alter .  .  .  alter,  one  .  .  ,  the  other. 
altissimus,-a-um,  adj.,   super,  of 

altus,  highest,  very  high, 
altior,  altius,gen.  -oris,  adj.,  comp. 

of  altus,  deeper,  higher. 
altus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  deep,  high. 
amator,  -oris,  m.,  lover. 
ambo,  ambae,  ambo,  adj.,  both. 
ambulans,  -ntis,  part,  of  ambulo, 

ivalking. 
ambulo,  -ate,  -avi,  -atus,  to  walk 

about,  journeii. 
amethystus,  -i,  f.,  amethyst. 
amicitia,  -ae,  f.,  friendship. 
amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 
amitto,    -ere,    -misi,    -missus,    to 

send  away,  lose. 
amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  love,  like. 
amor,  pass,  of  amo,  /  am  loved. 
amor,  -oris,  m.,  love. 
amphitheatrum,  -i,  n.,  amphithea- 
ter. 
amphora,  -ar.,  f.,  a  bottle,  flask, 

pitcher. 
amplius,  adv.,  more,  more  than. 
ampulla,  -ae,  f.,  a  bottle,  flask. 
Amulius,  -i,  m.,  Amulius,  a  king  of 

Alba  Longa. 
Ancus,  -i,  m.,   Ancus,  a  king  of 

Rome, 
angustus, -a, -um,  adj.,  narrow, 
animal,  -alls,  n.,  animal. 
animus,    -i,    m.,    7nind,    courage, 

spirit,  disposition. 
annus,  -i,  m.,  ijear. 
ante,  prep,  with  ace,  before;  adv., 

before. 
antea,  adv.,  before. 
Antiquus,-a,-wn,  adj.,  ancient,  old. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


391 


Antdnius,  -i,  m.,  Antony,  a  Roman. 

anulus,  -i,  m,,  ring. 

anus,  anus,  f.,  old  woman. 

Apenninus,  -i,  in.,  the  Apennines, 
mountains  in  Italy. 

aperio,  -ire,  -rui,  -rtum,  to  open, 
uncover,    x 

apertus,  -a,  -iim,  part,  of  aperio, 
opened,  uncovered. 

Apollo,  -inis,  m.,  Apollo,  the  twin 
brother  of  Diana,  the  god  of 
the  sun,  of  music,  poetry,  au- 
gury, archery  and  healing. 

appello,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to  call. 

Appius,  -a,  -um,  adj.;  Appian, 
Appia  Via,  the  Appian  Way,  the 
road  named  for  Appius  Clau- 
dius. 

appono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 
place  before,  put  or  set  by. 

appropinquo,  -are,  -avi,  to  ap- 
proach, come  near. 

Aprilis,  -is,  m.,  the  month  of  April. 

apte,  adv.,  suitably,  nicely,  fitly. 

aptior,  -ius,  gen.,  oris,  adj.,  comp. 
of  aptus,  more  suitable. 

aptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  suitable,  fit, 
appropriate,  adapted. 
^pud,  prep,  with  ace,  among,  at 
the  house  of. 

Apulia,  -ae,  f.,  Apulia,  a  province 
of  Italy. 

aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water. 

aquaeductus,  -us,  m.,  an  aqueduct. 

aquila,  -ae,  f.,  ecw/Ze,  standard  (of 
a  legion). 

ara,  -ae,  f.,  altar. 

arbitror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  be  of 
the  opinion,  consider,  think,  sup- 


arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree, 


arceo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  keep  away,  off. 

arceret,  past  subj.  of  arceo  he^ 
(she,  it)  might  {wovM)  keep  off, 
keep  away. 

arcus,  -us,  m.,arch,  a  triumphal 
arch. 

arena,  -ae,  f.,  sand,  the  shore  (of 
the  sea),  the  arena  (in  an  amphi- 
theater.) 

argenteus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  silver, 

argentimi,  -i,  n.,  silver. 

aridus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dry,  withered, 
meagre. 

arma,  -onmi,  n.  pi.,  arms. 

armatus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  armo, 
armed. 

armilla,  -ae,  f.,  bracelet. 

armo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  arm. 

ars,  artis,  f.,  skill,  art,  knowledge, 
practice. 

arx,  arcis,  f.,  citadel. 

Ascanius,  -i,  m.,  Ascanius,  the  son 
of  Aeneas. 

Asia,  -ae,  f.,  Asia. 

asper,-era,-enmi,adj.,roz^(//i,  diffi- 
cult; n.  pi.  as  noun,  difficulties. 

astnmi,  -i,  n.,  star,  constellations- 
fig.,  heaven,  success. 

asylvmi,  -i,  asylum.  / 

at,  conj.,  but. 

Athenae,  -arum,  f.  pi.,  Athens. 

atque,  conj.,  and,  and  also. 

atrociter,  adv.,  cruelly,  severely. 

atr6x,-ocis,adj .,  j^erce,  savage,  cruM. 

attentus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  attentive. 

Attus,-i,m.,  Attus,Si  Roman  augur. 

auctor,  -oris,  m.,  author,  authority. 

auctoritas,  -atis,  f.,  influence, 
authority. 

audacia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness,  courage, 
aiuiacity,  insolence. 


392 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


audacter,  adv.,  boldly. 

audax,  -acis,  ,*idj.,  daring,  hold, 
brave. 

audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum,  to  dare. 

audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  to  hear. 

audire,  pres.  inf.  of  audio,  to  hear. 

audiri,  pres.  inf.  pass,  of  audio,  to 
be  heard. 

auditu,abl.  supine  of  audio,  to  hear. 

aufero,  -ferre,  abstuli,  ablatus,  to 
take  away,  take  off,  carry  off, 
remove. 

aufert,  see  aufero. 

aufugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  to  flee  away 
from,  flee  away. 

augeo,  -ere,  aum,  auctus,  to  in- 
crease, strengthen,  enlarge,  ad- 
vance. 

augiu-,  -uris,  m.,  augur,  soothsayer 

augurium,  -i,  n.,  divination,  augury. 

Augustus,  -i,  m.,  Augustus,  the 
first  Roman  emperor;  the 
month  of  August. 

Aurelius,  -i,  m.,  Aurelius,  Marcus 
Aureliiis,  a  Roman  emperor. 

aiu-eus,  -a,  -irni,  adj.,  of  gold, 
golden. 

aurum,  -i,  gold. 

auspicato,  adv.,  after  taking  the 
auspices,  by  augury. 

auspicium,  -i,  n,,  divination, 
augury. 

auster,  -tri,  m.,  the  south  loind. 

aut,  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either 
.  .  .  or. 

autem,  conj.,  but,  however,  more- 
over. 

Aventinus,  -i,  m..  Mount  Aventi- 
nus  at  Rome. 

averto,  -ere,  -verti,  -versus,  to 
turn  away, 


avis,  -is,  f.,  bird. 

avitus,  -a,  -xxm,  adj.,  of  a  grand- 
father, ancestral. 
avus,  -i,  m.,  grandfather. 

B 

bahieum,  -i,  n.;  pi.,  balneae, 
-arum,  f.,  a  baih,  a  place  for 
bathing. 

barbarus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  uncivil- 
ized, barbarian. 

beatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  happy,  for- 
tunate. 

bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  warlike. 

bellum,  -i,  n.,  war. 
,  bene,  adv.,  well. 
\  beneficimn,  -i,  n.,  kindness,  favor. 

benigne,  adv.,  kindly. 

benignus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  kind. 

bestia,  -ae,  f.,  beast,  animal. 

bibo,  -ere,  bibi,  to  drink. 

blandus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  persuasive, 
coaxing,  alluring. 

bonus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  good;  pi., 
boni,  good  men:  bona,  good 
things,  goods. 

brevis,  -e,  adj.,  short,  brief. 

Britanni,  -onun,  m.,  Britons,  in- 
habitants of  Britain. 

Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Britain. 

Brundisiiun,  -i,  n.,  Brundisium,  an 
ancient  town  in  Italy. 

Brutus,  -i,  m.,  Brutus.  1.  The 
first  Roman  consul.  2.  One  of 
the  conspirators  against  Caesar. 


C,  abbreviation  for  Gains,  Caius. 
cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casus,  to  fall, 

fall  down,  fall  dead,,  die. 
caedes,  -is,  f.,  slaughter,  murder. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


393 


caedo,  -ere,  cecidi,  caesus,  lo  ml, 

cut  flotrn,  strike,  kill. 
caelestis,  -e,  adj.,  of  heaven,  heav- 

erdy,  celestial. 
Caelius,  -i,  m.,  the  Caelian  hill  at 

Rome, 
caelum,  -i,  n.,  sky. 
Caesar,  -aris,  m.,  Caesar. 
caestus,  -us,    m.,   a  strap  loaded 

with  metal    balls    and   wound 

around  the   hands  for  boxing; 

boxing-glove. 
caesus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  caedo. 
calor,  -oris,  n?.,  heat. 
campus,  -i,  m.,  field,  campiis,  the 

Campiis  Martius  at  Rome, 
candeo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  shine,  glitter. 
canis,  -is,  m.,  dog. 
cano,  -ere,  cecini,  cantus,  to  sing. 
capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captus,  to  take, 

take  captive,  make  prisoner,  cap- 
ture. 
Capitolium,  -i,  n.,  the  Capitol  at 

Rome. 
Capitolinus»  -i,  m.,  the  Capitoline 

hill  at  Rome. 
Capitolinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belong- 
ing to  the  Capitol,  Capitoline. 
capra,  -ae,  f.,  a  she-goat. 
captivus,  -i,  m.,  captive,  prisoner. 
captus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  capio, 

captured,  taken  prisoner. 
caput,  -itis,  n.,  head,  capital;  minor 

capitis,  deprii^ed  of  citizenship. 
Caracalla,  -ae.,  m.,   CaracaUa,   a 

Roman  emperor, 
career,  -eris,  m.,  prison,  jail. 
carior,  -ius,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.,  comp. 

of  cams,  dearer,  more  dear. 
caritas,  -atis,  f.,  affection,  esteem, 

love. 


carmen,  -mis,  n.,  song. 

carpentiun,  -i,  n.,  carriage,  curt. 

Carthaginienses,  -ium,  m.,  the 
Carthaginians. 

Carthago,  -inis,  f.,  Carthage,  a 
city  in  Africa. 

cams,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dear. 

casa,  -ae,  f.,  hut,  house. 

Cassius,  -i,  m.,  Cassias. 

Castor,  -oris,  m..  Castor,  the 
brother  of  Pollux,  with  whom  as 
the  constellation  Gemini,  he 
guides  sailors. 

castra,  -drum,  n.,  pi.,  camp. 

casus,  -us,  m.,  fall,  accident, 
chance. 

catapulta,  -ae,  f.,  a  catapult,  an 
engine  of  war  for  throwing  ar- 
rows, stones  etc. 

Catilina,  -ae,  m.,  Catiline. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause,  reason,  cause 
or  case  (in  a  law  suit);  causa, 
(abl.)  with  gen.,  for  the  sake  of. 

caved,  -ere,  cavi,  cautus,  to  guard 
against,  avoid,  take  care,  look  out. 

cavum,  -i,  n.,  hollow,  hole. 

ceciderunt,  perf.,  see  cado. 

cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  cessus,  to  go, 
vyithdraw,  retire. 

celer,  -ris,  -re,  adj.,  swift. 

celeriter,  adv.,  quickly. 

celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  keep  secret, 
hide,  conceal. 

cena,  -ae,  f.,  dinner. 

census,  -us,  m.,  census. 

centum,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  one 
hundred. 

centuria,  -ae,  f.,  a  century,  a  divi- 
sion consisting  of  one  hundred; 

^  a  hundred,  a  division  of  the 
Roman  people, 


394 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Ceres,  -eris,  f.,  Cei'es,  the  goddess 

of  agriculture, 
certamen,  -inis,  n.,  strife,  conflict, 

contest. 
certatim,  adv.,  earnestly,  eagerly, 
^      imlently. 
certe,  adv.,  certainly,  surely,  yes 

indeed. 
certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  certain  de- 
termined. 
ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  pi.,  the  rest, 

the  others. 
cibus,  -i,  m.,  food. 
Cicero,  -onis,  m.,  Cicero,  a  famous 

Roman  orator, 
circa,  adv.,  around,  round  about, 

throughout;     prep,    with    ace, 

around. 
circiter,  adv.,  aboid. 
circum,  prep,  with  ace,  about. 
circumaro,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    to 

plow  around. 
circumdo,  -dare,  -dedi,  -datus,  to 

build  around,  surround. 
circumsto,   -are,   -steti,   to   stand 

around,  surround. 
circus,   -i,   m.,   circle,   circus,   the 

Circus  Maximus  at  Rome, 
cista,  -ae,  f.,  box. 
civilis,    -e,    adj.,    belonging    to    a 

citizen,  of  a  citizen,  civil. 
civis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  citizen. 
civitas,  -atis,  f.,  state. 
clades,  -is,  f.,  destruction,  disaster, 

defeat. 
clamito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  shout, 

call  out. 
clam5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call, 

cry  out. 
clamor,  -oris,  m.,  shoid. 


clandestinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  secret, 

hidden. 
clangor,  -oris,  m.,  noise. 
clarior,  -ius,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.  comp. 

of  clarus,  brighter,  more  famous. 
clarissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super, of 

clarus,  brightest,  most  famous. 
clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bright,  clear, 

famous;  clara  vox,  a  loud  voice. 
classis,  -is,  f.,  class,  fleet. 
Claudianus,    -a,    -imi.,    adj.,     of 

Claudius. 
claudo,   -ere,   clause,   clausus,   to 

shut,  close. 
clausus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  claudo, 

closed. 
clavis,  -is,  f.,  key. 
Clusinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Clusium, 

an  ancient  town  in  Etruria. 
Codes,  -itis,  m.,  CocleSy  Horatius 

Codes. 
coegi,  -isti,  -it,  etc.,  perf,  see  cogo. 
coepi,  coepisse,  coeptt-m,  defective 

verb,  to  begin. 
cogitatio,    -onis,    f.,    deliberation, 

thought,  opinion. 
cognomen,  -inis,  n.,  name,  the  sur- 
name, family  name. 
cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactus,  to  urge, 

compel. 
Collatinus,  -i,  m.,  Collatinus. 
coUis,  -is,  m.,  hill. 
coUoquor,  -i,  -locutus  sum,  to  talk 

with,  converse. 
color,  -oris,  m.,  color. 
Colosseiun,  -i,  n.,  the  Colosseum 

at  Rome. 
colvunba,  -ae,  f.,  dove. 
columna,  -ae,  f.,  column. 
comes,  -itis,  m.,  companion. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


395 


comitiiiin,    -i,    n.,    coniitium,    the 

place  for  the  assembling  of  the 

Romans;    pi.,   the  comitia,  the 

meeting  of  the  Romans  to  elect 

magistrates. 
commigro,    are,    -avi,    -atus,    to 

remove,  go. 
committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  to 

join  together,  begin. 
communis,  -e,  adj.,  common. 
commutatio,  -onis,  f.,  change. 
comparo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  make 

ready,  proride,  prepare. 
compello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus,  to 

drive  together,  impel,  compel. 
comploratio,  -onis,  f.,  lamanlation, 

complaint. 
compono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 

compose,  arrange,  design. 
compositimi,  -i,  n.,  agreement;  ex 

composite,  by  agreement. 
compositus,    -a,    -imi,    part.,    see 

compono. 
compulsus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  com- 
pello, compelled. 
concede,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessus,  to 

withdraw,  depart,  permit. 
concilio,  -are,  -avi,  atus,  to  unite, 

loin    over,    secure    the  favor   of, 

acquire. 
concipi6,-ere,-cepi,-ceptus,  to  take 

hold  of,  condeive,  imagine,  think. 
conclamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call 

out  together,  shout,  exclaim. 
conclave,  -is,  n.,  room,  apartment. 
Concordia,  -ae,  f.,  the  goddess  of 

concord. 
Concordia,  -ae,  f.,  union,  harmony. 
concurro,  -ere,  -curri  and  -cucurri, 

-cursus,  to  run  together,  meet  in 

combat,  join  battle. 


concursus,  -iis,  m.,  a  running  to- 
gether, meeting,  encounter. 
condemno,  -are,  -avi,   -atus,   to 

condemn. 
condicio,  -onis,  f.,  agreement,  terms, 

condition. 
condidisse,  perf ,  act.  inf.  of  condo, 

to  have  founded. 
conditor,  -oris,  m.,  founder. 
conditus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  condo, 

founded,  built. 
condo, -ere,  condidi, -ditus,  to  ptee, 

found,  put  away,  establish,  build. 
confectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  con- 

ficio,  weakened,  exhausted. 
conficio,    -ere,    -feci,    -fectus,    to 

complete,  make,  exhaust,  kill. 
confidentia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness,  con- 
fidence. 
confodio,   -ere,   -fodi,   -fossus,  to 

stab,  assassinate. 
confugio,   -ere,   -fiigi,   to  flee  for 

refuge. 
congredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum,  to  go 

or  come  together,  meet. 
conicio,    -ere,    -ieci,    -iectus,    to 

throw,  hurl,  put  with  force. 
coniungo,  -ere,  -itjn»,  -iiinctus,  to 

connect,  join,  unite. 
coniiinx,  -iugis,  m.  and  f .,  husband, 

wife. 
coniurati,  -drum,  m.,  conspirators. 
coniiiratio,  -onis,  f.,  conspiracy. 
coniuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  swear 

together,  plot,  conspire. 
Conor,    -ari,    -atus    sum,    to    try, 

attempt. 
conscribo,  -ere,  -scripsi,  -scriptus, 

to  enroll. 
consensus,    -us,    m.,    agreement, 

unanimity,  harmony. 


396 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


consero,  -ere,  -semi,  -sertus,  to 
join,  bring  together;  manus  con- 
serere,  to  join  battle. 

conserve,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to  pre- 
serve, keep,  observe. 

consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessus,  to 
take  a  position,  be  seated,  sit, 
encamp,  settle. 

consilium,  -i,  n.,  counsel,  advice, 
plan,  authority. 

conspectus,  -us,  va.f sight,  view. 

conspicor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  see, 
perceive,  behold. 

conspirator,  oris,  m.,  conspirator. 

constantia,  -ae,  /.,  firmness,  con- 
stancy, perseverance. 

Constantinus,  i.,  m.,  Constantine, 
a  Roman  emperor. 

constematus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of 
constemo,  alarmed,  in  alarm, 
panic-stricken. 

constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus,  to 
appoint,  create,  determine,  agree, 
resolve. 

consto,  -are,  -stiti,  -staturus,  to 
stand  together,  agree;  impersonal, 
it  is  certain,  evident,  agreed. 

consul,  -ulis,  m,,  consul. 

consulatus,  -us,  m.,  consulship, 
the  office  of  consul. 

consulo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  to  consider, 
consult. 

consultissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj,. 
super,  of  consultus,  m^st  learned, 
experienced. 

consultus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  con- 
sul©, learned,  experienced. 

contemplor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to 
observe,  consider. 

contendo,  -ere,  -tendi,  -tentus,  to 
^     hasten. 


continenter,  adv.,  continvxilly . 
contio,  -onis,  f.,  assembly,  meeting. 
conubium,    -i,    n.,    marriage,    the 

right  of  intermarriage. 
convenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  to 

come    together,     assemble;     im- 
personal, it  is  agreed. 
conversus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  con- 

verto,  turned,  turned  towards. 
converto,   ere,   -ti,  -sus,  to  turn, 

direct  to. 
convoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call 

together,  summon. 
copia,  -ae,  f.,  plenty,  abundance; 

pi.,  forces. 
Cornelia,  -ae,  f.,  Cornelia. 
Cornelius,  -i,  m.,  Cornelius. 
cornii,  -iis,  n.,  horn,  vring  (of  an 

army). 
corona,  -ae,  f.,  wreath,  garland. 
corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body. 
cos,  cotis,  f.,  whetstone. 
cotidie,  adv.,  every  day,  daily. 
eras,  adv.,  to-morrow. 
Crassus,  -i,  m.,  Crassus. 
creando,  dat.  and  abl.  gerundive 

of  creo,  for  or  by  electing. 
creatus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  creo, 

elected,    appointed,    having   been 

elected. 
credo,  -ere,  credidi,  creditus    to 

trust,  confide  in,  believe. 
creo,   -are,   -a^d,  -atus,  to   bring 

forth,  make,  elect,  appoint. 
cresco,  -ere,  crevi,  cretus,  to  be 

bom,  grow,  increase,  be  enlarged. 
cre^,  perf.,  see  cresco. 
criminor,  -ari,  -atus  stmi,  to  accuse, 

complain  of. 
crinis,  -is,  m.,  hair. 
crudelis,  -e,  adj.,  cruel. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


397 


criideliter,  adv.,  cruelly. 
crustulum,    -i,    n.,    confectionery, 

sweetmeats,  candy. 
cubo,  -are,  cubui,  cubitus,  to  lie 

asleep,  Ijc. 
cui,  dat.  sing.,  see  qui,  quis. 
cuilibet,  dat.  sing.,  see  quilibet. 
cuiusdam,  gen.  sing.,  see  quidam. 
culpo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  blame, 

complain  of. 
cum,  prep,  with  abl.,  with. 
cum,  con j.,  when,  since,  although. 
cirai  .  .  .  timi,  conj.,  nx)t  only  .  .  . 

hvi  also,  both  .  .  .  and. 
Cumaeus,  -a,  -tun,  adj.,  Cumaean, 

of  Cumae,  a  town  in  Campania, 

the  home  of  the  Sibyl, 
cunctor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  delay, 

hesitate. 
cupiditas,  -atis,  f.,  desire,  avarice. 
cupido,  -inis,  f.,  desire,  wish. 
cur,  adv.,  ivhy. 
cura,  -ae,  f.,  rare,  anxiety. 
Cures,  -ium,  m.,  Cures,  the  capital 

of  the  Sabines. 
curia,  -ae,  f.,  curia,  one  of  the 

divisions  of  the  Roman  people, 

the  senate-house,  the  .senate. 
Curiatius,  -i,  m.,  Curiatius;    pi., 

the  Cvriatii. 
euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  care  for. 
curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursus,  to  run, 

hasten. 
curru,  abl.  sing,  of  currus. 
currus,  -us,  m.,a  chariot,  car. 
cursus,  -us,  m.,  a  running,  pas- 
sage, way. 
Ciu^ius,  -i,  m.,  Curtius. 
custodia,  -ae, /.,  custody,  watch. 
custos,  -odis,  m.,  guard. 
Cybele,  -ae,  f.,  Cybele,  a  goddess 


worshipped  by  the  Romans  as 
the  Great  Mother  of  the  gods. 
D 

dabam,  dabas,  dabat,  etc.,  past  of 
do,  I  was  giving,  you  were  giving, 
he  was  giving,  etc. 

dabo,  future  of  do,  /  shall  give. 

damno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  con- 
demn. 

daps,  dapis,  i.,  feast,  banqu£t,  meal. 

dare,  inf.  of  do,  to^give. 

datmn  in,  fut.  pass.  inf.  of  do,  to 
be  about  to  be  given. 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  down 
from,  concerning. 

dea,  -ae,  f.,  goddess. 

debello,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  con- 
quer, subdue. 

debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  owe,  one 
ought,  must,  etc. 

decem,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  ten. 

December,  -bris,  m.,  the  month  of 
December. 

decemo,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cretus,  to 
decide,  determine. 

decimus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  tenth. 

decretus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  de- 
cern©. 

deciuTo,  -ere,  -cucurri,  -cursus, 
to  run  down,  charge,  advance 
rapidly. 

dedi,  dedisti,  dedit,  etc.,  porf.  of 
do,  /  have  given,  you  have  given, 
he  has  given,  etc. 

dedo,  -ere,  dedidi,  deditus,  lo  give 
up,  surrender,  deliver,  yield. 

deducd,  -ere,  -dtijd,  -ductus,  to 
lead  down,  escort,  conduct. 

defatigatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wearied. 

defendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fensus,  to 
defend. 


398 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


defessus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  exhauMal. 
weary. 

defigo,  -ere,  -fixi,  -fixus,  to  Jiv, 
fasten,  stnke. 

defixus,  -a,  -\im,  part,  of  defigo, 
fixed,  astonished]  admiratione 
defixus,  filled  ivith  admiration. 

d^functus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  de- 
fungor. 

defungor,  -i,  -functus  sum,  to  per- 
form, finish,  die. 

deicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  iectus,  to  throw 
down,  hurl  down,  throw. 

deinceps,  adv.,  in  turn,  success- 
ively. 

deinde,  adv.,  then,  thereupon. 

delapsus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  de- 
labor,  descending. 

delectans,  -ntis,  adj.,  pleasing, 
entertaining. 

delectantissimus,  -a,  -mn,  adj., 
super,  of  delectans,  most  {very) 
entertaining. 

delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  please, 
delight,  entertain. 

deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etus,  to  destroy. 

deligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -Iectus,  to 
choose,  select. 

deliro,  -are,  to  he  crazy,  deranged, 
out  of  one's  wits. 

demigro,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to  move 
away,  remove,  depart. 

demissus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  de- 
mitto,  sent  down,  having  descend- 
ed, 

demitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  to 
send  down;  pass.,  to  descend. 

demo,  -ere,  dempsi,  demptiun,  to 
take  away. 

denique,  adv.,  finally,  v  \/ 

dens,  dentis,  m.,  tooth. 


densus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  thick, 
dense. 

denuo,  adv.,  anew,  again. 

depono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 
place  down,  lay  down. 

derideo,  -ere,  -risi,  -sus,  to  laugh 
at,  deride. 

describe,  -ere,  -scrips!,  -scriptus, 
to  define,  mark  off,  divide. 

desero,  -ere,  -rui,  -rtus,  to  leave, 
for.mke,  abandon. 

designo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  mark 
Old,  designate,  descHhe. 

desilio,  -ire,  -silui,  -sultus,  to  leap 
down,  dismount. 

desipio,  -ere,  to  he  silly,  he  foolish. 

desponsus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  des- 
pondeo,  promised,  pledged,  be- 
trothed. 

desum,  deesse,  defui,  to  he  want- 
ing, be  lacking. 

deterred,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  pre- 
vent, hinder. 

detineo,  -ere,  -m,  -tentus,  to  de- 
tain, hinder. 

deum,  gen.  pi.,  see  deus. 

deuro,  -ere,  -ussi,  -ustus,  to  hum 
up,  destroy. 

deus,  -i,  m.,  god.  (For  declension 
see  sec.  548.) 

devoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  devour. 

dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  right, 
right  hand. 

dextra,  -ae,  f.,  the  right  hand. 

diadema,  -atis,  n.,  diadem,  crmim. 

Diana,  -ae,  f.,  Diana,  goddess  of 
the  forest  and  the  chase. 

die,  imper.  of  died,  say,  tell. 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus,  to  tell,  say, 
declare. 

dictator,  -oris,  m.,  dictator. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA  399 

dicto, -are, -avi,-atus,  to  say  o/f en,  dissimilis,  -e,  adj.,  different,  un~ 

dictate.  like. 

dictum,  -i,  n.,  word^  command.  dissimulans,  -ntis,  part,   of  dis- 

didici,  i)crf.,  see  disco.  simulo,  disguising,  concealing. 

die,  abl.  sing.,  see  dies.  dissimulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  dis- 

dies,  diei,  m.,  (sometimes  f.),  day,  guise,  conceal. 

time.  distraheret,  past,  subj .  of  distraho, 

difficilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult,  hard.  he  might  draw  apart,  separate . 

digitus,  -i,  m.,  finger.  distraho,  -ere,  -traxi,  -tractus,  to 

dignitas,    -atis,    f.,    worth,    merit,  draw  apart,  separate. 

greatness.  distribuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus,  to  dis- 

dignus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  worthy,  de-  tribute,  divide. 

serving.  diu,  adv.,  a  long  time. 

digredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum,  to  go  diutius,  adv.,  comp.  of  diu,  longer. 

apart,  depart.  dives,  -itis,  adj.,  richi/ 

digressus,    -a,    -um,    part.,    sec  divide,  -ere,  -visi,    -visus,  to  di- 

digredior.  vide. 

dii,  nom.  pi.,  .see  deus.  divinus,  -a,  -tmi,  adj.,  belonging  to 

dnigens,  -ntis,  adj.,  diligent,  care-  the  gods,  divine. 

Jul.  divisus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  divido, 

diligenter,    adv.,    carefully,    dili-  diirided. 

gently.  divitia^,  -arum,  f.,  nches. 

dimicans,    -ntis,    pros.    part.    (»f  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  to  give,  pid, 

dimico,  fighting.  place,  appoint. 

dimico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  fight,,  doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  doctus,  to  teach, 

corUend.  show. 

dimitto,   -ere,   -misi,   -missus,    to  doctor,  -oris,  m.,  teacher. 

send  apart,  semi  away,  dismiss.  doctrina,  -ae,  f.,  teaching,  doctrine. 
dirimo,    -ere,    -emi,    -emptus,    to  dolose,  adv.,  treacherously,  deceit- 
divide,  break  off,  put  away,  de-  fully. 

stray.  domi,  loc,  at  home. 

discipulus,  -i,  m.,  pupil,  learner.  domicHiumy-lyn.,  habitation,  dwell - 

disco,  -ere,  didici,  to  learn.  ing,  abode,  residence. 

discordia,  -ae,  f.,  dissension,  dis-  dominus,  -i,  m.,  master,  overseer. 

cord.  domus,  -us,  f.,  house;  loc.,  domi, 
discordo,  -are,  to  he  at  variance,  to  at  home:    ace,  domum,  home- 
quarrel.             ^  ward,  home. 
disciUTo,  -ere,  -curri,  -cursus,  to  donee,  conj.,  until. 

run  to  and  fro.  doniun,  -i,  n.,  gift. 

displiceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itimi,  to  diK-  dubius,    -a,    -van,   adj.,    doiddful; 

please.  '  procul  dubio,  certainly,  undoubt- 


400 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


edly;   non  est  dubiiim,  there  is 

no  doubt. 
ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  tioo  hundred. 
duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductus,  to  lead, 

draw,  produce,  conduct. 
ducturus,  -a,  -um,  fut.  act.  part. 

of  duco,  about  to  lead. 
dvun,  conj.,  until,  while,  as  long  as. 
duo,  duae,  duo,  adj.,  two. 
duodecim,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  twelve. 
duodecimus,  -a,  -irni,  adj.,  twelfth. 
duodeviginti,    indcl.    num.    adj., 

eighteen. 
duplico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  double, 

enlarge,  increase. 
dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader. 


£ 

e,  ex,  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  out  of. 
ea,  abl.  sing,  f.,  see  is. 
eaedem,  nom.  pi.  f.,  see  Idem, 
eadem,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  n.,  see 

idem, 
earn,  ace.  sing,  f.,  see  is. 
eanun,  gen.  pi.  f.,  see  is. 
eat,  pres.  subj.  of  eo,  let  him  (her) 

go,  may  he  go. 
ebumeus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  of  ivory. 
ecquid,  interrog.  adv.,  whether. 
educo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  bring 

up,  rear,  educate. 
efifero,    -ferre,    extuli,    elatus,    to 

bring  out,  publish,  raise,  exalt. 
eflfugio,    -ere,    -fugi,     -fugitimis, 

to  flee  away,  escape.  j 

egens,  -ntis,  adj.,  poor,  needy.  J 
ego,  mei,  per.  pro.,  /. 
egregius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  excellent, 

illustrious. 
eius,  gen.  sing.,  see  is. 


elatus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  effero, 

raised. 
elementum,  -i,  n.,  element,  rudi- 
ment, principle. 
eligo,  -ere,  legi,  -lectus,  to  choose, 

select. 
eludo,  -ere,   -si,   -sus,   to  delude, 

deceive,  make  sport  of,  mock. 
emitto,    -ere,    -misi,    -missus,    to 

send  forth,  throw,  hurl. 
emo,  -ere,   emi,   emptus,  to  buy, 

purchase. 
enim,  conj.,  for. 
eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itus,  to  go. 
eo,  abl.  sing.  m.  and  n.,  see  is. 
60,  adv.,  to  this  place,  thither. 
eorum,  gen.  pi.  m.  and  n.,  sec  is. 
eos,  ace.  pi.  m.,  see  is. 
Epirus,  -i,  f.,  Epirus,  a  province  in 

the  northwest  of  Greece, 
epistula,  -ae,  f.,  letter,  epistle. 
eques,  -itis,  m.,  horseman,  knighl; 

pi.,  cavalry. 
equidem,  adv.,  verily,  truly,  indeed. 
equus,  -i,  m.,  horse. 
eram,  eras,  erat,  etc.,  past  of  simi, 

/  was,  1J0U  were,  he  was,  etc. 
ergo,  adv.,  therefore,  then. 
ero,  eris,  erit,  etc.,  fut.  of  smn,  / 

shall  be,  you  will  be,  he  will  be, 

etc. 
ermnpo,   -ere,  -rupi,   -ruptus,   to 

break  forth,  rush  forth. 
eruptio,  -onis,  f .,.  eruption,  a  break- 
ing forth. 
EsquUinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Esqui- 

line,  the  Esquiline  hill  in  Rome. 
esse,  inf.  of  sum,  to  be. 
esset,  past  subj.  of  sum,  he  (she, 

it)  might  be. 
et,  conj.,  and;  after  comparatives 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


401 


sometimes,    than;      et  .  .  .  et, 
both  .  .  .  and. 

etiam,  adv.,  even. 

Etruria,  -ae,  f.,  Elruria,  a  country 
in  Italy. 

Etrusci,  -onim,  m.,  the  Elruticans, 
an  ancient  people  of  Italy. 

etsi,  conj.,  even  if,  although. 

etun,  ace.  sing,  m.,  see  is. 

eundem,  ace.  sing,  m.,  see  idem. 

evoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call  out, 
call  away,  summon. 

ex,  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  out  of. 

excludo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  to  shut  out, 
remove,  hatch. 

excudo,  -ere,  -di,  -sus,  to  forge, 
mold. 

exemplum,  -i,  n.,  example,  prece- 
dent.  j 

exed,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  go  forth,  go  out. 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army. 

exiguus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small,  little. 

existimo,  -are,  -a^a,  -atus,  to  think, 
suppose,  believe. 

expello,  -ere,  -puli,  -plusus,  to 
drive  out,  banish. 

expers,  -tis,  adj.,  having  no  part 
in,  free  from,  without. 

expertus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  ex- 
perior,  having  made  trial,  having 
put  to  the  test. 

expleo,  -ere,  -e^,  -etus,  to  fill, 
complete,  finish. 

explore,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  ex- 
amine, explore. 
\  expono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 
set  forth,  explain. 

exposco,  -ere,  -poposci,  to  ask, 
request,  demand. 

expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  cap- 
ture, take  by  storm. 


expulsus,  -a,  -irni,  part,  of  expello, 
driven  out,  banished. 

exsequor,  -i,  -secutus  sum,  to  pur- 
sue, follow. 

exspiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  breathe 
out,  expire. 

exstinguo,  -ere,  -stinxi,  -stinctus, 
to  put  out,  quench,  extinguish. 

exsul,  -ulis,  m.  and  f.,  an  exile. 

exstiltans,  -ntis,  part,  of  exsulto, 
exulting,  rejoicing. 

exterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to 
frighten. 

extra,  prep,  with  ace,  outside  of. 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  most  re- 
mote, most  distant. 

exiiro,  -ere,  -ussi,  -ustus,  to  burn 
up,  destroy. 

F 

fabula,  -ae,  f.,  story. 

fabricor,  -an,  -atus  sum,  to  frame, 
construct,  build. 

faceret,  past  subj.  of  facio,  should 
make;  ne  .  .  .  faceret,  not  to 
make. 

faciendtmi,  ace.  gerund  of  facio, 
doing. 

facile,  adv.,  easily. 

facilis,  -e,  adj.,  ecuiy. 

f acinus,  -oris,  n.,  deed,  action,  mis- 
deed, crime. 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  f actus,  to  make,  do. 

factum,  -i,  n.,  deed,  action. 

f actus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  facio, 
made,  done,  accomplished. 

facultas,  -atis,  f.,  means,  oppor- 
tunity. 

falsus,  -a,  -um,  adj., /aZse,  untrue. 

fama,  -ae,  f.,  report,  fame. 

fascis,  -is,  m.,  a  burulle,  bundle  of 
rods,  sticks  of  wood. 


402 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


fastidium,  -i,  ii.,  aversion,  distaste,  ^ 

fastidiousness. 
Faustulus,    -i,    m.,    Faust  id  us,    a 

shepherd. 
Februarius,  -i,  m.,  the  month  of 

February. 
feles,  -is,  f.,  cat. 

feliciter,  adv.,  fortunately,  luckily. 
femina,  -ae,  f.,  woman. 
fera,  -ae,  f.,  wild  beast. 
ferant,   pres.   siibj.   of  fero,   they 

should  briny,  carry. 
fero,    ferre,    tuli,    latus,    to   bear, 

endure,  bring,  carry,  report,  say. 
ferocior,    -ius,    gen.,    -oris,    adj., 

comp.  of  ferox,  more  fierce. 
ferociter,  adv.,  fiercely,  cruelly. 
ferox,    -ocis,    adj.,   fierce,    savage, 

cruel,  warlike. 
femim,  -i,  n.,  iron,  sword,  weapon,   ; 

ar7ns. 
fert,  pres.  indie,  of  fero,  he  (she,  it) 

bluings. 
fertur,  pres.  indie,  pass,  of  fero, 

he  (she,  it)  is  said,  reported. 
fessus,    -a,    -um,    wearied,    tired, 

weak. 
fiat,  fiant,  pres.  subj.  of  fio,  7uay 

become,  be  done  or  committed. 
fides,  -ei,  f.,  trust,  faith,  confidence,  i 

belief.  ^ 

fidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  faithful. 
fieri,  pres.  inf.  of  fio,  to  be  done. 
fierent,  past  subj.  of  fio,  they  might 

be  or  were  done,  committed. 
filia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter. 
filius,  -i,  m.,  son. 
fingo,  -ere,  finm,  fictus,  to  form, 

fashion,  mould,  make  up. 
finio,   -ire,    -ivi,   -itus,    to  finish, 

end. 


finis,  -is,  m.,  limit,  end;  pi.,  terri- 
tory. 

finitimi,  -orum,  in.,  neighbors. 

finitimug,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neighbor- 
ing. 

finxisse,  perf.  inf.  act.  of  fingo,  to 
have  invented,  made  up. 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  (pass,  of 
facio),  to  be  made,  be  done,  be- 
come. 

firmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  strength- 
en, encourage.  ' 

firmus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  strong. 

fit,  third  per.  of  fio,  he  becomes. 

fite,  imper.  of  fio,  be  made,  become. 

Flaccus,  -i,  in.,  Flaccus,  the  father 
of  the  poet  Horace. 

flamma,  -ae,  f.,  flame,  fire. 

flavus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  yellow. 

fieo,  flere,  flevi,  fletus,  to  weep. 

fios,  floris,  m.,  flower. 

fliimen,  -inis,  w.,  river. 

fluo,  -ere,  fluxT,  fliixus,  to  flow. 

foculus,  -i,  ni.,  Ji re-pan,  brazier. 
^foedus,  -eris,  n.,  compact,  treaty.  J 

foedus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  shameful, 
disgraceful. 

folium,  -i,  leaf. 

fons,  fontis,  m.,  fountain. 

foras,  adv.,  out  of  doors,  abroad.  V 

forceps,  -ipis,  m.  and  f .,  a  pair  of 
tongs. 

forma,  -ae,  f.,  form,  shape. 

formido,  -inis,  f.,fear,  terror,  dread. 

fortasse,  adv.,  perhaps.    \ 

forte,  adv.,  by  chance. 

fortis,  -e,  adj.,  bra^je,  strong. 

fortissime,  adv.,  super,  of  fortiter, 
most  bravely,  very  bravely. 

fortissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 
fortis,  bravest,  very  brave. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


403 


fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 
fortuna,  -ae,  i.,.  fortune,  good  for- 
tune. 
Fortuna,   -ae,   f.,   the  goddess    of 

Fortune. 
forum,  -i,  n.,  forum,  market-pluce ; 

the  Forum  at  Rome,  tlie  princi- 
pal  place   for    holding   public 

meetings, 
fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch,  trench. 
foveo,  -ere,  fovi,  fotus,  to  cherish, 

brood  over,  keep  warm. 
fragor,  -oris,  m.,  crash,  noise. 
frango,    -ere,    fregi,    fractus,    to 

break. 
f rater,  -tris,  m.,  brother. 
fraudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  cheat, 

defraud  of. 
fraus,    fraudis,    f.,    deceit,   fraud, 

treachery. 
frenum,  -i,   m.,  bit  for  a  horse's 

bridle, 
f return,  -i,  n.,  .^itrait. 
frigus,  -oris,  n.,  cold. 
frons,  frontis,f .,  broiv,  front,  fagade. 
fniar,  pres.  subj.  of  fruor,  /  may 

enjoy. 
frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain. 
fruor,  -i,  fructus  sum,  to  enjoy, 

delight  in. 
J  frustum,  -1,  n.,  a  piece,  bit,  scrap. j 
fueram,  fueras,  etc.,  past  porf.  of 

sum,  /  had  been,  you  had  been, 

etc. 
fuero,  fueris,   etc.,   fut,  perf.  of 

sum,  /  shall  have  been,  etc. 
Fufetius,  -i,  m.,  Fufetius,  leader  of 

the  Albans, 
fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight,  retreat. 
fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugitus,  to  flee, 

retreat. 


fui,  fuisti,  fuit,  etc.,  perf.  of  sum, 
/  have  been,  you  have  been,  etc. 

fuisse,  porf.  inf.  of  stmi,  to  have 
been. 

fulgeo,  -ere,  fulsi,  to  shine,  glitter, 
jUuih,  gleam. 

functus,  -a,  -imi,  part.,  see  fungor. 

fundo,  -ere,  fudi,  fusus,  to  pour, 
scatter,  overcome,  rout. 

fimgor,  -i,  functus  smn,  to  per- 
form, discharge. 

futurus,  -a,  -um,  fut.  act.  part,  of 
siun,  aboid  to  be. 

futurus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  fut.  act. 
inf.  of  sum,  to  be  about  to  be. 


Gains,  -i,  m.,  Caiu^. 

galea,  -ae,  f.,  helmet. 

Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul. 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  Gallic,  belonging 
to    Gaul. 

gallina,  -ae,  f.,  hen. 

Gallus,  -i,  m.,  a  Gaul,  an  inhabi- 
tant of  Gaul. 

gaudeo,  -ere,  ga\dsus  sum,  to  re- 
joice,  be  glad. 

gaudium,  -i,  n.,  joy,  rejoicing,  glcui- 
ness. 

gelidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  cold. 

geminatus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  double, 
repeated. 

gemini,  -orum,  twins. 

gener,  -eri,  m.,  son-in-law. 

gens,  gentis,  f.,  tribe,  race,  people. 

genus,  -eris,  n.,  kind,  race,  class. 

German!,  -onun,  m.,  the  Germans. 

gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestus,  to  bear, 
carry,  carry  on,  wage,  perform; 
with  se,  to  conduct  one's  self,  be- 
have; bellum  gerere,  to  wage  war. 


404 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


gestus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  gero,  ac- 
complished, done. 

gladiator,  -oris,  m.,  a  gladiator. 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword. 

gloria,  -ae,  f.,  glory,  fame,  renoum. 

Gnaeus,  -i,  m.,  Gnaeus. 

gradior,  -i,  gressus  sum,  to  step, 
walk,  go. 

gradus,  -us,  m.,  stsp,  stair,  degree. 

Graecia,  -ae,  f.,  Greece. 

Graecius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Greece, 
Greek. 

grandis,  -e,  adj.,  large,  big,  full- 
grown. 

gratia,  -ae,  f.,  favcyr;  pi.,  gratiae, 
-anun,  thanks. 

gratissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super, 
of  gratus,  most  pleasing,  very 
pleasing. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  pleasing, 
acceptable,  agreeable,  welcome. 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  severe,  great, 
eminent. 

H 

habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  have, 
hold,  consider;  orationem  hab- 
ere, to  deliver  a  speech. 

habito,  -are,  -a^d,  -atus,  to  have 
possession  of,  inhabit,  dwell, 
reside,  live. 

haec,  nom.  sing,  f.,  nom.  and  ace. 
pi.  n.  of  hie,  this,  these. 

Hamiibal,  -alis,  m.,  Hannibal,  a 
famous  Carthaginian  general. 

hasta,  -ae,  f.,  spear. 

haud,  adv.,  not. 

Hercules,  -is,  m.,  Hercules. 

hen,  adv.,  yesterday. 

Herminius,  -i,  m.,  Herminius. 

hestemus,  -a,  -van.,  adj.,  of  yester- 
day, yesterday's. 


hie,  haec,  hoc,  demonst.  pro.,  this, 
this  of  mine;  ille  .  .  .  hie,  the 
former  .  .  .  the  latter. 

hie,  adv.,  here,  in  this  place. 

hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter,  stormy 
weather,  tempest. 

hinc,  adv.,  from  this  place,  hence; 
hinc  .  .  .  hinc,  on  this  side  .  .  . 
on  the  other  side. 

his,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see  hie. 

Hispania,  -ae,  f.,  Spain. 

hoc,  nom.,  and  ace.,  sing.  n.  of 
hie,  this. 

hoc,  abl.  sing.  m.  and  n.  of  hie,  this. 

hodie,  adv.,  to-day. 

hodiemus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  to-day, 
to-day's. 

Homerus,  -i,  m..  Homer,  a  famous 
poet  of  Greece. 

homo,  -inis,  m.,  a  human  being, 
man;  pi.  people. 

honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  office,  pre- 
ferment. 

hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour. 

Horatius,  Hora'ti,  m.,  Horatius. 
1.  pi.,  the  Horatii,  the  three 
brothers  who  fought  against  the 
Curiatii.  2.  Horatius  Codes, 
who  defended  the  bridge  across 
the  Tiber.     3.  the  poet  Horace. 

horror,  -oris,  m.,  trembling,  terror, 
dread,  horror. 

hortor,  -an,  -atus  smn,  to  urge, 
encourage. 

hortus,  -i,  m.,  garden. 

hospes,  -itis,  m.,  host,  guest. 

Hostilius,  -i,  m.,  Hostilius,  Tullus 
Hostilius,  a  king  of  Rome. 

hostis,  -is,  m.,  enemy. 

Hostius,  -i,  m.,  Hostius. 

hue,  adv.,  to  this  place,  hither. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


405 


huius,  gen.  sing.,  see  hie. 

huinanus,  -a,  -iim,  adj.,  belonging 
to  man,  human. 

humi,  loc.  of  humus,  ott  the  ground. 

humilis,  -e,  adj.,  low,  humble. 

hiunus,    -i,   f.,    the  ground;    loc, 
humi,  on  the  ground. 
,  hunc,  ace.  sing,  m.,  see  hie. 
I 

iaceo,  -ere,  iacui,  to  lie,  lie  pros- 
trate. 

iacio,  -ere,  ieei,  iactus,  to  throw. 

iam,  adv.,  now,  already. 

laniculum,  -i,  n.,  Mount  Jani- 
culum  at  Rome. 

lanus,  -i,  m.,  Janus,  the  temple  of 
Janus. 

lanuarius,  -i,  m.,  the  month  of 
JanuoT^!/. 

ibam,  ibas,  ibat,  etc.,  past  of  eo, 
/  loas  going,  you  were  going,  etc. 

ibi,  adv.,  there. 

ibo,  ibis,  ibit,  etc.,  fut.  of  eo,  / 
shall  go,  you  u>ill  go,  etc. 
^  ico,  -ere,  iei,  ictus,    to  make  or 
strike  a  treaty  or  league. 

id,  nom.  and  ace.  sing,  n.,  see  is. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  demonst.  pro., 
the  same;  idem  .  .  .  qui,  the 
same  .  .  .  as. 

Idiis,  -uimi,  f.,  the  Ides,  the  fif- 
teenth day  of  the  month  in 
March,  May,  July,  and  October; 
in  other  months  the  thirteenth. 

iero,  ieris,  etc.,  fut.  perf.  of  eo,  / 
shall  have  gone,  etc. 
^  igitur,  conj.,  therefore,  then,  accord- 
ingly.    \J 

ignifer,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  fire-bear- 
ing, fire — . 

ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire. 


ignoro,   -are,   -avi,   -atus,   not   to 

know,  to  be  ignorant. 
ignosco,    -ere,    -novi,    -notus,    to 

pardon . 
ignotus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  unknoum. 
iis,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see  is. 
iisdem,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see  idem, 
ille,  ilia,  illud,  demonst.  pro.,  that; 

ille  .  .  .  hie,     the    former  .  .  . 

the  latter. 
illi,  nom.  pi.  m.,  see  ille. 
illo,  abl.  sing.  m.  and  n.,  see  ille. 
illud,  nom.  and  ace.  sing.  n.  of 

ille,  thai. 
illustro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  make 

light,  make  clear,  illumine,  light 

up. 
imago,  -inis,   f.,   likeness,   image, 

statue,  picture. 
imbeeillus,   -a,   -um,  adj.,   weak, 

feeble. 
imbellis,  -e,  adj.,  cowardly. 
imber,  -bris,  m.,  rain. 
immaturus,    -a,    -lun,   adj.,    un- 
timely, unreasonable. 
immemor,  -oris,  adj.,  unmindful, 

negligent,  forgetful,  v 
immensus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    vast, 

immense. 
imminens,  -ntis,  part,   of  immi- 

neo,  near. 
immineo,  -ere,  to  threaten,  be  near. 
immortalis,  -e,  adj.,  immortal. 
impar,  -ris,   adj.,   unequal,   not  a 

match  for. 
impavidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fearless. 
impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  to  hinder. 
imperator,  -oris,  m.,  commander, 

general,  emperor. 
imperitus,  -a,  -vmi,  adj.,  ignorant, 

unskilled,  inexperienced. 


406 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


imperium,  -i,  n.,  dominion,  power, 
supremacy. 

impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  rule  ^^ 
over,  command,  demand. 

impetro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  ac- 
complish, get,  obtain. 

impetus,  -us,  m,,  attack,  violence, 
fury. 

impie,  adv.,  unckedly,  impiously. 

impiger,  -gra,  -grum,  adj.,  active, ^ 
energetic,  diligent. 

impius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wicked,  im- 
jdous. 

impluvium,  -i,  n.,  the  impluvium, 
the  hami  in  the  interior  of  a 
Roman  house  to  receive  the 
rain-water. 

impono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 
lay  upon,  impose. 

in,  prep,  with  ace,  to,  into,  upon, 
against,  among;  with  abl.,  in,  on. 

inaugiu-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to 
practice  augury,  foretell,  divine. 

incendo,  -ere,  -di,  -ensus,  to  set 
fire  to,  hum. 

incensus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  in- 
cendo, set  on  fire,  burning. 

incertus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  uncertain. 

incido,  -ere,  -cidi,  to  fall  into,  fall 
upon,  happen,  coincide  with. 

incito,  -are,  -avi,  -fttus,  to  incite, 
arouse. 

inclamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call 
out,  invoke. 

inclitus,  -a,  -um,  celebrated,  fa- 
mous, renowned. 

incognitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unknown. 

incola,  -ae,  m.  and  f.,  inhabitant. 

incolo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  inhabit,  dwell, 
live. 

incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  unharmed. 


incredibilis,  -e,  adj .,  incredible,  ex- 
traordinary. 

increpo,  -are,  -ui,  -itus,  to  make  a 
noise,  clash,  upbraid,  blame. 

increscens,  -ntis,  adj.,  grouring, 
increasing. 

incubo,  -are,  -ui,  -itus,  to  lie  in 
or  upon,  to  sit  itpon,  brood  over. 

incursio,  -onis,  f.,  attack,  invasion. 

inde,  adv.,  thence,  from  that  place, 
thereafter,  after  that  time. 

index,  -dicis,  m.,  index,  sign,  indi- 
cation. 

in(Uci,  pres.  pass.  inf.  of  indico,  to 
be  proclaimed. 

indico,  -ere,  -dixi,  dictus,  to  de- 
clare, publish,  announce. 

indued,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  to 
lead  into,  bring  into,  introduce. 

inductus,  -a,  -um,  i^art.  see  in- 
dued.    /V 

inermis,  -e,  adj.,  without  arms, 
unarmed,  defenseless. 

infemus,  -a,  -tun,  adj.,  lower,  he- 
longing  to  the  lower  regions, 
infernal. 

inferus,  -a,  -tmi,  adj.,  low,  lower; 
Mare  Inferum,  the  Lower  or 
Tyrrhenian  Sea. 

infestus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  disturbed, 
hostile,  dangerous. 

influo,  -ere,  -flii»,  -fliixus,  to  floio 
into. 

infra,  adv.,  below,  beneath. 

infusus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  infundo, 
poured  over  or  upon. 

ingenium,  -i,  n.,  nature,  temper, 
character. 

ingens,  -ntis,  adj.,  great. 

ingredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum,  to  go 
in,  enter,  begin. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


407 


ingressus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  in- 
gredior,  having  entered. 

inicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus,  to  throw 
or  put  on. 

inimicus,  -i,  m.,  enemy,  a  private 
enemy. 

inimicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unfriendly, 
hostile. 

initiiun,  -i,  n.,  beginning. 

iniiiria,  -ae,  f.,  wi'ong,  injury. 

iniussu,  m.,  abl.  only,  wilhovt  the 
command  of,  without  consent. 

iniustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unjust. 

inopia,  -ae,  f.,  want,  need,  lark, 
ptn'crty. 

inquit,  defective  verb,  he  {she) 
says,  said:  inquiunt,  they  say. 

inrideo,  -ere,  -risi,  -risus,  to  laugh 
at. 

inrito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  incite, 
provoke. 

inscribo  -ere,  -sciipsi,  -scriptus, 
to  inscribe,  dedicate. 

insideo,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessus,  to  sit 
upon. 

insidiae,  -arum,  f.,  ambush,  arti- 
fice, plot. 

insigne,  -is,  n.,  mark,  sign. 

insolenter,  adv.,  immoderately,  in- 
solently, arrogantly. 

insolentius,  adv.,  comp.  of  in- 
solenter, too  or  somewhat  arro- 
gantly. 

institud,  -ere,  -ui,  -iitus,  to  estab- 
lish, appoint,  determine. 

insto,  -are,  -stiti,  -staturus,  to 
approach,  threaten,  urge,  insist 
upon. 

instructus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  in- 
struo,  draum  up,  in  battle  array. 

insula,  -ae,  f,,  island. 


intactus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  untouched, 

unharmed. 
integer,  -gra,  -griun,  adj.,  whole, 

entire,  unhurt;  de  integro,  anew. 
intellego,   -ere,  -lexi,   -Iectus,   to 

observe,  understand,  knoio. 
intentus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  attentive. 
inter,    prep,    with    ace,    between, 

among. 
interdiii,  adv.,  in  the  day  time. 
interdiun,  adv.,  sometimes,    y 
interea,  adv.,  in  the  mean  time. 
interfecisse,    perf.    act.    inf.     of 

interficio,  to  have  killed. 
interfectus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  inter- 
ficio, killed,  slain. 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,   -fectus,  to 

kill,  slay. 
interim,  adv.,  in  the  mean  lime, 

meanivhile. 
interimo,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptus,  to 

kill,  destroy.  \M 

interrogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  ask, 

inquire. 
interrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,   -ruptus, 

to  break  up,  break  off,  destroy. 
intervenio,  -ire,  -veni,     -ventus, 

to  come  between,  interrupt,  inter- 
vene, happen,  occur. 
introeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  go  into, 

enter. 
inultus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unpunished, 

unavenged. 
invado  -ere,  -vasi,  -vasus,  to  rush 

in,  fall  upon,  assault,  take  pos- 
session of. 
invectus,  -a,  -vun,  part.,  see  in- 

veho. 
inveho,    -ere,    -vexi,    -vectus,    to 

carry  to  or  into. 


408 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA' 


invenio,   -ire,   -veni,   -ventus,   t» 

come  upon,  jlnd. 
invoco,.  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call 

upon,  appeal  to,  implore. 
lovi,  dat.,  see  luppiter. 
ipse,    ipsa,    ipsum,    intens.    pro., 

himself,  herself,  itself. 
ipsi,  ipsae,  ipsa,  nom.  pi.  of  ipse, 

themselves. 
ira  -ae,  f.,  urraih,  anger,  rage. 
iratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  angered,  in 

anger,  angry. 
is,  ea,  id,  demonst.  pro.,  this,  he, 

she,  it. 
iste,   ista,   istud,   demonst.   pro., 

that,  that  of  yours. 
isti,  istae,  ista,  nom.  pi.  of  iste, 

those. 
ita,  adv.,  thus,  so,  in  this  manner. 
Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy. 
itaque,  conj.,  therefore,  accordingly. 
iter,  itineris,  n.,  route,  way,  pas- 
sage, march. 
itenim,  adv.,  again,  a  second  time, 

once  more. 
iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  -iussus,  to  order, 

command. 
iucundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  pleasing, 

entertaining,  delightful. 
iudex,  -icis,  m.,  judge. 
iugum,  -i,  n.,  yoke,  height,  summit, 

ridge. 
lulia,  -ae,  f.,  Julia. 
Julius,  -i,  m.,  Julius;  the  month  of 

July. 
iungo,  -ere,  iunxi,  iunctus,  to  join, 

make  (by  joining). 
lunius,  -i,  m.,  Junius,  a  Roman 

name;  the  moth  of  June. 
luno,  -onis,  f.,  Juno,  the  goddess 

Juno. 


luppiter,    lovis,    lovi,    etc.,    ni., 

Jupiter,   the  supreme  deity  of 

the  Romans, 
ius,  iuris,  n.,  right,  obligation,  a 

court  of  justice,  trial. 
ius-iurandiun,    iuris-iurandi,    n., 

oath. 
iussi,   iussisti,    iussit,    etc.,   perf. 

indie.,  see  iubeo. 
iussus,  -us,  m.,  order,  command. 
iussus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  iubeo. 
iuste,  adv.,  rightly,  justly,  duly. 
iustitia,  -ae,  f .,  justice. 
iustus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  just,  upright, 

righteous;  iiisti,  -onrni,  m.,  the 

just. 
iuvenca,  -ae,  f.,  heifer f 
iuvenis,  -is,  m,,  young  man,  youth. 

K 

Kalendae,  -arum,  f.,  the  Kalends, 
the  first  day  of  the  month. 

L 

L.,  abbreviation  for  Lucius. 
labans,  -ntis,  part,  of  labo,  waver- 
ing, hesitating. 
labor,  -oris,  m.,  toil,  labor. 
laboro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  toil, 

labor,  work. 
lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  tear. 
lacrimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  weep, 

weep  for. 
laedantur,   pres.   subj.   of  laedo, 

they  may  be  injured. 
laedo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  to  wound, 

injure,  damage,  hurt. 
laetissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super. 

of    laetus,    most    happy,    very 

happy. 
laetus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  glad,  happy. 
laeva,  -ae,  f.,  left  hand. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


409 


laevus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Jefl,  on  the 
left  hand. 

lapideus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  stone. 

lapis,  -idis,  m.,  stone. 

laqueus,  -i,  m.,  noose,  snare,  fetters. 

Larcius,  -i,  m.,  Larcius. 

lardum,  -i,  n.,  bacon,  lard.    ' 

Larentia,  -ae,  f..  Area  Larenlia, 
the  wife  of  Faustulus. 

Lars,  Lartis,  m.,  Lars  Porsena,  a 
king  of  Cliisiiim. 

Latihe,  adv.,  in  Latin. 

Latini,  -onim,  m.,  the  people  of 
Latin m,  the  Latins. 

Latinus,  -i,  m.,  Latinns,  king  of 
Latin  7n. 

Latinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Latin. 

Latium,  -i,  n.,  Latium,  the  region 
of  Italy  in  which  Rome  is  sit- 
uated. 

latro,  -onis,  m.,  robber. 

latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unde,  broad. 

laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  praise. 

Lavinia,  -ae,  f.,  Lairinia,  daughter 
of  Latinus  and  wife  of  Aeneas. 

Lavinium,  -i,  n.,  Lavinium,  a  city 
of  Latium  founded  by  Aeneas. 

lebes,  -etis,  m.,  kettle,  caiddron. 

lectus,  -i,  m.,  couch,  bed. 

legatio,  -onis,  f.,  embassy. 

legatus,  -1,  m.,  ambassador,  lieu- 
tenant. 

legi,  legist!,  l§git,  etc.,  perf.  of 
lego,  /  have  read,  etc. 

legio,  -onis,  f.,  legion. 

lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectus,  to  gather, 
choose,  read. 

lenis,  -e,  adj.,  gentle. 

leniter,  adv.,  gently. 

leo,  -onis,  m.,  lion. 

letdlis,  -e,  adj.,  deadly,  fatal. 


lex,  legis,  f.,  law,  terms,  c&nditions. 
libenter,  adv.,  willingly,  gladly. 
liber,  libri,  m.,  book. 
liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free. 
liberi,  -onun,  m.,  children. 
libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  set  free, 

liberate,  release. 
libertas,  -atis,  f.,  freedom,  liberty. 
licet,  -ere,  licuit,  impersonal,  it  is 

permitted,  one  may. 
lictor,  -oris,  m.,  lictor,  an  attendant 

to  a  magistrate. 
ligntmi,  -i,  n.,  xoood,  fire-wood;  pi., 

pieces  of  wood. 
lingua,  -ae,  f.,  language,  tongue. 
litus,  -oris,  n.,  shore,  seorshore. 
Livius,  -i,  m.,  Ldvy,  a  Roman  his- 
torian, 
loco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  put,  place, 

arrange. 
locuples,  -etis,  adj.,  rich,  wealthy, 

well-supplied. 
locus,  -i,  m.,  place;    loci,  -onun, 

topics;    loca,  -onun,  n.,  places. 
longe,  adv.,  far.      1/ 
longinquus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    long 

continued,  lingering. 
longus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  long. 
loquitiu",  he  speaks. 
loquor,  -i,  locutus  smn,  to  speak, 

talk,  say,  express. 
Luceres,  -ium,  m.,  the  Luceres,  one 

of  the  three  centuries  of  knights 

named  by  Romulus. 
lucerna,  -ae,  f.,  lamp. 
Lucius,  -i,  m.,  Lu£ius. 
Lucretius,   -i,    m.,  .  Lucretius,    a 

Roman  name. 
lucus,  -i,  m.,  grove. 
ludens,  -ntis,  part,  of  ludo,  play- 
ing. 


410 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ludo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  to  play. 
ludus,  -i,  m.,  play,  sport,  game. 
lugeo,  -ere,  luid,  luctus,  to  mourn, 

lament. 
luna,  -ae,  f.,  moon. 
lupa,  -ae,  f.,  a  she-wolf. 
lupus,  -i,  m.,  a  wolf. 
lux,  lucis,  f.,  light,  daylight. 

M 

machina,  -ae,  f.,  an  engine, 
machine. 

Maecenas,  -atis,  m.,  Maecenas,  a 
friend  of  Augustus  and  Horace. 

maerens,  -ntis,  part,  of  maereo, 
sorroioing,  mourning. 

magis,  adv.,  more,  rather. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  master,  teacher. 

magistratus,  -us,  m.,  office,  magis- 
trate. 

magnitudo,  -inis,  f.,  greatness. 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  large. 

maior,  -ius,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.,  comp. 
of  magnus,  larger;  maiores, 
-lun,  m.,  forefathers,  ancestors. 

Maius,  -1,  m.,  the  month  of  May. 

male,  adv.,  badly,  hardly. 

maleficiiun,  -i,  n.,  mischief,  evil. 

maleficus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  evil-doing, 
wicked. 

maid,  malle,  malui,  to  he  more 
willing,  to  prefer. 

maltmi,  -i,  n.,  evil,  mischief. 

malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  had,  evil, 
wicked. 

mandatiun,  -i,  n.,  order,  com- 
mission, command^  bidding. 

maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansus,  to 
remain. 

manibus,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see 
manus. 


manus,  -us,  f.,  hand,  force,  band 

(of  soldiers). 
manus,  manuum,  nom.  and  gen. 

pi.,  see  manus. 
Marcius,  -i,  m.,  Marcius,  Ancus 

Mardv^,  a  king  of  Rome. 
Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus,  a  Roman 

name. 
mare,  maris,  n.,  sea. 
manner,  -oris,  n.,  marble. 
Mars,  Martis,  m.,  Mars,  the  god  of 

war;  ivar,  battle. 
Martins,    -i,    m.,    the    month    of 

March. 
mater,  -tris,  f.,  mother. 
materia,  -ae,  f.,  material,  occasion, 

cause,  opportunity. 
matrimoniiun,  -i,  n.,  mxirriage. 
maturo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  hasten. 
maturus,     -a,     -lun,     adj.,     ripe, 

mature. 
maxime,   adv.,   super,   of  magis, 

most,  very  much,  greatly,  very. 
maximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 

magnus,  largest,  greatest. 
Maximus,    -i,    m.,    Maximus,    a 

Roman  name, 
me,  ace.  and  abl.,  see  ego. 
meatus,  -us,  m.,  path,  motion. 
medius,    -a,    -lun,    adj.,    middle, 

middle  of,  in  the  midst,  moderate; 

media  aestate,  in  midsummer. 
Medusa,  -ae,  f .,  Medusa,  whose 

head  turned  anyone  looking  at 

it  to  stone. 
melior,    -ius,    gen.,    -oris,    adj., 

comp.  of  bonus,  better. 
melius,  adv.,  comp.  of  bene,  better. 
membnmi,  -i,  n.,  member. 
memento,  imper.  of  memini,  re- 
member. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


411 


memini,  defective,  I  remember. 

memor,  -oris,  adj..  mindful. 

memora,  imper.  of  memord,  tell. 

memoria,  -ae,  f.,  memory. 

memoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  bring 
to  remembrance,  tnention,  recount, 
tell. 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  mind. 

mensa,  -ae,  f.,  table. 

mensis,  -is,  m.,  mxrnth. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  merchant, 
trader. 

mercor,  -an,  -atus  sum,  to  buy, 
pnrcha.se. 

mereor,  -eri,  meritus  simi,  to 
deserve. 

Mettius,  -i,  iii.,  Meltim. 

metus,  -us,  m.,  fear,  dread. 

mens,  -a,  -um,  (voc.  sing.,  m.,  mi), 
poss.  pro.,  my. 

micans,  -ntis,  i\(\}.,  flashing,  glitter- 
ing, 

migro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  remove, 
depart. 

mUes,  -itis,  m.,  soldier. 

milia,  -ium,  n.,  thousands. 

militia,  -ae,  f.,  military  service. 

mille,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  thousand. 

minae,  -arum,  f.,  threats. 

Minerva,  -ae,  f.,  Minerva,  the  god- 
dess of  wisdom. 

minime,  adv.,  super-,  of  parum, 
least,  not  at  all,  by  no  means. 

minimus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  super,  of 
parvus,  smallest;  minimus  natu, 
youngest. 

minor,  -us,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.,  comp. 
of  parvus,  less,  smaller;  min- 
ores,  -um,  m.,  descendants; 
minor  natu,  younger;  minor 
capitis,  deprived  of  citizenship. 


miror,  -an,  -atus  smn,  to  wonder. 
minis,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  wonderful. 
miser,  -era,  -enrni,  adj.,  unhappy, 

miserable. 
miserrimus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  super. 

of  miser,   7nost    miserable,   very 

miserable. 
misi,  misisti,  misit,  etc.,  perf.  of 

mitto,  /  have  sent,  etc. 
missus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  mitto, 

sent,  having  been  sent. 
mitis,  -e,  adj.,  gentle,  mild,  tame. 
mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  to  send, 

throw. 
modo,  adv.,  only;  non  modo  .  .  . 

sed,  7iot  only  .  .  .  but. 
modus,  -i,  m.,  manner;  hoc  modo, 

in  this  manner. 
moenia,  -ium,  n.,  walls,  city  walls. 
moUiter,  adv.,  delicately,  agreeably. 
mollius,  adv.,  comp.  of  molliter, 

tnore  delicately. 
moneo,  -ere,  -m,  -itus,  to  advise, 

warn. 
monile,  -is,  n.,  necklace. 
mons,  montis,  f.,  mountain. 
monstro,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to  show, 

point  out. 
monumentum,    -i,    n.,    memorial, 

monument. 
morbus,  -i,  m.,  disease,  sickness. 
morior,    mori,    mortuus  sum,    to 

die. 
mors,  mortis,  f.,  death. 
mortuus,  -a,  -uin,  part,  of  morior, 

having  died,  being  dead. 
mos,  moris,  m.,  custom,  manner, 

conditions,    terms;     pi.,    morals, 

nuinners. 
motus,  -us,  m.,  movement,  disturb- 
ance. 


412 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


moved,  -ere,  movi,  motus,  to  move, 
affect,  disturb. 

mox,  adv.,  soon. 

mulier,  -ens,  f.,  woman. 

multitudo,  -inis,  f.,  multitude. 

multo,  abl.  as  adv.,  much,  by  much. 

multmn,  adv.,  much. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much;  pi., 
multi,  many  persons;  multa, 
many  things. 

munimentum,  -i,  n.,  defence,  forti- 
fication, protection. 

munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  to  fortify. 

munus,  -ens,  n.,  gift,  reward. 

mums,  -i,  m.,  wall. 

mus,  muris,  m.,  mouse. 

muto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  move, 
change,  exchange. 

mutuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  mutual,  of 
each  other. 

N 

nam,  conj.,  for. 

namque,  conj., /or, 

narro,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    to   tell 

about,  tell,  talk  about. 
nascor,  -i,  natus  simi,  to  be  born. 
natus,  -us,  m.,  birth;  maior  natu, 

elder;  minor  natu,  younger. 
natus,  -i,  m.,  son,  child. 
nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 
navem,  ace.  of  navis,  ship,  boat. 
navigatio,  -onis,  f.,  voyage. 
navis,   -is,    f.,    ship,   boat;    navis 

longa,  a  war  ship. 
NaviiJs,   -i,  m.,   Attus  Navius,   a 

Roman  augiir. 
ne,   adv.,   not;    ne  .  .  .  quidem, 

not  even  (the  included  word  being 

emphatic) . 
ne,  conj,,   that  not,  lest,  in  order 


that  not,  not  to;    after  verbs  of 

fearing,  that,  lest. 
-ne,    enclitic,    sign    of    question, 

luhether. 
Neapolis,  -is,  f .,  Naples,  a  coast 

town  of  Italy  near  Rome, 
nee,  see  neque. 
necessitas,  -atis,  f.,  necessity. 
necne,  adv.,  or  not,  whether  or  not. 
neglego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectus,  not  to 

heed,  to  neglect. 
nego,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  say  no, 

deny,  refuse. 
negotium,      -i,      n.,      occupation, 

business. 
nemo,  -inis,  n.,  nobody,  no  one. 
nempe,  adv.,  doubtless,  surely. 
nepos,  -Otis,  m.,  grandson. 
nequaquam,  adv.,  by  no  means,  not 

at  all. 
neque   and   nee,    conj.,    and   not, 

nor;     neque  .  .  .  neque     (nee 

.  .  .  nee),  neither  .  .  .  nor. 
Nero,  -onis,  m.,  Nero,  a  Roman 

emperor. 
nescio,  -ire,  -ivi  or  ii,  7iot  to  know, 

to  be  ignorant. 
neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  neither 

(of  two). 
ni,  conj.,  if  not,  unless. 
nidus,  -i,  m.,  nest. 
nihil,  indcL.noun,  n.,  nothing. 
nihilimi,    -i,    n.,    nothing;    nihilo 

minus,  no  less. 
nimbus,  -i,  m.,  cloud,  storm-cloud. 
nimis,  adv.,  too,  too  much. 
nimius,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  too  much, 

too  great,  excessive. 
nisi,  conj.,  if  not,  unless,  except. 
nobilito,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to 

make  known,  render  famous. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


413 


nobis,  dat.  find  abl.  pi.,  see  ego. 
noctu,  adv.,  by  night. 
noli,  imper.  of  nolo,  be  umoilling, 
do  7Wt. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  not  to  be  willing, 

to  be  unioiUing,  not  to  wish. 
nomen,  -inis,  n.,  name. 
nomino,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  name, 

call. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
Nonae,  -arum,  f.,  the  Nones,  the 

seventh  day  of  the  month  in 

March,  May,  July,  and  October; 

in  other  months  the  fifth, 
nonne,     notf     sign     of     question 

expecting  the  answer  yes. 
nonnuUus,    -a,    -lun,    adj.,   some, 

(pi.)  several. 
nonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ninth. 
nos,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.,  see  ego. 
nosco,  -ere,  n6\^,  notus,  to  become 

acquainted  with,  know. 
noster,  -tra,  -tnun,  poss.  pro.,  our. 
notus,   -a,   -irni,   part,   of  nosco, 

known. 
novacula,  -ae,  f.,  razor.      / 
novem,  indcl.  num.  adj  ,  nine. 
November,  -bris,  m.,  the  month  of 

November. 
noverat,  past  perf .  of  nosed,  he  had 

learned,  knew. 
novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  nmo. 
nox,  noctis,  f.,  night. 
nubes,  -is,  f.,  clovd. 
nubo,  -ere,  nupsi,  nuptus,  to  veil, 

be  married  to,  wed,  marry. 
nuUus,    -a,    -lun,    adj.,   no,   not 

any. 
ntmi,  sign  of  question  expecting 

the  answer  no;  in  indirect  ques- 
tions, whether. 


Numa,  -ae,  ni.,  Numa  Pompilius, 
a  king  of  Rome. 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number. 

Numitor,  -oris,  m.,  Numitor,  a 
king  of  Alba  Longa. 

Numitori,  dat.,  Numitoris,  gen., 
see  Numitor. 

nummus,  -i,  m.,  a  pltce  of  money, 
a  coin. 

numquam,  adv.,  never. 

nunc,  adv.,  now. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  an- 
nounce, report. 

nuntius,  -i,  m.,  messenger. 

nuptus,  -a,  -imi,  part.,  see  nubo. 

nusquam,  adv.,  nowhere. 

O 

ob,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account  of. 
obicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus,  to  offer, 

-present,  expose. 
obiectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  obicio, 

offered,  presented. 
oblitus,  -a,  -lun,  part,  of  obliviscor, 

forgetful,  unmindful 
obliviscor,  -i,  oblitus  sum,  to  forget, 

be  forgetful,  be  unmindful. 
obruo,  -ere,  -rui,  -rutus,  to  bury, 

cover. 
obses,  -idis,  m,  and  f.,  hostage, 

pledge,  surety. 
obstrepo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  cry 

out  against,  abuse. 
obtestor,  -ari,  -atus  siun,  to  call 

upon. 
obtrunco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  slay, 

kill. 
obviam,  adv.,  in  the  way,  to  meet: 

obviam  f actus,  having  met. 
obvius,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  in  the  way; 

obvius  esse,  to  meet. 


414 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


occasus,    -us,    m.,  falling,    (joimj 

(hum,  setting. 
occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisus,  to  strike 

down,  kill. 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  seize, 

lay  hold  of,  take  possession  of. 
occurro,  -ere,  -curri,  -cursus,  to 

run  to  meeH^fall  in  ivith,  oppose. 
octavus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  eighth. 
octo,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  eight. 
October,  -bris,  m.,  the  month  of 

October. 
oculus,  -i,  m.,  eye. 
oflfensus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  offensive. 
offero,  -ferre,  obtulT,  oblatus,  to 

bring  to,  present,  produce, 
officium,  -i,  n.,  dtdy,  sernce,  part, 

office. 
olearius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  oil,  for 

oil,  oil — . 
olim,  adv.,  once,  formerly,  some- 
times. 
omnis,  -e,  adj.,  all,  every. 
onus,  oneris,  n.,  burden,  load. 
opera,  -ae,  f.,  work,  attention. 
operio,   -ire,   operui,    opertus,   to 

cover.    ~~ 
operuisse,  perf.  act,  inf.  of  operio, 

to  have  covered. 
oppidanus,  -i,  m.,  tovmsman,  citi- 
zen. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  tovm. 
oppugno,    -are,    -a^,    -atus,    to 

attack. 
ops,  opis,  f.,  aid,  succor,  assistance, 

support,  poioer. 
optime,  adv.,  super,  of  bene,  very 

well. 
optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 

bonus,  best. 
optio,  -onis,  f,,  choice. 


opus,  operis,  n.,  work,  labor,  need; 
opus  est,  there  is  need. 

ora,  -ae,  f.,  shore,  sea-coast. 

oraculum,  -i,  n.,  oracle,  prophecy. 

orans,  -ntis,  part.,  see  oro. 

oratio,  -onis,  f.,  speech,  oration, 
discourse. 

orator,  -oris,  m.,  orator,  ambas- 
sador. 

orbis,  -is,  m.,  circle:  orbis  terra- 
nun,  the  loorld. 

orbus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  bereft  of 
parents  or  children,  orphan, 
fatherless,  childless. 

ordino,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  /o  set  in 
order,  arrange,  appoint. 

ordior,  -in,  orsus  svmi,  to  begin, 
undertake. 

ordo,  -inis,  m.,  order,  line,  rank, 
arrangement,  cla^s. 

oriens,  -ntis,  part,  of  orior,  rising. 

orior,  -iri,  ortus  sum,  to  arise,  rise, 
begin,  take  its  origin. 

orno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  adorn, 
decorate. 

oro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  beg, 
entreat,  plead. 

ortus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  orior. 

OS,  oris,  n.,  mouth,  face,  counte- 
nance. 

osculvun,  -i,  n.,  kiss. 

Ostia,  -ae,  f.,  Ostia,  a  city  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tiber. 

ovans,  -ntis,  adj.,  rejoicing,  exult- 
ing, triumphant.    . 

ovis,  -is,  f.,  sheep,  v 

ovum,  -i,  n.,  egg. 


pacatus,  -a,  -um,  part,   of  paco, 
pacified,  peaceful. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


415 


paco,  -are,  -a^d,  -atus,  to  pacify, 

subdue. 
paedagogus,  -i,  m.,  attendant. 
paene,  adv.,  almost. 
paenitet,    -ere,    -tiit,    impersonal, 

one  repents,  is  sorry. 
palam,  adv.,  openly,  publicly. 
Palatinus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  Palatine, 

belonging  to  the  Palatinm. 
Palatium,  -i,  n.,  the  Palatine  hill 

at  Rome, 
paludamenttmi,    -i,    n.,    military 

cloak,  mantle. 
Pantheum,  -i,  n.,  the  Pantheon,  a 

temple  of  Jupiter  at  Rome. 
Papyrus,  -i,  m.  and  f.,  the  ]mper- 

reed,  papyrus. 
par,  pans,  adj.,  like,  equxd.  to. 
paratus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  paro, 

prepared. 
pared,  -ere,  peperci  (parsi),  par- 

surus,  to  spare. 
parens,  -ntis,  m.,  parent,  father.  J 
pared,    -ere,    parui,    to    obey,    be 

obedient  to. 
pario,  -ere,  peperi,  partus,  to  bear, 

drop,  lay,  jrroduce. 
paro,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to  prepare, 

design,  arrange. 
pars,  partis,  f.,  part. 
Parthenon,  -onis,  m.,   Th&  Par- 
thenon, the  famous  temple  of 

Athene  (the  Roman  Minerva) 

on  the  Acropolis  in  Athens. 
Parthi,  -orum,  m.,  the  Parthians. 
particeps,  -cipis,  adj.,   partaking, 

sharing;  subst.,  a  sharer. 
panunper,  adv.,  a  little  while. 
parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small,  little. 
passurus,  -a,  -um,  fut.  act.  part., 

see  patior. 


passus,  -us,  m.,  pace;   mille  pas- 

sus,  a  thousand  paces,    a  mile: 

milia    passuum,    thousands    of 

paces,  miles. 
passus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  pando, 

spreading,  flowing,  disheveled. 
passuimi,  gen.  pi.,  see  passus. 
pastor,  -oris,  m.,  shepherd. 
pater,  -tris,  m..,  father,  (p\.)  fathers, 

senators. 
patemus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  belonging 

to  a  father,  n  father^ s. 
patior,  pati,  passus  simi,  to  suffer, 

endure,  allow,  permit. 
patria,  -ae,   f.,  fatherland,   native 

larul,  native  city,  native  country. 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  few. 
paululiun,  adv.,  a  little. 
pauper,  -eris,  adj.,  poor,  not  rich, 

small,  humble. 
pavidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  trembling, 

alarmed,  frightened. 
pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace. 
pecunia,  -ae,  f.,  money,  wealth. 
pedes,  -itis,  m.,  foot-soldier;    pi., 

pedites,  foot-soldiers,  infantry. 
peior,  -ius,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.,  comp. 

of  malus,  worse. 
pellendi,  gen.  gerund  of  pello,  of 

driving  off. 
pello,    -ere,    pepuli,    pulsus,    to 

drive  off,  drive,  itnpel,  move.  i» 

penitus,  adv.,  vnthin. 
penna,  -ae,  f .,  feather,  wing. 
pepererat,  past  perf.,  see  pario. 
pepuli,-isti,  -it, etc.,  perf.,  see  pello. 
per,  prep,  with  ace,  through,  by, 

by  means  of. 
perago,  -ere,  -egi,  -actus,  to  carry 

through,  go  throvxfh  with,   pass, 

describe. 


416 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


peragro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  roam 

through,  traverse. 
percello,   -ere,   -cxiU,   -culsus,   to 

smite,    cast    down,    strike    with 

consternation. 
percontor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  ask, 

inquire. 
perculsus,    -a,    -um,    part.,     see 

percello. 
perduco,  -ere,  -duxi,'  l-ductus,  to 

lead  through,  conduct,  lead. 
perductus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  per- 
duco, conducted. 
pereo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  pass  away, 

perish,  die. 
perfero,    -ferre,    -tuli,    -latus,    to 

carry    through,    bring    through; 

pass.,  reach,  arrive. 
perfidus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  treacherous, 

faithless. 
perfugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  to  run  away, 

flee  for  refuge. 
periculimi,  -i,  n.,  peril,  danger. 
peritus,  -a,  -irni,  adj.,  experienced, 

acqumnted  with,  skilled. 
perlatus    sum,    perf.    pass.,     see 

perfero. 
permuto,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,     to 

change,  exchange. 
perpello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus,   to 

urge,  compel,  prevail  upon. 
perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  continu- 
ous;    in    perpetuum,     perma- 
nently, for  life. 
persolvo,  -ere,  -solTd,  -solutus,  to 

discharge,  pay,  render,  perform. 
persono,  -are,  -ui,  -itus,  to  resound. 
perstringo,  -ere,  -strinn,  -strictmn, 

to  hind  together,  seize. 
persuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasus, 

to  persuade. 


pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  reach,  extend. 
pervenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  to 

come  through,  arrive. 

pes,  pedis,  ni.,  fool. 

pessimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 
malus,  worst. 

pestilentia,  -ae,  f.,  plague,  pes- 
tilence. 

petitum,  ace.  supine  of  peto,  to 
seek,  fetch. 

peto,  -ere,  pelivi  (-ii),  petitus,  to 
seek,  ask  for,  fetch,  go  to  get. 

Pharsalicus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  at 
Pharsalus,  a  city  in  Thessaly 
where  Caesar  defeated  Pompey. 

pie,  adv.,  piously,  dutifully. 

pila,  -ae,  f.,  ball. 

pilleus,  -i,  m.,  cap. 

Piraeus,  -i,  m.,  the  Piraeus,  the 
port  of  Athens. 

placed,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  please, 
be  agreeable,  seem  good,  be  deter- 
mined. 

placide,  adv.,  calmly. 

placidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  quiet,  calm. 

platea,  -ae,  f.,  piazza,  a  public 
square. 

plaustrum,  -i,  n.,  a  wagon,  cart. 

plebs,  plebis,  f .,  the  common  people. 

plenus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  full. 

plenunque,  adv.,  generally. 

plures,  plura,  adj.,  comp.  of  multi, 
more. 

plurimus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  super,  of 
multus,  most,  (pi.)  very  many. 

plus,  pluris,  adj.,  comp.  of  multus, 
more. 

plus,  adv.,  comp.  of  multiun,  more. 

poculum,  -i,  n.,  cup,  a  drinking 
vessel. 

poena,   -ae,    f.,    punishment;,    in 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


417 


poenam  dare,  to  punish;  poenam 

dare,  to  suffer  punishment. 
Poeni,  -oruin,  in.,  the  Cartliagin- 

ians. 
poeta,  -ae,  m.,  yoet. 
pollicendo,  abl.  gerund  of  polliceor, 

by  irromising. 
polliceor,  -eri,  pollicitus  siun,  to 

offer,  promise. 
Pollux,  »ucis,    m.,      Pollux,    the 

brother  of  Castor,  with  whom, 

as  the  constellation  Gemini,  he 

guides  sailors. 
Pompeianus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    of 

Pompey,  of  Pompeii. 
Pompeii,  -orum,  m.,  Pompeii,  an 

ancient  city  of  Italy  destroyed 

by  an  eruption  of  Vesuvius. 
Pompeius,    -i,    m.,     Pompey,    a 

Roman  general. 
Pompilius,  -i,   Pompilius,  Numa 

Pompilius,  a  king  of  Rome, 
pondus,  -eris,  n.,  u^ht. 
pono,  -ere,  posui,  positus,  to  place, 

set,  fix  upon,  depend  upon. 
pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge. 
populus,  -i,  m.,  people. 
porrectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  por- 

rigo,  stretched  out. 
Porsena,  -ae,  m.,   Porsena,  king 

of  Clusium. 
porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate,  a  city-gate. 
portans,  -ntis,  part,  of  porto,  carry- 

imj. 
porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  carry, 

bring. 
portui,  dat.  of  portus,  for  a  harbor. 
portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor,  port. 
posco,  -ere,  poposci,  to  beg,  'demand, 

request. 
positus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  pond. 


possimi,  posse,  potui,  to  be  able; 

possum)    /    can;     poteram,    / 

coidd. 
post,  prep,  with  ace,  after. 
postea,  adv.,  afterwards. 
posterus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  following, 

next. 
posthac,  adv.,  after  this. 
postquam,  conj.,  after. 
postremo,  adv.,  finally. 
postulatimi,  -i,  n.,  demand,  request. 
postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  ask 

for,  demand,  request. 
potens,  -ntis,  part,  of  possum,  able, 

strong,  powerful. 
potestas,  -atis,  f.,   power,   oppor- 
tunity. 
potior,  -iri,  potitus  siun,  to  become 

master  of,  acquire. 
prae,  prep,   with  ace,  before,  in 

front  of. 
praeda,  -ae,  f.,  plunder,  booty. 
praedator,    -oris,    m.,    plunderer, 

robber. 
praelambo,  -ere,  to  taste  before  or 

first. 
praemium,  -i,  n.,  reward,  prize. 
praepono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 

place  before,  prefer. 
praesens,  -ntis,  part,  of  praesum, 

present,  immediate. 
praestantia,  -ae,  f.,  superiority. 
praesum,  -esse,  -fm,  to  be  in  com- 
mand of. 
praeter,   prep,  with   ace,    except, 

besides. 
precor,  -an,  -atus  sum,  to  entreat, 

pray,  beesech. 
prehendo,  -ere,  -di,  -ensus,  to  lay 

hold  of,  catch,  seize. 
pretium,  -i,  n.,  price,  worth,  value. 


418 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


prex,  precis,  f.,  (not  often  in  sing.), 

prayer. 
pridem,  adv.,  lotig  ago,  long  since, 

long  before. 
pridie,  adv.,  the  day  before. 
primo,  adv.,  at  first.  \ 
primum,  adv.,  first;  quam  primiun, 

as  soon  as  possible. 
primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 

prior,  first. 
princeps,  -ipis,  m.,  chief,   leader, 

the  first  or  foremost. 
principium,  -i,  n.,  beginning. 
prior,  -us,  gen.,  -oris,  adj.,  comp., 

before,  former,  first. 


prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  to  pre- 
vent, hinder. 

prolatus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  sec  pro- 
fero. 

prope,  adv.,  Jiear,  near  by,  almost. 

propero,  -are,  -a^,  -atus,  to 
hasten  on. 

propinquus,  -T,  m.,  relative,  kins- 
man. 

propius,  adv.,  comp.  of  prope, 
nearer. 

propono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 
set  forth,  publish,  propose. 

propter,  prep,  with  ace.,  on  account 
of. 


pro,  prep,  with  abl.,  for,  in  behalf      propterea,  adv.,  on  account  of  this. 


of,  before. 

Proca,  -ae,  m.,  Proca,  a  king  of 
the  Albans. 

procedo,  -ere,  -cessus,  to  go  forth, 
advance. 

procul,  adv.,  far,  far  off,  from  a 
distance;  procul  dubio,  undoubt- 
edly. 

Proculus,  -1,  m.,  Proculus. 

prodigium,  -i,  n.,  omen,  portent, 
prodigy. 

proditio,  -onis,  f.,  treason,  be- 
trayal. 

prodo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  to  give 
forth,  produce,  betray. 

proeliimi,  -i,  n.,  battle. 

profectus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  profi- 
ciscor. 

profero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  to 
bring  forth,  extend,  produx^e,  make 
known. 


pronpio,  -ere,  -npm,  -reptus,  to 

snatch  away;    with  se,  to  rush 

out,  hasten. 
prosum,   prodesse,   profui,    to   be 

useful,  benefit. 
provincia,  -ae,  f.,  province. 
provoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call 

out,  make  appeal  to. 
proximum,  -i,  n.,  vicinity. 
proximus,  -a,  -vun,  adj.,  super,  of 

propior,  nearest,  next  preceding 

ov  following,  last,  next. 
prudentia,  -ae,  f.,  knowledge,  skill, 

prudence. 
publice,  adv., /or  the  state,  on  behalf 

of  the  state. 
publicus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,  for   the 

state,   public;    res   publica,   the 

state. 
Publius,  -i,  m.,  Publius. 
pudicus,  -a,  -vun,  adj.,  modest. 
proficiscor,  -i,  profectus  siun,  to      pudor,  -oris,  m.,  shame,  modesty. 

set  out,  depart,  go.  puella,  -ae,  f.,  girl. 

progredior,  -i,  -gressus  stun,  to  go      puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy,  child, 
forward,  advance,  proceed.  pugil,  -ills,  m.,  a  boxer,  pugilist. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


419 


pugna,  -ae,  f.,  fight,  battle. 
pugnandi,  gen.  genmd  of  pugno,  of 

fighting. 
pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  fight; 

pugnatur,  a  battle  is  fought. 
pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj.,  beau- 
tiful. 
puUus,  -i,  m.,  chicken. 
pulsus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  pello. 
puniendus,  -a,-um,fut.pass.  part. 

of  punio,  to  be  punished. 
punio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  to  punish. 
purpureus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  purple. 
puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,    to   think, 

suppose. 
Pyrenaeus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,   Pyre- 

naean;    Pyrenaei    montes,  the 

Pyrenees. 

Q 

quadraginta,    indcl.    num.    adj., 

forty. 
quae,  nom.  sing,  f.,  nom.  pi.  f.; 

nom  and  ace.  pi.  n.;  see  qui  and 

quis. 
quaeque,  see  quisque. 
quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesitus, 

to  seek  for,  look  for,  inquire,  a^k. 
quails,  -e,  rel.  and  interrog.  adj., 

such  as,  as;   of  what  kind,  what 

kind    of    a;     talis  .  .  .  qualis, 

such  .  .  .  as. 
quam,  ace.  sing,  f.,  see  qui. 
quam,    adv.,     how,     than;     with 

superlatives,  as  possible. 
quamdiu,  adv.,  as  long  as. 
quam  vis,  conj.,  although. 
quando,  adv.,  at  some  time,  ever; 

interrog.,  when. 
quantus,  -a,  -um,  rel.  and  interrog. 

adj.,  as,  as  great  as;   how  great, 

haw  much;    tantus  .  .  .  quan- 


tus, as  great  .  .  .  as,  as  much 
.  .  .  as. 

quare,  rel.  adv.,  wherefore. 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fourth. 

quas,  rel.  pro.,  ace.  pi.  f.,  see  qui. 

quasi,  adv.,  as  if,  as  it  were.    ' 

quattuor,  indcl.  num.  adj., /oi/r*. 

quattuordecim,  indcl.  num.  adj., 
fourteen. 

-que,  enclitic  conj.,  and;  some- 
times bui,  or. 

quem,  ace.  sing,  m.,  see  qui. 

quercus,  -us,  f.,  oak,  oak  tree. 
i^ueror,  -i,  questus  sum,   to  com- 
plain. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pro.,  who, 
which,  what,  that,  as. 

quia,  conj.,  because. 

quibus,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see  qui 
and  quis. 

quicimique,    quaecmnque,    quod- 
cumque,  indcf.  rel.  pro.,  whoever, 
whatever. 

quid,  interrog.  pro.,  what;  adv., 
why,  how. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quiddam  (quod- 
dam),  indef.  pro.,  a  certain, 
certain,  some. 

quidem,  adv.,  indeed,  to  be  sure; 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  .  .  .  even. 

quies,  -etis,  f.,  rest,  quiet,  cessation. 

quilibet,  quaelibet,  quidlibet,  indef. 
pro.,  any  one  whatever,  any  you 
imll. 

quin,  conj.,  but  that,  that,  from 
being. 

quindecim,  indcl.  num.  ad].,  fifteen. 

quindecimviri,  -drum,  the  fifteen 
men,  or  priests,  who  had  charge 
of  the  Sibylline  books. 

quinque,  indcl.  num.  ad].,  five. 


420 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


quintus,     -a,     -um,     adj.,    ftjth; 

quintus  decimus,  fifteenth. 
Quirinalis,  -e,  adj.,  of  Quirinus, 

Quirinal. 
Quirinus,  -i,  m.,  Quirinus,  a  name 

of  Romulus. 
Quirites,  -iiun,  m.,  Quirites,  the 

Roman  citizens. 
quis    (qui),    quae,    quid    (quod), 

interrog.  pro.,  who,  what;  indef., 

any  one^  any. 
quisquam,  quidquam  (quicquam), 

indef.  pro.,  any  one,  anything, 

any  whatever. 
quisque,  quaeque,  quidque  (quod- 

que),  indef.  pro.,  each,  evf^y. 
qui\is,  quaevis,  quidvis  (quodvis), 

indef.  pro.,  any  one  you  please, 

any  whatever. 
quo,  abl.  sing.  m.  and  n.,  see  qm 

and  quis. 
quo,  rel.  and  interrog.  adv.,  where, 

ivhither. 
quod,  conj.,  because. 
quod,  nom,  and  ace.  sing,  n.,  see 

qui  and  quis. 
quondam,  adv.,  once. 
quoque,  conj.,  also. 
quos,  ace.  pi.  m.,  see  qui  and  quis. 
quot,  indcl.  adj.,  how  many. 


radius,  -i,  m.,  rod,  for  marking  or 

measuring. 
Ramnes,  -ium,  m.,  the  Ramnes, 

one  of  the  three  centuries  of 

knights  named  by  Romulus, 
ramus,  -i,  m.,  branch,  hough. 
rapina,  -ae,  f.,  plundering. 
rapio,  -ere,  rapui,  raptus,  to  seize, 

hurry  away. 


raptus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of   rapio, 

seized. 
ratus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  reor,  think- 
ing. 
rebus,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see  res. 
recipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptus,    to 

take  back,  receive  again,  accept; 

se  recipere,  to  draw  back,  return. 
recte,  adv.,  rightly,  well. 
recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  refuse, 

decline,  be  reluctant. 
reddo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  to  give 

back,  return,  surrender. 
redeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  go  back, 

return. 
redigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actus,  to  bring 

back,  reduce. 
redintegro,   -are,   -a^,   -atus,   to 

renew. 
redit,  see  redeo. 
refugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  to  flee  back, 

flee  for  safety. 
regi,  dat.  sing.,  see  rex. 
regia,  -ae,f .,  palace,  royal  residence. 
regina,  -ae,  f.,  queen. 
regio,  -onis,  f.,  district,  region. 
regis,  gen.  sing.,  see  rex. 
regius,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  royal,  of  the 

king.  -. 
regnavisse,  porf .  act.  inf.  of  regno, 

to  have  reigned. 
regno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  reign, 

rule. 
regntun,    -i,    n.,    kingdoyn,    royal 

power. 
rego,  -ere,  rem,  rectus,  to  guide, 

conduct,  direct,  rule,  govern. 
Regulus,  -i,  m.,  Regulus,  a  Roman 

consul  and  general, 
religio,  -onis,  f.,  piety,  a  sense  of 

duty. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


421 


relinquitur,  he  (she,  it)  is  left. 
relinquo,   -ere,   -liqui,   -lictus,   lo 

leave  behind,  abandon,  give  up, 

leave. 
reliquus,  -a,  -xim,  adj.,  remaining. 
removed,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus,  to 

put  away. 
Remus,  -i,  m,,  Remus,  the  brother 

of  Romulus. 
renuntid,    -are,    -a^a,    -atus,    to 

report. 
reor,   reri,    ratus   sum,    to   think, 

suppose,  imagine. 
repello,  -ere,  reppuli,  repulsus,  to 

thrust  })ack,  reject. 
repente,  adv.,  suddenly. 
repentinus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  sudden, 

unexpected. 
reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertus,  to 

fnul,  jiml  out,  leant,  discover.   ^ 
repeto,  -ere,  -m  or  -ii,  -itus,    to 

seek  again,  ask,  demand,  recover. 
repono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  to 

place  back,  replace,   put,   place, 

repose. 
reporto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  bring 

back,  get,  obtain. 
repulsus,     -a,     -um,     part.,     see 

repello. 
requiro,  -ere,   -quisivi,   -quisitus, 

to  ask  for,  need,  be  in  ward  of. 
res,  rei,  f.,  thinxj,  affair,  properly; 

res  gestaA,  deeds;   res  publica, 

the  state;  res  repetere,  to  demand 

satisfaction. 
resisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  to  halt,  stand, 

withstand,  resist. 
respicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus,  to 

look  back,  regard,  be  mindful. 
responded,  -ere,  -(U,  -sponsus,  to 

answer,  reply. 


retineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  to  hold 

back,  detain,  keep. 
revertisse,  perf .  act.  inf.  of  reverto, 

to  have  relumed. 
reverto,  -ere,  -verti,   -versus,   to 

turn  back,  return. 
revertor,  -i,  -versus  simi,  to  turn 

back,  return. 
revoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,   to  call 

back,  recall. 
rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 
Rhea,   -ae,    f.,    Rhea  Silvia,    the 

mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 
Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine  river. 
rideo,  -ere,  risi,  risus,  to  laugh, 

smile,  laugh  at. 
ripa,  -ae,  f.,  bank  (of  a  river). 
rixa,  -ae,  f.,  quAirrel,  dispute. 
robur,  -oris,  ii.,  oak,  strength.      '^ 
rogo,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    to   ask, 

inquire. 
Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome. 
Romani,  -drum,  m.,  the  Romans. 
Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman. 
Romulus,    -i,    Romulus,    founder 

and  first  king  of  Rome, 
rosa,  -ae,  f.,  rose. 
rota,  -ae,  f.,  wheel. 
rotundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  round. 
Rubico,   -onis,   m.,    the    Rubicon 

river. 
ruina,  -ae,  f.,  downfall,  ruin. 
nmipo,  -ere,  riipi,  ruptus,  to  break, 

break  in  ]neces,  destroy. 
rupes,  -is,  f.,  a  rock,  a  cliff. 
ruptus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  rumpo. 
rursus,  adv.,  again. 
rus,  ruris,  n.,  country;   loc,  ruri, 

in  the  country. 
rusticus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  belonging  to 

the  country,  rustic,  rural,  country. 


422 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Sablnae,  -arum,  f.,  the  Sabine 
women. 

Sabini,  -onim,  m.,  the  Sahines. 

Sabinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
Sahines,  Sabine. 

sacer,  -era,  -crum,  consecrated, 
holy,  sacred;  pi.,  sabred  things. 

sacrarium,  -i,  n.,  a  sanctuary, 
shrine,  sacred  place. 

saepe,  adv.,  often. 

saevus,  -a,  -ijm,  adj.,  severe,  angry, 
cruel. 

saltern,  adv.,  at  least. 

salubris,  -e,  adj.,  healthful,  whole- 
some, benejioial,  healthy. 

salus,  -utis,  f.,  safety,  welfare, 
greeting. 

saluto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  salute. 

salveo,  rere,  to  welcome,  hail: 
salve,  good-day,  how  do  you  do? 

sapientia,  -ae,  f.,  wisdom,  under- 
standing. 

satis,  adv.,  sufficiently,  enough. 

Satumius,  -a,  -tun,  adj.,  of  Saturn. 

Satumus,  -i,  m.,  Saturn,  the  most 
ancient  king  of  Latium  and  the 
god  of  agriculture. 

sceleratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wicked, 
vicious,  accursed,  guilty;  Vicus 
Sceleratus,the  .street  where  Tul- 
lia  drove  over  her  father's  body. 

scelus,  -eris,  n.,  wicked  deed,  crime. 

scientia,  -ae,  f.,  knowledge,  science. 

scio,  -ire,  sc^^a,  scitus,  to  know, 
understa,nd. 

Scipio,  -onis,  m.,  Scipio,  a  famous 
Roman  general  who  conquered 
Hannibal. 

scribo,  -ere,  sciipsi,  scriptus,  to 
write,  enroll. 


scriptor,  -oris,  m.,  writer,  author. 

scriptus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  scribo, 
writte7i. 

sciitum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 

se,  ace.  and  abl.,  see  sui. 

Sebastianus,  -a,  um,  adj.,  Sebas- 
tian, named  for  Sebastian,  a 
Roman  soldier  and  Christian 
martyr. 

seed,  -are,  secui,  sectus,  to  cui. 

secimdus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  followi?!^, 
second,  favorable. 

securis,  -is,  f.,  axe. 

secutus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  sequor. 

sed,  conj.,  hut. 

sedecim,  >indcl.  num.  adj.,  si.i>- 
teen. 

sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessurus,  to  sit, 
sit  still,  reinain. 

sedes,  -is,  f.,  seat,  residence, 
dwelling-place. 

sedtilo,  adv.,  carefidly. 

sella,  -ae,  f.,  seat,  chair.  j 

semesus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  half-eaten.  J 

semper,  adv.,  always. 

senator,  -oris,  m.,  senator. 

senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 

senectiis,  -utis,  f.,  old  age. 

senex,  senis,  m.,  an  old  man. 

sententia,  -ae,  f.,  opinion,  senti- 
ment, meaning,  sense. 

sentio,  -ire,  sensi,  sensus,  to  feel, 
perceive,  know. 

septem,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  seven. 

September,  bris,  m.,  the  month  of 
September. 

septendecim,  indcl.  num.  adj., 
seventeen. 

Septimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  setwnth. 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  to 
I    follow. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


423 


serius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  grave,  sei-wus, 

earnest. 
sennd,  -onis,  m.,  conversation,  dis- 
course. 
servitus,  -utis,  f.,  servitude,  slavery, 

subjection. 
Servius,  -i,  m.,  Servius. 
servo,  -are,   -avi,  -atus,  to  save, 

protect. 
servus,  -i,  m.,  slave,  servant. 
sescenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  six  hundred. 
sevLf  con].,  or,  01' if ;  seu  .  .  .  seu, 

whether  .  .  .  or. 
sex,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  six. 
sexaginta,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  sixty. 
sextus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sixth. 
si,  conj.,  if. 

Sibylla,  -ae,  f .,  a  sibyl,  prophetess. 
Sibyllinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 

Sibyl,  Sibylline. 
sic,  adv.,  thus,  so,  in  this  manner. 
siccus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  dry. 
Sicilia,  -ae,  f.,  Sicily. 
sidus,  -eris,  n.,  star,  constellation. 
signified,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  show, 

indicate,  signify. 
signum,  -i,  n.,  signal,  sign,  image. 
silentium,  -i,  n.,  silence. 
silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest. 
Silvia,  -ae,  f.,  Sihna. 
similis,  -e,  adj.,  similar,  like. 
similitude,     -iiiis,    f.,     similarity, 

resemblance,  likeness. 
simul,  adv.,  ai^/?e same  time,  at  once. 
simulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  feign, 

pretend. 
sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  without. 
singula,  -onun,  n.,  separate  pieces, 

parts. 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  one  by  one, 

separate,  one  on  a  side. 


sinister,  -tra,  -tnim,  adj.,  left 
{hand) . 

sinistra,  -ae,  f.,  left  hand. 

sino,  -ere,  sivi,  situs,  to  let,  allow, 
permit. 

sisto,  -ere,  stiti,  status,  to  stop. 

sit,  pres.  subj.  of  stun,  he  (she, 
it)  may  be,  is:  let  there  be,  may 
there  be,  etc. 

situs,  -us,  m.,  situation,  position, 
site. 

situs,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  placed,  situ- 
ated. 

socer,  soceri,  m.,  father-in-law. 

societas,  -atis,  f.,  alliance,  society. 

socius,  -i,  m.,  companion,  ally, 
follower. 

sol,  solis,  m.,  sun. 

soled,  -ere,  solitus  sum,  to  be 
accustomed. 

soltun,  adv.,  alone,  only. 

solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone. 

solvo,  -ere,  solvi,  solutus,  to  loose, 
loosen,  spread  out,  set  sail,  depart. 

somnus,  -i,  m.,  sleep. 

sonitus,  -us,  m.,  sound. 

sono,  -are,  sonui,  sonitus,  to  sound. 

soror,  -oris,  f.,  sister. 

sors,  sortis,  f.,  lot,  destiny,  fate. 

Sp.,  abbreviation  for  Spurius. 

spatium,  -i,  n.,  room,  space,  dis- 
tance, time. 

spectaculum,  -i,  n,,  spectacle,  exhi- 
bition. 

spectans,  -ntis,  part,  of  specto  as 
noun,  spectator. 

specto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  fo  look, 
behold,  spy. 

speculum,  -i,  n.,  mirror. 

spemo,  -ere,  sprevi,  spretus,  to 
scorn. 


424 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


spero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  hope, 

expect. 
spes,  spei,  f.,  hope,  expectation. 
spirans,    -ntis,    part,     of    spiro, 

breathing,  lifelike. 
spiritus,  -us,  m.,  air,  Irrcath,  spirit, 

courage. 
spolio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  strip, 

strip  off,  rob,  plunder,  spoil. 
spolium,    -i,    n.,    spoil,    plunder, 

booty. 
sponsus,  -i,  m.,  a  betrothed  man. 
spurius,  -i,  m.,  spurious. 
stabulvun,  -i,  n.,  stall,  stable,  ham. 
statim,  adv.,  immediately,  -at  once. 
static,    -onis,    f.,    position,    post, 

station. 
stator,  -oris,  m.,  stayer,  supporter, 

defender. 
statua,  -ae,  f.,  statue. 
Stella,  -ae,  f.,  star. 
stimulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  stimu- 
late, arouse. 
sto,  stare,  steti,  staturus,  to  stand. 
strepitus,  -us,  m.,  noise,  din. 
strictus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  stringo, 

drawn,  unsheathed. 
stringo,  -ere,  strinxi,  strictus,  to 

draw,  strip  off,  unsheath. 
studium,  -i,  n.,  zeal,  study,  pursuit, 

occu'pation. 
suadendo,  abl.,  gerund  of  suadeo, 

in  adirising. 
suadeo,    -ere,    suasi,    suasus,    to 

adirise,  persuade,  urge. 
sub,    prep,    with    ace.    and    abl., 

under,  near,  at  the  approach  of, 

just  before. 
subeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  go  under, 

approach,  take  upon  one^s  self, 

take  up. 


subiectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  sub- 
icio,  placed  under,  subdued,  con- 
quered. 

subigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actus,  to 
overcome,  conquer. 

subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 

subitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sudden. 

sublatus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  tollo. 

sublicius,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  resting 
upon  piles;  pons  sublicius,  the 
])ile  bridge  at  Rome. 

sublimis,  -e,  adj.,  high,  aloftypn 
high. 

sui  (gen.),  dat.,  sibi,  ace.  and  abl., 
se  or  sese,  reflexive  pro.,  of 
himself,  of  herself,  of  itself,  of 
themselves. 

simi,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  to  be. 

summa,  -ae,  f.,  sum,  total,  amount. 

summus,  -a,  -tmi,  adj.,  super,  of 
superus,  highest,  the  higJiest  part 
of. 

sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptus,  to 
take  up,  begin,  undertake. 

super,  prep,  with  ace,  above,  over; 
adv.,  above. 

superaturus  (-a,  -um)  esse,  fut. 
inf.  act.  of  supero,  to  be  about 
to  overcome. 

superbe,  adv.,  proudly,  arrogantly, 
insolently. 

Superbus,  -i,  Superbus,  a  name  of 
Tarquin. 

superbus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  proud, 
arrogant,  discourteous. 

superior,  -ius,  gen.,  -oris,  adj., 
comp.  of  superus,  higher,  super- 
ior, former,  previous. 

supero,  -are,  -kvly  -atus,  to  go 
over,  overcome,  remain,  sur- 
vive. 


,ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


425 


supersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  to 

be  over,  remain,  survive. 
superus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    upper, 

higher,  that  is  above. 
supplicium,    -i,    n.,    punishment; 

supplicium  dare,  to  suffer  pun- 
ishment. 
surgens,    -ntis,    part,    of    surgo, 

rising. 
suspicio,  -onis,  f.,  suspicion. 
suspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus,  to 

look  up  to,  mistrust,  suspect. 
sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  to  keep 

back,  hold  up,  support,  withstand. 
sustiilerant,  past,  perf.,  see  toUo. 
suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pro.,  his,  her, 

its,  their. 


T.,  abbreviation  for  Titu^. 
tacitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  silent,  still. 
talis,  -e,  adj.,  .such,  of  such  a  kind. 
tam,  adv.,  so,  so  much. 
tamen,  adv.,  still,  nevertheless. 
tamquam,  adv.,  as  if. 
Tanaquil,  -ills,  f.,    Tanaquil,    the 

wife  of  Tarquin. 
tandem,  adv.,  at  last. 
tango,  -ere,  -tetigl,  tactus,  to  touch. 
tantimi,  adv.,  so  mur.h,  only. 
tantus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  so  great,  so 

much;  tantus  .  .  .  quantus,  as 

great  .  .  .  as,  as  much  .  .  .  as. 
Tarpeia,  -ae,  f.,  Tarpeia,  a  Roman 

maiden. 
Tarpeius,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  Tarpeian, 

of  Tarpeia. 
Tarquinius,  -i,  Tarquin,  the  name 

of   a    king   of   Rome    and    hi.s 

descendants. 

29 


Tatius,  -i,  m.,.  Tatius,  a  king  of 
the  Sabines,  and  afterwards 
king  of  Rome  with  Romulus. 

te,  ace.  and  abl.,  see  tu. 

tego,  -ere,  texi,  tectus,  to  cover, 
protect. 

telum,  -i,  n.,  weapon. 

tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  storm,  weather 

templmn,  -i,  n.,  temple. 

tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time. 

tendo,  -ere,  tetendi,  tentus  and 
tensus,  to  stretch,  fdl  (sails), 
hasten. 

teneo,  -ere,  tenui,  tentus,  to  hold, 
have  possession,  keep. 

tener,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  tender, 
young. 

temi,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  three  each, 
three  on  a  side. 

terra,  -ae,  f.,  earth,  ground,  land. 

terreo,  -ere,  terrui,  territus,  to 
frighten,  scare. 

terrestris,  -e,  adj.,  belonging  to  the 
earth,  earthly,  terrestrial. 

terror,  -oris,  m.,  alarm,  fear,  terror. 

tertio,  adv.,  for  the  third  time. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  third;  tertius 
decimus,  thirteenth. 

testamentum,  -i,  n.,  will,  testa- 
ment. 

tester,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  declare, 
assert,  call  to  witness. 

thermae,  -arum,  f.,  warm  baths, 
baths,  places  for  bathing. 

Theseus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  The- 
seus. 

Tiberim,  ace,  see  Tiberis. 

Tibeiinus,  -a,  -tun,  adj.,  of  the 
Tiber;  pater  Tiberinus,  father 
Tiber. 

Tiberis,  -is,  m.,  the  Tiber. 


426 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Tiberius,  -i,  m.,  Tiberrr^,  a  Ro- 
man emperor, 
tibi,  dat.,  see  tu. 
timeo,    -ere,    timui,    to   fear,    be 

alarmed. 
timidus,    -a,    -um,   adj.,  fearful, 

afraid,  timid,  cowardly. 
timer,  -oris,  m.,  fear. 
timuisse,  perf .  act.  inf.  of  timed,  to 

have  feared. 
tinctus,  -a,  -imi,  part,  of  tingo, 

dyed,  colored. 
tintimiabulimi,  i,  n.,  bell. 
Titienses,  -iimi,  m.,  the  Titienses, 

one  of  the  three  centuries  of 

knights  named  by  Romuhis. 
Titus,-!,  m.,  TituSjQ.  Roman  name; 

Titus  Vespasianus  Augustus,  a 

Roman  emperor, 
tollens,  -ntis,  part,  of  tollo,  raising. 
tollo,   -ere,   sustuli,   sublatus,   to 

Tift  up,  arouse,  take  away,  carry 

off-  ' 

tonitribus,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.,  see 

tonitrus. 
tonitrus,  -us,  m.,  thunder. 
torvus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  stem,  grim; 

as  adv.,  sternly. 
totus,  -a,  -irni,  adj.,  whole,  entire, 
'     all. 
traduco,  -ere,  -duid,  -ductus,  to 

lead    across,     transfer,     remove, 

bring  to,  bring  across. 
traho,    -ere,     traxi,     tractus,    to 

draw,  drag. 
Traianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Trajan. 
traicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus,  to  cau^e 

to  cross  over,  transfer,  pass  over. 
trano,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  swim 

axyross. 
trdns,  prep,  with  ace,  across. 


transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  to  go  across, 

go  over. 
transfero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  to 

bring  over,  transfer. 
transfigo,    -ere,    -fixi,    -fixus,    to 

pierce  through,  transfix. 
transilio,  -ire,  -ui,  (o  leap  over.     J 
translaturus,   -a,    -vmi,    fut.   act. 

part,    of    transf'^ro,    about    to 

transfer. 
trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj .,  three  hundred. 
tredecim,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  thirteen. 
trepidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  trembling, 

fearful,  timid. 
tres,  tria,  adj.,  three. 
trigemini,  -orum,  m.,  three  brothers 

(born  at  the  same  time), 
triginta,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  thirty. 
tristis,    -e,    adj.,    sad,    mournful, 

unhappy. 
triumphalis,  -e,  adj.,  triumphal. 
Troia,  -ae,  f.,  Troy,  a  city  in  Asia 

Minor, 
tu,  tui,  per.  pro.,  you. 
tuba,  -ae,  f.,  trumpet. 
tubicen,  -inis,  m.,  trumpeter. 
tuendus,  -a,  -um,  fut.  pass.  part. 

of  tueor,  to  be  defended. 
tueor,  -eri,  tutus  stun,  to  watch, 

look  to,  defend,  protect. 
tulit,  perf.  of  f ero,  he  bore,  endured, 

proposed. 
Tullia,  -ae,  f.,  Tullia. 
Tullius,   -i,   m.,    Tullius,   Serviu^ 

Tullius,  a  king  of  Rome. 
Tullus,    -i,    m.,     Tullus,     Tullus 

Hostiliu^,  a  king  of  Rome, 
turn,  adv.,  then,  nt  that  tirne. 
tumultuor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  make 

a  disturbance,  raise  a  tumult. 
tunc,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time. 


KLE^sIENTA  PRIMA 


427 


turbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  lo  dii<ltirl», 

throw  into  disorder,  confuse. 
turma,  -ae,  f..  troop,  squadron  of 

horsemen . 
turris,  -is,  f.,  touer. 
tutela,  -ae,  f.,  protection. 
tutor,  -oris,  m.,  protector,  guardian. 
tutor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  defend, 

protect,  maintain,  strengthen.        V 
tutus,  -a,  -van,  adj.,  jrrotected,  safe. 
tuus,   -a,   -um,   poss.   pro.,   your, 

I/O  1 1  r.^. 


ubi,  adv.  and  oonj.,  where,  when. 
ullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  anij. 
ubnus,  -i,  f.,  the  elm  tree. 
ultimus,     -a,     -imi,     adj.,     most 

distant,  last. 
umerus,  -i,  m.,  shoulder. 
umquam,  adv.,  at  any  time,  ever. 
una,  adv.,  together.   /■ 
unde,    adv.,    from    which    place, 

whence,  on  whose  side. 
undecim,  indrl.  num.  adj.,  eleven. 
undecimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  eleventh. 
undeviginti,     indcl.     num.     adj., 

nineteen. 
undique,  adv.,  from  all  directions, 

from  everywhere. 
universus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  all. 
unus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    one,    only, 

alone. 
urbanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belonging 

to  the  city,  cinlized. 
urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 
usque,  adv.,  even,  as  far  as. 
usus,  -us,  m.,  u.se,  advantage,  value. 
ut,  uti,  adv    and  conj.,  how,  as, 

that,  in  order  thai,  so  that,  when : 

with  verbs  of  fearing,  that  not. 


uter,   -tra,   -trum,    intcrrog.    adj., 

irhich  (of  two). 
uterque,  -traque,  -trumque,  adj., 

each  (of  two). 
uti,  pres.  infin.,  see  utor. 
uti,  conj.,  see  ut. 
utilis,  -e,  adj.,  useful,    jrrofdahle, 

expedient. 
mtinam,  adv.,  O  that,  would  that,  I 

wish  that. 
utor,  uti,  usus  simi,  to  use,  employ, 

practice,  lake  advantage  of,  enjoy. 
utrimque,  adv.,  from  both  sides. 
uxor,  -oris,  f.,  ivife. 


vale,  imper.  of  valeo,  farewell. 
valens,  -ntis,  part,  of  valeo,  well, 

in  good  health. 
valeo,  -ere,  valui,  valiturus,  to  le 

strong,  be  well,  prevail;   imper., 

vale,  valete,  farewell. 
validus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  strong,  in 

good  health. 
valles,  -is,  f.,  valley. 
vallum,  -i,  n.,  rampart. 
vasto,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    to    lay 

waste,  plunder. 
veho,  -ere,  vexi,  vectus,  to  carry,  i. 

transport;   pass.,  to  ride,  sail. 
vel,  conj.,  or,  even;   vel  .  .  .  vel, 

either  .  .  .  or. 
velo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  cover  up, 

wrap  up,  veil. 
velum,  -i,  n.,  sail. 
venator,  -oris,  m.,  hunter. 
venatum,  ace.  supine  of  venor,  to 

hunt. 
vendo,  -ere,  vendidi,  venditus,  to 

sell. 
venerunt,  porf .  of  venio,  they  came. 


428 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


venio,  -Ire,  veni,  ventus,  to  come, 

(JO. 

venisse,  perf.  inf.  act.  of  venio,  to 

have  come. 
venor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  hunt. 
ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind. 
Venus,    Veneris,    f.,    Vernus,    the 

goddess  of  love  and  beauty, 
verbimi,  -i,  n.,  word. 
Vergilius,   Vergili,  m.,    Virgil,  a 

famous  Roman  poet, 
vero,  adv.,  indeed,  truly. 
versus,  -a,  -um,  part.,  see  verto. 
versus,  -us,  m.,  verse. 
verto,  -ere,  verti,  versus,  to  turn. 
verus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  true,  real. 
vescor,  -i,  to  take  food,  eat. 
vesper,    -eris,    m.,    the    evening; 

vesperi,  as  adv.,  in  the  evening. 
Vesta,  -ae,  f.,  Vesta,  the  Roman 

goddess  of  the  home, 
vestalis,  -e,  adj.,  of  Vesta,  vestal, 
vester,    -tra,    -tnmi,    poss.    pro., 

your,  yours. 
vestibuliun,  -i,  n.,  entrance. 
vestigium,  -i,  n,,  step,  footstep. 
vestis,    -is,    f.,    clothing,    vesture, 

covering. 
Vesuvius,    -i,    m.,     Vesuvius,    a 

mountain  and  volcano  in  Italy, 
veto,   -are,   -ui,   -itus,    to  forbid, 

prohibit,  prevent. 
vetus,  veteris,  adj.,  old,  veteran. 
via,  -ae,  f.,  street,  way,  road. 
viator,  -oris,  traveler. 
vicem,  in  vicem,  adv.,  by  turns, 

one  after  the  other. 
vicinus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  neighboring. 
victor,  -oris,  m,,  victor. 
victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 
victus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  vinco. 


vicus,  -i,  m.,  street,  quarter,  village. 
video,    -ere,   vidi,   visus,    to   see; 

pass.,  to  be  seen,  to  seem. 
videtur,  he  {she,  it)  is  seen,  seems. 
vidi,     Tadisti,     vidit,     etc.,     perf, 

indie,  act.  of  video,  /  have  seen, 

you  have  seen,  etc. 
vidisse,  perf.  inf.  act.  of  video,  to 

have  seen.  i 

vidua,  -ae,  f.,  undow.   I 
vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  loatching,  a  watch 

(the  fourth  part  of  the  night). 
viginti,  indcl.  num.  adj.,  twenty. 
villa,  -ae,  f .,  villa,  a  country  hou^e. 
Viminalis,  -e,  adj.,  with  collis  or 

mons,  the  Viminal  hill  at  Rome, 
vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus,  to  conquer, 

overcome,  defeat. 
vinculum,     -i,     n.,     bond,   fetter, 

prison. 
vindicatus    (-a,  -um)    esse,  perf. 

inf.  pass,  of  vindico,  to  have  been 

punished. 
vindico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  punish, 

avenge,  claim. 
violentus,   -a,   -imi,   adj.,   violent, 

impetuous. 
vir,  viri,  m.,  hero,  man,  husband. 
vires,  virium,  pi.  of  vis,  strength. 
virga,  -ae,  f.,  branch,  rod. 
virgo,  -inis,  f.,  maiden. 
virgula,    -ae,    f.,    a   little   branch, 

small  rod. 
virilis,  -e,  adj.,  manly. 
virtus,   -utis,   f.,    manhood,   valor, 

virtv£. 
vis,  vis,  f.,  force,  power,  strength, 

violence. 
vis,    pres.    indie,     of     void,    you 

wish. 
vita,  -ae,  f.,  life. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


429 


vito,   -are,   -avi,   -atus,   to   avoid, 

escape. 
vivo,    -ere,    ^dxi,    victus,    to   live, 

dwell. 
vivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  living,  lifelike; 

me  vivo,  while  I  am  living. 
vix,  adv.,  ivilh  difficulty,  hardly. 
vobis,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  of  tu. 
vociferor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  call 

out,  cry  out. 
voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  call. 
volans,  -ntis,  part,  of  void,  flying. 
volebat,  pa.st  of  volo,  he  unshed. 
volito,    -are,    -avi,    to   fly    about, 

hasten. 
void,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  fly. 
void,  velle,  volui,  to  urish,  desire, 

unll. 


voltus,  -us,  1)1.,  countenance,  looks 
voluptas,  -atis,  f.,  pleasure,  delight 

enjoyment. 
vos,  vestrum  (vestri),  pi.  of  tu. 
votimi,  -i,  n.,  vow,  promise,  prayer 
voveo,  -ere,  vovi,  votus,  to  vow 

promise. 
vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice,  speech. 
vulnero,  -are,  -a^a,  -atus,  to  wound 
vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound. 
vulpes,  -is,  i.,  fox. 
vult,  pres.  indie,  of  void,  he  wishes. 
vultur,  -uris,  m.,  vulture. 


Zama,  -ae,  f.,  Zama,  a  town  in 
Africa. 


l^' 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


575.  This  vocabulary  contains  the  words  which  are  needed  in 
translating  the  composition  exercises  into  Latin.  Additional  definitions 
of  the  Latin  words  and  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  are  given  in  the 
Latin-English  vocabulary,  section  574. 


a,  an,  omitted  in  Latin. 

able  (to  be),  possum,  posse. 

about,  de  with  abl. 

above,  adv.,  super;    -prep.,  super 

with  ace;  ante  with  ace. 
acceptable,  gratus, -a, -um)  accep- 

tus,  -a,  -um. 
accomplish,  impetro,  -arc. 
accordance  (in  accordance  with), 

ahl.  case. 
according  to,  ahl.  case. 
account  (on  account  of),  abl.  case; 

ob  with  ace.;  propter  with  ace; 

on  account  of  this,  propterea. 
accuse,  accuso,  -are;     {of  crime) 

criminor,  -arl. 
acquit,  absolvo,  -ere. 
Acropolis,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
across,  trans  with  ace. 


act,  factum, 


wicked  act. 


f acinus,  -oris,  n. 
act,  ago,  -ere. 
add  to,  addo,  -ere;   be  added  to, 

accedo,  -ere. 
address,  adloquor,  -i. 
administer,  administro,  -arc. 
adorn,    orno,    -are;     is    adorned, 

omatur;  are  adorned,  ornantur. 
advance,    (increase)    augeo;    -ere; 

(go  forth)  procedo,  -ere. 
advice,  consilium,  -I,  n. 


advise,  moneo,  -ere. 

Aeneas,  Aeneas,  -ae,  m. 

affair,  res,  rcl,  f.;  affairs  of  state, 
res  publica. 

affection,  caritas,  -atis,  f. 

Africa,  Africa,  -ae,  f. 

Africanus,  Africanus,  -I,  m. 

after,  post  urith  ace;  after  this, 
posthac. 

afterwards,  postea. 

again,  rursus,  iterum. 

against,  advenis  vrith  ace;  in  with 
ace;  dut.  case.  | 

age  (old  age),  senectus,  -utis,  f.; 
(life-time)  aetas,  -atis,  f . 

agreement,  foedus,  -eris,  n.;  socie- 
■  tas,  -atis,  f . 

Alba  Longa,  Alba  Longa,  -ae,  f. 

Albans,  Albanl,  -orum,  m. 

all,  onmis,  -e;  quisque  with  super- 
lative. 

alliance,  societas,  -atis,  f. 

almost,  propc. 

alone,  solus,  -a,  -um. 

Alps,  Alpes,  -ium,  f. 

already,  iam. 

also,  quoque. 

altar,  ara,  -ae,  f. 

although,  cum  with  svbj. 

always,  semper. 

am,  sum,  esse. 

ambassador,  legatus,  -I,  m. 


(430) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


431 


among,  apud  idlh  ace;  in  with  ace. 

Amnlius,  Amulius,  -i,  m. 

an,  omitted  in  Latin. 

ancient,  antiquus,  -a,  -um. 

Ancus,  Ancus,  -i,  m. 

and,  et,  atque,  ac, -que;  both  .  .  . 
and,  et  .  .  .  et,  cum  .  .  .turn. 

anew,  de  integro,  de  novo. 

angry,  Iratus,  -a,  -um. 

announce,  indlco,  -ere. 

another,  alius,  alia,  aliud. 

answer,  respondeo,  -ere. 

anxiety,  cura,  -ae,  f. 

dny  one,  any,  anything,  quis  (qui) , 
quae,  quid  (quod);  {em-phaiic) 
quisquam,  quidquam. 

appoint  {give),  do,  dare. 

approach,  appropinquo,  -are. 

April,  Aprllis,  -is,  m. 

Apulia,  Apulia,  -ae,  f. 

are  {they  are),  sunt;  are  they? 
suntne? 

arena,  arena,  -ae,  f. 

arm,  armo,  -are. 

armed,  armatus,  -a,  -um. 

arms,  arma,>-onim. 

army,  exercitus,  -us,  m. 

arouse,  incito,  -are;  stimulo,  -are. 

arrange,  {prepare)  paro,  -are; 
{contrive)  compono,  -ere;  ar- 
range with,  ago,  -ere  vrith  cum. 

arrive,  advenio,  -Ire, 

arrogantly,  insolenter. 

art,  ars,  artis,  f. 

as,  {conj.)  ut;  {rel.  jyro.)  qui;  as 
possible,  quam  with  superlative. 

Ascanius,  Ascanius,  -i,  m. 

Asia,  Asia,  -ae,  f. 

ask,  {ask  for)  peto,  -ere;  rogo, 
-are;  {question)  interrogo,  -are; 
{inquire)  percontor,  -arl. 


assassinate,  confodio,  -ere. 

asylum,  asylum,  -I,  n. 

at  {place  where),  in  with  abl.;    loc. 

of  names  of  cities. 
Athens,  Athenae,  -arum,  f. 
attack,  impetus,  -us,  m. 
attack,  peto,  -ere. 
attempt,  conor,  -arl. 
attention,  opera,  -ae,  f. 
Attus,  Attus,  -i,  m. 
augur,  augur,  -uris,  m. 
augury,  augurium,-T;n. :  by  augury, 

auspiciito. 
authority,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
Aventine,  Aventlnus,  -I,  m. 
away,  be  away,  absum*  -esse;    is 

away,  abest. 
axe,  securis,  -is,  f. 

B 

bacon,  lardum,  -I,  n. 

bad,  malus,  -a,  -um. 

ball,  pila,  -ae,  f. 

band  {of  soldiers),  manus,  -us,  f. 

bank,  rlpa,  -ae,  f . 

battle,  proelium,  -I,  n. 

be,  sum,  esse;  be  over  {rule), 
praesum,  -esse. 

bear,  fero,  ferre;   gero,  -ere. 

beast,  bestia,  -ae,  f.;    fera,  -ae,  f. 

beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 

because,  quod;  because  of,  prop- 
ter with  ace. 

become,  fio,  fieri. 

before,  ante  vnth  ace;  (in  front 
of)  prae;  just  before,  sub  with 
ace. 

beg,  oro,  -are. 

begin,  coepi,  coepisse;  begin 
battle,  proelium  conunitto,  -ere. 

beginning,  principium,  -i,  n. 


432 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


believe,  credo,  -ere. 

bereft,  orbus,  -a,  -um. 

best,  optimus,  -a,  -um. 

betrothed,  sponsiis,  -I,  m. 

better,    adj.,    melior,    -ius,     adv., 

melius, 
between,  inter  with  ace. 
bid   {order),  iubeo,  -ere;    mando, 

-are. 
bidding,  mandatum,  -I,  n. 
bird,  avis,  -is,  f. 
bit  {morsel),  frustum,  -i,  n. 
blame,  culpo,  -are. 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 
book,  liberj  libri,  n.  ^ 
booty,  praeda,  -ae,  f. 
both,  ambo,  ambae,  ambo;    both 

.  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et. 
boundaries,  fines,  -ium,  m. 
boy,  puer,  -en,  m. 
bracelet,  armilla,  -ae,  f. 
branch,  ramus,  -I,  m. 
brave,  fortis,  -e. 
bravely,  fortiter. 
break  off,  dirimo,  -ere;  abrumpo, 

-ere;   break  down,  interrumpo, 

-ere. 
breath,  spiritus,  -us,  m. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bright,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 
bring,  porto,  -are;  brings,  portal; 

they  bring,  portant;  {hear)  fero, 

ferre;  bring  back,  reporto,  -are; 

bring  through,   perfero,   -ferre; 

bring     across,     traduco,     -ere; 

bring  up,  educo,  -are. 
broad,  latus,  -a,  -um. 
brother,  frater,  -tris,  m. 
Brutus,  Brutus,  -I,  m. 
build,  aedifico, -are;  build  around, 

circumdo,  -are. 


burn  up,  deuro,  -ere. 
bury,  obruo,  -ere. 
but,  sed. 
buy,  emo,  -ere. 

by,  a  or  ab   with  ahl.;    per  icUh 
axx. 


Caelian  HiU,  Caelius,  -I,  m. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  m. 

call,  voco,  -are;  {name)  appello, 
-are;  nomine,  -are;  call  upon, 
invoco,  -are;  call  to  witness, 
testor,  -arl;  ob tester,  -ari;  call 
out,  clamo,  -are;  {summon) 
adveco,  -are. 

camp,  castra,  -orum,  n. 

can  {be  able),  possum,  posse. 

cap,  pilleus,  -i,  m. 

capital,  caput,  -itis,  n. 

capitol,  capitolium,  -I,  n.;  Capi- 
tolinus,  -1,  m. 

captive,  captivus,  -i,  m. 

capture,  capio,  -ere-. 

car,  currus,  -us,  m. 

care,  ctira,  -ae,  f*. 

care  for,  euro,  -^re,  {like)  amo, 
-are. 

carry,  porto,  -are;  carry  on,  gero, 
-ere. 

Carthage,  Carthago,  -inis,  f. 

Carthaginians,  Carthaginienses, 
-ium,  m. 

Cassius,  Cassius,  -I,  m. 

catch,  accipio,  -ere. 

cause,  causa,  -ae,  f. 

cavalry,  eques,  -itis   {generally  in 

Vl-)- 
celebrated,     inclitus,     -a,     -um; 

clarus,  -a,  -um. 
centiuy,  cerufcuria,  -ae,  f. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


433 


certain,  quidam,  quaedam,  quid- 
dam  (quoddam). 
chance,  by  chance,  forte, 
change,  muto,  -are. 
chief,  princeps,  -ipis,  m. 
childless,  orbus  liberis. 
children,  llberi,  -orum. 
choice,  optio,  -onis,  f. 
choose,  deligo,  -ere;  lego,  -ere. 
circus,  circus,  -i,  m. 
citadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
citizen,  civis,  -is,  m.  and  f. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,  f.;    in  the  city, 

in  urbe;    (objective)  urbem. 
city  (belonging  to  the  city),  urbanus, 

-a,  -um. 
civil,  civilis,  -e. 

claim,  vindico,  -are,  adrogo,  -are. 
clash,  increpo,  -are. 
class,  classis,  -is,  f . 
clear,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 
cloak,  paludamentum,  -J,  n. 
close,  claudo,  -ere. 
closed,  clausus,  -a,  -um. 
cloud,  nubes,  -is,  f.;   storm-cloud, 

nimbus,  -I,  m. 
Clusiimi,  of,  belonging  to,  Clus- 

Inus,  -a,  -um. 
cold,  frigus,  -oris,  n. 
cold,  gelidus,  -a,  -um. 
Colosseimi,  Colos.seum,  -I,  n. 
come,  venio,  -Ire;  he  came,  venit. 
command,  mandatum.  -T,  n. 
command,    impero,    -are;     iubeo, 

-ere;   be  in  command  of,  prae- 

sum,  -e.sse  vnth  dat. 
commanded,  iussus,  -a,  -um. 
committed,    be    (of    crime),  flo, 

fieri. 
common,  communis,  -e. 
common  people,  plebs,  plebis,  f. 


companion,  socius,  -I,  m.;   comes, 

-it  is,  m. 
complain  of,  culpo,  -are;  queror,  -I. 
conceal,     celo,     -are;      (disguise) 

dissimulo,  -are. 
concerning,  de  urith  abl. 
condemn,  condemno,  -are. 
condition,    (lot)    sors,    sortis,    f.; 

(terms)  condicio,  -onis,  f.;    lex, 

legis,  f. 
conduct     (escort),    deduce,    -ere; 

(carry  on)  gero,  -ere. 
connect,  coniungd,  -ere;  adiungo, 

-ere. 
conquer,  viuco,  -ere. 
conquered,  victus,  -a,  -um. 
consent,  without  the  consent  of, 

iniussu. 
considerable,  aliquantum,  -I,  n, 
conspiracy,  coniuratio,  -onis,  f. 
consul,  consul,  -ulis,  m, 
consulship,  consulatus,  -us,  m. 
consult,  consulo,  -ere. 
conversation,  sermo,  -onis,  m. 
Cornelia,  Cornelia,  -ae,  f. 
could  (wcis  able),  poteram,  poteras, 

etc.,  past  of  possum. 
country  (native  land),  patria,  -ae, 

f.;     (contrasted   with   city)    rus, 

ruris,  n.;  agri,  -orum,  m. 
country  (a/lj.)  agrestis,  -e. 
cover,  operio,  -ire;  velo,  -are. 
cowardly,  imbellis,  -e. 
Crassus,  Crassus,  -i,  m. 
crazy,  be,  deliro,  -are, 
crime,  f acinus,  -oris,  n. 
criminal,  sceleratus,  -i,  m. 
cross  over,  supero,  -are. 
cruel,  crudelis,  -e;  atrox,  -ocis. 
cry  out,  vociferor,  -ari;    cry  out 

against,  obstrepo,  -ere. 


434 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Cures,  Cures,  -ium,  m. 
Curiatius,  Curiatius,  -I,  m. 
Curtius,  Curtius,  -I,  m. 
custody,  custodia,  -ae,  f . 
custom,  mos,  moris,  m. 
cut,  seco,  -are;  down,  caedo,  -ere. 
Cybele,  Cybela,  -ae,  f. 


danger,  perlculum,  -i,  n. 

daring,  audax,  -acis;  ferox, 
-ocis. 

daughter,  fJlia,  -ae,  f. 

dawn,  ])rima  lux. 

day,  (lies,  diel,  m.  and  f. 

day,  good-day,  salve,  salvete,  from 
salveo. 

daylight,  lux,  lucis,  f. 

dead,  mortuus,  -a,  -um. 

dear,  cams,  -a,  -um;  dearer, 
carior,  -oris. 

death,  mors,  mortis,  f. 

declare,  indico,  -ere. 

decorate,  orno,  -are;  it  is  deco- 
rated, ornatur;  they  are  deco- 
rated, ornantur. 

deed,  factum,  -I,  n.;  wicked  deed, 
f acinus,  -oris,  n. 

defeat,  supero,  -are;  vinco,  -ere, 
fundo,  -ere. 

defend,  defendo,  -ere. 

defraud,  fraudo,  -are. 

delight,  flelecto,  -are;  {he,  she) 
is  delighted,  delectatur. 

demand,  exposco,  -ere. 

depend  upon,  pass,  of  pono, 
-ere. 

descend,  pass,  of  demitto,  -ere. 

descending,  delapsus,  -a,  -um. 

designate,  designo,  -are. 

desire,  cupldo,  -inis,  f. 


destroy,  deleo,  -ere;    (break  up) 

interrumpo,  -ere. 
destroyed,  deletus,  -a,  -um. 
detain,  retineo,  -ere. 
Diana,  Diana,  -ae,  f. 
dictator,  dictator,  -oris,  m. 
die,  morior,  mori;  defungor,  -i. 
different,  dissimilis,  -e;  alius,  alia, 

aliud. 
diflficult,  difficilis,  -e. 
difficulty,  with,  vix. 
dinner,  cena,  -ae,  f. 
disappointment,  aegritudo  auiml. 
discharge  (pay),  persolvo,  -ere. 
discord,  discordia,  -ae,  f. 
disguise,  dissimulo,  -are. 
disease,  morbus,  -I,  m. 
dishevelled,  passus,  -a,  -um. 
displeasing,  be,  displiceo,  -ere. 
disposition,  animus,  -I,  m. 
distance,  spatium,  -I,  n. 
distant,  extremus,  -a,  -um. 
distribute,  distribuo,  -ere. 
disturb,  turbo,  -are. 
disturbance,     make,     tumultuor, 

-iirl. 
divide,  divido,  -ere. 
divine,  dlvinus,  -a,  -um. 
do,  facio,  -ere;  ago,  -ere;  how  do 

you  do?  quid  agis?  do  not,  noli 

with  infin. 
dog,  canis,  -is,  m. 
doors,  out  of,  foras. 
doubtful, dubius, -a, -um;  there  is 

no  doubt,  non  est  dub  ium. 
down  from,  de  with  abl. 
dreadful,  foedus,  -a,  -um. 
drive  off,  pello,  -ere. 
duty,  officium,  -i,  n. 
dwell,  habito,  -are. 
dwelling,  domicilium,  -I,  n. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


435 


E 

each,  {of  two)  uterque,  utraque, 
utrumque ;  (every)  quisque,  quae- 
que,  quidque  (quodque);  each 
.  .  .  other,  alter  .  .  .  alter. 

eagle,  aquila,  -ae,  f. 

earth,  terra,  -ae,  f. 

earth,  of,  terrestris,  -e. 

easy,  facilis,  -e. 

eat,  vescor,  -I. 

either  ...  or,  aut  .  .  .  aut. 

either  (of  two),  alter,  -era,  -erum, 

elect,  creo,  -are. 

else  (othei'),  alius,  alia,  aliud. 

embassy,  legatio,  -onis,  f. 

employ,  adhibeo,  -ere. 

enemy,  (■public)  hostis,  -is,  m.; 
(private)  inimicus,  -i,  m. 

enjoy,  fruor,  -I. 

enroll,  c'onscribo, -ere;  scribo, -ere. 

enter,  introeo,  -Ire;   ingredior,  -I. 

entertain,  delecto,  -are;  they  are 
entertained,  delectantur. 

entrance,  vestibulum,  -i,  n. 

entreat,  oro,  -are. 

entreaty,  prex,' precis,  f. 

equal,  par,  pans. 

Etruria,  Etruria,  -ae,  f. 

even,  etiam;  even  if,  etsl. 

every,  omnis,  -e;  everything, 
omnia,  -ium. 

excellent,  egregius,  -a,  -um. 

except,  nisi. 

exchange,  permuto,  -are. 

exclaim,  conclamo,  -are. 

exhaust,  conficio,  -ere. 

exhausted,  confectus,  -a,  -um. 

exhibition,  spectaculum,  -I,  n. 

exile,  exsul,  -ulis,  m. 

expedient,  iitilis,  -e. 


extend,  profero,  -ferre. 
exulting,  exsultans,  -ntis. 

F 

faithful,  fidus,  -a,  -um. 

fall  {downfall),  rulna,  -ae,  f. 

fall,  cado,  -ere;  fall  into,  incido, 
-ere. 

false,  falsus,  -a,  -um. 

famous,  clarus,  -a,  -um;  inclitus, 
a,  -um. 

far,  longe;  very  far,  longissime. 

farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 

father,  pater,  -tris,  m. 

father's,  paternus,  -a,  -um. 

Faustulus,  Faustulus,  -I,  m. 

fear,  metus,  -us,  m.;  terror,  -oris, 
m.;  timor,  -oris,  m. 

fear,  timeo,  -ere;  {he,  she)  fears, 
timet;  {he,  she,  it)  is  feared, 
timetur;   (they)  fear,  timent. 

fetch  (go  to  fetch),  peto,  -ere. 

few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a. 

field,  ager,  agri,  m. 

fierce,  atrox,  -ocis;    fer5x,  -ocis. 

fight,  pugna,  -ae,  f. 

fight,  contends,  -ere;  pugno,  -are; 
a  fight  took  place,  pugnatum 
est. 

fighting,  pugnans,  -ntis;  fighting- 
men,  pugnantes,  -ium. 

fill,  expleo,  -ere. 

finally,  denique. 

find,  invenio,  -Ire. 

finger,  digitus,  -I,  m. 

finish,  finio,  -Ire. 

fire,  ignis,  -is,  m. 

first,  primus,  -a,  -um;     at    first, 

primo. 
five,  quinque. 
Flaccus,  Flaccus,  -i,  m. 


436 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


flash,  mico,  -are. 

flee,  fugio,  -ere. 

flight,  fuga,  -ae,  f. 

flow,  fluo,  -ere. 

flow  into,  influo,  -ere. 

flower,  flos,  floris,  m. 

follow,  sequor,  -I. 

food,  cibus,  -I,  m.,  daps,  dapis,  f. 

foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. 

foot-step,  vestigium,  -I,  n. 

for,  ad  vrilh  ace;    pro  ivith  abl.; 

de  ivilh  abl.;   dal.  case;    (conj.), 

nam,  namque, 
force  (strength),  vis,  vis,  f. 
forces  (troops),  copiae,  -arum,  f. 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  f. 
forget,  obllviscor,  -i. 
forgetful,  immemor.,  -oris, 
form,  fingo,  -ere. 
former,  superior,  -oris;  the  former 

.  .  .  the  latter,  ille  .  .  .  hie. 
forth,  go  forth,  exeo,  -ire. 
fortify,  munio,  -ire. 
fortunate,  beatus,  -a,  -um. 
fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,  f. 
forty,  quadraginta; 
forty-three,  quadraginta  ires, 
forum,  forum,  -i,  n. 
foimd,  condo,  -ere. 
founder,  conditor,  -oris,  m. 
four,  quattuor. 
free,  liber,  -era,  -erum;  free  from, 

expers,  -tis. 
free  (set  free),  libero,  -are. 
freedom,  libertas,  -atis,  f. 
freeman,  liber,  liberi,  m. 
friend,  amicus,  -i,  ra. 
.friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,  f. 
frighten,  terreo,  -ere. 
frightened,  pavidus,  -a,  -um. 
from,  a  or  ab  vrith  ahl.;    {nut  of) 


ex  with  abl.;  down  from,  de  with 

abl 
from  being,  quin  with  subj. 
Fufetius,  Fufetius,  -i,  m. 
full,  plenus,  -a,  -um. 
fury,  impetus,  -us,  m. 


game,  ludus,  -i,  m. 

garden,  hortus,  -i,  m. 

garland,  corona,  -ae,  f. 

gate,  porta,  -ae,  f . 

Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  f. 

general,  imperator,  -oris,  m. 

gentle,  mitis,  -e. 

gift,  donum,  -i,  n. 

girl,  puella,  -ae,  f . 

give,  do,  dare;    (he)  gives,  dat.; 

(they)  give,  dant. 
glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um. 
gladly,  libenter. 
gleam,  fulgeo,  -ere. 
glory,  gloria,  -ae,  f. 
go,  eo,  -ire;    venio,  -ire;  proficis- 

cor,  -l;  go  forth,  exeo,  -ire;  go 

to,  adeo,  -ire;  go  to  fetch,  peto, 

-ere. 
god,  deus,  -i,  m. 
goddess,  dea,  -ae,  f. 
gold,  aurum,  -i,  n. 
golden,  aureus,  -a,  -um. 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um;  good  men, 

boni,  -orum,  m.;  good  things, 

bona,  -orum,  n. 
good-day,  salve,  salvete. 
grain,  f  rumen  turn,  -i,  n. 
grandfather,  aviis,  -i,  m. 
grandfather's,  avitus,  -a,  -um. 
grandson,  nepos,  -otis,  m. 
great,  magnus,  -a,  -um;   greater, 

maior,  -ius;  greatest,  maximus, 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


437 


-a,  -urn;    so  great,  tantus,  -a, 

-um. 
greeting,  salus,  -utis,  f. 
grief,  aegritudo,  -inis,  f. 
grow  {increase),  cresco,  -ere;  grow 

to  manhood,  adolesco,  -ere. 
grown  to  manhood,   adultus,  -a, 

-um, 
guard,  custos,  -odis,  m. 
guardian,  tutor,  -oris,  m. 

H 
hail,  salveo,  -ere. 
hair,  crlnis,  -is,  m. 
hand,  manus,  -us,  f . ;   right  hand, 

dextra,  -ae,  f.;  left  hand,  laeva, 

-ae,  f.;   sinistra,  -ne,  f. 
Hannibal,  Hannibal,  -alis,  m. 
happy,  beatus,  -a,  -um;  laetus,-a, 

-um. 
harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 
hard,  difficilis,  -e. 
have,  habeo,  -ere;  (he)  has,  habet; 

(they)  have,  habent;    (he)  had, 

habebat. 
he,  is,  hie,  ille. 
head,  caput,  -itis,  n. 
healthy,  salubris,  -e. 
heaiy  audio,  -ire. 
heat,  calor,  -oris,  m. 
heavenly,  caelestis,  -e. 
her,  (obj.)  eam;   (poss.)  eius,  from 

is;   (reflex.)  suus,  -a,  -um. 
herself,  ipsa;  (reflex.)  sui. 
high,  altus,  -a,  -um;   superus,  -a, 

-um;      higher,     altior,     altius; 

highest,  altissimus,  -a,  -um. 
hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 
him,  eum,  from  is. 
himself,  ipse;  (reflex.)  sui. 
hinder,  impedio,  -ire. 


his,  eius,  from  is;     (reflex.)  suus, 

-a,  -um. 
hold,  habeo,  -ere;    hold  up,  sus- 

tineo,  -ere. 
hole,  cavum,  -I,  n. 
home,  domus,  -us,  f.;    at  home, 

domi;  homeward,  domum;  from 

home,  domo. 
honor,  honor,  -oris,  m. 
hope,  spes,  spel,  f. 
hope,  spero,  -are. 
Horace,  Horatius,  -I,  m, 
Horatius,  Honitius,  -I,  m. 
horse,  equus,  -I,  m. 
host,  hospes,  -itis,  m. 
hostile,  Infestus,  -a,  -um. 
Hostilius,  Hostllius,  -I,  m. 
Hostius,  Hostius,  -i,  m. 
house,  pi.  of  aedes,  -is,  f;  domus, 

us,  f. 
how,  quid,  quam;  how  great,  how 

much,  quantus,  -a,  -um;    how 

many,  quot. 
human,  humanus,  -a,  -um. 
humble,  pauper,  -eris;  humilis,  -e. 
hundred,  centum. 
hunt,  venor,  -an. 
hurry  away,  rapio,  -ere. 
husband,  vir,  viri,  m. 

I 

I,  ego,  mei. 

Ides,  Idus,  -uum,  f. 

if,  si;  even  if,  etsi. 

image,  imago,  -inis,  f. 

imitation,  aemulatio,  -onis,  f. 

immediately,  statim. 

immortal,  immortalis,  -e. 

in,  in  loith  ahl.;    locative  case  of 

no/mes  of  towns. 
increase,  cresco,  -ere. 


438 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


infantry,  eques,  -itis,  m. 

influence,  auctoritas,  -atis,  f. 

inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m.  and  f. 

injury,  iniuria,  -ae,  f. 

interrupt,  intervenio,  -Ire. 

into,  in  vrith  ace. 

invade,  incursionem  facio,  -ere. 

invasion,  incursio,  -on is,  f. 

is,    est;    is   not,    nonne   est?     is 

away,  ab-est. 
island.  Insula,  -ae,  f. 
it,  is,  ea,  id. 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,  f. 
its,  suns,  -a,  -um. 


Janiculum,  laniculum,  -I,  n. 
Janus  {temple  of  Janus),  lanus,  -I, 

m. 
join,   consero,   -ere;    iungo,   -ere; 

coniungo,  -ere. 
journey,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
joy,  gaudium,  -i,  n. 
judge,  index,  -icis,  m. 
Julia,  Ifilia,  -ae,  f. 
Julius,  iQlius,  -I,  m. 
July,  lull  us,  -i,  m. 
Jupiter,  luppiter,  lovis,  m. 
justice,    aequitas,    -atis,    f.;     iiis, 

iuris,  n.;  iustitia,  -ae,  f. 


Kalends,  Kalendae,  -arum,  f. 
keep,   teneo,   -ere;    habeo,     -ere; 

conservo,  -are;  keep  away,  arceo, 

-ere. 
kill,  caedo,  -ere;    intcrficio,  -ere. 
kind,  genus,  -eris,  n. 
kind  {what  kind  of),  quails,  -e. 
kindly,  benigne. 
kindness,  beneficium,  -I,  n. 


king,  nix,  regis,  ni. 
kingdom,  regnum,  -i,  n. 
knight,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
know,  scio,  -Ire;    intellego,  -ere; 
not  to  know,  nescio,  -Ire. 


lamentation,  comploratio,  -on is,  f. 

land,  terra,  -ae,  f. 

language,  lingua,  -ae,  f. 

Larentia,  Larentia,  -ae,  f. 

large,  magnus,  -a,  -um. 

larger,  maior,  maius. 

largest,  maxim  us,  -a,  -um. 

Lars,  Lars,  Lartis,  m. 

last,  proximus,  -a,  -um. 

Latin,  Latlnus,  -a,  -um ;  in  Latin, 

La  tine.     "H 
Latinus,  Latlnus,  -I,  m. 
latter,  hie,  haeo,  hoc;   the  former 

.  .  .  the  latter,  ille  .  .  .  hie. 
laugh  at,  inrldeo,  -ere. 
Lavinia,  Lavinia,  -ae,  f. 
law,  lex,  legis,  f . ;   ius,  itiris,  n. 
lay  down,  depono,  -ere. 
lead,  dtico,  -ere. 
leader,  dux,  ducis,  m. 
leap  down,  desilio,  -Ire. 
learn,  disco,  -ere. 
learned,  consultus,  -a,  -um;   very 

learned,-  consultissimus,  -a,  -um. 
learner,  discipulus,  -I,  m. 
leave,  relinquo,  -ere. 
left,  laevus,  -a,  -um;  sinister,  -tra, 

-trum. 
left  hand,  laeva,  -ae,  f.;    sinistra, 

-ae,  f. 
legion,  legio,  -onis,  f. 
less,  minor,  minus. 
let,  suhj.  mood. 
letter,  epistula,  -ae,  f . 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


439 


life,  vita,  -ac,  f. ;  life-time,  aetas, 
-atis,  f.;  for  life,  in  perpetuum. 

light,  lux.  lucis,  f. 

light  up,  illustro,  -are. 

like,  amo,  -are;  do  you  like? 
amasne?  does  he  like?  amatne? 

like,  similis,  -e;  par,  paris. 

lingering,  longinquus,  -a,  -um. 

lion,  leo,  -onis,  m. 

little,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 

live,  vivo,  -ere;  (dwell)  habito, 
-are;  {pass life)  aetatem  ago,  -ere. 

Livy,  Liviu«,  -I,  m. 

load,  onus,  -oris,  n. 

long,  longus,  -a,  -um;  long  time, 
(liu,  multum;  longer,  diutius; 
longest,  diutissime. 

look  at,  specto,  -are. 

lose,  amitto,  -ere. 

love,  amor,  -oris,  m. 

love,  amo,  -are;  (he,  she)  loves, 
amat;  (they)  love,  amant;  (he, 
she,  it)  is  loved,  amatur;  (they) 
are  loved,  amantur;  do  they 
love?  amantne? 

Lucius,  Lucius,  -I,  m. 


maiden,  virgo,  -in is,  f. 

make,  facio, -ere;  conficio,-ere;  (by 
joining)  iungo,  -ere;  (a  treaty) 
k'o,  -ere;   (elect)  ereo,  -are. 

make  up,  fingo,  -ere. 

man,  (human  being)  homo,  -in  is, 
m.;  (hero)  vir,  virl,  m.;  old 
man,  senex,  senis,  m,;  young 
man,  iuvenis,  -js,  m. 

manage,  adrninistro,  -are. 

manhood,  grown  to,  adiiltus,  -a, 
-um. 

manner,  modus,  -I,  m. 


many,  inultl,  -ae,  -a;   how  many 

quot. 
March,  Martius,  -I,  m^ 
Marcius,  Marcius,  -I,  m. 
Marcus,  Marcus,  -I,  m. 
marriage,  matrimonium,  -I,  n. 
master,  (of  slaves)  dominus,  -I,  m.; 

(teacher)  magister,  -tri,  m. 
may,    expressed    by    pres.    subj.: 

may  there  be,  sit. 
me,  me;  to  me,  mihi. 
means,  by  means  of,  abl.  case. 
meet,  se  obviam  ferre. 
memory,  memoria,  -ae,  f. 
men,  (people)   homines,  -um,  m. 
messenger,  nuntius,  -I,  m. 
midnight,  media  n5x;  at  midnight, 

media  nocte. 
might,  (verb)  expressed  by  past  subj; 

(he,  she,  it)  might  be,  esset. 
mile,  mllle  passus;  /;/.,  milia  pas- 

suum. 
military  service,  militia,  -ae,  f. 
mind,  mens,  mentis,  f.;    animus, 

-I,  m. 
mindful,  memor,  -oris. 
mine,  mens,  -a,  -um. 
Minerva,  Minerva,  -ae,  f. 
mock,  eludo,  -ere. 
month,  mensis,  -is,  m. 
monument,  monumentum,  -I,  n. 
moon,  luna,  -ae,  f. 
morals,  pi.  o/mos,  moris,  m. 
more,  magin;  comparative  degree. 
most,  maxime;  superlative  degree. 
mother,  mater,  -tris,  f. 
mount,  moimtain,  mons,  montis,  m . 
mouse,  mus,  mtiri.s,  m. 
mouth,  OS,  oris,  n. 
move,  moveo,  -ere. 
movement,  motus,  -us,  m. 


440 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


much,  multum;   by  much,  multo; 

very  much,  maxime;  too  much, 

nimis;   how  much,  quantus,  -a, 

-um. 
multitude,  multitude,  -inis,  f. 
murder,  caedes,  -is,  f. 
murder,  obtrunco,  -are;  interficio, 

-ere;  (assassinate)  eonfodio, -ere. 
my,  meus,  -a,  -um. 

N 
name,  nomen,  -inis,  n. 
name,  (call)  voco,  -are;    appello, 

-are. 
narrow,  angustus,  -a,  -um. 
nation,  gens,  gentis,  f. 
native  country,  or    city,   patria, 

-ae,  f. 
nature,  (disposition)  ingenium,  -I,  n . 
near,  imminens,  -ntis. 
near,  be,  adsum,  -eSvSe. 
neighboring,    vicinus,     -a,    -um; 

finitimus,  -a,  -um. 
neighbors,  finitiml,  -orum,  m. 
neither,      neuter,      -tra,      -trum; 

neither  side,  neutrl,  -trae,  -tra; 

neither  .  .  .  nor,      neque  .  .  . 

neque,  nee  .  .  .  nee. 
nevertheless,  tamen. 
new,  novus,  -a,  -um. 
next,  proximus,  -a,  -um. 
night,  nox,  noctis,  f.;    at  night, 

noctu. 
no,  nullus,  -a,  -um;  no  less,  nihilo 

minus. 
no  one,  nemo,  -inis,  m. 
nor,  neque,  nee. 
not,  non,  baud;    (toith  imper.  and 

8uhj.  of  desire)  ne;  (in  questions) 

nonne. 
not  to  wish,  n6l5,  nolle. 


nothing,  nihil;  nihilum,  -I,  n. 
now,  (at  this  time)  nunc;  (already) 

iam. 
Nimia,  Numa,  -ae,  m. 
number,  numerus,  -i,  m. 
Nmnitor,  Numitor,  -oris,  m. 


O  that,  utinam. 

oath,  ius-iurandum,  iuris-itirandi, 

n. 
obey,  pareo,  -ere. 
obligation,  ius,  iuris,  n, 
obtain,  peto,  -ere;  potior,  -IrL 
occasion,  materia,  -ae,  f. 
of,  gen.  case;  ex  with  ahl. 
often,  saepe. 
old,  vetus,  -eris. 
old  age,  senectus,  -titis,  f. 
old  man,  senex,  senis,  m. 
omen  (bird)f  avis,  -is,  f. 
onfinmthabl.;  [of  time)  abl.  case; 

on  this  side  ...  on  that,  liinc 

.  .  .  hinc. 
once,   quondam,   olim;    at  once, 

statim. 
one,  unus,  -a,  -um;  (of  two)  alter, 

-era,       -erum;       one  .  .  .  the 

other,  alter  .  .  .  alter;  one  .  .  . 

another,  alius  .  .  .  alius;  on  one 

side  ...  on    the    other,    hinc 

.  .  .  hinc. 
open,  aperio,  -Ire. 
open,  apertus,  -a,  -um. 
or,  aut;   either  ...  or,  aut  .  .  . 

aut. 
oracle,  oraculuni,  -I,  n. 
order,  iubeo,  -ere. 
orphan,  orbus,  -a,  -um. 
Ostia,  Ostia,  -ae,  f. 
other,  alius,  alia,  aliud;    (of  two) 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


441 


alter,  -em,  -eruin;    (rernainiuy) 

reliquus,  -a,  -um. 
ought,  debeo,  -ere. 
our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum. 
out  of,  ex  with  abl. 
outside,  extra  iiriih  ace. 
over,  super  ivith  ace. 
own  (his,  her,  its),  suus,  -a,  -um. 


pace,  passus,  -us,  iri. 
palace,  regia,  -ae,  f. 
Palatine,  Palatium,  -I,  n. 
panic-stricken,    constematus,    -a, 

-uiii. 
parent,  parens,  -ntis,  m. 
part,  pars,  partis,  f. 
pass,  (time)  ago,  -ere. 
peace,  pax,  pacis,  f. 
people,  populus,  -I,  m.;   homines, 

-um,  m. ;  common  people,  plebs, 

plebis,  f. 
perform,  fungor,  -I. 
perish,  pereo,  -Ire. 
permit,  sino,  -ere;  patior,  -i. 
persuade,  persuadeo,  -ere. 
pestilence,  pestilentia,  -ae,  f. 
pieces,  (of  woofl)  ligna,  -orum,  n. 
piety,  religio,  -onis,  f. 
place,    locus,    -T,    m.;    pZ.,    loca, 

-orum,  n. 
place,    condo,    -ere;     pono,    -ere; 

repono,     -ere;      place     before, 

praepono,  -ere. 
plan,  consilium,  -I,  n. 
plan,  consulo,  -ere. 
play,  ludus,  -I,  m. 
play,  ludo,  -ere. 
pleasant,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
please,  delecto,  -are;  be  pleasing, 

30 


placeo,  -ere;  if  you  please,  si 
vis. 

pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 

plot,  Insidiae,  -arum,  f. 

poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 

Pompey,  Pompeius,  -I,  m. 

Pompilius,  Pompilius,  -i,  m. 

Porsena,  Porsena,  -ae,  m. 

portent,  prodigium,  -I,  n. 

possible,  as,  quam  loiih  superlative. 

poverty,  inopia,  -ae,  f. 

power,  ops,  opis,  f.;  royal  power, 
regnum,  -i,  n.;  supreme  power 
imperium,  -I,  n. 

powerful,  potens,  -ntis. 

praise,  laudo,  -are;  {he,  she) 
praises,  laudat;  (thei/)  praise, 
laudant;  (he,  she,  it)  is  praised, 
laudatur;  (they)  are  praised, 
laudantur. 

prayer,  prex,  precis,  f . ;  votum,  -I, 
n. 

prefer,  malo,  malle. 

prepare,  paro,  -are. 

present,  be,  praesum,  -esse;  ad- 
sum,  -esse. 

present,  praesens,  -ntis. 

preserve,  conserve,  -are. 

prevail,  valeo,  -ere. 

prevent,  prohibeo,  -ere;  deterreo, 
-ere. 

prey,  praeda,  -ae,  f. 

price,  pretium,  -I,  n. 

priests,  quTndecemviri,  -orum,  m. 

prison,  career,  -eris,  m. 

prisoner,  captTvus,  -T,  m. 

Proca,  Proca,  -ae,  m. 

proclaim,  indico,  -ere. 

Proculus,  ProculuR,  -T,  m. 

promise,  polliceor,  -eri, 

propitious,  be,  addico,  -ere. 


442 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


prostrate,  iacens,  -ntis. 
protect,  tueor,  -eri. 
proud,  superbus,  -a,  -um. 
province,  provincia,  -ae,  f. 
public,  pQblicus,  -a,  -um. 
Publius,  Publius,  -I,  m. 
punishment,  supplicium,  -i,  n. 
pupil,  discipulus,  -i,  m. 
pursue,  exsequor,  -i. 
put,  do,  dare;   put  away,  dirimo, 
-ere. 


quarrel,  discordia,  -ae,  f. 

queen,  reglna,  -ae,  f . 

questions,  introduced  by  -ne,  nonne, 

num. 
quickly,  celeriter;     very    quickly, 

celerrime. 
quiet,  placidus,  -a,  -um. 

R 

race,  gens,  gentis,  f. 
rain,  imber,  imbris,  m.  ' 

raise,  tollo,  -ere. 
rampart,  vallum  -I,  n. 
rather  .  .  .  than,  magis  .  .  .  quam. 
razor,  novacula,  -ae,  f. 
read,  lego,  -ere. 
reason,  causa,  -ae,  f. 
recall,  revoco,  -are. 
receive,  accipio,  -ere. 
recognize,  agnosco,  -ere. 
recover,  repeto,  -ere. 
Regulus,  Regulus,  -I,  m. 
reign,  regnum,  -I,  n. 
reign,  regno,  -are. 
rejoice,  gaudeo,  -ere. 
release,  llbero,  -are. 
religion,  sacra,  -orum,  n.;  religio, 
-onis,  f. 


remam,  maneo,  -ere;  remain  over, 

supersum,  -esse. 
remaining,  reliquus,  -a,  -um. 
remember,    memini,    meminisse; 

{be  mindful  of)  memor  sum,  esse. 
remove,     (go)     commigro,     -are; 

(take  off)  aufero,  -ferre. 
Remus,  Remus,  -i,  m. 
renew,  redintegro,  -are. 
renown,  gloria,  -ae,  f. 
renowned,  inclitus,  -a,  -um;   cla- 

rus,  -a,  -um. 
repent,  paeniteo,  -ere. 
reply,  respondeo,  -ere. 
report,  fama,  -ae,  f. 
report,  nuntio,  -are. 
resist,  resisto,  -ere. 
resolve,  constituo,  -ere. 
respect,  in  respect  to,  abl.  case. 
rest,  quies,  -etis,  f. 
retreat,  fuga,  -ae,  f. 
return,  redeo,  -Ire;    reverto,  -ere; 

reverter,  -i. 
reward,  pretium,  -I,  n.;    munus, 

-eris,  n. 
Rhea,  Rhea,  -ae,  f. 
rich,  dives,  -itis;  locuples,  -etis. 
riches,  divitiae,  -arum,  f. 
right,  ius,  iuris,  n. 
right  hand,  dextra,  -ae,  f. 
ring,  anulus,  -I,  m. 
river,  flumen,  -inis,  n. 
robber,  praedator,  -oris,  m. 
rock,  rupes,  -is,  f. 
Roman,  Romanus,  -a,  -um. 
Romans,  RomanI,  -orum,  m. 
Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  f. 
Romulus,  Romulus,  -I,  m. 
rose,  rosa,  -ae,  f. 
royal  power,  regnum,  -I,  n. 
ruin,  rulna,  -ae,  f. 


ELEMENTA  PRIAIA 


443 


rule,  imperiuni,  -I,  n.;  regnuiii,  -I, 

n. 
rule  over,  impero,  -are. 
run,    curro,    -ere;     run    together, 

confurro,  -ere;   run  to  and  fro, 

rliscurro,  -ere. 
rush  together,  ooneiirro,  -ore. 


Sabmes,SabTnT,-6rum,  m.;  Sabine 
women,  Sablnae,  -aruin,  f. 

sacred,  sacer,  -era,  -cruin. 

sacred  place,  .sacrarium,  -i,  n. 

sad,  tristis,  -c. 

safe,  tutus,  -a,  -um. 

sail,  passive  of  veho,  -ere. 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

salute,  saluto,  -are. 

same,  Idem,  eadem,  idem. 

save,  servo,  -are. 

say,  dic'o,  -ore;  he  says,  said 
{direct  quotations),  inquit;  it  is 
said,  fertur;  ■  say  not  (deny), 
nego,  -are. 

Scipio,  Sclpio,  -onis,  m. 

sea,  mare,  -is,  n. 

see,  video,  -ere;  (he,  she)  sees, 
videt;  (Iheij)  see,  vident;  (he, 
she,  it)  is  seen,  viddtiir;  (theij) 
are  seen,  vidcntur. 

seek,  quaero,  -ere;  peto,  -ere. 

seem,  passive  of  video,  -ere. 

seize,  rapio,  -ere. 

select,  lego,  -ere;  eligo,  -ere. 

self  (himself,  herself,  itself),  ipso, 
ip.sa,  ipsum. 

sell,  vendo,  -ero. 

senate,  sonatua,  -us,  m. 

senate-house,  ofiria,  -ae,  f. 

senator,  senator,  -oris,  m. 

send,    mitto,    -ero;     send    down, 


deniitto,  -ere;     send    greeting, 

salutem  dico,  -ere. 
serve,  fungor,  -I. 
service,  military,  militia,  -ae,  f. 
Servius,  Servius,  -I,  m. 
set,  poiio,  -ere;   set  forth,  expono, 

-ere;   set  free,  llbero,  -are. 
setting,  occasus,  -us,  in. 
seven,  septem. 
several,  aliquot, 
severe,  gravis,  -e. 
shameful,  foedus,  -a,  -um. 
she,  oa,  from  is,  ea,  id. 
sheep,  ovis,  -is,  f. 
shepherd,  pastor,  -oris,  m. 
shield,  seutum,  -I,  n. 
ship,  navis,  -is,  f. 
shore,  ora,  -ae,  f. 
shoulder,  umerus,  -I,  m. 
shout,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 
shout,  conclamo,  -are. 
show,  monstro,  -are. 
Sibylline,  Sibylllnus,  -a,  -um. 
Sicily,  Sicilia,  -ae,  f. 
sick,  aeger,  aegra,  aegrum. 
side,  (on  the  side  of)  ab;   on  one 

side  ...  on  the  other,  ab  .  .  . 

ab;  hinc  .  .  .  hinc. 
sign,  index,  -icis,  m. 
signal,  signum,  -i,  n. 
silence,  silentium,  -I,  n. 
silver,  argentum,  -I,  n. 
Silvia,  Silvia,  -ae,  f. 
since  (because),  cum  with  subj. 
sing,  cano,  -ere. 
sister,  soror,  -oris,  f. 
six,  sex. 

sixteen,  sedecim. 
sky,  caehim,  -i,  n.;  in  the  sky,  in 

caelo. 
slave,  sorvus.  -I,  m. 


444 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


slay,  caedo,  -ere;    obtrunco,  -are; 

interficio,  -ere. 
small,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 
so,  tarn,  ita;  so  that,  ut;  so  great, 

tantus,  -a,  -um. 
soldier,  miles,  -itis,  m. 
some  .  .  .  others,    alii  .  .  .  alii; 

some  .  .  .  the     others,     alter! 

.  .  .  altorl. 
some  one,  something,  aliquis,  ali- 

quid  (aliquod). 
sometimes,  interdum. 
somewhat,  aliquantus,  -a,  -um. 
son,  flhus,  -I,  m, 
song,  carmen,  -inis,  n. 
soon,  mox;    as  soon  as  possible, 

quam  primum. 
space,  spatium,  -i,  n. 
speak,  dico,  -ere;  loquor,  -i. 
spear,  hasta,  -ae,  f. 
spectacle,  spectaculum,  -i,  n. 
spectators,  spectantes,  -ium,  m. 
speech,   oratio,   -onis,  f.;     (voice) 

vox,  vocis,  f. 
spirit,  animus,  -!,  m. 
spoil,  spolium,  -i,  n. 
sport,  ludus,  -I,  m. 
star,  Stella,  -ae,  f. 
state,  cl vitas,  -atis,  f.;    affairs  of 

state,  res  publica. 
statue,  statua,  -ae,  f. 
stone  (of  stone),  lapideus,  -a,  -um. 
s':op,  sisto,  -ere. 
story,  fabula,  -ae,  f. 
strait,  fretum,  -i,  n. 
street,  via,  viae,  f . 
strength,  vis,  vis,  f. 
strengthen,    firmo,    -are;     tutor, 

-arl. 
stricken,  panic  stricken,  constor- 

imtuB,  -a,  -um. 


strike,  Ico,  -ere. 

strip,  spolio,  -are. 

strong,  validus,  -a,  -lim. 

sudden,  subitus,  -a,  -um. 

suddenly,  subito. 

suffer,  patior,   -I;     (permit)   sino, 

-ere. 
suitable,  aptus,  -a,  -um. 
summer,  aestas,  -atis,  f. 
summon,  evoco,  -are. 
sun,  sol,  solis,  m;  sunset,  orcasus 

solis. 
Superbus,  Suparbus,  -I,  m. 
supremacy,  imperium,  -I,  n. 
surround,  circumdo,  -are. 
survive,  supersum,  -esse. 
swim  across,  trano,  -are. 
sword,    gladius,    -I,    m;    ferrum, 


table,  mensa,  -ae,  f. 

take,  capio,  -ere;  sumo,  -ere;  take 

away,  demo,  -ere;    take  place, 

accido,    -ere;    take    up,    subeo, 

-Ire. 
talk  about,  narro,  -are. 
Tanaquil,  Tanaquil,  -ilis,  f. 
Tarpeia,  Tarpeia,  -ae,  f. 
Tarpeian,  Tarpeius,  -a,  -um. 
Tarquin,  Tarquinius,  -I,  m. 
Tatius,  Tatius,  -i,  m. 
teacher,  magister,  -tri,  m. 
tear,  lacrima,  -ae,  f. 
tell,  dico,  -ere;  narro,  -are;   mem- 

oro,  -are;  (order)  lubeo,  -ere, 
tempest,  tempestas,  -atis,  f. 
temple,  templum,  -I,  n. 
ten,  decern, 
terms,    lex,    legis,    f.;     condicio, 

-onis,  f. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


445 


territory,  fines,  -ium,   m.;    ager, 

agri,  m. 
than,  quam;  ahl.  case. 
that,  is,  ea,  id;  that  of  yours,  i.sto. 

ista,    istud;    tliat  yonder,    illo, 

ilia,  iUud. 
that,   ut;    {ivilh  vei'bs   of  fcariru/) 

ne. 
that  not,  lie;   (ivilh  vei'bs  of  Jeantuj) 

ut. 
that,  O  that,  utinani. 
the,  omilted  in  LcUin. 
their,  comm;  suus,  -a,  -uin. 
them,  m.,  eos,  illos;   f.,  eas,  illas; 

11.,  ea,  ilia, 
themselves,  of,  sul. 
then,  tuin. 
there,  ibi,  eo. 
therefore,  itaqiic. 
these,  pi.  of  hie,  haec,  hoc. 
Theseus,  of,  Theseus,  -a,  -um. 
they,  m.,  ii,  ilii;   f.,  eae,  iliae;  n., 

ea,  ilia, 
thick,  densus,  -a,  -um. 
thing,  res,  rei,  f. 
think,    arbitror,    -arl;     existimo, 

-are;  puto,  -are;  reor,  rerl. 
thirty,    triginta;    thirty-one,     trl- 

ginta  unus;  thirty-two,  triginta 

duo;    thirty-seven,    septem   et 

triginta,  triginta  septem. 
this,  hie,  haec,  hoc;    on  this  side 

...  on  that,  hinc  .  .  .  liinc. 
those,  m.,  il,  illl;  f.,  eae,  illae;  n., 

ea,  ilia, 
thou,  tu,  tul. 
thousand,  mllle;  thousands,  milia, 

-ium,  n. 
three,  tr6s,  tria;    three  brothers, 

trigeminy,  -oruin,  m.;  three  on  a 

side,  tcniT,  -ae,  -a. 


through,  per  uriih  ace. 

throw,    mitto,    -ere;     iacio,    -ere; 

{hurl)  deicio,  -ere. 
thus,  sic. 

thy,  tuus,  -a,  -um. 
Tiber,  TiberLs,  -is,  m. 
time,  tempus,  -oris,  n.;  long  time, 

dill, 
to,  ad  urilh  ace:  dal.  case:   {drnol- 

incf  purpose)  ut  urilh  suhj.;   ace. 

of  supine. 
to-day,  hodie. 
to-morrow,  eras. 
too,  expressed  by  the  comparulice 

degree. 
too  much,  iiimis. 
top  of,  suminus,  -a,  -um. 
touch,  tango,  -ere. 
towards,  nd  or  in  u'ilh  ace 
town,  oppidum,  -i,  n. 
transfer,  transfero,  -ferre;  traduco, 

-ere. 
treacherous,  perfidus,  -a,  -um. 
treachery,  fraus,  fraudis,  f. 
treaty,  foedus,  -eris,  n;  societas, 

-atis,  f. 
tree,  arbor,  -oris,  f. 
trial  (in  law),  ius,  iuris,  n. 
tribe,  gens,  gentis,  f. 
troop,  turma,  -ae,  f. 
Troy,  Troia,  -ae,  f . 
true,  verus,  -a,  -um;    baud  falsiis, 

-a,  -um. 
try,  Conor,  -jiri. 
Tullia,  Tullia,  -ae,  f. 
Tullius,  Tullius,  -i,  m. 
Tullus,  Tullus,  -i,  m. 
turn,  (;onverto,  -ere. 
turn,  in  turn,  in  vicem, 
twelve,  (luodecim. 
twenty,  viginti. 


440 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


twin  sons,  geimiil,  -Oruni,  ni. 
two,  duo,  duae,  duo. 


undertake,  sumo,  -cro. 
unequal,  impar,  -paris. 
unfaithful,  p(;rfidus,  -;i,  -uiii. 
unhappy,  miser,  -era,  -crum. 
unharmed,     intactus,     -a,     -um: 

incolumis,  -c. 
uninjured,  integer,  -gra,  -grum. 
unite,  ooiiiungo,  -ere. 
unjust,  iniustus,  -a,  -um. 
unless,  nisi. 

unwilling,  be,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 
upbraid,  increpo,  -are. 
upon,  in  ivith  ace. 
upper,  superior,  -ius. 
urge,  insto,  -are. 
us,  see  we. 
use,  utor,  -T. 
useful,  utilis,  -e. 


valor,  virtus,  -utis,  f. 

Vergil,  Vergilius,  -I,  ni. 

very,  expressed  by  the  superlative, 
very  far,  longissime ;  very  differ- 
ent, longe  alivid. 

vicinity,  proximiim,  -I,  n. 

victor,  victor,  -oris,  m, 

victory,  victoria,  -ae,  f. 

violence,  vis,  vis,  f. 

voice,  vox,  vocis,  f. 

vow,  votum,  -1,  n. 

vow,  voveo,  -ere. 

voyage,  navigatio,  -on is,  f. 

vulture,  vulture,  -uris,  m. 

W 
wage  {war),  gero,  -ere. 
wall,  murus,  -I,  m. 


want,  volo,  v(!llo. 

wanting,  be,  dcsum,  -esse. 

war,  helium,  -I,  n. 

warlike,  bellicosus,  -a,  -um ;   ferox, 

-ocis. 
was,  past  and  per  J.  of  sum, 
water,  aqua,  -ae,  f. 
way,  via,  -ae,  f;    {manner)  modus, 

-I,  m. 
we,  nos,  nostrum  (nostri). 
weak,  fessus,  -a,  -um;    imbe(Mllus, 

-;i,  -um. 
wealth,  pectinia,  -ae,  f;    divitiae, 

-arum,  f. 
weapon,  telum,  -I,  n. 
weary,  fessus,  -a,  -um;  defatiga- 

tus,  -a,  -um. 
weep,  fleo,  -ere;  lacrimo,  -are. 
welcome,  accipio,  -ere. 
welcome,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
well,  validus,  -a,  -um. 
well,  bene,  recte. 
what,     quis     (qui),     quae,     quid 

(quod). 
when,  ubi,  cum. 
whence,  unde. 
where,  ubi,  quo. 
whether,  num. 
whetstone,  cos,  cotis,  f. 
which,  see  who. 
while,  dum. 
white,  albus,  -a,  -um. 
who,  which  (rel),  qui,  quae,  quod; 

a£c.  sing.,  quem,  quam,  quod; 

nom.  pi.,  qui,  quae,  quae;    ace. 

pi.,  quos,  quas,  quae. 
who  (interrog.),  quis  (qui),  quae, 

quid  (quod). 
whole,  totus,  -a,  -um. 
whose,  (.Sim/.)  cuius, (pi.)  qu  ruin. 

see  qui. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


447 


why,  cur,  quid. 

wickedness,  scelus,  -eris,  n. 

wide,  latus,  -a,  -um. 

widow,  vidua,  -ae,  f . 

wife,    coniunx,    -iugis,    f.;     uxor, 

-oris,  f. 
wild  beast,  bestia,   -ae,  f.;   fera, 

-ae,  f. 
willing,  be,  volo,  velle. 
win  over,  concilio,  -are. 
wind,  vcntus,  -I,  m. 
wisdom,  sapientia,  -ae,  f. 
wish,    volo,    velle;     (he)    wishes, 

vult;      (he)    wished,    volebat; 

(they)  wished,  volebant;  not  to 

wish,  nolo,  nolle. 
with,  cum  with  ahl.;    abl.  wilhoul 

prep. 
without,  sine  with  abl.;    without 

consent,  iniussu. 
withstand,  resisto,  -ere;   sustineo, 

-ere. 
witness,  call  as,  testor,  -ari. 
wolf,    lupus,    -I,    m.;     she-wolf, 

lupa,  -ae,  f. 
woman,    mulier,    -eris,    f.;      old 

woman,  anus,  -us,  f. 


wood,  lignum,  -i,  n. 
woods,  silva,  -ae,  f. 
word,  verbum,  -I,  n. 
work,  laboro,  -are. 
world,  orbis  terrarum. 
worse,  peior,  -ius. 
worst,  pessimus,  -a,  -um. 
wound,  vulnus,  -eris,  n. 
wound,  vulnero,  -are. 
wrath,  ira,  -ae,  f. 
write,  scribo,  -ere. 
writer,  scriptor,  -oris,  m. 
written,  scriptus,  -a,  um.  ^ 
wonderful,  mirus,  -a,  -um. 


year,  annus,  -i,  m. 

yellow,  fiavus,  -a,  -um, 

yesterday,  herl. 

yesterday's,  hesternus,  -a,  -um. 

you,  tu,  tul;   ace.  sing.,  te;    nom. 

and  ace.  pi.,  vos. 
young  man,  iuvenis,  -is,  m. 
yoiu",  yoxu-s,  sing.,  tuus,  -a,  -um; 

pi.,  vester,  -tra,  -trum. 
youth,  iuvenis,  -is,  m;  adulescens, 

-ntis,  m. 


INDEX 


a  or  ab  with  ablative  denoting 
a  iron  t,  88. 

\ljlative  case,  16;  absolute,  288, 
295 ;  accompaniment,  106 ;  agent, 
88;  cause,  229;  comparatives, 
334;  degree  of  difference,  335; 
deponent  verbs,  377;  manner, 
312;  means  or  instrument,  21; 
origin,  483;  place  in  which,  97; 
place  from  which,  98;  price, 
492;  quality,  493;  separation, 
336;  specification,  319;  supine, 
369,  (2);  time,  105. 

-abus,  ending  of  dea  and  filia  in 
dative  and  ablative  plural,  16; 
30,  6. 

Accent,  6,  542;  genitive  of  nouns 
ending  in  -ium;  genitive  and 
vocative  of  nouns  ending  in  -ius, 
41,6. 

Accompaniment  denoted  by  the 
ablative  with  cum,  106. 

Accusative  case,  8;  direct  object, 
.13;  duration  of  time,  278; 
extent  in  space,  215;  place  to 
which,  96;  subject  of  infinitive, 
190;  indirect  discourse,  489; 
supine,  369;  ■  two  accusatives, 
113. 

acer,  declension,  199,  551. 

Active  voice,  130;  personal  end- 
ings, 66. 

Ad  Certamenutrimque  Procedunt, 
183. 

Adjectives,  agreement,  55;  as 
nouns,  268;  comparison,  328- 
350;   declension:   first  and  .sec- 


ond declensions,  49-57,  549; 
irregular,  genitive  in  -ius,  207, 
214;  third  declension,  192,  198, 
551;  denoting  a  part,  349; 
English  derivatives,  502;  for- 
mation, 501;  position,  28;  with 
dative,  56. 
Adverbs,  351-357;  comparison, 
351,  355,  554;    formation,  351, 

354,  554;  use,  356. 
Aeneas,  declension,  548. 
Aeneas  in  Italiam  Venit,  77. 
Agent  denoted  by  ablative  with 

passive  verbs,  88;  denoted  by 
dative  with  pa.ssive  periphrastic 
conjugation,  474. 

Agreement,  adjectives,  55;  appos- 
itives,  64;  demonstrative  pro- 
nouns, 277;  predicate  nouns 
and  adjectives,  31;  relative  pro- 
nouns, 286;  verbs,  70. 

Agricola  at  Filii,  432. 

aliquis  (aliqui),  declension,  561; 
meaning,  477. 

alius,  207;  declension,  214;  alius 
.  .  .  alius,  alii  .  .  .  alii,  207. 

Alphabet,  1,  536. 

alte,   formation   and   comparison, 

355,  554. 

alter,  declension,  214,  550;  alter 
.  .  .  alter,  alteri  .  .  .  alteri, 
207. 

altior,  declension,  333,  553. 

altus,  comparison,  332,  552. 

amans,  declension,  200,  551. 

ambo,  declension,  212,  a. 

amicus,  declension,  41,  544. 


(449) 


450 


i:lementa  prima 


amo,  oonjuj:;atiuii,  503-560. 

Anci  Filii  Regi  Insidias  Parant, 
434. 

Ancus  Marcius  Rex  Creatur,  361. 

Answers  to  questions,  326,  6. 

antiquus,  conii)arison,  332. 

Apposition,  64. 

Article,  lacking,  2. 

Arrangement  of  words,  28. 

Artes  Romanae,  535. 

Attraction,  verb  iii  clause  depend- 
ing upon  a  subjunctive,  514. 

audacter,  formation  and  compari- 
son, 355,  554. 

audax,  declension,  198,  551. 

audeo,  semi-deponent,  375,  h. 

audio,  conjugation,  563-565. 

Base  and  stem,  30,  a. 

bene,  formation  and  comparison, 

355,  554. 
bonus,     comparison,     348,     552; 

declension,  52,  549. 

capio,  conjugation,  567. 

caput,  declension,  95,  545. 

Cardinal  numerals,  207,  555. 

Case,  8;  names  and  description: 
nominative,  accusative,  and  voc- 
ative, 8;  genitive,  dative,  and 
ablative,  16;  locative,  24. 

Case-endings,  first  declension,  30; 
second,  41,  47;  third,  95;  fourth, 
301,  fifth,  318. 

Causal  clauses  with  cum,  437. 

Cause  denoted  by  the  ablative, 
229. 

celeriter,  formation  and  compari- 
son, 355,  554. 

clarus,  comparison,  332,  552. 

commands,  expressed  by  the  im- 


perative, 204;  by  the  subjunc- 
tive, 443;  negative  commands, 
383. 

Comparative,  ablative  with,  334; 
declension,  333 ;  meaning  too  or 
rather,  343;  quam  with  the 
comparative,  328,  334,  a. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  328- 
350,  552;  regular,  332;  irregu- 
lar, 345-350;  magis  and  max- 
ime,  332,  a;  superlatives  in 
-limus  and  -rimus,  338,  342. 

Comparison  of  adverbs,  351,  355, 
554. 

Completed  action,  tenses  denoting, 
217;  391,  (2). 

Compound  words,  formation,  519. 

Concessive  clauses  with  cum,  437. 

Conditional  sentences,  447-456; 
definition,  447;  first  class,  452; 
second  class,  453;  third  class, 
454. 

Conjugation,  characteristics  of  the 
four  conjugations,  72;  regular 
verbs,  563-565 ;  irregular  verbs, 
569;  capio,  567;  sum,  562; 
possum,  568;  deponents,  570. 
See  also  the  names  of  the  tenses. 

Conjunctions,  170;  coordinate, 
171;  subordinate,  172. 

Conor,  deponent  verb,  570. 

Consecutive  clauses  with  the  sub- 
junctive, 409-417. 

Consonants,  sounds  of,  539. 

Coordinate  conjunctions,  171. 

consul,  declension,  104,  545. 

cornu,  declension,  301,  546. 

cum,  conjunction,  430;  causal  and 
concessive  clauses,  437;  tem- 
poral clauses,  435,  436. 

cum,   preposition  with   ablative, 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


451 


KKj;  enclitic  witli  personal  pro- 
iiouiih,  264,  r;  enclitic  with 
relative  pronoun,  284,  b. 

Dative  case,  IG;  agent  with  pass- 
ive periphrastic  conjugation, 
474;  indirect  object,  20;  pos- 
session, 230;  purpose,  302;  with 
adjectives,  56;  with  compound 
verbs,  164;  with  verbs  meaning 
believe,  help,  please,  etc.,  455; 
with  verbs  of  separation,  205. 

De  Rustico  Mure  atque  Mure 
Urbano,  381. 

dea,  ending  in  -abus  in  dative  and 
ablative  plural,  16;  30,  b. 

Declension  of  adjectives,  first  and 
second  declensions,  52-54,  549; 
irregular  adjectives,  207,  214, 
550;  third  declension,  192,  198, 
199,  551 ;  declension  of  the  com- 
parative, 333,  553. 

Declension  of  noims,  8,  543-548; 
five  declensions,  23;  first  declen- 
sion, 8-33,  543;  second  declen- 
sion, 34-48,  544;  third  declen- 
sion, 90-114,  133-152,  545; 
fourth  declension,  297-303,  546; 
fifth  declension,  314-320,  547; 
special  nouns,  548. 

Declension  of  participles,  present, 
193,  200;  future  active,  358, 
363;  perfect  passive,  288;  fut- 
ure    passive,     457 

Declension  of  pronouns,  demon- 
strative, 276,  284,  558;  indefi- 
nite, 561 ;  interrogative,  325, 
560;  personal,  264,  557;  rela- 
tive, 284,  .559. 

Defective  nouns,  104,  b. 

Defective  verbs,  530, 


Degree  of  difference  denoted  by 
the  ablative,  335. 

Demonstrative  pronouns,  272-279, 
280-287;  declension,  558;  use, 
277. 

Deponent  verbs,  371-378,  570; 
ablative  with  certain  deponents, 
377;  active  forms,  375,  a;  semi- 
deponent  verbs,  375,  b. 

Derivation  of  English  words  from 
Latin,  61,  62;  from  adjectives, 
501,  502;  from  compound  words, 
519,  «;  from  nouns,  150,  151, 
257,  258;  from  participles,  523; 
from  verbs,  389,  390;  word-for- 
mation and  derivation,  509, 
510;  review,  526-529;  alpha- 
betical list  of  Latin  words 
with  Enghsh  derivatives,  572. 

Description  denoted  by  the  abla- 
tive, 493. 

deus,  declension,  548. 

die,  imperative  of  cUco,  201,  b. 

dies,  declension,  318,  547. 

difficilis,  comparison  of,  342,  552. 

dissimilis,  comparison  of,  342, 
552. 

Diphthongs,  sounds  of,  538. 

diu,  comparison  of,  355,  554. 

do,  conjugation,  present  indicative 
active,  69;  past,  118;  future, 
156;  perfect,  220;  quantity  of 
a,  69,  b;   118,  c;   156,  b. 

domus,  declension,  301,  c,  .548; 
gender,  301,  b;  locative,  41,  d, 
97;  place  from  which,  98; 
place  to  which,  96. 

donum,  declension,  47,  544. 

due,  imperative  of  dueo,  201,  b. 

Duees  Foedus  Faeiunt,  223. 

duo,  declension,  212,  556. 


452 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


Duration  of  time  denoted  by  the 
accusative,  278. 

ego,  declension,  264,  557;    use  in 

genitive,  265,  a]  when  omitted, 

66. 
EncHtics,    171,   />;     cum,   264,   c; 

284,  h\  -que,  171,  a. 
English-Latin  vocabulary,  575. 
English  words  derived  from  Latin, 

see  Derivation, 
eo,  382;  conjugation,  569. 
Extent  in  space  denoted  by  the 

accusative,  215. 

fac,  imi)erativc  of  facio,  201,  h. 

facile,  formation  and  comparison, 
355,  554. 

facilis,  comparison  of,  342,  552. 

facio,  a  weakened  to  i  in  com- 
pounds, 177,  6;  fio  as  passive, 
382,  a,  3. 

Fearing,  meaning  of  ne  and  ut 
with  verbs  of,  512. 

fer,  imperative  of  fero,  201,  h. 

fero,  382;  conjugation,  569. 

ferox,  comparison  of,  332,  552. 

Fifth  declension,  314-320,  547. 

filia,  ending  -abus  in  the  dative 
and  ablative  plural,  16;    30,  h. 

Filia  Salutem  Dicit  Matri  Come- 
liae,  255. 

filius,  ending  in  genitive  and 
vocative  singular,  34,  41,  6. 

Final  clauses  with  the  subjunc- 
tive, 406,  a;  396-408. 

fio,  382;  conjugation,  569;  pass- 
ive of  facio,  382,  n,  3. 

First  conjugation,  characteristic 
of,  72.  See  also  amo,  do,  and 
the  names  of  the  tenses. 


P'irst  declension,  nouns,  8-33,  543; 
nominative,  accusative,  and  voc- 
ative cases,  8-15;  genitive, 
dative,  and  ablative,  16-22; 
locative,  30,  c;  gender,  27, 
256,  (1);  typical  noun,  30;  dea 
and  filia,  30,  h;  adjectives  of 
the  first  antl  second  declensions, 
49-57. 

fids,  declension,  137,  545. 

fiumen,  declension,  112,  545. 

Fourth  conjugation,  characteristic; 
of,  72.  See  also  audio  and  the 
names  of  the  tenses. 

Fourth  declension,  297-303,  546. 

fruor,  ablative  with,  377. 

fungor,  ablative  with,  377. 

Future  indicative,  153-173;  four 
conjugations,  active,  159-165 
passive,  166-173;  sum  and  do 
153-158;  tense-sign,  153;  156 
a;  159;  use,  157. 

Future  infinitive,  active,  358,  362 
passive,  358,  366;  time  denoted 
368. 

Future  participle,  active,  363 
use,  367;  passive,  457,  462;  use 
464. 

Future  perfect,  active,  239,  243 
passive,  304,  310;  use,  244. 

Gaius  lulius  Caesar,  527-529. 

Gallina  Impavida,  401. 

gaudeo,  semi-deponent,  375,  h. 

Gender  of  nouns,  253,  256;  first 
declension,  27;  256,(1);  second 
declension,  40;  256,  (2);  third 
declension,  256,  (3);  fourth 
declension,  301,  h\  fifth  declen- 
sion, 318,  b. 

Genitive  case,  16;   objective,  269; 


ET.EMENTA  PRIMA 


453 


partitive,    270,    a;     possession, 

16,  a;    qualifying  a  noun,  19; 

quality,   138;     subjective,  475; 

whole,    270;     with    impersonal 

verbs  of  feeling,  503. 
genus,  declension,  137,  545. 
gerund,  definition,  457;  form.  463; 

use,  465. 
gerundive,  definition,  457;    form. 

462;  use,  464. 
gracilis,  comparison,  342,  552. 

hie,  declension,  276,  558;  mean- 
ing, 272;    ille  .  .  .  hie,  277,  a. 

Historical  present,  80;  as  a  sec- 
ondary tense,  391,  a. 

Historical  tenses,  391,  (4). 

Horatius  apud  ludiees  Condem- 
natus  Est,  331. 

Horatius  Codes  Pontem  Defendit, 
507. 

hostis,  declension,  144,  545. 

humilis,  comparison,  342,  552. 

i-stems  in  the  third  declension, 
140-145. 

idem,  477;  declenwon,  558. 

Idioms,  376. 

ille,  declension,  276,  558;  mean- 
ing, 272;  ille  .  .  .  hie,  277,  a. 

imago,  declension,  112,  545. 

Imperative,  present  active,  194; 
conjugation,  201;  use  of  the 
imperative,  204. 

Imperfect  tense,  see  Past  tense. 

Impersonal  verbs,  311;  genitive 
with,  503. 

Incolae  Urbis  Novae  Deerant,  136. 

Incomplete  action,  tenses  denot- 
ing, 391,  (1). 

Indefinite     pronouns,      477-484; 


declension,  561;  list,  477;  use, 
482;  quis  and  qui  after  si, 
nisi,  ne,  and  ntmi,  482,  a. 

Independent  clauses  with  the  sub- 
junctive, 439. 

Indirect  discourse,  485-494;  defi- 
nition, 485;  main  verbs,  489; 
questions,  491;  verbs  in  depend- 
ent clauses,  490. 

Indirect  object,  20;  with  special 
verbs  meaning  believe,  help, 
please,  etc.,  455. 

Indirect  questions,  definition,  419; 
examples,  425,  a;  subjunctive 
in,  425. 

inferus,  comparison,  348,  552. 

Infinitive,  present  active  and 
passive,  179;  time  denoted,  189; 
perfect  active,  246-252;  per- 
fect passive,  362;  time  denoted, 
251;  future  active,  364;  future 
passive,  366;  time  denoted  by 
tenses,  394;  accusative  .as  sub- 
ject of  infinitive,  190;  comple- 
mentary infinitive,  186;  infini- 
tive as  object,  188;  as  subject, 
187;  following  verbs  of  saying, 
250;  main  verbs  in  indirect 
discourse,  489. 

Instrument  and  means  denoted  by 
the  ablative,  21. 

Intensive  pronoun,  272. 

Inter  Albanos  et  Romanes  Bellum, 
291. 

Interrogative  pronouns,  321-327, 
560. 

Interrogative  words,  326. 

Intransitive  and  transitive  verbs, 
131. 

-io  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation, 
174-178. 


454 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


ipse,   declension,    276;     meaning, 

272;  use,  277. 
Irregular  adjectives  with  -ius  in 

the  genitive  singular,  207,  211, 

214. 
Irregular  comparison  of  adjectives, 

345,  348. 
Irregular  verbs,  379-384;    conju- 
gation, 569. 
is,  280-287;  declension,  284,  558; 

use,  285. 
iste,  declension,  276,  a;   meaning, 

272;  use,  277. 
iter,  declension,  548. 
luppiter,  declension,  548. 
luppiter  Romanis  terrorem  Demit, 

197. 

Lars    Porsena     Romam    Infesto 

Exercitu  Venit,  506. 
Latin-English  vocabulary,  574. 
Latinis  Bellum  Est  Indictum,  374. 
Leo,  441. 

leo,  declension,  112,  545. 
liber,  declension,  41,  544. 
Libri  Sibyllini,  488. 
-limus,  ending  of  the  superlative, 

338,  342. 
Locative  case,  24;  30,  c;   use,  32. 
Ludus  Qui  "Specto"  Appellatur, 

85. 
Lupus  Sceleratus,  449. 

magis,  comparison,  355,  554. 
magis,     use     in     comparison     of 

adjectives,  332,  a. 
maxime,    use    in    comparison    of 

adjectives,  332,  a. 
magnus,  comparison,  348,  552. 
male,  formation  and  comparison, 


malo,  382,  conjugation,  569. 

malus,  comparison,  348,  552. 

Manner  denoted  by  the  ablative, 
312. 

Marcus  Regulus  Redit  Cartha- 
ginem,  517. 

mare,  declension,  144,  545. 

Means  and  instrument  denoted  by 
the  ablative,  21. 

Metrical  reading,  534. 

miles,  declension,  95,  545. 

mllle,  213,  a. 

milia,  declension,  213,  556;  use, 
213,  a. 

miser,  comparison,  342,  552;  de- 
clension, 53,  549. 

misere,  formation  and  compari- 
son, 355,  554. 

mitto,  conjugation,  563-565. 

Mood,  distinction  between  the 
indicative  and  the  subjunctive, 
396. 

Movet  Horatium  Comploratio  So- 
roris,  324. 

Mulieres  inter  Tela  Veniunt,  210. 

multi,  comparison,  348,  552. 

multum,  formation  and  compari- 
son, 3.55,  554. 

multus,  comparison,  348,  552. 

Mures,  421. 

navis,  declension,  144,  545. 

ne,  in  final  clauses,  406;  in  nega- 
tive commands,  443;  with  verbs 
of  fearing,  512. 

-ne,  in  questions,  326,  a,  (3). 

negative  commands,  383. 

noie  and  noUte  in  negative  com- 
mands, 383. 

nolo,  382,  conjugation,  569. 

Nominative  case,  predicate  noun 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


455 


or  adjective,  31;  subject  oi 
finite  verb,  12. 

nonne,  in  questions,  326,  a,  (3). 

nostri  as  objective  genitive,  265,  a. 

Nouns,  declension,  23;  declension 
of  typical  nouns,  543-548;  first 
declension,  8-33;  second  declen- 
sion, 34-48;  third  declension, 
90-114,135-153;  fourth  declen- 
sion, 297-303;  fifth  declension, 
314-320;  special  nouns,  548; 
English  words  derived  from 
I^tin  nouns,  150,  151,  257,  258; 
formation,  257;  gender,  253; 
256;  302,  6;  318,  b.  For  syn- 
tax see  names  of  the  cases 

niillus,  declension,  214,  b. 

ntim,  in  questions,  326,  a,  (3). 

Numae  Pompilio  Regnmn  Datur, 
275. 

Numerals,  207-216;  list,  555; 
declension,  550,  556. 

Numitor  Remum  Nepotem  Agno- 
scit,  111. 

Object  of  verb,  direct,  13;  indirect, 

20. 
Objective  genitive,  269. 
omnis,  declension,  198,  551. 
Optative  subjunctive,  444. 
Order  of  words,  28. 
Ordinal  numerals,  555. 
Origin  denoted  by  the  ablative, 

483. 

paenltet  with  genitive,  503. 

Paradigms,  29. 

Parsing,  499,  500,  508. 

Participles,  present,  193;  200 
203,  a;  future  active,  3^3,  367 
future  passive,  457,  462,  464 
perfect  passive,  288-297;    time 


denoted,  394;  use,  203;  294, 
295,  b]  English  words  derived 
from  Latin  participles,  523. 

Partitive  genitive,  270,  a. 

parvus,  comparison,  348,  552. 

parum,  formation  and  comparison, 
355,  554. 

Passive  voice,  130;  personal  end- 
ings, 82. 

Past  indicative,  115;  conjugation 
of  sum  and  do,  118;  four  conju- 
gations, active,  119-124;  pas- 
sive, 125-132;  tense-sign,  115, 
119;  use,  123;  used  as  historical 
or  secondary  tense,  391,  (4); 
used  to  denote  incomplete 
action,  391,  (1). 

Past  perfect  indicative,  active, 
232,  236;  passive,  304,  309; 
use,  237. 

Past  perfect  subjunctive,  418,  424; 
use,  426;  conditional  sentences, 
454;  optative,  444;  sequence, 
427. 

Past  subjunctive,  398;  condi- 
tional sentences,  454;  dependent 
clauses,  407;  optative,  444; 
sequence,  427. 

pastor,  declension,  104,  545. 

Pastor  Pueros  Invenit,  94. 

pater,  declension,  104,  545. 

patior,  deponent  verb,  570. 

Perfect  indicative,  active,  217- 
231;  conjugation  of  sirni  and 
do,  220;  four  conjugations,  226; 
personal  endings,  217;  stem, 
224;  passive,  304,  308;  perfect 
definite,  227;  perfect  indefinite, 
228;  secondary  tense,  391,  (4); 
perfect  definite  as  primary 
tense,    391,    (4),    h;     used    to 


456 


ELEMENa^A  PRIMA 


denote  completed  action,  22S, 
a;  391,  (2). 

Perfect  infinitive,  active,  246,  249; 
passive,  362 ;  time  denoted,  251 . 

Perfect  passive  participle,  288- 
296;  stem,  293,  ri;  time  denoted, 
294;  translation,  294,  a. 

Perfect  stem,  224. 

Perfect  subjunctive,  418,  424; 
use,  426. 

Periphrastic  conjugations,  defini- 
tion, 467;  active,  472;  passive, 
473;   dative  of  agent,  467,  474. 

Personal  endings,  active,  66;  pas- 
sive, 82;   perfect  tense,  217. 

Personal  pronouns,  261-271;  de- 
clension, 264,  557;  is  as  sub- 
stitute for  pronoun  of  third 
person,*  265,  b;  nominative 
omitted,  66;  use,  265. 

Place  in  which,  97;  from  which, 
98;  to  which,  96. 

poUiceor,  deponent  verb,  570. 

portus,  declension,  301,  546. 

Possession  denoted  by  the  dative, 
2.30;  by  the  genitive,  19,  a. 

Possessive  pronouns,  declension, 
264,  b;  use,  267. 

possum,  180;  conjugation,  pres- 
ent, past,  and  future,  185;  entire 
conjugation,  568. 

Potential  subjunctive,  445. 

potior,  deponent  verb,  570;  abla- 
tive with,  377. 

Predicate  noun  or  adjective,  31. 

Prefixes,  511. 

Present  indicative,  active,  72-81; 
passive,  82-89;  use,  80;  his- 
torical present,  391,  a. 

Present  participle,  declension,  200; 
time  denoted,  203,  a. 


Present  stem,  78. 

Present  subjunctive,  398;  condi- 
tional sentences,  453;  depend- 
ent clauses,  407;  optative,  444, 
sequence,  427. 

Price  denoted  by  the  ablative,  492. 

Primary  tenses,  391,  (3). 

Principal  parts  of  verbs,  225,  292; 
typical  verbs,  293. 

Principal  tenses,  391,  (3). 

princeps,  declension,  95,  545. 

prior,  comparison,  348,  552. 

Pronouns,  personal  reflexive,  and 
possessive,  261-27 1,557;  demon- 
strative, 272-279,  280-287,  477, 
558;  indefinite,  477-484,  561; 
interrogative, 321-327, 560 ;  rela- 
tive, 280-287,  559. 

Pronunciation,  1-7,  536-542. 

Prosum,  568,  a. 

puer,  declension,  41,  544. 

pulcher,  declension,  54,  549;  com- 
parison, 342,  552. 

Purpose,  expressed  by  accusative 
of  the  supine,  369,  (1);  by  the 
dative,  302;  by  the  future 
active  participle,  367,  a;  by  the 
gerundive  with  ad,  464,  a;  by 
the  gerund  with  ad,  465  a;  by 
a  final  clause  with  the  subjunc- 
tive, 406. 

Quality  denoted  by  the  ablative, 
492;    by  the  genitive,  138. 

quam  with  comparatives,  334,  a. 

Quantity  of  syllables  and  vowels, 
5,  541. 

-que,  enclitic,  171,  b. 

Questions,  answers  to,  326,  b; 
indirect,  419,  425;  in  indirect 
discourse,     491 ;      interrogative 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


457 


pronouns,  321 ;  interrogative 
words,  326. 

qui,  indefinite,  477;  after  si,  nisi, 
ne,  and  num. 

qui,  interrogative,  321 ;  declension, 
325,  a;  560,  a;  use,  326. 

qui,  relative,  280-287;  declension, 
284,  559;  agreement,  286;  with 
subjunctive  denoting  purpose, 
406. 

quidam,  477;  declension,  561. 

quin,  with  subjunctive  after  expres- 
sions of  doubt,  416,  b;  with 
verbs  of  hindering,  416,  c. 

quis,  indefinite,  477;  after  si, 
nisi,  ne,  and  num,  482,  a. 

quis,  interrogative,  321;  declen- 
sion, 325,  560;  use,  326. 

quisquam,  477,  declension,  561; 
use.  482,  b. 

quisque,  477;  declension,  561. 

quo,  with  subjunctive  in  clauses  of 
purpose,  406. 

quot,  326,  a,  (2). 


first,  second,  and  third  declen- 
sions, 253-260;  verbs  in  the 
indicative,  385-390;  nouns,  pro- 
nouns, and  adjectives,  495-504; 
verbs,  505-515;  indirect  dis- 
course, 516-520;  participles, 
521-525;  general  review  of 
forms  and  syntax,  526-533. 

rex,  declension,  95,  545. 

-rimus,  ending  of  the  superlative, 
338,  342. 

Roma  Crescit  Albae  Ruinis,  341. 

Roman  numerals,  555. 

Romani  Horatium  Victorem  Accipi- 
unt,  317. 

Romulus  et  Remus  in  Tiberim 
Mittuntur,  86. 

Romulus  Societatem  Populo  Novo 
Petit,  143. 

Romulus  Urbem  Romam  Vocat, 
128. 

Roman!  Virgines  Sabinorum  Rapi- 
unt,  162. 

Roots  of  verbs,  389,  (1). 


Reflexive  pronoun,  declension,  264, 
557;  use,  266. 

Rege  Expulso  Consules  Sunt 
Creati,  480.  • 

Regulus,  518. 

Relative  clauses  of  characteristic, 
416,  a;  of  purpose,  406. 

Relative  pronoun,  280-287,  559. 

Remus  a  Praedatoribus  Est  Cap- 
tus,  103. 

res,  declension,  318,  547. 

Result  expressed  by  the  subjunc- 
tive, 409-417. 

Reviews,  first  and  second  declen- 
sions, 58-65;  the  third  declen- 
sion,   146-153;     nouns   of   the 


Sabini  Tarpaiam  Sciitis  Obruunt, 
168. 

saepe,  comparison,  355,  554. 

Scipio  Africanus  Hannibal  Vincit, 
522. 

Second  conjugation,  characteristic 
of,  72.  See  also  the  names  of 
the  tenses. 

Second  declension,  34-48,  544; 
case-endings,  41,  47;  ending  of 
stem,  41,  a;  gender,  40,  46;  geni- 
tive and  vocative  of  filius  and 
nouns  in  -ius,  34;  41,  6;  geni- 
tive of  nouns  in  -ium,  47,  b; 
masculine  nouns,  34-42;  neuter 
nouns,  43-48;  adjectives  of  the 


458 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


first  and  second  declensions, 
49-57. 

secondary  tenses,  391,  (4). 

senex,  declension,  548. 

Senex  et  Mors,  497. 

Semi-deponent  verbs,  570,  c. 

Separation  denoted  by  the  abla- 
tive, 336;  dative  with  verbs  of 
separation,  205. 

Sequence  of  tenses,  427. 

sequor,  deponent  verb,  570. 

Servius  Tullius  Regnat,  451. 

similis,  comparison,  342,  552. 

sol,  genitive  plural  wanting,  104,  h. 

soleo,  semi-deponent  verb,  375,  b. 

solus,  declension,  214,  b. 

Specification  denoted  by  the  abla- 
tive, 319. 

Stella,  declension,  30,  543. 

Stem  and  base,  30,  a. 

Stems  of  nouns,  first  declension, 
30,  a;  second  declension,  41,  a; 
third  declension,  consonant 
stems,  95,  b;  i-stems,  140-145; 
fourth  declension,  301,  a]  fifth 
'  declension,  318,  c. 

Stems  of  verbs,  present,  78,  293,  h; 
perfect,  224;  293,  c;  supine, 
358;  293,  d. 

Subject  of  finite  verb,  12;  of 
infinitive,  190;  when  omitted, 
66,  265. 

Subjective  genitive,  475. 

Subjunctive  mood,  conjugation  of 
sum,  562;  four  conjugations, 
564,  565;  irregular  verbs,  569; 
general  meaning,  396;  general 
'uses,  dependent  clauses,  397; 
independent  clauses,  439;  pres- 
ent and  past,  398,  407;  perfect 
and  past  perfect,  418,  424,  426; 


sequence  of  tenses,  427;  trans- 
lation, 399;  uses:  attraction, 
514;  conditional  sentences,  sec- 
ond class,  453;  third  class,  454 ; 
consecutive  clauses,  409,  416; 
dependent  clauses  of  indirect 
discourse,  490;  final  clauses, 
397,  406;  optative,  444;  poten- 
tial, 445;  questions  in  indirect 
discourse,  491;  volitive,  443. 

Subordinate  conjunctions,  172. 

Substantive  clauses,  428. 

sui,  declension,  264,  557;  use,  266. 

sum,  conjugation,  562;  present 
indicative,  69;  past,  118;  future, 
156;  perfect,  220. 

Superlative  degree,  declension, 
333,  a;  ending  in  -limus  and 
-rimus,  338,  552;  meaning  very, 
343.     See  also  Comparison. 

superus,  comparison,  348,  552. 

Supine,  definition,  358;  form,  365; 
use,  purpose,  369,  (1);  specifica- 
tion, 369,  (2) ;  supine  stem,  358. 

Syllables,  4,  540;  quantity  of,  541. 

Syntax,  11;  references  to  rules, 
571. 

Tables  of  declension,  conjugation, 
etc.,  543-570. 

Tarquinius  Novacula  Cotem  Secat, 
423. 

Tarquinius  Regnimi  Petit,  415. 

Tarquinius  Romam  Commigrat, 
404. 

Tarquinius  Superbus  Regnum 
Occupat,  470. 

Tempestas  ab  Terris  Romulimi 
Aufert,  242. 

Temporal  clauses  with  cum,  indica- 
tive, 435;   subjunctive,  436. 


ELEMENTA  PRIMA 


45a 


tempus,  declension,  137,  545. 

Tenses,  classification,  391;  se- 
quence of,  427.  See  also  tliC 
names  of  the  t-enses. 

Tense-signs,  indicative  past,  115, 
119;  future,  153,  159;  past  per- 
fect, 232;  future  perfect,  239; 
subjunctive  past,  398;  perfect, 
418;  past  perfect,  418. 

Third  conjugation,  characteristic, 
72.  See  also  the  names  of  the 
tenses. 

Third  declension  of  adjectives, 
192-206. 

Third  declension  of  nouns,  90-1 14, 
133-153,  545;  classification  of 
nouns,  149;  gender,  256,  (3); 
stem,  how  found,  95,  5;  stems 
in  c,  d,  g,  p,  and  t,  90-99;  stems 
in  1  and  r,  100-107;  stems  in  n, 
108-114;  stems  in  s,  133-139; 
stems  in  i,  140-145;  English 
nouns  derived  from  Latin  nouns 
of  the  third  declension,  150,  151. 

Time,  duration  of,  denoted  by  the 
accusative,  278;  time  when 
denoted  by  the  ablative,  105; 
time  denoted  by  the  tenses  of 
the  infinitive  and  i)articiple,  394 ; 
time  denoted  by  the  present 
and  past  subjunctive,  407. 

totus,  declension,  214,  b. 

Towns,  names,  in  accusative  and 
ablative  to  denote  place,  96,  98. 

Transitive  and  intransitive  verbs, 
131. 

tres,  declension,  213,  556. 

Trigemini  Anna  Capiunt,  300. 

tristis,  comparison,  332,  552. 

tu,  declen.sion,  264,  557;  when 
omitted,  66. 


Tubicen,  459. 

TuUus  Hostnius  Rex  Creatur,  283. 

uUus,  declension,  214,  h. 

Unimi    Horatium    Tres     Curiatii 

Circimistant,  307. 
unus,  declension,  211,  550. 
urbs,  declension,  144,  545. 
Urbs  atque  Ager  Finesque   Cre- 

scunt,  388. 
ut,  with  subjunctive  in  clauses  of 

purpose,    406;     in    clauses    of 

result,  416;    omission  of,  513; 

with  verbs  of  fearing,  512. 
uter,  declension,  214,  b. 
utor  with  the  ablative,  377. 

Verbs,  active  and  passive  voice, 
130;  characteristics  of  the  four 
conjugations,  72;  conjugation: 
sum,  562;  typical  verbs  of  the 
four  con  j  ugation  s,  563-566 ;  verb 
in  -16,  567 ;  irregular  verbs,  379- 
384,  569;  possum,  568;  depo- 
nent verbs,  371-378,  570; 
formation,  389;  impersonal  use, 
311;  periphrastic  conjugations, 
467,  566;  personal  endings, 
active,  66;  passive,  82;  perfect, 
217;  principal  parts,  225,  292; 
stems,  present,  78;  293,  b; 
perfect,  224,  293,  c;  supine, 
358;  293,  d;  transitive  and 
intransitive,  131 ;  agreement 
with  subject,  70;  genitive  case 
with  verbs  of  fearing,  503; 
infinitive  with  verbs  of  saying, 
250;  quin  with  verbs  of  hinder- 
ing, 416,  c;  ut  and  ne  with 
verbs  of  fearing,  512;  English 
words  derived  from  Latin  verbs, 
389,    39Q;     review,    385-395, 


460 


ELEMENTA  PKIMA 


505-515.  Sec  also  infinitive, 
names  of  the  tenses,  participle, 
subjunctive. 

vescor,  ablative  with,  377. 

vestri  as  objective  genitive,  265,  a. 

vetus,  declension,  198,  6. 

Vicus  Sceleratus,  461. 

video,  conjugation,  563-565. 

vir,  declension,  41,  544. 

vis,  declension,  548. 

Vocabularies,  English-Latin,  575; 
Latin-English,  574;  Latin  words 
with  English  derivatives,  572; 
words  for  memory  drill,  573. 


Vocative  case,  8 ;  person  addressed, 

14. 
Voice,  130. 

VoUtive  subjunctive,  443. 
volo,  382;  conjugation,  569. 
Vowels,  sounds  of,  537;    quantity, 

541,  5. 
Vulpes  et  Leo,  411. 

Whole,  genitive  of,  270. 
Words,  arrangement,  28. 
Word -building  and  derivation ,  509, 
510. 


.HIS  BOO^^^^^BD  B^fl..  »^» -^ns 

to  ^     A  may  "®       neriott.    _iA=i=**=^^^' 


lEC  '  4  f960 


c.n  20  ''"'' 


^Hov'BOOf* 


YB  41198 


4^444 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


I!'  i 


jljillli! 


i!i! 


iii>iii 


mm 

mm 


m 


ii  li.!'!,-   ;/i' 


! 


iiiiiiiiliij 

mm:sim 


I  ihii 


mmmL, 

I  HI     II 


'■llNi|!ii!'!iiilii|i 

liiillteill 


''i!<i;;i;i:iM!|'!iiJ 


■!!:':;Mli;!i 


'!:  =  ■!:  .L';!''i:wn: 


iiiiillli 


I       ! 


^i;';,:V:'l;^   iiilti      I      ill       i 


;;   .liil'lii!  II 


ij   I  I  I 


.-'Mii!  !Mi!   lit     !! 


